<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/948/index.xml"/>
    <title>Access Must-Have Full Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Biology &amp; Chemistry</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/948/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/948/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Are you passionate about Self-Development, Psychology, or want to enhance Communication Skills? With over 500,000+ audiobooks, we provide you with a rich resource. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and experience. You can listen to books on iPhone, iPad, Android, and other devices, making learning easier than ever. Don't miss the opportunity to improve yourself with us!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/948/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Sat, 07 Dec 2024 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Sat, 07 Dec 2024 08:01:19 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/948/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/948/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Access Must-Have Full Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Biology &amp; Chemistry</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/948/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/948/logo.jpg"/>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Lafayette Bahringer</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/948/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/948/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Are you passionate about Self-Development, Psychology, or want to enhance Communication Skills? With over 500,000+ audiobooks, we provide you with a rich resource. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and experience. You can listen to books on iPhone, iPad, Android, and other devices, making learning easier than ever. Don't miss the opportunity to improve yourself with us!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="Education"/>
    <item>
      <title>Pipe Dreams: The Urgent Global Quest to Transform the Toilet by Chelsea Wald</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462055</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462055">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462055</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pipe Dreams: The Urgent Global Quest to Transform the Toilet
Author: Chelsea Wald
Narrator: Lisa Flanagan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 8 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Finalist for the 2022 NASW Science in Society Journalism Award  Longlisted for the 2022 AAAS/Subaru SB&amp;amp;F Prize for Excellence in Science Books   From an award-winning science journalist, a “deeply researched, entertaining, and impassioned exploration of sanitation” (Nature) and the future of the toilet—for fans of popular science bestsellers by Mary Roach. Most of us do not give much thought to the centerpiece of our bathrooms, but the toilet is an unexpected paradox. On the one hand, it is a modern miracle: a ubiquitous fixture in a vast sanitation system that has helped add decades to the human life span by reducing disease. On the other hand, the toilet is also a tragic failure: less than half of the world’s population can access a toilet that safely manages body waste, including many right here in the United States. And it is inefficient, squandering clean water as well as the nutrients, energy, and information contained in the stuff we flush away. While we see radical technological change in almost every other aspect of our lives, we remain stuck in a sanitation status quo—in part because the topic of toilets is taboo.   Fortunately, there’s hope—and Pipe Dreams daringly profiles the growing army of sewage-savvy scientists, engineers, philanthropists, entrepreneurs, and activists worldwide who are overcoming their aversions and focusing their formidable skills on making toilets accessible and healthier for all.   This potential revolution in sanitation has many benefits, including reducing inequalities, mitigating climate change and water scarcity, improving agriculture, and optimizing health. Author Chelsea Wald takes us on a wild world tour from a compost toilet project in Haiti, to a plant in the Netherlands that salvages used toilet paper from sewage, and shows us a toilet seat that can watch users’ poop for signs of illness, among many other fascinating developments.   “Toilet humor is one thing, but toilet fact, as digested by skilled science writer Wald, is quite another…[Pipe Dreams is] a highly informative, well-reasoned call to rethink the throne” (Kirkus Reviews).</description>
      <author>Chelsea Wald</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Apr 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797124094.mp3" length="883701" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462055</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797124094.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462055">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462055</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pipe Dreams: The Urgent Global Quest to Transform the Toilet
Author: Chelsea Wald
Narrator: Lisa Flanagan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 8 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Finalist for the 2022 NASW Science in Society Journalism Award  Longlisted for the 2022 AAAS/Subaru SB&amp;amp;F Prize for Excellence in Science Books   From an award-winning science journalist, a “deeply researched, entertaining, and impassioned exploration of sanitation” (Nature) and the future of the toilet—for fans of popular science bestsellers by Mary Roach. Most of us do not give much thought to the centerpiece of our bathrooms, but the toilet is an unexpected paradox. On the one hand, it is a modern miracle: a ubiquitous fixture in a vast sanitation system that has helped add decades to the human life span by reducing disease. On the other hand, the toilet is also a tragic failure: less than half of the world’s population can access a toilet that safely manages body waste, including many right here in the United States. And it is inefficient, squandering clean water as well as the nutrients, energy, and information contained in the stuff we flush away. While we see radical technological change in almost every other aspect of our lives, we remain stuck in a sanitation status quo—in part because the topic of toilets is taboo.   Fortunately, there’s hope—and Pipe Dreams daringly profiles the growing army of sewage-savvy scientists, engineers, philanthropists, entrepreneurs, and activists worldwide who are overcoming their aversions and focusing their formidable skills on making toilets accessible and healthier for all.   This potential revolution in sanitation has many benefits, including reducing inequalities, mitigating climate change and water scarcity, improving agriculture, and optimizing health. Author Chelsea Wald takes us on a wild world tour from a compost toilet project in Haiti, to a plant in the Netherlands that salvages used toilet paper from sewage, and shows us a toilet seat that can watch users’ poop for signs of illness, among many other fascinating developments.   “Toilet humor is one thing, but toilet fact, as digested by skilled science writer Wald, is quite another…[Pipe Dreams is] a highly informative, well-reasoned call to rethink the throne” (Kirkus Reviews).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462055">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462055</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pipe Dreams: The Urgent Global Quest to Transform the Toilet
Author: Chelsea Wald
Narrator: Lisa Flanagan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 8 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Finalist for the 2022 NASW Science in Society Journalism Award  Longlisted for the 2022 AAAS/Subaru SB&amp;amp;F Prize for Excellence in Science Books   From an award-winning science journalist, a “deeply researched, entertaining, and impassioned exploration of sanitation” (Nature) and the future of the toilet—for fans of popular science bestsellers by Mary Roach. Most of us do not give much thought to the centerpiece of our bathrooms, but the toilet is an unexpected paradox. On the one hand, it is a modern miracle: a ubiquitous fixture in a vast sanitation system that has helped add decades to the human life span by reducing disease. On the other hand, the toilet is also a tragic failure: less than half of the world’s population can access a toilet that safely manages body waste, including many right here in the United States. And it is inefficient, squandering clean water as well as the nutrients, energy, and information contained in the stuff we flush away. While we see radical technological change in almost every other aspect of our lives, we remain stuck in a sanitation status quo—in part because the topic of toilets is taboo.   Fortunately, there’s hope—and Pipe Dreams daringly profiles the growing army of sewage-savvy scientists, engineers, philanthropists, entrepreneurs, and activists worldwide who are overcoming their aversions and focusing their formidable skills on making toilets accessible and healthier for all.   This potential revolution in sanitation has many benefits, including reducing inequalities, mitigating climate change and water scarcity, improving agriculture, and optimizing health. Author Chelsea Wald takes us on a wild world tour from a compost toilet project in Haiti, to a plant in the Netherlands that salvages used toilet paper from sewage, and shows us a toilet seat that can watch users’ poop for signs of illness, among many other fascinating developments.   “Toilet humor is one thing, but toilet fact, as digested by skilled science writer Wald, is quite another…[Pipe Dreams is] a highly informative, well-reasoned call to rethink the throne” (Kirkus Reviews).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The World in Six Songs: How the Musical Brain Created Human Nature by Daniel J. Levitin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460667</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460667">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460667</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The World in Six Songs: How the Musical Brain Created Human Nature
Author: Daniel J. Levitin
Narrator: Daniel J. Levitin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 31 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The author of the New York Times bestseller This Is Your Brain on Music reveals music’s role in the evolution of human culture in this thought-provoking book that “will leave you awestruck” (The New York Times). Daniel J. Levitin&amp;#039;s astounding debut bestseller, This Is Your Brain on Music, enthralled and delighted readers as it transformed our understanding of how music gets in our heads and stays there. Now in his second New York Times bestseller, his genius for combining science and art reveals how music shaped humanity across cultures and throughout history. Here he identifies six fundamental song functions or types—friendship, joy, comfort, religion, knowledge, and love—then shows how each in its own way has enabled the social bonding necessary for human culture and society to evolve. He shows, in effect, how these “six songs” work in our brains to preserve the emotional history of our lives and species. Dr. Levitin combines cutting-edge scientific research from his music cognition lab at McGill University and work in an array of related fields; his own sometimes hilarious experiences in the music business; and illuminating interviews with musicians such as Sting and David Byrne, as well as conductors, anthropologists, and evolutionary biologists. The World in Six Songs is, ultimately, a revolution in our understanding of how human nature evolved—right up to the iPod.</description>
      <author>Daniel J. Levitin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Feb 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593411209.mp3" length="2614030" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460667</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593411209.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460667">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460667</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The World in Six Songs: How the Musical Brain Created Human Nature
Author: Daniel J. Levitin
Narrator: Daniel J. Levitin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 31 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The author of the New York Times bestseller This Is Your Brain on Music reveals music’s role in the evolution of human culture in this thought-provoking book that “will leave you awestruck” (The New York Times). Daniel J. Levitin&amp;#039;s astounding debut bestseller, This Is Your Brain on Music, enthralled and delighted readers as it transformed our understanding of how music gets in our heads and stays there. Now in his second New York Times bestseller, his genius for combining science and art reveals how music shaped humanity across cultures and throughout history. Here he identifies six fundamental song functions or types—friendship, joy, comfort, religion, knowledge, and love—then shows how each in its own way has enabled the social bonding necessary for human culture and society to evolve. He shows, in effect, how these “six songs” work in our brains to preserve the emotional history of our lives and species. Dr. Levitin combines cutting-edge scientific research from his music cognition lab at McGill University and work in an array of related fields; his own sometimes hilarious experiences in the music business; and illuminating interviews with musicians such as Sting and David Byrne, as well as conductors, anthropologists, and evolutionary biologists. The World in Six Songs is, ultimately, a revolution in our understanding of how human nature evolved—right up to the iPod.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460667">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460667</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The World in Six Songs: How the Musical Brain Created Human Nature
Author: Daniel J. Levitin
Narrator: Daniel J. Levitin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 31 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The author of the New York Times bestseller This Is Your Brain on Music reveals music’s role in the evolution of human culture in this thought-provoking book that “will leave you awestruck” (The New York Times). Daniel J. Levitin&amp;#039;s astounding debut bestseller, This Is Your Brain on Music, enthralled and delighted readers as it transformed our understanding of how music gets in our heads and stays there. Now in his second New York Times bestseller, his genius for combining science and art reveals how music shaped humanity across cultures and throughout history. Here he identifies six fundamental song functions or types—friendship, joy, comfort, religion, knowledge, and love—then shows how each in its own way has enabled the social bonding necessary for human culture and society to evolve. He shows, in effect, how these “six songs” work in our brains to preserve the emotional history of our lives and species. Dr. Levitin combines cutting-edge scientific research from his music cognition lab at McGill University and work in an array of related fields; his own sometimes hilarious experiences in the music business; and illuminating interviews with musicians such as Sting and David Byrne, as well as conductors, anthropologists, and evolutionary biologists. The World in Six Songs is, ultimately, a revolution in our understanding of how human nature evolved—right up to the iPod.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Generations: Does When You&amp;#039;re Born Shape Who You Are? by Bobby Duffy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460418</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460418">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460418</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Generations: Does When You&amp;#039;re Born Shape Who You Are?
Author: Bobby Duffy
Narrator: Mark Elstob
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 5 minutes
Release date: September  2, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Are millennials entitled and lazy? Are baby boomers the most sexually liberal generation? Was generation X the last group to show loyalty to political parties? In this original and deeply researched book, polling expert and professor of public policy Bobby Duffy explores how when we&amp;#039;re born determines our attitudes to money, sex, religion, politics and much else. Informed by exclusive studies from IPSOS, as well as his own research, Duffy reveals that many of our preconceptions are just that: tired stereotypes. Revealing and informative, Generations provides a new framework for understanding the most divisive issues raging today: from gun control to climate change and Brexit to the surveillance state. Including data from over 40 countries and interviews across generational divides, this big thinking book will transform how you view the world. “Simply indispensable. Marrying fascinating data with superb analysis, this is a unique book.” MATTHEW D&amp;#039;ANCONA on The Perils of Perception</description>
      <author>Bobby Duffy</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Sep 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004028078.mp3" length="837643" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460418</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004028078.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460418">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460418</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Generations: Does When You&amp;#039;re Born Shape Who You Are?
Author: Bobby Duffy
Narrator: Mark Elstob
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 5 minutes
Release date: September  2, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Are millennials entitled and lazy? Are baby boomers the most sexually liberal generation? Was generation X the last group to show loyalty to political parties? In this original and deeply researched book, polling expert and professor of public policy Bobby Duffy explores how when we&amp;#039;re born determines our attitudes to money, sex, religion, politics and much else. Informed by exclusive studies from IPSOS, as well as his own research, Duffy reveals that many of our preconceptions are just that: tired stereotypes. Revealing and informative, Generations provides a new framework for understanding the most divisive issues raging today: from gun control to climate change and Brexit to the surveillance state. Including data from over 40 countries and interviews across generational divides, this big thinking book will transform how you view the world. “Simply indispensable. Marrying fascinating data with superb analysis, this is a unique book.” MATTHEW D&amp;#039;ANCONA on The Perils of Perception</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460418">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460418</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Generations: Does When You&amp;#039;re Born Shape Who You Are?
Author: Bobby Duffy
Narrator: Mark Elstob
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 5 minutes
Release date: September  2, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Are millennials entitled and lazy? Are baby boomers the most sexually liberal generation? Was generation X the last group to show loyalty to political parties? In this original and deeply researched book, polling expert and professor of public policy Bobby Duffy explores how when we&amp;#039;re born determines our attitudes to money, sex, religion, politics and much else. Informed by exclusive studies from IPSOS, as well as his own research, Duffy reveals that many of our preconceptions are just that: tired stereotypes. Revealing and informative, Generations provides a new framework for understanding the most divisive issues raging today: from gun control to climate change and Brexit to the surveillance state. Including data from over 40 countries and interviews across generational divides, this big thinking book will transform how you view the world. “Simply indispensable. Marrying fascinating data with superb analysis, this is a unique book.” MATTHEW D&amp;#039;ANCONA on The Perils of Perception</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Burn: The Misunderstood Science of Metabolism by Herman Pontzer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457890</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457890">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457890</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Burn: The Misunderstood Science of Metabolism
Author: Herman Pontzer
Narrator: P.J. Ochlan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 24 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Why do so many diets lead to more weight gain? Do more active people have faster metabolisms? Is exercise essential for weight loss? Over the past twenty years, evolutionary biologist Herman Pontzer has conducted ground-breaking studies across a range of settings, including pioneering fieldwork with Hadza hunter-gatherers in northern Tanzania. This book draws on his eye-opening research to show how, contrary to received wisdom, exercise does not increase our metabolism. Instead, we burn calories within a very narrow range: nearly 3,000 calories per day, no matter our activity level. By taking a closer look at what happens to the energy we consume, Pontzer explores the ways in which metabolism controls every aspect of our health - from fertility to immune function - and reveals the truth about the dynamic system that sustains us. Filled with facts and memorable anecdotes, Burn will change the way you think about food, exercise and life. © Herman Pontzer 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</description>
      <author>Herman Pontzer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Mar 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241513507.mp3" length="1318878" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457890</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241513507.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457890">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457890</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Burn: The Misunderstood Science of Metabolism
Author: Herman Pontzer
Narrator: P.J. Ochlan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 24 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Why do so many diets lead to more weight gain? Do more active people have faster metabolisms? Is exercise essential for weight loss? Over the past twenty years, evolutionary biologist Herman Pontzer has conducted ground-breaking studies across a range of settings, including pioneering fieldwork with Hadza hunter-gatherers in northern Tanzania. This book draws on his eye-opening research to show how, contrary to received wisdom, exercise does not increase our metabolism. Instead, we burn calories within a very narrow range: nearly 3,000 calories per day, no matter our activity level. By taking a closer look at what happens to the energy we consume, Pontzer explores the ways in which metabolism controls every aspect of our health - from fertility to immune function - and reveals the truth about the dynamic system that sustains us. Filled with facts and memorable anecdotes, Burn will change the way you think about food, exercise and life. © Herman Pontzer 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457890">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457890</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Burn: The Misunderstood Science of Metabolism
Author: Herman Pontzer
Narrator: P.J. Ochlan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 24 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Why do so many diets lead to more weight gain? Do more active people have faster metabolisms? Is exercise essential for weight loss? Over the past twenty years, evolutionary biologist Herman Pontzer has conducted ground-breaking studies across a range of settings, including pioneering fieldwork with Hadza hunter-gatherers in northern Tanzania. This book draws on his eye-opening research to show how, contrary to received wisdom, exercise does not increase our metabolism. Instead, we burn calories within a very narrow range: nearly 3,000 calories per day, no matter our activity level. By taking a closer look at what happens to the energy we consume, Pontzer explores the ways in which metabolism controls every aspect of our health - from fertility to immune function - and reveals the truth about the dynamic system that sustains us. Filled with facts and memorable anecdotes, Burn will change the way you think about food, exercise and life. © Herman Pontzer 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Forgetting: The Benefits of Not Remembering by Scott A. Small</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457116</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457116">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457116</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Forgetting: The Benefits of Not Remembering
Author: Scott A. Small
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 49 minutes
Release date: July 13, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“Fascinating and useful . . . The distinguished memory researcher Scott A. Small explains why forgetfulness is not only normal but also beneficial.”—Walter Isaacson, bestselling author of Leonardo da Vinci and Steve Jobs Who wouldn’t want a better memory? Dr. Scott Small has dedicated his career to understanding why memory forsakes us. As director of the Alzheimer’s Disease Research Center at Columbia University, he focuses largely on patients who experience pathological forgetting, and it is in contrast to their suffering that normal forgetting, which we experience every day, appears in sharp relief.   Until recently, most everyone—memory scientists included—believed that forgetting served no purpose. But new research in psychology, neurobiology, medicine, and computer science tells a different story. Forgetting is not a failure of our minds. It’s not even a benign glitch. It is, in fact, good for us—and, alongside memory, it is a required function for our minds to work best.   Forgetting benefits our cognitive and creative abilities, emotional well-being, and even our personal and societal health. As frustrating as a typical lapse can be, it’s precisely what opens up our minds to making better decisions, experiencing joy and relationships, and flourishing artistically.   From studies of bonobos in the wild to visits with the iconic painter Jasper Johns and the renowned decision-making expert Daniel Kahneman, Small looks across disciplines to put new scientific findings into illuminating context while also revealing groundbreaking developments about Alzheimer’s disease. The next time you forget where you left your keys, remember that a little forgetting does a lot of good. *Includes a downloadable PDF of images from the book Cover art: © 2021 The Easton Foundation / Licensed by VAGA at Artists Rights Society (ARS), NY</description>
      <author>Scott A. Small</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jul 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593399675.mp3" length="2486778" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457116</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593399675.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457116">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457116</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Forgetting: The Benefits of Not Remembering
Author: Scott A. Small
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 49 minutes
Release date: July 13, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“Fascinating and useful . . . The distinguished memory researcher Scott A. Small explains why forgetfulness is not only normal but also beneficial.”—Walter Isaacson, bestselling author of Leonardo da Vinci and Steve Jobs Who wouldn’t want a better memory? Dr. Scott Small has dedicated his career to understanding why memory forsakes us. As director of the Alzheimer’s Disease Research Center at Columbia University, he focuses largely on patients who experience pathological forgetting, and it is in contrast to their suffering that normal forgetting, which we experience every day, appears in sharp relief.   Until recently, most everyone—memory scientists included—believed that forgetting served no purpose. But new research in psychology, neurobiology, medicine, and computer science tells a different story. Forgetting is not a failure of our minds. It’s not even a benign glitch. It is, in fact, good for us—and, alongside memory, it is a required function for our minds to work best.   Forgetting benefits our cognitive and creative abilities, emotional well-being, and even our personal and societal health. As frustrating as a typical lapse can be, it’s precisely what opens up our minds to making better decisions, experiencing joy and relationships, and flourishing artistically.   From studies of bonobos in the wild to visits with the iconic painter Jasper Johns and the renowned decision-making expert Daniel Kahneman, Small looks across disciplines to put new scientific findings into illuminating context while also revealing groundbreaking developments about Alzheimer’s disease. The next time you forget where you left your keys, remember that a little forgetting does a lot of good. *Includes a downloadable PDF of images from the book Cover art: © 2021 The Easton Foundation / Licensed by VAGA at Artists Rights Society (ARS), NY</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457116">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457116</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Forgetting: The Benefits of Not Remembering
Author: Scott A. Small
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 49 minutes
Release date: July 13, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“Fascinating and useful . . . The distinguished memory researcher Scott A. Small explains why forgetfulness is not only normal but also beneficial.”—Walter Isaacson, bestselling author of Leonardo da Vinci and Steve Jobs Who wouldn’t want a better memory? Dr. Scott Small has dedicated his career to understanding why memory forsakes us. As director of the Alzheimer’s Disease Research Center at Columbia University, he focuses largely on patients who experience pathological forgetting, and it is in contrast to their suffering that normal forgetting, which we experience every day, appears in sharp relief.   Until recently, most everyone—memory scientists included—believed that forgetting served no purpose. But new research in psychology, neurobiology, medicine, and computer science tells a different story. Forgetting is not a failure of our minds. It’s not even a benign glitch. It is, in fact, good for us—and, alongside memory, it is a required function for our minds to work best.   Forgetting benefits our cognitive and creative abilities, emotional well-being, and even our personal and societal health. As frustrating as a typical lapse can be, it’s precisely what opens up our minds to making better decisions, experiencing joy and relationships, and flourishing artistically.   From studies of bonobos in the wild to visits with the iconic painter Jasper Johns and the renowned decision-making expert Daniel Kahneman, Small looks across disciplines to put new scientific findings into illuminating context while also revealing groundbreaking developments about Alzheimer’s disease. The next time you forget where you left your keys, remember that a little forgetting does a lot of good. *Includes a downloadable PDF of images from the book Cover art: © 2021 The Easton Foundation / Licensed by VAGA at Artists Rights Society (ARS), NY</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - El origen de las Especies by Charles Darwin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456765</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456765">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456765</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El origen de las Especies
Author: Charles Darwin
Narrator: Franco Patiño
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Charles Darwin, el precursor de la literatura científica, expuso en El origen de las especies su famosa teoría de la biología evolutiva y la selección natural. Fue una publicación polémica que suscitó discusiones científicas, filosóficas y religiosas; sin embargo, hoy, la teoría moderna de la evolución acepta las tesis sobre la adaptación al medio ambiente de una especie para sobrevivir y su lenta, pero evidente, evolución.</description>
      <author>Charles Darwin</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Sep 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789873693625.mp3" length="1455911" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456765</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789873693625.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456765">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456765</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El origen de las Especies
Author: Charles Darwin
Narrator: Franco Patiño
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Charles Darwin, el precursor de la literatura científica, expuso en El origen de las especies su famosa teoría de la biología evolutiva y la selección natural. Fue una publicación polémica que suscitó discusiones científicas, filosóficas y religiosas; sin embargo, hoy, la teoría moderna de la evolución acepta las tesis sobre la adaptación al medio ambiente de una especie para sobrevivir y su lenta, pero evidente, evolución.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456765">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456765</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El origen de las Especies
Author: Charles Darwin
Narrator: Franco Patiño
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Charles Darwin, el precursor de la literatura científica, expuso en El origen de las especies su famosa teoría de la biología evolutiva y la selección natural. Fue una publicación polémica que suscitó discusiones científicas, filosóficas y religiosas; sin embargo, hoy, la teoría moderna de la evolución acepta las tesis sobre la adaptación al medio ambiente de una especie para sobrevivir y su lenta, pero evidente, evolución.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is That a Fact?: Frauds, Quacks, and the Real Science of Everyday Life by Dr. Joe Schwarcz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456046</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456046">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456046</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Is That a Fact?: Frauds, Quacks, and the Real Science of Everyday Life
Author: Dr. Joe Schwarcz
Narrator: Garrett Goodison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 31 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Dr. Joe Schwarcz takes on the quacks and doles out the facts in this eye-opening look at the science around us 		Eat this and live to 100. Don&amp;#039;t, and die. Today, hyperboles dominate the media, which makes parsing science from fiction an arduous task when deciding what to eat, what chemicals to avoid, and what&amp;#039;s best for the environment. In Is That a Fact?, bestselling author Dr. Joe Schwarcz carefully navigates the storm of misinformation to help us separate fact from folly and shrewdness from foolishness. Are GMOs really harmful? Or could they help developing countries? Which &amp;quot;miracle weight loss foods&amp;quot; gained popularity through exuberant data dredging? Is BPA dangerous or just a victim of unforgiving media hype? Is organic better? Dr. Joe questions the reliability and motives of &amp;quot;experts&amp;quot; in this easy-to-understand yet critical look at what&amp;#039;s fact and what&amp;#039;s plain nonsense.</description>
      <author>Dr. Joe Schwarcz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781773057392.mp3" length="1251068" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456046</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781773057392.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456046">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456046</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Is That a Fact?: Frauds, Quacks, and the Real Science of Everyday Life
Author: Dr. Joe Schwarcz
Narrator: Garrett Goodison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 31 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Dr. Joe Schwarcz takes on the quacks and doles out the facts in this eye-opening look at the science around us 		Eat this and live to 100. Don&amp;#039;t, and die. Today, hyperboles dominate the media, which makes parsing science from fiction an arduous task when deciding what to eat, what chemicals to avoid, and what&amp;#039;s best for the environment. In Is That a Fact?, bestselling author Dr. Joe Schwarcz carefully navigates the storm of misinformation to help us separate fact from folly and shrewdness from foolishness. Are GMOs really harmful? Or could they help developing countries? Which &amp;quot;miracle weight loss foods&amp;quot; gained popularity through exuberant data dredging? Is BPA dangerous or just a victim of unforgiving media hype? Is organic better? Dr. Joe questions the reliability and motives of &amp;quot;experts&amp;quot; in this easy-to-understand yet critical look at what&amp;#039;s fact and what&amp;#039;s plain nonsense.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456046">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456046</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Is That a Fact?: Frauds, Quacks, and the Real Science of Everyday Life
Author: Dr. Joe Schwarcz
Narrator: Garrett Goodison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 31 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Dr. Joe Schwarcz takes on the quacks and doles out the facts in this eye-opening look at the science around us 		Eat this and live to 100. Don&amp;#039;t, and die. Today, hyperboles dominate the media, which makes parsing science from fiction an arduous task when deciding what to eat, what chemicals to avoid, and what&amp;#039;s best for the environment. In Is That a Fact?, bestselling author Dr. Joe Schwarcz carefully navigates the storm of misinformation to help us separate fact from folly and shrewdness from foolishness. Are GMOs really harmful? Or could they help developing countries? Which &amp;quot;miracle weight loss foods&amp;quot; gained popularity through exuberant data dredging? Is BPA dangerous or just a victim of unforgiving media hype? Is organic better? Dr. Joe questions the reliability and motives of &amp;quot;experts&amp;quot; in this easy-to-understand yet critical look at what&amp;#039;s fact and what&amp;#039;s plain nonsense.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Mutant Project: Inside the Global Race to Genetically Modify Humans by Eben Kirksey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455459</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455459">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455459</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mutant Project: Inside the Global Race to Genetically Modify Humans
Author: Eben Kirksey
Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 10 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 27 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 7
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An anthropologist visits the frontiers of the next scientific revolution to ask: whose values are guiding gene editing experiments, and what are the implications for humanity?At a conference in Hong Kong in November 2018, Dr. He Jiankui announced that he had created the first genetically modified babies?twin girls named Lulu and Nana?sending shockwaves around the world. A year later, a Chinese court sentenced Dr. He to three years in prison for &amp;#039;illegal medical practice.&amp;#039;As scientists elsewhere start to catch up with China’s vast genetic research program, gene editing is fueling an innovation economy that threatens to widen racial and economic inequality. Fundamental questions about science, health, and social justice are at stake: Who gets access to gene editing technologies? As countries around the globe, from the U.S. to Indonesia, loosen regulations, can we shape research agendas to promote an ethical and fair society?Eben Kirksey takes us on a groundbreaking journey to meet the key scientists, lobbyists, and entrepreneurs who are bringing cutting-edge genetic modification tools like CRISPR to your local clinic. He also ventures beyond the scientific echo chamber, talking to disabled scholars, doctors, hackers, chronically-ill patients, and activists who have alternative visions of a future shaped by genetic engineering.The Mutant Project empowers us to ask the right questions, uncover the truth, and better prepare for this brave new world we&amp;#039;re already entering.</description>
      <author>Eben Kirksey</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Nov 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705000533.mp3" length="1267655" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455459</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705000533.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455459">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455459</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mutant Project: Inside the Global Race to Genetically Modify Humans
Author: Eben Kirksey
Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 10 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 27 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 7
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An anthropologist visits the frontiers of the next scientific revolution to ask: whose values are guiding gene editing experiments, and what are the implications for humanity?At a conference in Hong Kong in November 2018, Dr. He Jiankui announced that he had created the first genetically modified babies?twin girls named Lulu and Nana?sending shockwaves around the world. A year later, a Chinese court sentenced Dr. He to three years in prison for &amp;#039;illegal medical practice.&amp;#039;As scientists elsewhere start to catch up with China’s vast genetic research program, gene editing is fueling an innovation economy that threatens to widen racial and economic inequality. Fundamental questions about science, health, and social justice are at stake: Who gets access to gene editing technologies? As countries around the globe, from the U.S. to Indonesia, loosen regulations, can we shape research agendas to promote an ethical and fair society?Eben Kirksey takes us on a groundbreaking journey to meet the key scientists, lobbyists, and entrepreneurs who are bringing cutting-edge genetic modification tools like CRISPR to your local clinic. He also ventures beyond the scientific echo chamber, talking to disabled scholars, doctors, hackers, chronically-ill patients, and activists who have alternative visions of a future shaped by genetic engineering.The Mutant Project empowers us to ask the right questions, uncover the truth, and better prepare for this brave new world we&amp;#039;re already entering.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455459">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455459</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mutant Project: Inside the Global Race to Genetically Modify Humans
Author: Eben Kirksey
Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 10 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 27 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 7
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An anthropologist visits the frontiers of the next scientific revolution to ask: whose values are guiding gene editing experiments, and what are the implications for humanity?At a conference in Hong Kong in November 2018, Dr. He Jiankui announced that he had created the first genetically modified babies?twin girls named Lulu and Nana?sending shockwaves around the world. A year later, a Chinese court sentenced Dr. He to three years in prison for &amp;#039;illegal medical practice.&amp;#039;As scientists elsewhere start to catch up with China’s vast genetic research program, gene editing is fueling an innovation economy that threatens to widen racial and economic inequality. Fundamental questions about science, health, and social justice are at stake: Who gets access to gene editing technologies? As countries around the globe, from the U.S. to Indonesia, loosen regulations, can we shape research agendas to promote an ethical and fair society?Eben Kirksey takes us on a groundbreaking journey to meet the key scientists, lobbyists, and entrepreneurs who are bringing cutting-edge genetic modification tools like CRISPR to your local clinic. He also ventures beyond the scientific echo chamber, talking to disabled scholars, doctors, hackers, chronically-ill patients, and activists who have alternative visions of a future shaped by genetic engineering.The Mutant Project empowers us to ask the right questions, uncover the truth, and better prepare for this brave new world we&amp;#039;re already entering.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>On Task: How Our Brain Gets Things Done by David Badre</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455408</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455408">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455408</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On Task: How Our Brain Gets Things Done
Author: David Badre
Narrator: Adam Grupper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 14 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 45 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 7
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A look at the extraordinary ways the brain turns thoughts into actions?and how this shapes our everyday livesWhy is it hard to text and drive at the same time? How do you resist eating that extra piece of cake? Why does staring at a tax form feel mentally exhausting? Why can your child expertly fix the computer and yet still forget to put on a coat? From making a cup of coffee to buying a house to changing the world around them, humans are uniquely able to execute necessary actions. How do we do it? Or in other words, how do our brains get things done? In On Task, cognitive neuroscientist David Badre presents the first authoritative introduction to the neuroscience of cognitive control?the remarkable ways that our brains devise sophisticated actions to achieve our goals. We barely notice this routine part of our lives. Yet, cognitive control, also known as executive function, is an astonishing phenomenon that has a profound impact on our well-being.Drawing on cutting-edge research, vivid clinical case studies, and examples from daily life, Badre sheds light on the evolution and inner workings of cognitive control. He examines issues from multitasking and willpower to habitual errors and bad decision making, as well as what happens as our brains develop in childhood and change as we age?and what happens when cognitive control breaks down. Ultimately, Badre shows that cognitive control affects just about everything we do.A revelatory look at how billions of neurons collectively translate abstract ideas into concrete plans, On Task offers an eye-opening investigation into the brain’s critical role in human behavior.</description>
      <author>David Badre</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Nov 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705005842.mp3" length="1332192" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455408</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705005842.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455408">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455408</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On Task: How Our Brain Gets Things Done
Author: David Badre
Narrator: Adam Grupper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 14 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 45 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 7
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A look at the extraordinary ways the brain turns thoughts into actions?and how this shapes our everyday livesWhy is it hard to text and drive at the same time? How do you resist eating that extra piece of cake? Why does staring at a tax form feel mentally exhausting? Why can your child expertly fix the computer and yet still forget to put on a coat? From making a cup of coffee to buying a house to changing the world around them, humans are uniquely able to execute necessary actions. How do we do it? Or in other words, how do our brains get things done? In On Task, cognitive neuroscientist David Badre presents the first authoritative introduction to the neuroscience of cognitive control?the remarkable ways that our brains devise sophisticated actions to achieve our goals. We barely notice this routine part of our lives. Yet, cognitive control, also known as executive function, is an astonishing phenomenon that has a profound impact on our well-being.Drawing on cutting-edge research, vivid clinical case studies, and examples from daily life, Badre sheds light on the evolution and inner workings of cognitive control. He examines issues from multitasking and willpower to habitual errors and bad decision making, as well as what happens as our brains develop in childhood and change as we age?and what happens when cognitive control breaks down. Ultimately, Badre shows that cognitive control affects just about everything we do.A revelatory look at how billions of neurons collectively translate abstract ideas into concrete plans, On Task offers an eye-opening investigation into the brain’s critical role in human behavior.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455408">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455408</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On Task: How Our Brain Gets Things Done
Author: David Badre
Narrator: Adam Grupper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 14 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 45 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 7
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A look at the extraordinary ways the brain turns thoughts into actions?and how this shapes our everyday livesWhy is it hard to text and drive at the same time? How do you resist eating that extra piece of cake? Why does staring at a tax form feel mentally exhausting? Why can your child expertly fix the computer and yet still forget to put on a coat? From making a cup of coffee to buying a house to changing the world around them, humans are uniquely able to execute necessary actions. How do we do it? Or in other words, how do our brains get things done? In On Task, cognitive neuroscientist David Badre presents the first authoritative introduction to the neuroscience of cognitive control?the remarkable ways that our brains devise sophisticated actions to achieve our goals. We barely notice this routine part of our lives. Yet, cognitive control, also known as executive function, is an astonishing phenomenon that has a profound impact on our well-being.Drawing on cutting-edge research, vivid clinical case studies, and examples from daily life, Badre sheds light on the evolution and inner workings of cognitive control. He examines issues from multitasking and willpower to habitual errors and bad decision making, as well as what happens as our brains develop in childhood and change as we age?and what happens when cognitive control breaks down. Ultimately, Badre shows that cognitive control affects just about everything we do.A revelatory look at how billions of neurons collectively translate abstract ideas into concrete plans, On Task offers an eye-opening investigation into the brain’s critical role in human behavior.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Der Pflanzenarzt: Ein gesunder Garten ohne Chemie by René Wadas</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454737</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454737">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454737</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Pflanzenarzt: Ein gesunder Garten ohne Chemie
Author: René Wadas
Narrator: Clemens Benke
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Auf dem Balkon, im Schrebergarten oder im Gemüsebeet gedeiht längst nicht alles so, wie wir es uns erhoffen. Was tun, wenn der Mehltau die geliebte Rose verkümmern lässt und Spinnmilben den Fleißigen Lieschen zu Leibe rücken? Pflanzenarzt René Wadas schwört auf rein biologische Bekämpfungsmittel: Tinkturen aus Brennnessel, Rainfarn und Ackerschachtelhalm reichen meist aus, um die Pflanzen zu stärken. Und so manches Mal kann man sich vermeintliche Schädlinge auch zunutzen machen: An der richtigen Stelle und im richtigen Maß können sie durchaus Gutes bewirken. In seinem neuen Buch vermittelt der Pflanzenarzt all sein Wissen rund um Schädling, Ungeziefer und Co. – wie immer ganz natürlich.</description>
      <author>René Wadas</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Apr 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783958626393.mp3" length="775947" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454737</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783958626393.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454737">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454737</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Pflanzenarzt: Ein gesunder Garten ohne Chemie
Author: René Wadas
Narrator: Clemens Benke
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Auf dem Balkon, im Schrebergarten oder im Gemüsebeet gedeiht längst nicht alles so, wie wir es uns erhoffen. Was tun, wenn der Mehltau die geliebte Rose verkümmern lässt und Spinnmilben den Fleißigen Lieschen zu Leibe rücken? Pflanzenarzt René Wadas schwört auf rein biologische Bekämpfungsmittel: Tinkturen aus Brennnessel, Rainfarn und Ackerschachtelhalm reichen meist aus, um die Pflanzen zu stärken. Und so manches Mal kann man sich vermeintliche Schädlinge auch zunutzen machen: An der richtigen Stelle und im richtigen Maß können sie durchaus Gutes bewirken. In seinem neuen Buch vermittelt der Pflanzenarzt all sein Wissen rund um Schädling, Ungeziefer und Co. – wie immer ganz natürlich.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454737">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454737</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Pflanzenarzt: Ein gesunder Garten ohne Chemie
Author: René Wadas
Narrator: Clemens Benke
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Auf dem Balkon, im Schrebergarten oder im Gemüsebeet gedeiht längst nicht alles so, wie wir es uns erhoffen. Was tun, wenn der Mehltau die geliebte Rose verkümmern lässt und Spinnmilben den Fleißigen Lieschen zu Leibe rücken? Pflanzenarzt René Wadas schwört auf rein biologische Bekämpfungsmittel: Tinkturen aus Brennnessel, Rainfarn und Ackerschachtelhalm reichen meist aus, um die Pflanzen zu stärken. Und so manches Mal kann man sich vermeintliche Schädlinge auch zunutzen machen: An der richtigen Stelle und im richtigen Maß können sie durchaus Gutes bewirken. In seinem neuen Buch vermittelt der Pflanzenarzt all sein Wissen rund um Schädling, Ungeziefer und Co. – wie immer ganz natürlich.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The World Before Us: How Science is Revealing a New Story of Our Human Origins by Tom Higham</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453967</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453967">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453967</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The World Before Us: How Science is Revealing a New Story of Our Human Origins
Author: Tom Higham
Narrator: John Sackville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 4 minutes
Release date: March 25, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  50,000 years ago, we were not the only species of human in the world. There were at least four others, including the Neanderthals, Homo floresiensis, Homo luzonesis and the Denisovans. At the forefront of the latter&amp;#039;s ground-breaking discovery was Oxford Professor Tom Higham. In The World Before Us, he explains the scientific and technological advancements - in radiocarbon dating and ancient DNA, for example - that allowed each of these discoveries to be made, enabling us to be more accurate in our predictions about not just how long ago these other humans lived, but how they lived, interacted and live on in our genes today. This is the story of us, told for the first time with its full cast of characters. © Tom Higham 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</description>
      <author>Tom Higham</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Mar 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241992333.mp3" length="1394281" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453967</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241992333.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453967">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453967</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The World Before Us: How Science is Revealing a New Story of Our Human Origins
Author: Tom Higham
Narrator: John Sackville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 4 minutes
Release date: March 25, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  50,000 years ago, we were not the only species of human in the world. There were at least four others, including the Neanderthals, Homo floresiensis, Homo luzonesis and the Denisovans. At the forefront of the latter&amp;#039;s ground-breaking discovery was Oxford Professor Tom Higham. In The World Before Us, he explains the scientific and technological advancements - in radiocarbon dating and ancient DNA, for example - that allowed each of these discoveries to be made, enabling us to be more accurate in our predictions about not just how long ago these other humans lived, but how they lived, interacted and live on in our genes today. This is the story of us, told for the first time with its full cast of characters. © Tom Higham 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453967">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453967</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The World Before Us: How Science is Revealing a New Story of Our Human Origins
Author: Tom Higham
Narrator: John Sackville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 4 minutes
Release date: March 25, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  50,000 years ago, we were not the only species of human in the world. There were at least four others, including the Neanderthals, Homo floresiensis, Homo luzonesis and the Denisovans. At the forefront of the latter&amp;#039;s ground-breaking discovery was Oxford Professor Tom Higham. In The World Before Us, he explains the scientific and technological advancements - in radiocarbon dating and ancient DNA, for example - that allowed each of these discoveries to be made, enabling us to be more accurate in our predictions about not just how long ago these other humans lived, but how they lived, interacted and live on in our genes today. This is the story of us, told for the first time with its full cast of characters. © Tom Higham 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Origin of Life: What Everyone Needs to Know by David W. Deamer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453679</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453679">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453679</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Origin of Life: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: David W. Deamer
Narrator: David De Vries
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
It seems likely that scientists will someday discover how life can emerge on habitable planets like the early Earth and Mars. In Origin of Life: What Everyone Needs to Know®, David W. Deamer has written a comprehensive guide to the origin of life that is organized in three sections. The first section addresses questions such as: Where do the atoms of life come from? How old is Earth? What was the Earth like before life began? Where does water come from? After each question is answered, there is a follow-up: How do we know? This expands the horizon of the book, explaining how scientists reach conclusions and why we can trust these answers. The second section describes how certain organic molecules can spontaneously assemble into populations of protocells that can undergo selection and evolve toward primitive living systems. Here Deamer proposes a truly novel concept that life did not begin in the ocean but instead in fresh water hot springs on volcanic land masses resembling Hawaii today. True knowledge is not just what we know, but equally important is what we don&amp;#039;t yet know. In the third section Deamer lists the outstanding questions that must be addressed before we can finally answer a fundamental question of biology: How can life begin?</description>
      <author>David W. Deamer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Nov 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705270929.mp3" length="8313944" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453679</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705270929.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453679">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453679</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Origin of Life: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: David W. Deamer
Narrator: David De Vries
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
It seems likely that scientists will someday discover how life can emerge on habitable planets like the early Earth and Mars. In Origin of Life: What Everyone Needs to Know®, David W. Deamer has written a comprehensive guide to the origin of life that is organized in three sections. The first section addresses questions such as: Where do the atoms of life come from? How old is Earth? What was the Earth like before life began? Where does water come from? After each question is answered, there is a follow-up: How do we know? This expands the horizon of the book, explaining how scientists reach conclusions and why we can trust these answers. The second section describes how certain organic molecules can spontaneously assemble into populations of protocells that can undergo selection and evolve toward primitive living systems. Here Deamer proposes a truly novel concept that life did not begin in the ocean but instead in fresh water hot springs on volcanic land masses resembling Hawaii today. True knowledge is not just what we know, but equally important is what we don&amp;#039;t yet know. In the third section Deamer lists the outstanding questions that must be addressed before we can finally answer a fundamental question of biology: How can life begin?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453679">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453679</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Origin of Life: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: David W. Deamer
Narrator: David De Vries
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
It seems likely that scientists will someday discover how life can emerge on habitable planets like the early Earth and Mars. In Origin of Life: What Everyone Needs to Know®, David W. Deamer has written a comprehensive guide to the origin of life that is organized in three sections. The first section addresses questions such as: Where do the atoms of life come from? How old is Earth? What was the Earth like before life began? Where does water come from? After each question is answered, there is a follow-up: How do we know? This expands the horizon of the book, explaining how scientists reach conclusions and why we can trust these answers. The second section describes how certain organic molecules can spontaneously assemble into populations of protocells that can undergo selection and evolve toward primitive living systems. Here Deamer proposes a truly novel concept that life did not begin in the ocean but instead in fresh water hot springs on volcanic land masses resembling Hawaii today. True knowledge is not just what we know, but equally important is what we don&amp;#039;t yet know. In the third section Deamer lists the outstanding questions that must be addressed before we can finally answer a fundamental question of biology: How can life begin?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Supergenes: La llave secreta para un bienestar total by Rudolph E. Tanzi, Deepak Chopra</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453617</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453617">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453617</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Supergenes: La llave secreta para un bienestar total
Author: Rudolph E. Tanzi, Deepak Chopra
Narrator: Carlos Torres
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Los autores del bestseller Supercerebro nos invitan modificar la predisposición genética hacia las enfermedades al cambiar nuestra dieta y nuestro estilo de vida.  Bestseller #1 de The New York Times.  Deepak Chopra se une nuevamente a Rudolph E. Tanzi, Profesor de la cátedra de neurología Joseph P. y Rose. F. Kennedy de la Escuela Médica Harvard, para demostrarnos, a través de la combinación de investigación científica y tradiciones antiguas, que no estamos a merced de nuestra herencia.  ¿Por qué algunas personas nunca se enferman y lucen radiantes a pesar de los años? ¿Por qué, por otro lado, una celebridad se hace una doble mastectomía sin signo alguno de enfermedad? La respuesta está en nuestra herencia: nos asustan nuestros genes. &amp;#039;No sólo eres la suma de tu genoma -dicen Chopra y Tanzi-, sino que eres el usuario y el inventor de ese genoma; eres el autor de tu propia historia.&amp;#039;  Durante años se ha creído que los genes son componentes fijos en nuestro cuerpo que determinan nuestro destino biológico. Ahora la ciencia demuestra lo contrario: siempre tendremos esos elementos originarios, pero éstos son dinámicos y responden a lo que pensamos, decimos y hacemos. De pronto nuestros genes se convierten en nuestros aliados más fuertes en lo referente a nuestra transformación personal y nuestro bienestar radical.  Los autores del bestseller Supercerebro sugieren que cambiando nuestra dieta y nuestro estilo de vida podemos modificar la predisposición genética hacia las enfermedades, y nos invitan a adoptar prácticas védicas ancestrales como el yoga, la respiración y la meditación para crear los cambios internos que necesitamos. El ADN humano aún tiene muchos secretos por descubrir; finalmente, el cuerpo humano no es lo que parece ser.</description>
      <author>Rudolph E. Tanzi, Deepak Chopra</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Aug 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786073194822.mp3" length="1441679" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453617</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786073194822.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453617">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453617</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Supergenes: La llave secreta para un bienestar total
Author: Rudolph E. Tanzi, Deepak Chopra
Narrator: Carlos Torres
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Los autores del bestseller Supercerebro nos invitan modificar la predisposición genética hacia las enfermedades al cambiar nuestra dieta y nuestro estilo de vida.  Bestseller #1 de The New York Times.  Deepak Chopra se une nuevamente a Rudolph E. Tanzi, Profesor de la cátedra de neurología Joseph P. y Rose. F. Kennedy de la Escuela Médica Harvard, para demostrarnos, a través de la combinación de investigación científica y tradiciones antiguas, que no estamos a merced de nuestra herencia.  ¿Por qué algunas personas nunca se enferman y lucen radiantes a pesar de los años? ¿Por qué, por otro lado, una celebridad se hace una doble mastectomía sin signo alguno de enfermedad? La respuesta está en nuestra herencia: nos asustan nuestros genes. &amp;#039;No sólo eres la suma de tu genoma -dicen Chopra y Tanzi-, sino que eres el usuario y el inventor de ese genoma; eres el autor de tu propia historia.&amp;#039;  Durante años se ha creído que los genes son componentes fijos en nuestro cuerpo que determinan nuestro destino biológico. Ahora la ciencia demuestra lo contrario: siempre tendremos esos elementos originarios, pero éstos son dinámicos y responden a lo que pensamos, decimos y hacemos. De pronto nuestros genes se convierten en nuestros aliados más fuertes en lo referente a nuestra transformación personal y nuestro bienestar radical.  Los autores del bestseller Supercerebro sugieren que cambiando nuestra dieta y nuestro estilo de vida podemos modificar la predisposición genética hacia las enfermedades, y nos invitan a adoptar prácticas védicas ancestrales como el yoga, la respiración y la meditación para crear los cambios internos que necesitamos. El ADN humano aún tiene muchos secretos por descubrir; finalmente, el cuerpo humano no es lo que parece ser.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453617">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453617</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Supergenes: La llave secreta para un bienestar total
Author: Rudolph E. Tanzi, Deepak Chopra
Narrator: Carlos Torres
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Los autores del bestseller Supercerebro nos invitan modificar la predisposición genética hacia las enfermedades al cambiar nuestra dieta y nuestro estilo de vida.  Bestseller #1 de The New York Times.  Deepak Chopra se une nuevamente a Rudolph E. Tanzi, Profesor de la cátedra de neurología Joseph P. y Rose. F. Kennedy de la Escuela Médica Harvard, para demostrarnos, a través de la combinación de investigación científica y tradiciones antiguas, que no estamos a merced de nuestra herencia.  ¿Por qué algunas personas nunca se enferman y lucen radiantes a pesar de los años? ¿Por qué, por otro lado, una celebridad se hace una doble mastectomía sin signo alguno de enfermedad? La respuesta está en nuestra herencia: nos asustan nuestros genes. &amp;#039;No sólo eres la suma de tu genoma -dicen Chopra y Tanzi-, sino que eres el usuario y el inventor de ese genoma; eres el autor de tu propia historia.&amp;#039;  Durante años se ha creído que los genes son componentes fijos en nuestro cuerpo que determinan nuestro destino biológico. Ahora la ciencia demuestra lo contrario: siempre tendremos esos elementos originarios, pero éstos son dinámicos y responden a lo que pensamos, decimos y hacemos. De pronto nuestros genes se convierten en nuestros aliados más fuertes en lo referente a nuestra transformación personal y nuestro bienestar radical.  Los autores del bestseller Supercerebro sugieren que cambiando nuestra dieta y nuestro estilo de vida podemos modificar la predisposición genética hacia las enfermedades, y nos invitan a adoptar prácticas védicas ancestrales como el yoga, la respiración y la meditación para crear los cambios internos que necesitamos. El ADN humano aún tiene muchos secretos por descubrir; finalmente, el cuerpo humano no es lo que parece ser.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Biogeography: A Very Short Introduction by Mark V. Lomolino</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453490</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453490">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453490</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Biogeography: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Mark V. Lomolino
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Biogeography is the study of geographic variation in all characteristics of life—ranging from genetic, morphological and behavioural variation among regional populations of a species, to geographic trends in diversity of entire communities across our planet&amp;#039;s sufrace. From the ancient hunters and gatherers to the earliest naturalists, Charles Darwin, Alfred Russel Wallace, and scientists today, the search for patterns in life has provided insights that proved invaluable for understanding the natural world. And many, if not most, of the compelling kaleidoscope of patterns in biological diversity make little sense unless placed in an explicit geographic context. The Very Short Introduction explains the historical development of the field of biogeography, its fundamental tenets, principles and tools, and the invaluable insights it provides for understanding the diversity of life in the natural world. As Mark Lomolino shows, key questions such as where species occur, how they vary from place to place, where their ancestors occurred, and how they spread across the globe, are essential for us to develop effective strategies for conserving the great menagerie of life across our planet.</description>
      <author>Mark V. Lomolino</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705206980.mp3" length="8363739" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453490</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705206980.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453490">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453490</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Biogeography: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Mark V. Lomolino
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Biogeography is the study of geographic variation in all characteristics of life—ranging from genetic, morphological and behavioural variation among regional populations of a species, to geographic trends in diversity of entire communities across our planet&amp;#039;s sufrace. From the ancient hunters and gatherers to the earliest naturalists, Charles Darwin, Alfred Russel Wallace, and scientists today, the search for patterns in life has provided insights that proved invaluable for understanding the natural world. And many, if not most, of the compelling kaleidoscope of patterns in biological diversity make little sense unless placed in an explicit geographic context. The Very Short Introduction explains the historical development of the field of biogeography, its fundamental tenets, principles and tools, and the invaluable insights it provides for understanding the diversity of life in the natural world. As Mark Lomolino shows, key questions such as where species occur, how they vary from place to place, where their ancestors occurred, and how they spread across the globe, are essential for us to develop effective strategies for conserving the great menagerie of life across our planet.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453490">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453490</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Biogeography: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Mark V. Lomolino
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Biogeography is the study of geographic variation in all characteristics of life—ranging from genetic, morphological and behavioural variation among regional populations of a species, to geographic trends in diversity of entire communities across our planet&amp;#039;s sufrace. From the ancient hunters and gatherers to the earliest naturalists, Charles Darwin, Alfred Russel Wallace, and scientists today, the search for patterns in life has provided insights that proved invaluable for understanding the natural world. And many, if not most, of the compelling kaleidoscope of patterns in biological diversity make little sense unless placed in an explicit geographic context. The Very Short Introduction explains the historical development of the field of biogeography, its fundamental tenets, principles and tools, and the invaluable insights it provides for understanding the diversity of life in the natural world. As Mark Lomolino shows, key questions such as where species occur, how they vary from place to place, where their ancestors occurred, and how they spread across the globe, are essential for us to develop effective strategies for conserving the great menagerie of life across our planet.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Science of Aging by Scientific American</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453435</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453435">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453435</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Science of Aging
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 11 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An infant born in the US today will probably live more than twenty years longer than the average lifespan a century ago. While living well into the eighties and nineties is becoming more and more attainable, how many more years can humanity expect to gain? And how can we raise the quality of those later years? The two main barriers are accumulated damage to cells and organs that occurs over time and age-related illnesses like cancer and Alzheimer’s disease. Researchers are divided over where to pour their efforts, and in The Science of Aging, we take a look at what science knows—and what it’s striving to learn—about the aging process.</description>
      <author>Scientific American</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094073941.mp3" length="826869" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453435</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094073941.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453435">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453435</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Science of Aging
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 11 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An infant born in the US today will probably live more than twenty years longer than the average lifespan a century ago. While living well into the eighties and nineties is becoming more and more attainable, how many more years can humanity expect to gain? And how can we raise the quality of those later years? The two main barriers are accumulated damage to cells and organs that occurs over time and age-related illnesses like cancer and Alzheimer’s disease. Researchers are divided over where to pour their efforts, and in The Science of Aging, we take a look at what science knows—and what it’s striving to learn—about the aging process.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453435">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453435</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Science of Aging
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 11 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An infant born in the US today will probably live more than twenty years longer than the average lifespan a century ago. While living well into the eighties and nineties is becoming more and more attainable, how many more years can humanity expect to gain? And how can we raise the quality of those later years? The two main barriers are accumulated damage to cells and organs that occurs over time and age-related illnesses like cancer and Alzheimer’s disease. Researchers are divided over where to pour their efforts, and in The Science of Aging, we take a look at what science knows—and what it’s striving to learn—about the aging process.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bones: Inside and Out by Roy A. Meals MD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449747</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449747">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449747</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bones: Inside and Out
Author: Roy A. Meals MD
Narrator: L.J. Ganser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 12 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Human bone is versatile and entirely unique: it repairs itself without scarring, it&amp;#039;s lightweight but responds to stresses, and it&amp;#039;s durable enough to survive for millennia. In Bones, orthopedic surgeon Roy A. Meals explores and extols this amazing material that both supports and records vertebrate life. Inside the body, bone proves itself the world&amp;#039;s best building material. Meals examines the biological makeup of bones; demystifies how they grow, break, and heal; and compares the particulars of human bone to variations throughout the animal kingdom. In engaging and clear prose, he debunks familiar myths—humans don&amp;#039;t have exactly 206 bones—and illustrates common bone diseases, like osteoporosis and arthritis, and their treatments. Along the way, he highlights the medical innovations—from the first X-rays to advanced operative techniques—that enhance our lives and introduces the giants of orthopedic surgery who developed them. With enthusiasm and humor, Meals also investigates the diverse roles bone has played in human culture throughout history. He highlights allusions to bone in religion and literature, from Adam&amp;#039;s rib to Hamlet&amp;#039;s skull, and uncovers its enduring presence as fossils, technological tools, and musical instruments ranging from the Tibetan thighbone kangling horn to everyday drumsticks.</description>
      <author>Roy A. Meals MD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Nov 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705265505.mp3" length="8148331" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449747</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705265505.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449747">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449747</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bones: Inside and Out
Author: Roy A. Meals MD
Narrator: L.J. Ganser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 12 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Human bone is versatile and entirely unique: it repairs itself without scarring, it&amp;#039;s lightweight but responds to stresses, and it&amp;#039;s durable enough to survive for millennia. In Bones, orthopedic surgeon Roy A. Meals explores and extols this amazing material that both supports and records vertebrate life. Inside the body, bone proves itself the world&amp;#039;s best building material. Meals examines the biological makeup of bones; demystifies how they grow, break, and heal; and compares the particulars of human bone to variations throughout the animal kingdom. In engaging and clear prose, he debunks familiar myths—humans don&amp;#039;t have exactly 206 bones—and illustrates common bone diseases, like osteoporosis and arthritis, and their treatments. Along the way, he highlights the medical innovations—from the first X-rays to advanced operative techniques—that enhance our lives and introduces the giants of orthopedic surgery who developed them. With enthusiasm and humor, Meals also investigates the diverse roles bone has played in human culture throughout history. He highlights allusions to bone in religion and literature, from Adam&amp;#039;s rib to Hamlet&amp;#039;s skull, and uncovers its enduring presence as fossils, technological tools, and musical instruments ranging from the Tibetan thighbone kangling horn to everyday drumsticks.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449747">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449747</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bones: Inside and Out
Author: Roy A. Meals MD
Narrator: L.J. Ganser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 12 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Human bone is versatile and entirely unique: it repairs itself without scarring, it&amp;#039;s lightweight but responds to stresses, and it&amp;#039;s durable enough to survive for millennia. In Bones, orthopedic surgeon Roy A. Meals explores and extols this amazing material that both supports and records vertebrate life. Inside the body, bone proves itself the world&amp;#039;s best building material. Meals examines the biological makeup of bones; demystifies how they grow, break, and heal; and compares the particulars of human bone to variations throughout the animal kingdom. In engaging and clear prose, he debunks familiar myths—humans don&amp;#039;t have exactly 206 bones—and illustrates common bone diseases, like osteoporosis and arthritis, and their treatments. Along the way, he highlights the medical innovations—from the first X-rays to advanced operative techniques—that enhance our lives and introduces the giants of orthopedic surgery who developed them. With enthusiasm and humor, Meals also investigates the diverse roles bone has played in human culture throughout history. He highlights allusions to bone in religion and literature, from Adam&amp;#039;s rib to Hamlet&amp;#039;s skull, and uncovers its enduring presence as fossils, technological tools, and musical instruments ranging from the Tibetan thighbone kangling horn to everyday drumsticks.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Great Influenza: The Story of the Deadliest Pandemic in History by John M. Barry</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448211</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Great Influenza: The Story of the Deadliest Pandemic in History
Author: John M. Barry
Narrator: Scott Brick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 26 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. THE #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER In 1918, the world faced the deadliest pandemic in human history. What can the story of the so-called Spanish Flu teach us about the fight against present day crises, and how to prepare for future outbreaks?  At the height of WWI, history&amp;#039;s most lethal influenza virus erupted in an army camp in Kansas, moved east with American troops, then exploded, killing as many as 100 million people worldwide. It killed more people in twenty-four months than AIDS killed in twenty-four years, more in a year than the Black Death killed in a century. But this was not the Middle Ages, and 1918 marked the first collision of science and epidemic disease. Magisterial in its breadth of perspective and depth of research, The Great Influenza is ultimately a tale of triumph amid tragedy, which provides us with a precise and sobering model as we confront the aftermath of Covid-19 and future pandemics looming on the horizon. &amp;#039;Everything you need to know about one of the deadliest outbreaks in human history&amp;#039; Bill Gates &amp;#039;Easily our fullest, richest, most panoramic history of the subject&amp;#039; New York Times Book Review © John M Barry 2004 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>John M. Barry</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Aug 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241991961.mp3" length="1451458" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448211</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241991961.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>19:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Great Influenza: The Story of the Deadliest Pandemic in History
Author: John M. Barry
Narrator: Scott Brick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 26 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. THE #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER In 1918, the world faced the deadliest pandemic in human history. What can the story of the so-called Spanish Flu teach us about the fight against present day crises, and how to prepare for future outbreaks?  At the height of WWI, history&amp;#039;s most lethal influenza virus erupted in an army camp in Kansas, moved east with American troops, then exploded, killing as many as 100 million people worldwide. It killed more people in twenty-four months than AIDS killed in twenty-four years, more in a year than the Black Death killed in a century. But this was not the Middle Ages, and 1918 marked the first collision of science and epidemic disease. Magisterial in its breadth of perspective and depth of research, The Great Influenza is ultimately a tale of triumph amid tragedy, which provides us with a precise and sobering model as we confront the aftermath of Covid-19 and future pandemics looming on the horizon. &amp;#039;Everything you need to know about one of the deadliest outbreaks in human history&amp;#039; Bill Gates &amp;#039;Easily our fullest, richest, most panoramic history of the subject&amp;#039; New York Times Book Review © John M Barry 2004 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Great Influenza: The Story of the Deadliest Pandemic in History
Author: John M. Barry
Narrator: Scott Brick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 26 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. THE #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER In 1918, the world faced the deadliest pandemic in human history. What can the story of the so-called Spanish Flu teach us about the fight against present day crises, and how to prepare for future outbreaks?  At the height of WWI, history&amp;#039;s most lethal influenza virus erupted in an army camp in Kansas, moved east with American troops, then exploded, killing as many as 100 million people worldwide. It killed more people in twenty-four months than AIDS killed in twenty-four years, more in a year than the Black Death killed in a century. But this was not the Middle Ages, and 1918 marked the first collision of science and epidemic disease. Magisterial in its breadth of perspective and depth of research, The Great Influenza is ultimately a tale of triumph amid tragedy, which provides us with a precise and sobering model as we confront the aftermath of Covid-19 and future pandemics looming on the horizon. &amp;#039;Everything you need to know about one of the deadliest outbreaks in human history&amp;#039; Bill Gates &amp;#039;Easily our fullest, richest, most panoramic history of the subject&amp;#039; New York Times Book Review © John M Barry 2004 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hooked: How Processed Food Became Addictive by Michael Moss</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447872</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447872">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447872</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hooked: How Processed Food Became Addictive
Author: Michael Moss
Narrator: Scott Brick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Everyone knows how hard it can be to maintain a healthy diet. But what if some of the decisions we make about what to eat are beyond our control? Is it possible that food is addictive, like drugs or alcohol? And to what extent does the food industry know, or care, about these vulnerabilities? In Hooked, Pulitzer Prize-winning investigative reporter Michael Moss sets out to answer these questions and to find the true peril in our food. Moss uses the latest research on addiction to uncover the shocking ways that food, in some cases, is even more addictive than alcohol, cigarettes, and drugs. Our bodies are hardwired for sweets, so food giants have developed fifty-six types of sugar to add to their products and ways to exploit our evolutionary preference for fast, ready-to-eat foods. Moss goes on to show how the processed food industry -- including major companies like Nestlé, Mars, and Kellogg&amp;#039;s -- has not only tried to hide the addictiveness of food but to actually exploit it. As obesity rates continue to climb, manufacturers are now claiming to add ingredients that can effortlessly cure our compulsive eating habits. A gripping account of the legal battles, insidious marketing campaigns, and cutting-edge food science that have brought us to our current public health crisis, Hooked lays out all that the food industry is doing to exploit and deepen our addictions, and shows us why what we eat has never mattered more. © Michael Moss 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</description>
      <author>Michael Moss</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Mar 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780753557747.mp3" length="1373723" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447872</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780753557747.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447872">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447872</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hooked: How Processed Food Became Addictive
Author: Michael Moss
Narrator: Scott Brick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Everyone knows how hard it can be to maintain a healthy diet. But what if some of the decisions we make about what to eat are beyond our control? Is it possible that food is addictive, like drugs or alcohol? And to what extent does the food industry know, or care, about these vulnerabilities? In Hooked, Pulitzer Prize-winning investigative reporter Michael Moss sets out to answer these questions and to find the true peril in our food. Moss uses the latest research on addiction to uncover the shocking ways that food, in some cases, is even more addictive than alcohol, cigarettes, and drugs. Our bodies are hardwired for sweets, so food giants have developed fifty-six types of sugar to add to their products and ways to exploit our evolutionary preference for fast, ready-to-eat foods. Moss goes on to show how the processed food industry -- including major companies like Nestlé, Mars, and Kellogg&amp;#039;s -- has not only tried to hide the addictiveness of food but to actually exploit it. As obesity rates continue to climb, manufacturers are now claiming to add ingredients that can effortlessly cure our compulsive eating habits. A gripping account of the legal battles, insidious marketing campaigns, and cutting-edge food science that have brought us to our current public health crisis, Hooked lays out all that the food industry is doing to exploit and deepen our addictions, and shows us why what we eat has never mattered more. © Michael Moss 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447872">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447872</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hooked: How Processed Food Became Addictive
Author: Michael Moss
Narrator: Scott Brick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Everyone knows how hard it can be to maintain a healthy diet. But what if some of the decisions we make about what to eat are beyond our control? Is it possible that food is addictive, like drugs or alcohol? And to what extent does the food industry know, or care, about these vulnerabilities? In Hooked, Pulitzer Prize-winning investigative reporter Michael Moss sets out to answer these questions and to find the true peril in our food. Moss uses the latest research on addiction to uncover the shocking ways that food, in some cases, is even more addictive than alcohol, cigarettes, and drugs. Our bodies are hardwired for sweets, so food giants have developed fifty-six types of sugar to add to their products and ways to exploit our evolutionary preference for fast, ready-to-eat foods. Moss goes on to show how the processed food industry -- including major companies like Nestlé, Mars, and Kellogg&amp;#039;s -- has not only tried to hide the addictiveness of food but to actually exploit it. As obesity rates continue to climb, manufacturers are now claiming to add ingredients that can effortlessly cure our compulsive eating habits. A gripping account of the legal battles, insidious marketing campaigns, and cutting-edge food science that have brought us to our current public health crisis, Hooked lays out all that the food industry is doing to exploit and deepen our addictions, and shows us why what we eat has never mattered more. © Michael Moss 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Music &amp;amp; the Brain by Scientific American</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447584</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447584">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447584</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Music &amp;amp; the Brain
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 46 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Neuroscientists have shown that music recruits nearly every area of the brain, fostering connections across different regions. In this book, we examine the latest imaging studies and discuss the effects of music on emotion, cognition, sensation, and motor function. This includes an examination of the brain’s anatomy when listening to or creating music, of music’s relationship to learning math and language skills, and of its role in promoting social connections and treating brain disorders and injuries.</description>
      <author>Scientific American</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094073545.mp3" length="831764" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447584</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094073545.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447584">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447584</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Music &amp;amp; the Brain
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 46 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Neuroscientists have shown that music recruits nearly every area of the brain, fostering connections across different regions. In this book, we examine the latest imaging studies and discuss the effects of music on emotion, cognition, sensation, and motor function. This includes an examination of the brain’s anatomy when listening to or creating music, of music’s relationship to learning math and language skills, and of its role in promoting social connections and treating brain disorders and injuries.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447584">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447584</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Music &amp;amp; the Brain
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 46 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Neuroscientists have shown that music recruits nearly every area of the brain, fostering connections across different regions. In this book, we examine the latest imaging studies and discuss the effects of music on emotion, cognition, sensation, and motor function. This includes an examination of the brain’s anatomy when listening to or creating music, of music’s relationship to learning math and language skills, and of its role in promoting social connections and treating brain disorders and injuries.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Psychology 101: How to Understand Yourself and Others by Nathan Dewall</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447390</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447390">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447390</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Psychology 101: How to Understand Yourself and Others
Author: Nathan Dewall
Narrator: Nathan Dewall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.16 of Total 251 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.79 of Total 19
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Join the co-author of the world&amp;#039;s bestselling psychology textbook in exploring the secrets of human psychology. Understanding our thoughts and emotions is essential to living our best lives. From infancy through old age, psychology affects our relationships, achievements, and sense of overall well-being. In this compelling audio course, Professor Nathan DeWall equips you with powerful tools that can help you achieve self-knowledge. Psychology is a science and uses the same methods as other sciences. But there is a big difference: many psychological topics are difficult to evaluate and measure. Some of our most valuable qualities--self-esteem, memory, emotion, thinking, personality--seem ineffable. Through Prof. DeWall, you will get a backstage pass to many of the mind&amp;#039;s mysteries, including why some people are prone to depression, why some therapies work while others donÕt, and why some romantic relationships succeed while others flop. By understanding psychology as a science, you will have a better understanding of yourself and the world around you. In this engaging 24-lecture course, Prof. DeWall takes you on a wild ride through the mind. Incorporating vivid case studies and psychological research, the lectures challenge you to reconsider what you think you know about the mind and offer practical tools to improve your daily life. Listen today for an in-depth look at the human mind and its profound mysteries. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.</description>
      <author>Nathan Dewall</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jun 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781632518583.mp3" length="1355199" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447390</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781632518583.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447390">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447390</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Psychology 101: How to Understand Yourself and Others
Author: Nathan Dewall
Narrator: Nathan Dewall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.16 of Total 251 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.79 of Total 19
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Join the co-author of the world&amp;#039;s bestselling psychology textbook in exploring the secrets of human psychology. Understanding our thoughts and emotions is essential to living our best lives. From infancy through old age, psychology affects our relationships, achievements, and sense of overall well-being. In this compelling audio course, Professor Nathan DeWall equips you with powerful tools that can help you achieve self-knowledge. Psychology is a science and uses the same methods as other sciences. But there is a big difference: many psychological topics are difficult to evaluate and measure. Some of our most valuable qualities--self-esteem, memory, emotion, thinking, personality--seem ineffable. Through Prof. DeWall, you will get a backstage pass to many of the mind&amp;#039;s mysteries, including why some people are prone to depression, why some therapies work while others donÕt, and why some romantic relationships succeed while others flop. By understanding psychology as a science, you will have a better understanding of yourself and the world around you. In this engaging 24-lecture course, Prof. DeWall takes you on a wild ride through the mind. Incorporating vivid case studies and psychological research, the lectures challenge you to reconsider what you think you know about the mind and offer practical tools to improve your daily life. Listen today for an in-depth look at the human mind and its profound mysteries. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447390">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447390</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Psychology 101: How to Understand Yourself and Others
Author: Nathan Dewall
Narrator: Nathan Dewall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.16 of Total 251 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.79 of Total 19
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Join the co-author of the world&amp;#039;s bestselling psychology textbook in exploring the secrets of human psychology. Understanding our thoughts and emotions is essential to living our best lives. From infancy through old age, psychology affects our relationships, achievements, and sense of overall well-being. In this compelling audio course, Professor Nathan DeWall equips you with powerful tools that can help you achieve self-knowledge. Psychology is a science and uses the same methods as other sciences. But there is a big difference: many psychological topics are difficult to evaluate and measure. Some of our most valuable qualities--self-esteem, memory, emotion, thinking, personality--seem ineffable. Through Prof. DeWall, you will get a backstage pass to many of the mind&amp;#039;s mysteries, including why some people are prone to depression, why some therapies work while others donÕt, and why some romantic relationships succeed while others flop. By understanding psychology as a science, you will have a better understanding of yourself and the world around you. In this engaging 24-lecture course, Prof. DeWall takes you on a wild ride through the mind. Incorporating vivid case studies and psychological research, the lectures challenge you to reconsider what you think you know about the mind and offer practical tools to improve your daily life. Listen today for an in-depth look at the human mind and its profound mysteries. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Exercised: The Science of Physical Activity, Rest and Health by Daniel Lieberman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447055</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447055">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447055</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Exercised: The Science of Physical Activity, Rest and Health
Author: Daniel Lieberman
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 13 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  The myth-busting science behind our modern attitudes to exercise: what our bodies really need, why it matters, and its effects on health and wellbeing. In industrialized nations, our sedentary lifestyles have contributed to skyrocketing rates of obesity and diseases like diabetes. A key remedy, we are told, is exercise - voluntary physical activity for the sake of health. However, most of us struggle to stay fit, and our attitudes to exercise are plagued by misconceptions, finger-pointing and anxiety. But, as Daniel Lieberman shows in Exercised, the first book of its kind by a leading scientific expert, we never evolved to exercise. We are hardwired for moderate exertion throughout each day, not triathlons or treadmills. Drawing on over a decade of high-level scientific research and eye-opening insights from evolutionary biology and anthropology, Lieberman explains precisely how exercise can promote health; debunks persistent myths about sitting, speed, strength and endurance; and points the way towards more enjoyable and physically active living in the modern world. &amp;#039;Endlessly fascinating and full of surprises. Easily one of my books of the year&amp;#039; BILL BRYSON &amp;#039;Myth-busting, illuminating, brilliant - Lieberman will completely change the way you think about your body&amp;#039; Professor ALICE ROBERTS, presenter of Our Incredible Human Journey © Daniel Lieberman 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>Daniel Lieberman</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Sep 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241503621.mp3" length="1335710" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447055</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241503621.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447055">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447055</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Exercised: The Science of Physical Activity, Rest and Health
Author: Daniel Lieberman
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 13 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  The myth-busting science behind our modern attitudes to exercise: what our bodies really need, why it matters, and its effects on health and wellbeing. In industrialized nations, our sedentary lifestyles have contributed to skyrocketing rates of obesity and diseases like diabetes. A key remedy, we are told, is exercise - voluntary physical activity for the sake of health. However, most of us struggle to stay fit, and our attitudes to exercise are plagued by misconceptions, finger-pointing and anxiety. But, as Daniel Lieberman shows in Exercised, the first book of its kind by a leading scientific expert, we never evolved to exercise. We are hardwired for moderate exertion throughout each day, not triathlons or treadmills. Drawing on over a decade of high-level scientific research and eye-opening insights from evolutionary biology and anthropology, Lieberman explains precisely how exercise can promote health; debunks persistent myths about sitting, speed, strength and endurance; and points the way towards more enjoyable and physically active living in the modern world. &amp;#039;Endlessly fascinating and full of surprises. Easily one of my books of the year&amp;#039; BILL BRYSON &amp;#039;Myth-busting, illuminating, brilliant - Lieberman will completely change the way you think about your body&amp;#039; Professor ALICE ROBERTS, presenter of Our Incredible Human Journey © Daniel Lieberman 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447055">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447055</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Exercised: The Science of Physical Activity, Rest and Health
Author: Daniel Lieberman
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 13 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  The myth-busting science behind our modern attitudes to exercise: what our bodies really need, why it matters, and its effects on health and wellbeing. In industrialized nations, our sedentary lifestyles have contributed to skyrocketing rates of obesity and diseases like diabetes. A key remedy, we are told, is exercise - voluntary physical activity for the sake of health. However, most of us struggle to stay fit, and our attitudes to exercise are plagued by misconceptions, finger-pointing and anxiety. But, as Daniel Lieberman shows in Exercised, the first book of its kind by a leading scientific expert, we never evolved to exercise. We are hardwired for moderate exertion throughout each day, not triathlons or treadmills. Drawing on over a decade of high-level scientific research and eye-opening insights from evolutionary biology and anthropology, Lieberman explains precisely how exercise can promote health; debunks persistent myths about sitting, speed, strength and endurance; and points the way towards more enjoyable and physically active living in the modern world. &amp;#039;Endlessly fascinating and full of surprises. Easily one of my books of the year&amp;#039; BILL BRYSON &amp;#039;Myth-busting, illuminating, brilliant - Lieberman will completely change the way you think about your body&amp;#039; Professor ALICE ROBERTS, presenter of Our Incredible Human Journey © Daniel Lieberman 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>An Anatomy of Pain: How the Body and the Mind Experience and Endure Physical Suffering by Abdul-Ghaaliq Lalkhen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446912</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446912">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446912</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Anatomy of Pain: How the Body and the Mind Experience and Endure Physical Suffering
Author: Abdul-Ghaaliq Lalkhen
Narrator: Russell Bentley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 4 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An illuminating, authoritative, and in-depth examination of the fascinating science behind pain that “combines a career’s worth of expertise with a long history of pain treatment” (GQ)—from one of the internationally leading doctors in pain management. Pain is a universal human experience, but we understand very little about the mechanisms behind it. We hurt ourselves, we feel pain, we seek help from a professional or learn to avoid certain behaviors that cause pain. But the story of what goes on in our body is far from simple. Even medical practitioners themselves often fail to grasp the complexities between our minds and bodies and how they interact when dealing with pain stimulus. Throughout history we’ve tried to prevent and mediate the effects of pain—which has only resulted in a highly medicated population and a booming opiates industry.   Written by a medical expert trained as an anesthesiologist, An Anatomy of Pain is the first book to clearly explain the current issues and complexities surrounding the treatment of pain and how society deals with those in pain, as well as how our bodies relate to pain. Common conception still equates pain with tissue damage but that is only a very small part of the story—the organ which produces pain is the brain. Case studies show that a woman who has undergone a c-section reports dramatically less pain than a patient who has had kidney stones removed in a similarly invasive operation. The soldier who drags himself or herself to safety after being shot deals with pain in a remarkably different way from someone suffering a similar injury on a street. The truth is that pain is a complex mix of nerve endings, psychological state, social preconceptions, and situational awareness.   Filled with case studies and medical history, this enlightening book offers a crash course in all aspects of pain, from chronic to acute, and walks us through the current landscape of pain treatments—from medication (including opioids) to electrical nerve stimulation. Whether it’s a mild ache or severe discomfort, we all encounter pain in our lives and “this splendid book—informative, empathic, and wise—about a universal experience will surely promote healing” (Booklist, starred review).</description>
      <author>Abdul-Ghaaliq Lalkhen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Feb 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797120768.mp3" length="746813" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446912</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797120768.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446912">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446912</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Anatomy of Pain: How the Body and the Mind Experience and Endure Physical Suffering
Author: Abdul-Ghaaliq Lalkhen
Narrator: Russell Bentley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 4 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An illuminating, authoritative, and in-depth examination of the fascinating science behind pain that “combines a career’s worth of expertise with a long history of pain treatment” (GQ)—from one of the internationally leading doctors in pain management. Pain is a universal human experience, but we understand very little about the mechanisms behind it. We hurt ourselves, we feel pain, we seek help from a professional or learn to avoid certain behaviors that cause pain. But the story of what goes on in our body is far from simple. Even medical practitioners themselves often fail to grasp the complexities between our minds and bodies and how they interact when dealing with pain stimulus. Throughout history we’ve tried to prevent and mediate the effects of pain—which has only resulted in a highly medicated population and a booming opiates industry.   Written by a medical expert trained as an anesthesiologist, An Anatomy of Pain is the first book to clearly explain the current issues and complexities surrounding the treatment of pain and how society deals with those in pain, as well as how our bodies relate to pain. Common conception still equates pain with tissue damage but that is only a very small part of the story—the organ which produces pain is the brain. Case studies show that a woman who has undergone a c-section reports dramatically less pain than a patient who has had kidney stones removed in a similarly invasive operation. The soldier who drags himself or herself to safety after being shot deals with pain in a remarkably different way from someone suffering a similar injury on a street. The truth is that pain is a complex mix of nerve endings, psychological state, social preconceptions, and situational awareness.   Filled with case studies and medical history, this enlightening book offers a crash course in all aspects of pain, from chronic to acute, and walks us through the current landscape of pain treatments—from medication (including opioids) to electrical nerve stimulation. Whether it’s a mild ache or severe discomfort, we all encounter pain in our lives and “this splendid book—informative, empathic, and wise—about a universal experience will surely promote healing” (Booklist, starred review).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446912">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446912</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Anatomy of Pain: How the Body and the Mind Experience and Endure Physical Suffering
Author: Abdul-Ghaaliq Lalkhen
Narrator: Russell Bentley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 4 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An illuminating, authoritative, and in-depth examination of the fascinating science behind pain that “combines a career’s worth of expertise with a long history of pain treatment” (GQ)—from one of the internationally leading doctors in pain management. Pain is a universal human experience, but we understand very little about the mechanisms behind it. We hurt ourselves, we feel pain, we seek help from a professional or learn to avoid certain behaviors that cause pain. But the story of what goes on in our body is far from simple. Even medical practitioners themselves often fail to grasp the complexities between our minds and bodies and how they interact when dealing with pain stimulus. Throughout history we’ve tried to prevent and mediate the effects of pain—which has only resulted in a highly medicated population and a booming opiates industry.   Written by a medical expert trained as an anesthesiologist, An Anatomy of Pain is the first book to clearly explain the current issues and complexities surrounding the treatment of pain and how society deals with those in pain, as well as how our bodies relate to pain. Common conception still equates pain with tissue damage but that is only a very small part of the story—the organ which produces pain is the brain. Case studies show that a woman who has undergone a c-section reports dramatically less pain than a patient who has had kidney stones removed in a similarly invasive operation. The soldier who drags himself or herself to safety after being shot deals with pain in a remarkably different way from someone suffering a similar injury on a street. The truth is that pain is a complex mix of nerve endings, psychological state, social preconceptions, and situational awareness.   Filled with case studies and medical history, this enlightening book offers a crash course in all aspects of pain, from chronic to acute, and walks us through the current landscape of pain treatments—from medication (including opioids) to electrical nerve stimulation. Whether it’s a mild ache or severe discomfort, we all encounter pain in our lives and “this splendid book—informative, empathic, and wise—about a universal experience will surely promote healing” (Booklist, starred review).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Saved by Science: The Hope and Promise of Synthetic Biology by Mark J. Poznansky</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446795</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446795">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446795</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saved by Science: The Hope and Promise of Synthetic Biology
Author: Mark J. Poznansky
Narrator: Jim Seybert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 21 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
How can we accelerate the development of vaccines? How do we feed three billion people when twelve million died of hunger in 2019? Does synthetic biology hold the answer? With all the advances in science in the last century, why are there still so many infectious diseases? Why haven’t we found cures for difficult cancers? Why hasn’t any major progress been made in the treatment of mental illness? And how do we intend to stop, and not only that but reverse, global warming and the climate crisis? In Saved by Science, scientist Mark Poznansky examines the many crises facing humanity while encouraging us with the promise of an emerging solution: synthetic biology. This is the science of building simple organisms, or “biological apps,” to make manufacturing greener energy production more sustainable, agriculture more robust, and medicine more powerful and precise. Synthetic biology is the marriage of the digital revolution with a revolution in biology and genomics; some have even called it “the fourth industrial revolution.”</description>
      <author>Mark J. Poznansky</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666541854.mp3" length="795268" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446795</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666541854.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446795">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446795</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saved by Science: The Hope and Promise of Synthetic Biology
Author: Mark J. Poznansky
Narrator: Jim Seybert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 21 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
How can we accelerate the development of vaccines? How do we feed three billion people when twelve million died of hunger in 2019? Does synthetic biology hold the answer? With all the advances in science in the last century, why are there still so many infectious diseases? Why haven’t we found cures for difficult cancers? Why hasn’t any major progress been made in the treatment of mental illness? And how do we intend to stop, and not only that but reverse, global warming and the climate crisis? In Saved by Science, scientist Mark Poznansky examines the many crises facing humanity while encouraging us with the promise of an emerging solution: synthetic biology. This is the science of building simple organisms, or “biological apps,” to make manufacturing greener energy production more sustainable, agriculture more robust, and medicine more powerful and precise. Synthetic biology is the marriage of the digital revolution with a revolution in biology and genomics; some have even called it “the fourth industrial revolution.”</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446795">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446795</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saved by Science: The Hope and Promise of Synthetic Biology
Author: Mark J. Poznansky
Narrator: Jim Seybert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 21 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
How can we accelerate the development of vaccines? How do we feed three billion people when twelve million died of hunger in 2019? Does synthetic biology hold the answer? With all the advances in science in the last century, why are there still so many infectious diseases? Why haven’t we found cures for difficult cancers? Why hasn’t any major progress been made in the treatment of mental illness? And how do we intend to stop, and not only that but reverse, global warming and the climate crisis? In Saved by Science, scientist Mark Poznansky examines the many crises facing humanity while encouraging us with the promise of an emerging solution: synthetic biology. This is the science of building simple organisms, or “biological apps,” to make manufacturing greener energy production more sustainable, agriculture more robust, and medicine more powerful and precise. Synthetic biology is the marriage of the digital revolution with a revolution in biology and genomics; some have even called it “the fourth industrial revolution.”</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Thousand Brains: A New Theory of Intelligence by Jeff Hawkins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444607</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444607">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444607</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Thousand Brains: A New Theory of Intelligence
Author: Jeff Hawkins
Narrator: Jamie Renell, Richard Dawkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 40 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 48 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A bestselling author, neuroscientist, and computer engineer unveils a theory of intelligence that will revolutionize our understanding of the brain and the future of AI.  For all of neuroscience&amp;#039;s advances, we&amp;#039;ve made little progress on its biggest question: How do simple cells in the brain create intelligence?  Jeff Hawkins and his team discovered that the brain uses maplike structures to build a model of the world—not just one model, but hundreds of thousands of models of everything we know. This discovery allows Hawkins to answer important questions about how we perceive the world, why we have a sense of self, and the origin of high-level thought. A Thousand Brains heralds a revolution in the understanding of intelligence. It is a big-think book, in every sense of the word.   One of the Financial Times&amp;#039; Best Books of 2021 One of Bill Gates&amp;#039; Five Favorite Books of 2021</description>
      <author>Jeff Hawkins</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Mar 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549134296.mp3" length="869701" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444607</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549134296.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444607">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444607</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Thousand Brains: A New Theory of Intelligence
Author: Jeff Hawkins
Narrator: Jamie Renell, Richard Dawkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 40 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 48 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A bestselling author, neuroscientist, and computer engineer unveils a theory of intelligence that will revolutionize our understanding of the brain and the future of AI.  For all of neuroscience&amp;#039;s advances, we&amp;#039;ve made little progress on its biggest question: How do simple cells in the brain create intelligence?  Jeff Hawkins and his team discovered that the brain uses maplike structures to build a model of the world—not just one model, but hundreds of thousands of models of everything we know. This discovery allows Hawkins to answer important questions about how we perceive the world, why we have a sense of self, and the origin of high-level thought. A Thousand Brains heralds a revolution in the understanding of intelligence. It is a big-think book, in every sense of the word.   One of the Financial Times&amp;#039; Best Books of 2021 One of Bill Gates&amp;#039; Five Favorite Books of 2021</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444607">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444607</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Thousand Brains: A New Theory of Intelligence
Author: Jeff Hawkins
Narrator: Jamie Renell, Richard Dawkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 40 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 48 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A bestselling author, neuroscientist, and computer engineer unveils a theory of intelligence that will revolutionize our understanding of the brain and the future of AI.  For all of neuroscience&amp;#039;s advances, we&amp;#039;ve made little progress on its biggest question: How do simple cells in the brain create intelligence?  Jeff Hawkins and his team discovered that the brain uses maplike structures to build a model of the world—not just one model, but hundreds of thousands of models of everything we know. This discovery allows Hawkins to answer important questions about how we perceive the world, why we have a sense of self, and the origin of high-level thought. A Thousand Brains heralds a revolution in the understanding of intelligence. It is a big-think book, in every sense of the word.   One of the Financial Times&amp;#039; Best Books of 2021 One of Bill Gates&amp;#039; Five Favorite Books of 2021</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Rescuing the Planet: Protecting Half the Land to Heal the Earth by Tony Hiss</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444517</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444517">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444517</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rescuing the Planet: Protecting Half the Land to Heal the Earth
Author: Tony Hiss
Narrator: Adam Barr, Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The award-winning author of The Experience of Place delivers an &amp;#039;upbeat and engaging account of the remarkable progress being made to preserve vast wild spaces for animals to roam&amp;#039; (The Wall Street Journal)—and an urgent call to protect 50 percent of the earth&amp;#039;s land by 2050—thereby saving millions of its species.   Beginning in the vast North American Boreal Forest that stretches through Canada, and roving across the continent, from the Northern Sierra to Alabama&amp;#039;s Paint Rock Forest, from the Appalachian Trail to a ranch in Mexico, Tony Hiss sets out on a journey to take stock of the &amp;#039;superorganism&amp;#039; that is the earth: its land, its elements, its plants and animals, its greatest threats--and what we can do to keep it, and ourselves, alive. Hiss not only invites us to understand the scope and gravity of the problems we face, but also makes the case for why protecting half the land is the way to fix those problems. He highlights the important work of the many groups already involved in this fight, such as the Indigenous Leadership Initiative, the Yellowstone to Yukon Conservation Initiative, and the global animal tracking project ICARUS. And he introduces us to the engineers, geologists, biologists, botanists, oceanographers, ecologists, and other &amp;#039;Half Earthers&amp;#039; like Hiss himself who are allied in their dedication to the unifying, essential cause of saving our own planet from ourselves. Tender, impassioned, curious, and above all else inspiring, Rescuing the Planet is a work that promises to make all of us better citizens of the earth.</description>
      <author>Tony Hiss</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593349120.mp3" length="2675437" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444517</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593349120.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444517">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444517</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rescuing the Planet: Protecting Half the Land to Heal the Earth
Author: Tony Hiss
Narrator: Adam Barr, Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The award-winning author of The Experience of Place delivers an &amp;#039;upbeat and engaging account of the remarkable progress being made to preserve vast wild spaces for animals to roam&amp;#039; (The Wall Street Journal)—and an urgent call to protect 50 percent of the earth&amp;#039;s land by 2050—thereby saving millions of its species.   Beginning in the vast North American Boreal Forest that stretches through Canada, and roving across the continent, from the Northern Sierra to Alabama&amp;#039;s Paint Rock Forest, from the Appalachian Trail to a ranch in Mexico, Tony Hiss sets out on a journey to take stock of the &amp;#039;superorganism&amp;#039; that is the earth: its land, its elements, its plants and animals, its greatest threats--and what we can do to keep it, and ourselves, alive. Hiss not only invites us to understand the scope and gravity of the problems we face, but also makes the case for why protecting half the land is the way to fix those problems. He highlights the important work of the many groups already involved in this fight, such as the Indigenous Leadership Initiative, the Yellowstone to Yukon Conservation Initiative, and the global animal tracking project ICARUS. And he introduces us to the engineers, geologists, biologists, botanists, oceanographers, ecologists, and other &amp;#039;Half Earthers&amp;#039; like Hiss himself who are allied in their dedication to the unifying, essential cause of saving our own planet from ourselves. Tender, impassioned, curious, and above all else inspiring, Rescuing the Planet is a work that promises to make all of us better citizens of the earth.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444517">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444517</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rescuing the Planet: Protecting Half the Land to Heal the Earth
Author: Tony Hiss
Narrator: Adam Barr, Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The award-winning author of The Experience of Place delivers an &amp;#039;upbeat and engaging account of the remarkable progress being made to preserve vast wild spaces for animals to roam&amp;#039; (The Wall Street Journal)—and an urgent call to protect 50 percent of the earth&amp;#039;s land by 2050—thereby saving millions of its species.   Beginning in the vast North American Boreal Forest that stretches through Canada, and roving across the continent, from the Northern Sierra to Alabama&amp;#039;s Paint Rock Forest, from the Appalachian Trail to a ranch in Mexico, Tony Hiss sets out on a journey to take stock of the &amp;#039;superorganism&amp;#039; that is the earth: its land, its elements, its plants and animals, its greatest threats--and what we can do to keep it, and ourselves, alive. Hiss not only invites us to understand the scope and gravity of the problems we face, but also makes the case for why protecting half the land is the way to fix those problems. He highlights the important work of the many groups already involved in this fight, such as the Indigenous Leadership Initiative, the Yellowstone to Yukon Conservation Initiative, and the global animal tracking project ICARUS. And he introduces us to the engineers, geologists, biologists, botanists, oceanographers, ecologists, and other &amp;#039;Half Earthers&amp;#039; like Hiss himself who are allied in their dedication to the unifying, essential cause of saving our own planet from ourselves. Tender, impassioned, curious, and above all else inspiring, Rescuing the Planet is a work that promises to make all of us better citizens of the earth.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Monkeys, Myths, and Molecules: Separating Fact from Fiction, and the Science of Everyday Life by Dr. Joe Schwarcz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444214</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Monkeys, Myths, and Molecules: Separating Fact from Fiction, and the Science of Everyday Life
Author: Dr. Joe Schwarcz
Narrator: Garrett Goodison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A healthy dose of scientific skepticism in the information age, from bestselling author Dr. Joe Schwarz 		The internet is a powerful beast; no matter what question you may have, the answer is just a few keystrokes away. But with so many sources available, and so many conflicting answers, how do you know what information is reliable? In Monkeys, Myths, and Molecules, Dr. Joe Schwarcz takes a critical look at how scientific facts are misconstrued in the media, debunking myths surrounding canned food, artificial dyes, SPF, homeopathy, cancer, chemicals, and much more. Unafraid to expose the sheer nonsense people are led to believe about health, food, drugs, and our environment, Dr. Joe confronts pseudoscience and convincingly and entertainingly advocates for a scientific approach to everyday life.</description>
      <author>Dr. Joe Schwarcz</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781773056302.mp3" length="1341073" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444214</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781773056302.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Monkeys, Myths, and Molecules: Separating Fact from Fiction, and the Science of Everyday Life
Author: Dr. Joe Schwarcz
Narrator: Garrett Goodison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A healthy dose of scientific skepticism in the information age, from bestselling author Dr. Joe Schwarz 		The internet is a powerful beast; no matter what question you may have, the answer is just a few keystrokes away. But with so many sources available, and so many conflicting answers, how do you know what information is reliable? In Monkeys, Myths, and Molecules, Dr. Joe Schwarcz takes a critical look at how scientific facts are misconstrued in the media, debunking myths surrounding canned food, artificial dyes, SPF, homeopathy, cancer, chemicals, and much more. Unafraid to expose the sheer nonsense people are led to believe about health, food, drugs, and our environment, Dr. Joe confronts pseudoscience and convincingly and entertainingly advocates for a scientific approach to everyday life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Monkeys, Myths, and Molecules: Separating Fact from Fiction, and the Science of Everyday Life
Author: Dr. Joe Schwarcz
Narrator: Garrett Goodison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A healthy dose of scientific skepticism in the information age, from bestselling author Dr. Joe Schwarz 		The internet is a powerful beast; no matter what question you may have, the answer is just a few keystrokes away. But with so many sources available, and so many conflicting answers, how do you know what information is reliable? In Monkeys, Myths, and Molecules, Dr. Joe Schwarcz takes a critical look at how scientific facts are misconstrued in the media, debunking myths surrounding canned food, artificial dyes, SPF, homeopathy, cancer, chemicals, and much more. Unafraid to expose the sheer nonsense people are led to believe about health, food, drugs, and our environment, Dr. Joe confronts pseudoscience and convincingly and entertainingly advocates for a scientific approach to everyday life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>This is the Voice by John Colapinto</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444201</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444201">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444201</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This is the Voice
Author: John Colapinto
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A New York Times bestselling writer explores what our unique sonic signature reveals about our species, our culture, and each one of us. Finally, a vital topic that has never had its own book gets its due. There’s no shortage of books about public speaking or language or song. But until now, there has been no book about the miracle that underlies them all—the human voice itself. And there are few writers who could take on this surprisingly vast topic with more artistry and expertise than John Colapinto. Beginning with the novel—and compelling—argument that our ability to speak is what made us the planet’s dominant species, he guides us from the voice’s beginnings in lungfish millions of years ago to its culmination in the talent of Pavoratti, Martin Luther King Jr., and Beyoncé—and each of us, every day.   Along the way, he shows us why the voice is the most efficient, effective means of communication ever devised: it works in all directions, in all weathers, even in the dark, and it can be calibrated to reach one other person or thousands. He reveals why speech is the single most complex and intricate activity humans can perform. He travels up the Amazon to meet the Piraha, a reclusive tribe whose singular language, more musical than any other, can help us hear how melodic principles underpin every word we utter. He heads up to Harvard to see how professional voices are helped and healed, and he ventures out on the campaign trail to see how demagogues wield their voices as weapons.   As far-reaching as this book is, much of the delight of reading it lies in how intimate it feels. Everything Colapinto tells us can be tested by our own lungs and mouths and ears and brains. He shows us that, for those who pay attention, the voice is an eloquent means of communicating not only what the speaker means, but also their mood, sexual preference, age, income, even psychological and physical illness.   It overstates the case only slightly to say that anyone who talks, or sings, or listens will find a rich trove of thrills in This Is the Voice.</description>
      <author>John Colapinto</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797120249.mp3" length="823916" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444201</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797120249.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444201">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444201</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This is the Voice
Author: John Colapinto
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A New York Times bestselling writer explores what our unique sonic signature reveals about our species, our culture, and each one of us. Finally, a vital topic that has never had its own book gets its due. There’s no shortage of books about public speaking or language or song. But until now, there has been no book about the miracle that underlies them all—the human voice itself. And there are few writers who could take on this surprisingly vast topic with more artistry and expertise than John Colapinto. Beginning with the novel—and compelling—argument that our ability to speak is what made us the planet’s dominant species, he guides us from the voice’s beginnings in lungfish millions of years ago to its culmination in the talent of Pavoratti, Martin Luther King Jr., and Beyoncé—and each of us, every day.   Along the way, he shows us why the voice is the most efficient, effective means of communication ever devised: it works in all directions, in all weathers, even in the dark, and it can be calibrated to reach one other person or thousands. He reveals why speech is the single most complex and intricate activity humans can perform. He travels up the Amazon to meet the Piraha, a reclusive tribe whose singular language, more musical than any other, can help us hear how melodic principles underpin every word we utter. He heads up to Harvard to see how professional voices are helped and healed, and he ventures out on the campaign trail to see how demagogues wield their voices as weapons.   As far-reaching as this book is, much of the delight of reading it lies in how intimate it feels. Everything Colapinto tells us can be tested by our own lungs and mouths and ears and brains. He shows us that, for those who pay attention, the voice is an eloquent means of communicating not only what the speaker means, but also their mood, sexual preference, age, income, even psychological and physical illness.   It overstates the case only slightly to say that anyone who talks, or sings, or listens will find a rich trove of thrills in This Is the Voice.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444201">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444201</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This is the Voice
Author: John Colapinto
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A New York Times bestselling writer explores what our unique sonic signature reveals about our species, our culture, and each one of us. Finally, a vital topic that has never had its own book gets its due. There’s no shortage of books about public speaking or language or song. But until now, there has been no book about the miracle that underlies them all—the human voice itself. And there are few writers who could take on this surprisingly vast topic with more artistry and expertise than John Colapinto. Beginning with the novel—and compelling—argument that our ability to speak is what made us the planet’s dominant species, he guides us from the voice’s beginnings in lungfish millions of years ago to its culmination in the talent of Pavoratti, Martin Luther King Jr., and Beyoncé—and each of us, every day.   Along the way, he shows us why the voice is the most efficient, effective means of communication ever devised: it works in all directions, in all weathers, even in the dark, and it can be calibrated to reach one other person or thousands. He reveals why speech is the single most complex and intricate activity humans can perform. He travels up the Amazon to meet the Piraha, a reclusive tribe whose singular language, more musical than any other, can help us hear how melodic principles underpin every word we utter. He heads up to Harvard to see how professional voices are helped and healed, and he ventures out on the campaign trail to see how demagogues wield their voices as weapons.   As far-reaching as this book is, much of the delight of reading it lies in how intimate it feels. Everything Colapinto tells us can be tested by our own lungs and mouths and ears and brains. He shows us that, for those who pay attention, the voice is an eloquent means of communicating not only what the speaker means, but also their mood, sexual preference, age, income, even psychological and physical illness.   It overstates the case only slightly to say that anyone who talks, or sings, or listens will find a rich trove of thrills in This Is the Voice.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Influenza Threat by Scientific American</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443381</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443381">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443381</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Influenza Threat
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The onset of cold weather brings out the boots, coats, gloves—and the stoplight-red “Flu Shots Available Here” signs in drugstore windows. For many scientists and public health specialists alike, flu season has become a little like Russian roulette. The likelihood of a deadly pandemic outbreak of influenza is not far from reality considering the nature of some of the different viral strains. In this book, we delve into the science of the flu, starting with past pandemics and what we can learn from them.</description>
      <author>Scientific American</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094074023.mp3" length="838633" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443381</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094074023.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443381">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443381</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Influenza Threat
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The onset of cold weather brings out the boots, coats, gloves—and the stoplight-red “Flu Shots Available Here” signs in drugstore windows. For many scientists and public health specialists alike, flu season has become a little like Russian roulette. The likelihood of a deadly pandemic outbreak of influenza is not far from reality considering the nature of some of the different viral strains. In this book, we delve into the science of the flu, starting with past pandemics and what we can learn from them.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443381">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443381</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Influenza Threat
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The onset of cold weather brings out the boots, coats, gloves—and the stoplight-red “Flu Shots Available Here” signs in drugstore windows. For many scientists and public health specialists alike, flu season has become a little like Russian roulette. The likelihood of a deadly pandemic outbreak of influenza is not far from reality considering the nature of some of the different viral strains. In this book, we delve into the science of the flu, starting with past pandemics and what we can learn from them.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mom Genes: Inside The New Science of Our Ancient Maternal Instinct by Abigail Tucker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442898</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442898">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442898</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mom Genes: Inside The New Science of Our Ancient Maternal Instinct
Author: Abigail Tucker
Narrator: Samantha Desz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 59 minutes
Release date: April 27, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author of The Lion in the Living Room comes a fascinating and provocative exploration of the biology of motherhood that “is witty, reassuring, and takes motherhood out of the footnotes and places it front and center—where it belongs” (Louann Brizendine, MD, New York Times bestselling author).  Everyone knows how babies are made, but scientists are only just beginning to understand the making of a mother. Mom Genes reveals the hard science behind our tenderest maternal impulses, tackling questions such as why mothers are destined to mimic their own moms (or not), how maternal aggression makes females the world’s most formidable creatures, and how a crisis like the Covid-19 pandemic can make or break a mom.   Weaving the latest research with Abigail Tucker’s personal experiences, Mom Genes “is an eye-opening tour through the biology and psychology of a role that is at once utterly ordinary and wondrously strange” (Annie Murphy Paul, author of Origins).</description>
      <author>Abigail Tucker</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Apr 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797120102.mp3" length="808774" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442898</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797120102.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442898">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442898</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mom Genes: Inside The New Science of Our Ancient Maternal Instinct
Author: Abigail Tucker
Narrator: Samantha Desz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 59 minutes
Release date: April 27, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author of The Lion in the Living Room comes a fascinating and provocative exploration of the biology of motherhood that “is witty, reassuring, and takes motherhood out of the footnotes and places it front and center—where it belongs” (Louann Brizendine, MD, New York Times bestselling author).  Everyone knows how babies are made, but scientists are only just beginning to understand the making of a mother. Mom Genes reveals the hard science behind our tenderest maternal impulses, tackling questions such as why mothers are destined to mimic their own moms (or not), how maternal aggression makes females the world’s most formidable creatures, and how a crisis like the Covid-19 pandemic can make or break a mom.   Weaving the latest research with Abigail Tucker’s personal experiences, Mom Genes “is an eye-opening tour through the biology and psychology of a role that is at once utterly ordinary and wondrously strange” (Annie Murphy Paul, author of Origins).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442898">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442898</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mom Genes: Inside The New Science of Our Ancient Maternal Instinct
Author: Abigail Tucker
Narrator: Samantha Desz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 59 minutes
Release date: April 27, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author of The Lion in the Living Room comes a fascinating and provocative exploration of the biology of motherhood that “is witty, reassuring, and takes motherhood out of the footnotes and places it front and center—where it belongs” (Louann Brizendine, MD, New York Times bestselling author).  Everyone knows how babies are made, but scientists are only just beginning to understand the making of a mother. Mom Genes reveals the hard science behind our tenderest maternal impulses, tackling questions such as why mothers are destined to mimic their own moms (or not), how maternal aggression makes females the world’s most formidable creatures, and how a crisis like the Covid-19 pandemic can make or break a mom.   Weaving the latest research with Abigail Tucker’s personal experiences, Mom Genes “is an eye-opening tour through the biology and psychology of a role that is at once utterly ordinary and wondrously strange” (Annie Murphy Paul, author of Origins).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Spite: And the Upside of Your Dark Side by Simon Mccarthy-Jones</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442169</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442169">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442169</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spite: And the Upside of Your Dark Side
Author: Simon Mccarthy-Jones
Narrator: Chris Clarkson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 4 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Spite covers psychology, economics, genetics, literature and current affairs to examine why humans inflict self-harm  just to get one over on someone else. Why do we secretly want our friends to fail? Lots of irresistible stories about  toxic behaviour in supermarkets and over the privet hedge, ramping up to incendiary divorces, vicious business practices, backbiting politics, scorched earth terrorism, Trump, and Brexit. Was Trump elected because people voted out of spite for Hillary Clinton? There&amp;#039;s a hopeful message too – the upside of our dark side. Spite can drive us forward, and  Simon provides a fresh perspective on the word by showing the evolutionary benefits of spite as a social leveller, an enabler of defiance, a wellspring of freedom and a vital weapon in our everyday armoury. “With rigorous science, penetrating analyses, colourful and enjoyable prose, and an astonishing breadth of knowledge – Simon McCarthy-Jones has delivered a book that will undeniably be appreciated by many.” FRANK LARØI. UNIVERSITY OF BERGEN</description>
      <author>Simon Mccarthy-Jones</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Oct 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004016433.mp3" length="843223" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442169</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004016433.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442169">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442169</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spite: And the Upside of Your Dark Side
Author: Simon Mccarthy-Jones
Narrator: Chris Clarkson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 4 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Spite covers psychology, economics, genetics, literature and current affairs to examine why humans inflict self-harm  just to get one over on someone else. Why do we secretly want our friends to fail? Lots of irresistible stories about  toxic behaviour in supermarkets and over the privet hedge, ramping up to incendiary divorces, vicious business practices, backbiting politics, scorched earth terrorism, Trump, and Brexit. Was Trump elected because people voted out of spite for Hillary Clinton? There&amp;#039;s a hopeful message too – the upside of our dark side. Spite can drive us forward, and  Simon provides a fresh perspective on the word by showing the evolutionary benefits of spite as a social leveller, an enabler of defiance, a wellspring of freedom and a vital weapon in our everyday armoury. “With rigorous science, penetrating analyses, colourful and enjoyable prose, and an astonishing breadth of knowledge – Simon McCarthy-Jones has delivered a book that will undeniably be appreciated by many.” FRANK LARØI. UNIVERSITY OF BERGEN</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442169">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442169</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spite: And the Upside of Your Dark Side
Author: Simon Mccarthy-Jones
Narrator: Chris Clarkson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 4 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Spite covers psychology, economics, genetics, literature and current affairs to examine why humans inflict self-harm  just to get one over on someone else. Why do we secretly want our friends to fail? Lots of irresistible stories about  toxic behaviour in supermarkets and over the privet hedge, ramping up to incendiary divorces, vicious business practices, backbiting politics, scorched earth terrorism, Trump, and Brexit. Was Trump elected because people voted out of spite for Hillary Clinton? There&amp;#039;s a hopeful message too – the upside of our dark side. Spite can drive us forward, and  Simon provides a fresh perspective on the word by showing the evolutionary benefits of spite as a social leveller, an enabler of defiance, a wellspring of freedom and a vital weapon in our everyday armoury. “With rigorous science, penetrating analyses, colourful and enjoyable prose, and an astonishing breadth of knowledge – Simon McCarthy-Jones has delivered a book that will undeniably be appreciated by many.” FRANK LARØI. UNIVERSITY OF BERGEN</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Zoologist&amp;#039;s Guide to the Galaxy: What Animals on Earth Reveal About Aliens--and Ourselves by Arik Kershenbaum</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441950</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441950">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441950</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Zoologist&amp;#039;s Guide to the Galaxy: What Animals on Earth Reveal About Aliens--and Ourselves
Author: Arik Kershenbaum
Narrator: Samuel West
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 13 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From a noted Cambridge zoologist, a wildly fun and scientifically sound exploration of what alien life must be like, using universal laws that govern life on Earth and in space. Scientists are confident that life exists elsewhere in the universe. Yet rather than taking a realistic approach to what aliens might be like, we imagine that life on other planets is the stuff of science fiction. The time has come to abandon our fantasies of space invaders and movie monsters and place our expectations on solid scientific footing. But short of aliens landing in New York City, how do we know what they are like? Using his own expert understanding of life on Earth and Darwin&amp;#039;s theory of evolution--which applies throughout the universe--Cambridge zoologist Dr. Arik Kershenbaum explains what alien life must be like: how these creatures will move, socialize, and communicate. For example, by observing fish whose electrical pulses indicate social status, we can see that other planets might allow for communication by electricity. As there was evolutionary pressure to wriggle along a sea floor, Earthling animals tend to have left/right symmetry; on planets where creatures evolved in midair or in soupy tar, they might be lacking any symmetry at all. Might there be an alien planet with supersonic animals? A moon where creatures have a language composed of smells? Will aliens scream with fear, act honestly, or have technology? The Zoologist&amp;#039;s Guide to the Galaxy answers these questions using the latest science to tell the story of how life really works, on Earth and in space.</description>
      <author>Arik Kershenbaum</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Mar 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593394380.mp3" length="2579716" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441950</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593394380.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441950">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441950</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Zoologist&amp;#039;s Guide to the Galaxy: What Animals on Earth Reveal About Aliens--and Ourselves
Author: Arik Kershenbaum
Narrator: Samuel West
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 13 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From a noted Cambridge zoologist, a wildly fun and scientifically sound exploration of what alien life must be like, using universal laws that govern life on Earth and in space. Scientists are confident that life exists elsewhere in the universe. Yet rather than taking a realistic approach to what aliens might be like, we imagine that life on other planets is the stuff of science fiction. The time has come to abandon our fantasies of space invaders and movie monsters and place our expectations on solid scientific footing. But short of aliens landing in New York City, how do we know what they are like? Using his own expert understanding of life on Earth and Darwin&amp;#039;s theory of evolution--which applies throughout the universe--Cambridge zoologist Dr. Arik Kershenbaum explains what alien life must be like: how these creatures will move, socialize, and communicate. For example, by observing fish whose electrical pulses indicate social status, we can see that other planets might allow for communication by electricity. As there was evolutionary pressure to wriggle along a sea floor, Earthling animals tend to have left/right symmetry; on planets where creatures evolved in midair or in soupy tar, they might be lacking any symmetry at all. Might there be an alien planet with supersonic animals? A moon where creatures have a language composed of smells? Will aliens scream with fear, act honestly, or have technology? The Zoologist&amp;#039;s Guide to the Galaxy answers these questions using the latest science to tell the story of how life really works, on Earth and in space.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441950">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441950</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Zoologist&amp;#039;s Guide to the Galaxy: What Animals on Earth Reveal About Aliens--and Ourselves
Author: Arik Kershenbaum
Narrator: Samuel West
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 13 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From a noted Cambridge zoologist, a wildly fun and scientifically sound exploration of what alien life must be like, using universal laws that govern life on Earth and in space. Scientists are confident that life exists elsewhere in the universe. Yet rather than taking a realistic approach to what aliens might be like, we imagine that life on other planets is the stuff of science fiction. The time has come to abandon our fantasies of space invaders and movie monsters and place our expectations on solid scientific footing. But short of aliens landing in New York City, how do we know what they are like? Using his own expert understanding of life on Earth and Darwin&amp;#039;s theory of evolution--which applies throughout the universe--Cambridge zoologist Dr. Arik Kershenbaum explains what alien life must be like: how these creatures will move, socialize, and communicate. For example, by observing fish whose electrical pulses indicate social status, we can see that other planets might allow for communication by electricity. As there was evolutionary pressure to wriggle along a sea floor, Earthling animals tend to have left/right symmetry; on planets where creatures evolved in midair or in soupy tar, they might be lacking any symmetry at all. Might there be an alien planet with supersonic animals? A moon where creatures have a language composed of smells? Will aliens scream with fear, act honestly, or have technology? The Zoologist&amp;#039;s Guide to the Galaxy answers these questions using the latest science to tell the story of how life really works, on Earth and in space.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>LIFE&amp;#039;S EDGE: The Search for What It Means to Be Alive by Carl Zimmer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441951</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441951">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441951</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: LIFE&amp;#039;S EDGE: The Search for What It Means to Be Alive
Author: Carl Zimmer
Narrator: Joe Ochman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 15 minutes
Release date: March  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“Carl Zimmer is one of the best science writers we have today.” —Rebecca Skloot, author of The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks  We all assume we know what life is, but the more scientists learn about the living world—from protocells to brains, from zygotes to pandemic viruses—the harder they find it is to locate life’s edge.      Carl Zimmer investigates one of the biggest questions of all: What is life? The answer seems obvious until you try to seriously answer it. Is the apple sitting on your kitchen counter alive, or is only the apple tree it came from deserving of the word? If we can’t answer that question here on earth, how will we know when and if we discover alien life on other worlds? The question hangs over some of society’s most charged conflicts—whether a fertilized egg is a living person, for example, and when we ought to declare a person legally dead.      Life&amp;#039;s Edge is an utterly fascinating investigation that no one but one of the most celebrated science writers of our generation could craft. Zimmer journeys through the strange experiments that have attempted to re-create life. Literally hundreds of definitions of what that should look like now exist, but none has yet emerged as an obvious winner. Lists of what living things have in common do not add up to a theory of life. It&amp;#039;s never clear why some items on the list are essential and others not. Coronaviruses have altered the course of history, and yet many scientists maintain they are not alive. Chemists are creating droplets that can swarm, sense their environment, and multiply. Have they made life in the lab?      Whether he is handling pythons in Alabama or searching for hibernating bats in the Adirondacks, Zimmer revels in astounding examples of life at its most bizarre. He tries his own hand at evolving life in a test tube with unnerving results. Charting the obsession with Dr. Frankenstein&amp;#039;s monster and how Coleridge came to believe the whole universe was alive, Zimmer leads us all the way into the labs and minds of researchers working on engineering life from the ground up. Cover image Courtesy of the MRC Laboratory of Molecular Biology. © MRC Laboratory of Molecular Biology/Madeline Lancaster</description>
      <author>Carl Zimmer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Mar 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593343531.mp3" length="2804725" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441951</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593343531.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441951">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441951</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: LIFE&amp;#039;S EDGE: The Search for What It Means to Be Alive
Author: Carl Zimmer
Narrator: Joe Ochman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 15 minutes
Release date: March  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“Carl Zimmer is one of the best science writers we have today.” —Rebecca Skloot, author of The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks  We all assume we know what life is, but the more scientists learn about the living world—from protocells to brains, from zygotes to pandemic viruses—the harder they find it is to locate life’s edge.      Carl Zimmer investigates one of the biggest questions of all: What is life? The answer seems obvious until you try to seriously answer it. Is the apple sitting on your kitchen counter alive, or is only the apple tree it came from deserving of the word? If we can’t answer that question here on earth, how will we know when and if we discover alien life on other worlds? The question hangs over some of society’s most charged conflicts—whether a fertilized egg is a living person, for example, and when we ought to declare a person legally dead.      Life&amp;#039;s Edge is an utterly fascinating investigation that no one but one of the most celebrated science writers of our generation could craft. Zimmer journeys through the strange experiments that have attempted to re-create life. Literally hundreds of definitions of what that should look like now exist, but none has yet emerged as an obvious winner. Lists of what living things have in common do not add up to a theory of life. It&amp;#039;s never clear why some items on the list are essential and others not. Coronaviruses have altered the course of history, and yet many scientists maintain they are not alive. Chemists are creating droplets that can swarm, sense their environment, and multiply. Have they made life in the lab?      Whether he is handling pythons in Alabama or searching for hibernating bats in the Adirondacks, Zimmer revels in astounding examples of life at its most bizarre. He tries his own hand at evolving life in a test tube with unnerving results. Charting the obsession with Dr. Frankenstein&amp;#039;s monster and how Coleridge came to believe the whole universe was alive, Zimmer leads us all the way into the labs and minds of researchers working on engineering life from the ground up. Cover image Courtesy of the MRC Laboratory of Molecular Biology. © MRC Laboratory of Molecular Biology/Madeline Lancaster</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441951">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441951</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: LIFE&amp;#039;S EDGE: The Search for What It Means to Be Alive
Author: Carl Zimmer
Narrator: Joe Ochman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 15 minutes
Release date: March  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“Carl Zimmer is one of the best science writers we have today.” —Rebecca Skloot, author of The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks  We all assume we know what life is, but the more scientists learn about the living world—from protocells to brains, from zygotes to pandemic viruses—the harder they find it is to locate life’s edge.      Carl Zimmer investigates one of the biggest questions of all: What is life? The answer seems obvious until you try to seriously answer it. Is the apple sitting on your kitchen counter alive, or is only the apple tree it came from deserving of the word? If we can’t answer that question here on earth, how will we know when and if we discover alien life on other worlds? The question hangs over some of society’s most charged conflicts—whether a fertilized egg is a living person, for example, and when we ought to declare a person legally dead.      Life&amp;#039;s Edge is an utterly fascinating investigation that no one but one of the most celebrated science writers of our generation could craft. Zimmer journeys through the strange experiments that have attempted to re-create life. Literally hundreds of definitions of what that should look like now exist, but none has yet emerged as an obvious winner. Lists of what living things have in common do not add up to a theory of life. It&amp;#039;s never clear why some items on the list are essential and others not. Coronaviruses have altered the course of history, and yet many scientists maintain they are not alive. Chemists are creating droplets that can swarm, sense their environment, and multiply. Have they made life in the lab?      Whether he is handling pythons in Alabama or searching for hibernating bats in the Adirondacks, Zimmer revels in astounding examples of life at its most bizarre. He tries his own hand at evolving life in a test tube with unnerving results. Charting the obsession with Dr. Frankenstein&amp;#039;s monster and how Coleridge came to believe the whole universe was alive, Zimmer leads us all the way into the labs and minds of researchers working on engineering life from the ground up. Cover image Courtesy of the MRC Laboratory of Molecular Biology. © MRC Laboratory of Molecular Biology/Madeline Lancaster</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Aliens are Already Among Us by Martin K Ettington</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441769</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441769">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441769</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Aliens are Already Among Us
Author: Martin K Ettington
Narrator: Martin K. Ettington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 50 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The focus of this book is on Aliens having visited or living on this Earth. There is lots of evidence that not only are Aliens on Earth during the present, but have been here for thousands if not millions of years. There are lots of stories and some good evidence that this is all true. Even today there are videos of alien craft, and stories in the news about our government still studying and reporting on Aliens visiting us.  •	What is this evidence of Aliens living on the Earth in the past and currently? •	And where do we separate the facts from the fiction?  •	What technologies might these Aliens have? •	And how do these beings interact with our civilization? Lots of information is provided here to help better understand who the aliens are, how many types we know of, and how it might be possible for them to stay hidden on the Earth for thousands of years. Hope your find all this information interesting and it provides you with some food for thought.</description>
      <author>Martin K Ettington</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Mar 2024 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781098629946.mp3" length="1153657" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441769</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781098629946.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441769">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441769</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Aliens are Already Among Us
Author: Martin K Ettington
Narrator: Martin K. Ettington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 50 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The focus of this book is on Aliens having visited or living on this Earth. There is lots of evidence that not only are Aliens on Earth during the present, but have been here for thousands if not millions of years. There are lots of stories and some good evidence that this is all true. Even today there are videos of alien craft, and stories in the news about our government still studying and reporting on Aliens visiting us.  •	What is this evidence of Aliens living on the Earth in the past and currently? •	And where do we separate the facts from the fiction?  •	What technologies might these Aliens have? •	And how do these beings interact with our civilization? Lots of information is provided here to help better understand who the aliens are, how many types we know of, and how it might be possible for them to stay hidden on the Earth for thousands of years. Hope your find all this information interesting and it provides you with some food for thought.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441769">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441769</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Aliens are Already Among Us
Author: Martin K Ettington
Narrator: Martin K. Ettington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 50 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The focus of this book is on Aliens having visited or living on this Earth. There is lots of evidence that not only are Aliens on Earth during the present, but have been here for thousands if not millions of years. There are lots of stories and some good evidence that this is all true. Even today there are videos of alien craft, and stories in the news about our government still studying and reporting on Aliens visiting us.  •	What is this evidence of Aliens living on the Earth in the past and currently? •	And where do we separate the facts from the fiction?  •	What technologies might these Aliens have? •	And how do these beings interact with our civilization? Lots of information is provided here to help better understand who the aliens are, how many types we know of, and how it might be possible for them to stay hidden on the Earth for thousands of years. Hope your find all this information interesting and it provides you with some food for thought.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Feeling &amp;amp; Knowing: Making Minds Conscious by Antonio Damasio</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440966</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440966">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440966</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Feeling &amp;amp; Knowing: Making Minds Conscious
Author: Antonio Damasio
Narrator: Julian Morris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 10 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of the world’s leading neuroscientists: a succinct, illuminating, wholly engaging investigation of how biology, neuroscience, psychology, and artificial intelligence have given us the tools to unlock the mysteries of human consciousness “One thrilling insight       after another ... Damasio has succeeded brilliantly in narrowing the gap       between body and mind.” —The New York Times Book Review In recent decades, many philosophers and cognitive scientists have declared the problem of consciousness unsolvable, but Antonio Damasio is convinced that recent findings across multiple scientific disciplines have given us  a way to understand consciousness and its significance for human life.    In the forty-eight brief chapters of Feeling &amp;amp; Knowing, and in writing that remains faithful to our intuitive sense of what feeling and experiencing are about, Damasio helps us understand why being conscious is not the same as sensing, why nervous systems are essential for the development of feelings, and why feeling opens the way to consciousness writ large. He combines the latest discoveries in various sciences with philosophy and discusses his original research, which has transformed our understanding of the brain and human behavior.     Here is an indispensable guide to understand­ing how we experience the world within and around us and find our place in the universe.</description>
      <author>Antonio Damasio</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Oct 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593394649.mp3" length="2698771" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440966</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593394649.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440966">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440966</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Feeling &amp;amp; Knowing: Making Minds Conscious
Author: Antonio Damasio
Narrator: Julian Morris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 10 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of the world’s leading neuroscientists: a succinct, illuminating, wholly engaging investigation of how biology, neuroscience, psychology, and artificial intelligence have given us the tools to unlock the mysteries of human consciousness “One thrilling insight       after another ... Damasio has succeeded brilliantly in narrowing the gap       between body and mind.” —The New York Times Book Review In recent decades, many philosophers and cognitive scientists have declared the problem of consciousness unsolvable, but Antonio Damasio is convinced that recent findings across multiple scientific disciplines have given us  a way to understand consciousness and its significance for human life.    In the forty-eight brief chapters of Feeling &amp;amp; Knowing, and in writing that remains faithful to our intuitive sense of what feeling and experiencing are about, Damasio helps us understand why being conscious is not the same as sensing, why nervous systems are essential for the development of feelings, and why feeling opens the way to consciousness writ large. He combines the latest discoveries in various sciences with philosophy and discusses his original research, which has transformed our understanding of the brain and human behavior.     Here is an indispensable guide to understand­ing how we experience the world within and around us and find our place in the universe.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440966">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440966</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Feeling &amp;amp; Knowing: Making Minds Conscious
Author: Antonio Damasio
Narrator: Julian Morris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 10 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of the world’s leading neuroscientists: a succinct, illuminating, wholly engaging investigation of how biology, neuroscience, psychology, and artificial intelligence have given us the tools to unlock the mysteries of human consciousness “One thrilling insight       after another ... Damasio has succeeded brilliantly in narrowing the gap       between body and mind.” —The New York Times Book Review In recent decades, many philosophers and cognitive scientists have declared the problem of consciousness unsolvable, but Antonio Damasio is convinced that recent findings across multiple scientific disciplines have given us  a way to understand consciousness and its significance for human life.    In the forty-eight brief chapters of Feeling &amp;amp; Knowing, and in writing that remains faithful to our intuitive sense of what feeling and experiencing are about, Damasio helps us understand why being conscious is not the same as sensing, why nervous systems are essential for the development of feelings, and why feeling opens the way to consciousness writ large. He combines the latest discoveries in various sciences with philosophy and discusses his original research, which has transformed our understanding of the brain and human behavior.     Here is an indispensable guide to understand­ing how we experience the world within and around us and find our place in the universe.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mysteries of Life in the Universe by Scientific American</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439716</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439716">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439716</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mysteries of Life in the Universe
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Bernadette Dunne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 9 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
How did life begin on Earth? Does it exist elsewhere? What would those life forms be like? These fundamental questions about the nature of life and our own cosmic significance are endlessly fascinating. In this book, we present several theories on the origin of life, some of its extreme and surprising forms, and the ongoing search for signs—or sentience—on distant worlds.</description>
      <author>Scientific American</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094073064.mp3" length="861070" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439716</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094073064.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439716">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439716</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mysteries of Life in the Universe
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Bernadette Dunne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 9 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
How did life begin on Earth? Does it exist elsewhere? What would those life forms be like? These fundamental questions about the nature of life and our own cosmic significance are endlessly fascinating. In this book, we present several theories on the origin of life, some of its extreme and surprising forms, and the ongoing search for signs—or sentience—on distant worlds.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439716">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439716</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mysteries of Life in the Universe
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Bernadette Dunne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 9 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
How did life begin on Earth? Does it exist elsewhere? What would those life forms be like? These fundamental questions about the nature of life and our own cosmic significance are endlessly fascinating. In this book, we present several theories on the origin of life, some of its extreme and surprising forms, and the ongoing search for signs—or sentience—on distant worlds.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Science of Cancer by Scientific American</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439717</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439717">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439717</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Science of Cancer
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The past few years have seen tremendous strides in our understanding of cancer, including new hypotheses about its genetic origins and new treatment alternatives using the body’s own immune response. In The Science of Cancer, we examine what we know and what we’re finding out about this scourge of humankind. We delve into the molecular basis and complex causes of cancer, the arguments for and against screenings, minimizing risk, and several new and targeted therapies, including homing in on stem cells, making use of viruses, and making use of vaccines to jump-start the immune system.</description>
      <author>Scientific American</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094073385.mp3" length="856098" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439717</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094073385.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439717">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439717</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Science of Cancer
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The past few years have seen tremendous strides in our understanding of cancer, including new hypotheses about its genetic origins and new treatment alternatives using the body’s own immune response. In The Science of Cancer, we examine what we know and what we’re finding out about this scourge of humankind. We delve into the molecular basis and complex causes of cancer, the arguments for and against screenings, minimizing risk, and several new and targeted therapies, including homing in on stem cells, making use of viruses, and making use of vaccines to jump-start the immune system.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439717">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439717</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Science of Cancer
Author: Scientific American
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The past few years have seen tremendous strides in our understanding of cancer, including new hypotheses about its genetic origins and new treatment alternatives using the body’s own immune response. In The Science of Cancer, we examine what we know and what we’re finding out about this scourge of humankind. We delve into the molecular basis and complex causes of cancer, the arguments for and against screenings, minimizing risk, and several new and targeted therapies, including homing in on stem cells, making use of viruses, and making use of vaccines to jump-start the immune system.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>It&amp;#039;s Elemental: The Hidden Chemistry in Everything by Kate Biberdorf</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439564</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439564">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439564</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: It&amp;#039;s Elemental: The Hidden Chemistry in Everything
Author: Kate Biberdorf
Narrator: Kate Biberdorf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: July 13, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this fresh and engaging guide to chemistry, Dr. Kate Biberdorf, aka &amp;quot;Kate the Chemist,&amp;quot; reveals the fascinating science we experience every day  Have you ever wondered what makes dough rise? Or how your morning coffee gives you that energy boost? Or why your shampoo is making your hair look greasy? The answer is chemistry. From the moment we wake up until the time we go to sleep (and even while we sleep), chemistry is at work—and it doesn&amp;#039;t take a PhD in science to understand it.  Dr. Biberdorf has appeared on TV programs from the Today show to The Late Show with Stephen Colbert, lighting the world on fire and changing the face of chemistry as we know it. In It&amp;#039;s Elemental, she demystifies the fundamental principles of the science that may have eluded you in high school and shows how chemistry comes alive in everything we do. With wry wit and infectious enthusiasm, this entertaining guide will ignite your passion for science and change the way you experience the world. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Kate Biberdorf</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jul 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781488210815.mp3" length="1343388" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439564</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781488210815.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439564">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439564</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: It&amp;#039;s Elemental: The Hidden Chemistry in Everything
Author: Kate Biberdorf
Narrator: Kate Biberdorf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: July 13, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this fresh and engaging guide to chemistry, Dr. Kate Biberdorf, aka &amp;quot;Kate the Chemist,&amp;quot; reveals the fascinating science we experience every day  Have you ever wondered what makes dough rise? Or how your morning coffee gives you that energy boost? Or why your shampoo is making your hair look greasy? The answer is chemistry. From the moment we wake up until the time we go to sleep (and even while we sleep), chemistry is at work—and it doesn&amp;#039;t take a PhD in science to understand it.  Dr. Biberdorf has appeared on TV programs from the Today show to The Late Show with Stephen Colbert, lighting the world on fire and changing the face of chemistry as we know it. In It&amp;#039;s Elemental, she demystifies the fundamental principles of the science that may have eluded you in high school and shows how chemistry comes alive in everything we do. With wry wit and infectious enthusiasm, this entertaining guide will ignite your passion for science and change the way you experience the world. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439564">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439564</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: It&amp;#039;s Elemental: The Hidden Chemistry in Everything
Author: Kate Biberdorf
Narrator: Kate Biberdorf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: July 13, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this fresh and engaging guide to chemistry, Dr. Kate Biberdorf, aka &amp;quot;Kate the Chemist,&amp;quot; reveals the fascinating science we experience every day  Have you ever wondered what makes dough rise? Or how your morning coffee gives you that energy boost? Or why your shampoo is making your hair look greasy? The answer is chemistry. From the moment we wake up until the time we go to sleep (and even while we sleep), chemistry is at work—and it doesn&amp;#039;t take a PhD in science to understand it.  Dr. Biberdorf has appeared on TV programs from the Today show to The Late Show with Stephen Colbert, lighting the world on fire and changing the face of chemistry as we know it. In It&amp;#039;s Elemental, she demystifies the fundamental principles of the science that may have eluded you in high school and shows how chemistry comes alive in everything we do. With wry wit and infectious enthusiasm, this entertaining guide will ignite your passion for science and change the way you experience the world. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Origin: A Genetic History of the Americas by Jennifer Raff</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439277</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439277">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439277</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Origin: A Genetic History of the Americas
Author: Jennifer Raff
Narrator: Yvonne Russo, Jennifer Raff, Tanis Parenteau
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 12 minutes
Release date: February  8, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From celebrated anthropologist Jennifer Raff comes the untold story—and fascinating mystery—of how humans migrated to the Americas. ORIGIN is the story of who the first peoples in the Americas were, how and why they made the crossing, how they dispersed south, and how they lived based on a new and powerful kind of evidence: their complete genomes. ORIGIN provides an overview of these new histories throughout North and South America, and a glimpse into how the tools of genetics reveal details about human history and evolution. 20,000 years ago, people crossed a great land bridge from Siberia into Western Alaska and then dispersed southward into what is now called the Americas. Until we venture out to other worlds, this remains the last time our species has populated an entirely new place, and this event has been a subject of deep fascination and controversy. No written records—and scant archaeological evidence—exist to tell us what happened or how it took place. Many different models have been proposed to explain how the Americas were peopled and what happened in the thousands of years that followed.  A study of both past and present, ORIGIN explores how genetics is currently being used to construct narratives that profoundly impact Indigenous peoples of the Americas. It serves as a primer for anyone interested in how genetics has become entangled with identity in the way that society addresses the question &amp;quot;Who is indigenous?&amp;quot;</description>
      <author>Jennifer Raff</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2022 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549148385.mp3" length="851221" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439277</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549148385.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439277">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439277</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Origin: A Genetic History of the Americas
Author: Jennifer Raff
Narrator: Yvonne Russo, Jennifer Raff, Tanis Parenteau
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 12 minutes
Release date: February  8, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From celebrated anthropologist Jennifer Raff comes the untold story—and fascinating mystery—of how humans migrated to the Americas. ORIGIN is the story of who the first peoples in the Americas were, how and why they made the crossing, how they dispersed south, and how they lived based on a new and powerful kind of evidence: their complete genomes. ORIGIN provides an overview of these new histories throughout North and South America, and a glimpse into how the tools of genetics reveal details about human history and evolution. 20,000 years ago, people crossed a great land bridge from Siberia into Western Alaska and then dispersed southward into what is now called the Americas. Until we venture out to other worlds, this remains the last time our species has populated an entirely new place, and this event has been a subject of deep fascination and controversy. No written records—and scant archaeological evidence—exist to tell us what happened or how it took place. Many different models have been proposed to explain how the Americas were peopled and what happened in the thousands of years that followed.  A study of both past and present, ORIGIN explores how genetics is currently being used to construct narratives that profoundly impact Indigenous peoples of the Americas. It serves as a primer for anyone interested in how genetics has become entangled with identity in the way that society addresses the question &amp;quot;Who is indigenous?&amp;quot;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439277">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439277</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Origin: A Genetic History of the Americas
Author: Jennifer Raff
Narrator: Yvonne Russo, Jennifer Raff, Tanis Parenteau
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 12 minutes
Release date: February  8, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From celebrated anthropologist Jennifer Raff comes the untold story—and fascinating mystery—of how humans migrated to the Americas. ORIGIN is the story of who the first peoples in the Americas were, how and why they made the crossing, how they dispersed south, and how they lived based on a new and powerful kind of evidence: their complete genomes. ORIGIN provides an overview of these new histories throughout North and South America, and a glimpse into how the tools of genetics reveal details about human history and evolution. 20,000 years ago, people crossed a great land bridge from Siberia into Western Alaska and then dispersed southward into what is now called the Americas. Until we venture out to other worlds, this remains the last time our species has populated an entirely new place, and this event has been a subject of deep fascination and controversy. No written records—and scant archaeological evidence—exist to tell us what happened or how it took place. Many different models have been proposed to explain how the Americas were peopled and what happened in the thousands of years that followed.  A study of both past and present, ORIGIN explores how genetics is currently being used to construct narratives that profoundly impact Indigenous peoples of the Americas. It serves as a primer for anyone interested in how genetics has become entangled with identity in the way that society addresses the question &amp;quot;Who is indigenous?&amp;quot;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Lost Family: How DNA Testing Is Upending Who We Are by Libby Copeland</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438676</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438676">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438676</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lost Family: How DNA Testing Is Upending Who We Are
Author: Libby Copeland
Narrator: Cindy Kay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 12 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A deeply reported look at the rise of home genetic testing and the seismic shock it has had on individual lives You swab your cheek or spit into a vial, then send it away to a lab somewhere. Weeks later you get a report that might tell you where your ancestors came from or if you carry certain genetic risks. Or the report could reveal a long-buried family secret and upend your entire sense of identity. Soon a lark becomes an obsession, an incessant desire to find answers to questions at the core of your being, like “Who am I?” and “Where did I come from?” Welcome to the age of home genetic testing. In The Lost Family, journalist Libby Copeland investigates what happens when we embark on a vast social experiment with little understanding of the ramifications. Copeland explores the culture of genealogy buffs, the science of DNA, and the business of companies like Ancestry and 23andMe, all while tracing the story of one woman, her unusual results, and a relentless methodical drive for answers that becomes a thoroughly modern genetic detective story. The Lost Family delves into the many lives that have been irrevocably changed by home DNA tests—a technology that represents the end of family secrets. There are the adoptees who’ve used the tests to find their birth parents; donor-conceived adults who suddenly discover they have more than fifty siblings; hundreds of thousands of Americans who discover their fathers aren’t biologically related to them, a phenomenon so common it is known as a “non-paternity event”; and individuals who are left to grapple with their conceptions of race and ethnicity when their true ancestral histories are discovered. Throughout these accounts, Copeland explores the impulse toward genetic essentialism and raises the question of how much our genes should get to tell us about who we are. With more than thirty million people having undergone home DNA testing, the answer to that question is more important than ever. Gripping and masterfully told, The Lost Family is a spectacular book on a big, timely subject.</description>
      <author>Libby Copeland</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094135144.mp3" length="786421" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438676</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094135144.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438676">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438676</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lost Family: How DNA Testing Is Upending Who We Are
Author: Libby Copeland
Narrator: Cindy Kay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 12 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A deeply reported look at the rise of home genetic testing and the seismic shock it has had on individual lives You swab your cheek or spit into a vial, then send it away to a lab somewhere. Weeks later you get a report that might tell you where your ancestors came from or if you carry certain genetic risks. Or the report could reveal a long-buried family secret and upend your entire sense of identity. Soon a lark becomes an obsession, an incessant desire to find answers to questions at the core of your being, like “Who am I?” and “Where did I come from?” Welcome to the age of home genetic testing. In The Lost Family, journalist Libby Copeland investigates what happens when we embark on a vast social experiment with little understanding of the ramifications. Copeland explores the culture of genealogy buffs, the science of DNA, and the business of companies like Ancestry and 23andMe, all while tracing the story of one woman, her unusual results, and a relentless methodical drive for answers that becomes a thoroughly modern genetic detective story. The Lost Family delves into the many lives that have been irrevocably changed by home DNA tests—a technology that represents the end of family secrets. There are the adoptees who’ve used the tests to find their birth parents; donor-conceived adults who suddenly discover they have more than fifty siblings; hundreds of thousands of Americans who discover their fathers aren’t biologically related to them, a phenomenon so common it is known as a “non-paternity event”; and individuals who are left to grapple with their conceptions of race and ethnicity when their true ancestral histories are discovered. Throughout these accounts, Copeland explores the impulse toward genetic essentialism and raises the question of how much our genes should get to tell us about who we are. With more than thirty million people having undergone home DNA testing, the answer to that question is more important than ever. Gripping and masterfully told, The Lost Family is a spectacular book on a big, timely subject.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438676">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438676</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lost Family: How DNA Testing Is Upending Who We Are
Author: Libby Copeland
Narrator: Cindy Kay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 12 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A deeply reported look at the rise of home genetic testing and the seismic shock it has had on individual lives You swab your cheek or spit into a vial, then send it away to a lab somewhere. Weeks later you get a report that might tell you where your ancestors came from or if you carry certain genetic risks. Or the report could reveal a long-buried family secret and upend your entire sense of identity. Soon a lark becomes an obsession, an incessant desire to find answers to questions at the core of your being, like “Who am I?” and “Where did I come from?” Welcome to the age of home genetic testing. In The Lost Family, journalist Libby Copeland investigates what happens when we embark on a vast social experiment with little understanding of the ramifications. Copeland explores the culture of genealogy buffs, the science of DNA, and the business of companies like Ancestry and 23andMe, all while tracing the story of one woman, her unusual results, and a relentless methodical drive for answers that becomes a thoroughly modern genetic detective story. The Lost Family delves into the many lives that have been irrevocably changed by home DNA tests—a technology that represents the end of family secrets. There are the adoptees who’ve used the tests to find their birth parents; donor-conceived adults who suddenly discover they have more than fifty siblings; hundreds of thousands of Americans who discover their fathers aren’t biologically related to them, a phenomenon so common it is known as a “non-paternity event”; and individuals who are left to grapple with their conceptions of race and ethnicity when their true ancestral histories are discovered. Throughout these accounts, Copeland explores the impulse toward genetic essentialism and raises the question of how much our genes should get to tell us about who we are. With more than thirty million people having undergone home DNA testing, the answer to that question is more important than ever. Gripping and masterfully told, The Lost Family is a spectacular book on a big, timely subject.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Teaming With Nutrients: The Organic Gardener&amp;#039;s Guide to Optimizing Plant Nutrition by Jeff Lowenfels</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437776</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437776">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437776</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Teaming With Nutrients: The Organic Gardener&amp;#039;s Guide to Optimizing Plant Nutrition
Author: Jeff Lowenfels
Narrator: Chris Lutkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 42 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Most gardeners realize that plants need to be fed but know little to nothing about the nature of the nutrients involved or how they get into plants. Teaming with Nutrients explains how nutrients move into plants and what both macro-nutrients and micro-nutrients do once inside. It shows organic gardeners how to provide these essentials. To fully explain how plants eat, Lowenfels uses his ability to make science accessible with lessons in biology, chemistry, and botany that all gardeners need to know to understand how nutrients get to the plant and what they do once they&amp;#039;re inside it. Teaming with Nutrients will open your eyes to the importance of understanding the role of nutrients in healthy, productive organic gardens, and it will show you how these nutrients do their jobs. In short, it will make you a better informed, more successful, and more environmentally responsible gardener.</description>
      <author>Jeff Lowenfels</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666552744.mp3" length="827568" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437776</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666552744.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437776">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437776</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Teaming With Nutrients: The Organic Gardener&amp;#039;s Guide to Optimizing Plant Nutrition
Author: Jeff Lowenfels
Narrator: Chris Lutkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 42 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Most gardeners realize that plants need to be fed but know little to nothing about the nature of the nutrients involved or how they get into plants. Teaming with Nutrients explains how nutrients move into plants and what both macro-nutrients and micro-nutrients do once inside. It shows organic gardeners how to provide these essentials. To fully explain how plants eat, Lowenfels uses his ability to make science accessible with lessons in biology, chemistry, and botany that all gardeners need to know to understand how nutrients get to the plant and what they do once they&amp;#039;re inside it. Teaming with Nutrients will open your eyes to the importance of understanding the role of nutrients in healthy, productive organic gardens, and it will show you how these nutrients do their jobs. In short, it will make you a better informed, more successful, and more environmentally responsible gardener.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437776">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437776</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Teaming With Nutrients: The Organic Gardener&amp;#039;s Guide to Optimizing Plant Nutrition
Author: Jeff Lowenfels
Narrator: Chris Lutkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 42 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Most gardeners realize that plants need to be fed but know little to nothing about the nature of the nutrients involved or how they get into plants. Teaming with Nutrients explains how nutrients move into plants and what both macro-nutrients and micro-nutrients do once inside. It shows organic gardeners how to provide these essentials. To fully explain how plants eat, Lowenfels uses his ability to make science accessible with lessons in biology, chemistry, and botany that all gardeners need to know to understand how nutrients get to the plant and what they do once they&amp;#039;re inside it. Teaming with Nutrients will open your eyes to the importance of understanding the role of nutrients in healthy, productive organic gardens, and it will show you how these nutrients do their jobs. In short, it will make you a better informed, more successful, and more environmentally responsible gardener.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Apollo&amp;#039;s Arrow: The Profound and Enduring Impact of Coronavirus on the Way We Live by Nicholas A. Christakis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437217</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437217">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437217</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Apollo&amp;#039;s Arrow: The Profound and Enduring Impact of Coronavirus on the Way We Live
Author: Nicholas A. Christakis
Narrator: Nicholas A. Christakis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 10 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A piercing and scientifically grounded look at the emergence of the coronavirus pandemic and how it will change the way we live—&amp;quot;excellent and timely.&amp;quot; (The New Yorker)   Apollo&amp;#039;s Arrow offers a riveting account of the impact of the coronavirus pandemic as it swept through American society in 2020, and of how the recovery will unfold in the coming years. Drawing on momentous (yet dimly remembered) historical epidemics, contemporary analyses, and cutting-edge research from a range of scientific disciplines, bestselling author, physician, sociologist, and public health expert Nicholas A. Christakis explores what it means to live in a time of plague—an experience that is paradoxically uncommon to the vast majority of humans who are alive, yet deeply fundamental to our species. Unleashing new divisions in our society as well as opportunities for cooperation, this 21st-century pandemic has upended our lives in ways that will test, but not vanquish, our already frayed collective culture. Featuring new, provocative arguments and vivid examples ranging across medicine, history, sociology, epidemiology, data science, and genetics, Apollo&amp;#039;s Arrow envisions what happens when the great force of a deadly germ meets the enduring reality of our evolved social nature.</description>
      <author>Nicholas A. Christakis</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549160738.mp3" length="895891" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437217</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549160738.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437217">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437217</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Apollo&amp;#039;s Arrow: The Profound and Enduring Impact of Coronavirus on the Way We Live
Author: Nicholas A. Christakis
Narrator: Nicholas A. Christakis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 10 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A piercing and scientifically grounded look at the emergence of the coronavirus pandemic and how it will change the way we live—&amp;quot;excellent and timely.&amp;quot; (The New Yorker)   Apollo&amp;#039;s Arrow offers a riveting account of the impact of the coronavirus pandemic as it swept through American society in 2020, and of how the recovery will unfold in the coming years. Drawing on momentous (yet dimly remembered) historical epidemics, contemporary analyses, and cutting-edge research from a range of scientific disciplines, bestselling author, physician, sociologist, and public health expert Nicholas A. Christakis explores what it means to live in a time of plague—an experience that is paradoxically uncommon to the vast majority of humans who are alive, yet deeply fundamental to our species. Unleashing new divisions in our society as well as opportunities for cooperation, this 21st-century pandemic has upended our lives in ways that will test, but not vanquish, our already frayed collective culture. Featuring new, provocative arguments and vivid examples ranging across medicine, history, sociology, epidemiology, data science, and genetics, Apollo&amp;#039;s Arrow envisions what happens when the great force of a deadly germ meets the enduring reality of our evolved social nature.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437217">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437217</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Apollo&amp;#039;s Arrow: The Profound and Enduring Impact of Coronavirus on the Way We Live
Author: Nicholas A. Christakis
Narrator: Nicholas A. Christakis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 10 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A piercing and scientifically grounded look at the emergence of the coronavirus pandemic and how it will change the way we live—&amp;quot;excellent and timely.&amp;quot; (The New Yorker)   Apollo&amp;#039;s Arrow offers a riveting account of the impact of the coronavirus pandemic as it swept through American society in 2020, and of how the recovery will unfold in the coming years. Drawing on momentous (yet dimly remembered) historical epidemics, contemporary analyses, and cutting-edge research from a range of scientific disciplines, bestselling author, physician, sociologist, and public health expert Nicholas A. Christakis explores what it means to live in a time of plague—an experience that is paradoxically uncommon to the vast majority of humans who are alive, yet deeply fundamental to our species. Unleashing new divisions in our society as well as opportunities for cooperation, this 21st-century pandemic has upended our lives in ways that will test, but not vanquish, our already frayed collective culture. Featuring new, provocative arguments and vivid examples ranging across medicine, history, sociology, epidemiology, data science, and genetics, Apollo&amp;#039;s Arrow envisions what happens when the great force of a deadly germ meets the enduring reality of our evolved social nature.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Series of Fortunate Events: Chance and the Making of the Planet, Life, and You by Sean B. Carroll</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437127</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437127">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437127</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Series of Fortunate Events: Chance and the Making of the Planet, Life, and You
Author: Sean B. Carroll
Narrator: Sean B. Carroll
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 48 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Fascinating and exhilarating—Sean B. Carroll at his very best.&amp;#039;—Bill Bryson, author of The Body: A Guide for Occupants In this audiobook, acclaimed writer and biologist Sean B. Carroll narrates the rollicking, awe-inspiring story of the surprising power of chance in our lives and the world Why is the world the way it is? How did we get here? Does everything happen for a reason or are some things left to chance? Philosophers and theologians have pondered these questions for millennia, but startling scientific discoveries over the past half century are revealing that we live in a world driven by chance. A Series of Fortunate Events tells the story of the awesome power of chance and how it is the surprising source of all the beauty and diversity in the living world. Like every other species, we humans are here by accident. But it is shocking just how many things—any of which might never have occurred—had to happen in certain ways for any of us to exist. From an extremely improbable asteroid impact, to the wild gyrations of the Ice Age, to invisible accidents in our parents&amp;#039; gonads, we are all here through an astonishing series of fortunate events. And chance continues to reign every day over the razor-thin line between our life and death. This is a relatively small book about a really big idea. It is also a spirited tale. Drawing inspiration from Monty Python, Kurt Vonnegut, and other great thinkers, and crafted by one of today&amp;#039;s most accomplished science storytellers, A Series of Fortunate Events is an irresistibly entertaining and thought-provoking account of one of the most important but least appreciated facts of life.</description>
      <author>Sean B. Carroll</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780691212098.mp3" length="1433879" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437127</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780691212098.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437127">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437127</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Series of Fortunate Events: Chance and the Making of the Planet, Life, and You
Author: Sean B. Carroll
Narrator: Sean B. Carroll
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 48 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Fascinating and exhilarating—Sean B. Carroll at his very best.&amp;#039;—Bill Bryson, author of The Body: A Guide for Occupants In this audiobook, acclaimed writer and biologist Sean B. Carroll narrates the rollicking, awe-inspiring story of the surprising power of chance in our lives and the world Why is the world the way it is? How did we get here? Does everything happen for a reason or are some things left to chance? Philosophers and theologians have pondered these questions for millennia, but startling scientific discoveries over the past half century are revealing that we live in a world driven by chance. A Series of Fortunate Events tells the story of the awesome power of chance and how it is the surprising source of all the beauty and diversity in the living world. Like every other species, we humans are here by accident. But it is shocking just how many things—any of which might never have occurred—had to happen in certain ways for any of us to exist. From an extremely improbable asteroid impact, to the wild gyrations of the Ice Age, to invisible accidents in our parents&amp;#039; gonads, we are all here through an astonishing series of fortunate events. And chance continues to reign every day over the razor-thin line between our life and death. This is a relatively small book about a really big idea. It is also a spirited tale. Drawing inspiration from Monty Python, Kurt Vonnegut, and other great thinkers, and crafted by one of today&amp;#039;s most accomplished science storytellers, A Series of Fortunate Events is an irresistibly entertaining and thought-provoking account of one of the most important but least appreciated facts of life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437127">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437127</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Series of Fortunate Events: Chance and the Making of the Planet, Life, and You
Author: Sean B. Carroll
Narrator: Sean B. Carroll
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 48 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Fascinating and exhilarating—Sean B. Carroll at his very best.&amp;#039;—Bill Bryson, author of The Body: A Guide for Occupants In this audiobook, acclaimed writer and biologist Sean B. Carroll narrates the rollicking, awe-inspiring story of the surprising power of chance in our lives and the world Why is the world the way it is? How did we get here? Does everything happen for a reason or are some things left to chance? Philosophers and theologians have pondered these questions for millennia, but startling scientific discoveries over the past half century are revealing that we live in a world driven by chance. A Series of Fortunate Events tells the story of the awesome power of chance and how it is the surprising source of all the beauty and diversity in the living world. Like every other species, we humans are here by accident. But it is shocking just how many things—any of which might never have occurred—had to happen in certain ways for any of us to exist. From an extremely improbable asteroid impact, to the wild gyrations of the Ice Age, to invisible accidents in our parents&amp;#039; gonads, we are all here through an astonishing series of fortunate events. And chance continues to reign every day over the razor-thin line between our life and death. This is a relatively small book about a really big idea. It is also a spirited tale. Drawing inspiration from Monty Python, Kurt Vonnegut, and other great thinkers, and crafted by one of today&amp;#039;s most accomplished science storytellers, A Series of Fortunate Events is an irresistibly entertaining and thought-provoking account of one of the most important but least appreciated facts of life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Drug Use for Grown-Ups: Chasing Liberty in the Land of Fear by Carl L. Hart</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436611</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436611">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436611</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Drug Use for Grown-Ups: Chasing Liberty in the Land of Fear
Author: Carl L. Hart
Narrator: Carl L. Hart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 60 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of the world&amp;#039;s foremost experts on the subject, a powerful argument that the greatest damage from drugs flows from their being illegal, and a hopeful reckoning with the possibility of their use as part of a responsible and happy life Dr. Carl L. Hart, Ziff Professor at Columbia University and former chair of the Department of Psychology, is one of the world&amp;#039;s preeminent experts on the effects of so-called recreational drugs on the human mind and body. Dr. Hart is open about the fact that he uses drugs himself, in a happy balance with the rest of his full and productive life as a colleague, husband, father, and friend. In Drug Use for Grown-Ups, he draws on decades of research and his own personal experience to argue definitively that the criminalization and demonization of drug use--not drugs themselves--have been a tremendous scourge on America, not least in reinforcing this country&amp;#039;s enduring structural racism. Dr. Hart did not always have this view. He came of age in one of Miami&amp;#039;s most troubled neighborhoods at a time when many ills were being laid at the door of crack cocaine. His initial work as a researcher was aimed at proving that drug use caused bad outcomes. But one problem kept cropping up: the evidence from his research did not support his hypothesis. From inside the massively well-funded research arm of the American war on drugs, he saw how the facts did not support the ideology. The truth was dismissed and distorted in order to keep fear and outrage stoked, the funds rolling in, and black and brown bodies behind bars.  Drug Use for Grown-Ups will be controversial, to be sure: the propaganda war, Dr. Hart argues, has been tremendously effective. Imagine if the only subject of any discussion about driving automobiles was fatal car crashes. Drug Use for Grown-Ups offers a radically different vision: when used responsibly, drugs can enrich and enhance our lives. We have a long way to go, but the vital conversation this book will generate is an extraordinarily important step. *This audiobook includes a PDF of figures and an appendix from the book.</description>
      <author>Carl L. Hart</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jan 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593292945.mp3" length="2655230" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436611</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593292945.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436611">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436611</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Drug Use for Grown-Ups: Chasing Liberty in the Land of Fear
Author: Carl L. Hart
Narrator: Carl L. Hart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 60 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of the world&amp;#039;s foremost experts on the subject, a powerful argument that the greatest damage from drugs flows from their being illegal, and a hopeful reckoning with the possibility of their use as part of a responsible and happy life Dr. Carl L. Hart, Ziff Professor at Columbia University and former chair of the Department of Psychology, is one of the world&amp;#039;s preeminent experts on the effects of so-called recreational drugs on the human mind and body. Dr. Hart is open about the fact that he uses drugs himself, in a happy balance with the rest of his full and productive life as a colleague, husband, father, and friend. In Drug Use for Grown-Ups, he draws on decades of research and his own personal experience to argue definitively that the criminalization and demonization of drug use--not drugs themselves--have been a tremendous scourge on America, not least in reinforcing this country&amp;#039;s enduring structural racism. Dr. Hart did not always have this view. He came of age in one of Miami&amp;#039;s most troubled neighborhoods at a time when many ills were being laid at the door of crack cocaine. His initial work as a researcher was aimed at proving that drug use caused bad outcomes. But one problem kept cropping up: the evidence from his research did not support his hypothesis. From inside the massively well-funded research arm of the American war on drugs, he saw how the facts did not support the ideology. The truth was dismissed and distorted in order to keep fear and outrage stoked, the funds rolling in, and black and brown bodies behind bars.  Drug Use for Grown-Ups will be controversial, to be sure: the propaganda war, Dr. Hart argues, has been tremendously effective. Imagine if the only subject of any discussion about driving automobiles was fatal car crashes. Drug Use for Grown-Ups offers a radically different vision: when used responsibly, drugs can enrich and enhance our lives. We have a long way to go, but the vital conversation this book will generate is an extraordinarily important step. *This audiobook includes a PDF of figures and an appendix from the book.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436611">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436611</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Drug Use for Grown-Ups: Chasing Liberty in the Land of Fear
Author: Carl L. Hart
Narrator: Carl L. Hart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 60 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of the world&amp;#039;s foremost experts on the subject, a powerful argument that the greatest damage from drugs flows from their being illegal, and a hopeful reckoning with the possibility of their use as part of a responsible and happy life Dr. Carl L. Hart, Ziff Professor at Columbia University and former chair of the Department of Psychology, is one of the world&amp;#039;s preeminent experts on the effects of so-called recreational drugs on the human mind and body. Dr. Hart is open about the fact that he uses drugs himself, in a happy balance with the rest of his full and productive life as a colleague, husband, father, and friend. In Drug Use for Grown-Ups, he draws on decades of research and his own personal experience to argue definitively that the criminalization and demonization of drug use--not drugs themselves--have been a tremendous scourge on America, not least in reinforcing this country&amp;#039;s enduring structural racism. Dr. Hart did not always have this view. He came of age in one of Miami&amp;#039;s most troubled neighborhoods at a time when many ills were being laid at the door of crack cocaine. His initial work as a researcher was aimed at proving that drug use caused bad outcomes. But one problem kept cropping up: the evidence from his research did not support his hypothesis. From inside the massively well-funded research arm of the American war on drugs, he saw how the facts did not support the ideology. The truth was dismissed and distorted in order to keep fear and outrage stoked, the funds rolling in, and black and brown bodies behind bars.  Drug Use for Grown-Ups will be controversial, to be sure: the propaganda war, Dr. Hart argues, has been tremendously effective. Imagine if the only subject of any discussion about driving automobiles was fatal car crashes. Drug Use for Grown-Ups offers a radically different vision: when used responsibly, drugs can enrich and enhance our lives. We have a long way to go, but the vital conversation this book will generate is an extraordinarily important step. *This audiobook includes a PDF of figures and an appendix from the book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Telomeres and Longevity by Martin K. Ettington</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436207</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436207">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436207</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Telomeres and Longevity
Author: Martin K. Ettington
Narrator: Martin K. Ettington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 1 minute
Release date: May 13, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
What are Telomeres and Why are they so Important for our body’s health? This book provides answers to those questions, reviews current telomere research, and discusses supplements we can take to increase the length of our Telomeres. Detailed information on the Telomere supplements currently on the market is also provided and we make recommendations based on the currently available data.</description>
      <author>Martin K. Ettington</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 May 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781790478903.mp3" length="1356638" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436207</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781790478903.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436207">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436207</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Telomeres and Longevity
Author: Martin K. Ettington
Narrator: Martin K. Ettington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 1 minute
Release date: May 13, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
What are Telomeres and Why are they so Important for our body’s health? This book provides answers to those questions, reviews current telomere research, and discusses supplements we can take to increase the length of our Telomeres. Detailed information on the Telomere supplements currently on the market is also provided and we make recommendations based on the currently available data.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436207">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436207</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Telomeres and Longevity
Author: Martin K. Ettington
Narrator: Martin K. Ettington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 1 minute
Release date: May 13, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
What are Telomeres and Why are they so Important for our body’s health? This book provides answers to those questions, reviews current telomere research, and discusses supplements we can take to increase the length of our Telomeres. Detailed information on the Telomere supplements currently on the market is also provided and we make recommendations based on the currently available data.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>DNA Demystified: Unravelling the Double Helix by Alan Mchughen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436142</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436142">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436142</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: DNA Demystified: Unravelling the Double Helix
Author: Alan Mchughen
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
DNA, once the exclusive domain of scientists in research labs, is now the darling of popular and social media. With personal genetic testing kits in homes and GMO foods in stores, DNA is an increasingly familiar term. Unfortunately, what people know, or think they know, about DNA and genetics is often confused or incorrect. Contrary to popular belief, for instance, genes don&amp;#039;t &amp;#039;skip a generation&amp;#039; and, no, human DNA is not &amp;#039;different&amp;#039; from DNA of other species. With popular misconceptions proliferating in the news and on the internet, how can anyone sort fact from fiction? DNA Demystified satisfies the public appetite for and curiosity about DNA and genetics. The book begins with the basic groundwork and a brief history of DNA and genetics. Chapters then cover newsworthy topics, including DNA fingerprinting, using DNA in forensic analyses, and identifying cold-case criminals. For listeners intrigued by the proliferation of at-home DNA tests, the text includes fascinating explorations of genetic genealogy and family tree construction. Other chapters describe genetic engineering in medicine and pharmaceuticals, and the use of those same technologies in creating the far more controversial GMOs in food and agriculture. Throughout, the book raises provocative ethical and privacy issues arising from DNA and genetic technologies.</description>
      <author>Alan Mchughen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696601276.mp3" length="9027805" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436142</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696601276.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436142">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436142</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: DNA Demystified: Unravelling the Double Helix
Author: Alan Mchughen
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
DNA, once the exclusive domain of scientists in research labs, is now the darling of popular and social media. With personal genetic testing kits in homes and GMO foods in stores, DNA is an increasingly familiar term. Unfortunately, what people know, or think they know, about DNA and genetics is often confused or incorrect. Contrary to popular belief, for instance, genes don&amp;#039;t &amp;#039;skip a generation&amp;#039; and, no, human DNA is not &amp;#039;different&amp;#039; from DNA of other species. With popular misconceptions proliferating in the news and on the internet, how can anyone sort fact from fiction? DNA Demystified satisfies the public appetite for and curiosity about DNA and genetics. The book begins with the basic groundwork and a brief history of DNA and genetics. Chapters then cover newsworthy topics, including DNA fingerprinting, using DNA in forensic analyses, and identifying cold-case criminals. For listeners intrigued by the proliferation of at-home DNA tests, the text includes fascinating explorations of genetic genealogy and family tree construction. Other chapters describe genetic engineering in medicine and pharmaceuticals, and the use of those same technologies in creating the far more controversial GMOs in food and agriculture. Throughout, the book raises provocative ethical and privacy issues arising from DNA and genetic technologies.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436142">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436142</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: DNA Demystified: Unravelling the Double Helix
Author: Alan Mchughen
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
DNA, once the exclusive domain of scientists in research labs, is now the darling of popular and social media. With personal genetic testing kits in homes and GMO foods in stores, DNA is an increasingly familiar term. Unfortunately, what people know, or think they know, about DNA and genetics is often confused or incorrect. Contrary to popular belief, for instance, genes don&amp;#039;t &amp;#039;skip a generation&amp;#039; and, no, human DNA is not &amp;#039;different&amp;#039; from DNA of other species. With popular misconceptions proliferating in the news and on the internet, how can anyone sort fact from fiction? DNA Demystified satisfies the public appetite for and curiosity about DNA and genetics. The book begins with the basic groundwork and a brief history of DNA and genetics. Chapters then cover newsworthy topics, including DNA fingerprinting, using DNA in forensic analyses, and identifying cold-case criminals. For listeners intrigued by the proliferation of at-home DNA tests, the text includes fascinating explorations of genetic genealogy and family tree construction. Other chapters describe genetic engineering in medicine and pharmaceuticals, and the use of those same technologies in creating the far more controversial GMOs in food and agriculture. Throughout, the book raises provocative ethical and privacy issues arising from DNA and genetic technologies.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Smell: A Very Short Introduction by Matthew Cobb</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436069</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436069">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436069</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Smell: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Matthew Cobb
Narrator: Dennis Kleinman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 56 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Our sense of smell—or olfaction as it is technically known—is our most enigmatic sense. It can conjure up memories, taking us back to very specific places and emotions, whilst powerful smells can induce strong feelings of hunger or nausea. In the animal kingdom smell can be used to find food, a mate, or a home; to sense danger; and to send and receive complex messages with other members of a species. Yet despite its fundamental importance in our mental life and in the existence of all animals, our scientific understanding of how smell works is limited. In this Very Short Introduction, Matthew Cobb describes the latest scientific research on smell in humans and other mammals, in insects, and even in fish. He looks at how smell evolved, how animals use it to navigate and communicate, and disorders of smell in humans. Understanding smell, especially its neurobiology, has proved a big challenge, but olfactory science has revealed genetic factors that determine what we can and cannot smell, and why some people like a given smell while others find it unbearable. He ends by considering future treatments for smell disorders, and speculating on the role of smell in a world of robots.</description>
      <author>Matthew Cobb</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 31 Jul 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705205488.mp3" length="7834136" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436069</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705205488.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436069">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436069</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Smell: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Matthew Cobb
Narrator: Dennis Kleinman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 56 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Our sense of smell—or olfaction as it is technically known—is our most enigmatic sense. It can conjure up memories, taking us back to very specific places and emotions, whilst powerful smells can induce strong feelings of hunger or nausea. In the animal kingdom smell can be used to find food, a mate, or a home; to sense danger; and to send and receive complex messages with other members of a species. Yet despite its fundamental importance in our mental life and in the existence of all animals, our scientific understanding of how smell works is limited. In this Very Short Introduction, Matthew Cobb describes the latest scientific research on smell in humans and other mammals, in insects, and even in fish. He looks at how smell evolved, how animals use it to navigate and communicate, and disorders of smell in humans. Understanding smell, especially its neurobiology, has proved a big challenge, but olfactory science has revealed genetic factors that determine what we can and cannot smell, and why some people like a given smell while others find it unbearable. He ends by considering future treatments for smell disorders, and speculating on the role of smell in a world of robots.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436069">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436069</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Smell: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Matthew Cobb
Narrator: Dennis Kleinman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 56 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Our sense of smell—or olfaction as it is technically known—is our most enigmatic sense. It can conjure up memories, taking us back to very specific places and emotions, whilst powerful smells can induce strong feelings of hunger or nausea. In the animal kingdom smell can be used to find food, a mate, or a home; to sense danger; and to send and receive complex messages with other members of a species. Yet despite its fundamental importance in our mental life and in the existence of all animals, our scientific understanding of how smell works is limited. In this Very Short Introduction, Matthew Cobb describes the latest scientific research on smell in humans and other mammals, in insects, and even in fish. He looks at how smell evolved, how animals use it to navigate and communicate, and disorders of smell in humans. Understanding smell, especially its neurobiology, has proved a big challenge, but olfactory science has revealed genetic factors that determine what we can and cannot smell, and why some people like a given smell while others find it unbearable. He ends by considering future treatments for smell disorders, and speculating on the role of smell in a world of robots.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why is Consciousness so Mysterious? by Robert Lawrence Kuhn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436001</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436001">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436001</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why is Consciousness so Mysterious?
Author: Robert Lawrence Kuhn
Narrator: Robert Lawrence Kuhn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 21 minutes
Release date: July 27, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
How do the microscopic particles that make up our brains cause us to experience the tranquil beauty of a setting sun, the haunting strains of Mozart&amp;#039;s &amp;quot;Requiem,&amp;quot; or the flush of romantic love? How, in short, can consciousness be explained? In this three-part series, neuroscientist Robert Lawrence Kuhn interviews 18 guest experts about the nuts and bolts of consciousness as well its illusory aspects. Dr. Kuhn engages with his experts on a sophisticated plane without alienating you, his audience of restless souls and inquisitive minds with feet in the real world.  Each episode is crafted as a series of one-on-one interviews that respond to the title question about consciousness. The sheer scope of experts that Dr. Kuhn invites to the conversation about consciousness is staggering. Their star power is another matter altogether. In these three episodes, you&amp;#039;ll hear from pioneers in multiple fields, including Jaron Lanier, the computer scientist who popularized the term &amp;quot;virtual reality&amp;quot;; David John Chalmers, whose 1996 book The Conscious Mind is widely considered an essential work on consciousness and the mind-body problem; the late Marvin Lee Minsky (1927-2016), who co-founded MIT&amp;#039;s AI laboratory; and Galen Strawson, the British analytic philosopher and longtime consultant editor for The Times Literary Supplement. This course is part of the Learn25 collection. Note: This audio series is brought to you by Learn25, a leading producer of lecture programs by top university professors. It was originally produced by Closer to Truth, the television series created, written, and hosted by Dr. Robert Lawrence Kuhn and co-created, produced, and directed by Peter Getzels. Closer to Truth invites the world&amp;#039;s foremost scientists, philosophers, and creative thinkers to debate the deepest questions facing humanity: questions of consciousness, the cosmos, and meaning.</description>
      <author>Robert Lawrence Kuhn</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Jul 2018 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781632517364.mp3" length="1422376" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436001</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781632517364.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436001">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436001</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why is Consciousness so Mysterious?
Author: Robert Lawrence Kuhn
Narrator: Robert Lawrence Kuhn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 21 minutes
Release date: July 27, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
How do the microscopic particles that make up our brains cause us to experience the tranquil beauty of a setting sun, the haunting strains of Mozart&amp;#039;s &amp;quot;Requiem,&amp;quot; or the flush of romantic love? How, in short, can consciousness be explained? In this three-part series, neuroscientist Robert Lawrence Kuhn interviews 18 guest experts about the nuts and bolts of consciousness as well its illusory aspects. Dr. Kuhn engages with his experts on a sophisticated plane without alienating you, his audience of restless souls and inquisitive minds with feet in the real world.  Each episode is crafted as a series of one-on-one interviews that respond to the title question about consciousness. The sheer scope of experts that Dr. Kuhn invites to the conversation about consciousness is staggering. Their star power is another matter altogether. In these three episodes, you&amp;#039;ll hear from pioneers in multiple fields, including Jaron Lanier, the computer scientist who popularized the term &amp;quot;virtual reality&amp;quot;; David John Chalmers, whose 1996 book The Conscious Mind is widely considered an essential work on consciousness and the mind-body problem; the late Marvin Lee Minsky (1927-2016), who co-founded MIT&amp;#039;s AI laboratory; and Galen Strawson, the British analytic philosopher and longtime consultant editor for The Times Literary Supplement. This course is part of the Learn25 collection. Note: This audio series is brought to you by Learn25, a leading producer of lecture programs by top university professors. It was originally produced by Closer to Truth, the television series created, written, and hosted by Dr. Robert Lawrence Kuhn and co-created, produced, and directed by Peter Getzels. Closer to Truth invites the world&amp;#039;s foremost scientists, philosophers, and creative thinkers to debate the deepest questions facing humanity: questions of consciousness, the cosmos, and meaning.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436001">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436001</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why is Consciousness so Mysterious?
Author: Robert Lawrence Kuhn
Narrator: Robert Lawrence Kuhn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 21 minutes
Release date: July 27, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
How do the microscopic particles that make up our brains cause us to experience the tranquil beauty of a setting sun, the haunting strains of Mozart&amp;#039;s &amp;quot;Requiem,&amp;quot; or the flush of romantic love? How, in short, can consciousness be explained? In this three-part series, neuroscientist Robert Lawrence Kuhn interviews 18 guest experts about the nuts and bolts of consciousness as well its illusory aspects. Dr. Kuhn engages with his experts on a sophisticated plane without alienating you, his audience of restless souls and inquisitive minds with feet in the real world.  Each episode is crafted as a series of one-on-one interviews that respond to the title question about consciousness. The sheer scope of experts that Dr. Kuhn invites to the conversation about consciousness is staggering. Their star power is another matter altogether. In these three episodes, you&amp;#039;ll hear from pioneers in multiple fields, including Jaron Lanier, the computer scientist who popularized the term &amp;quot;virtual reality&amp;quot;; David John Chalmers, whose 1996 book The Conscious Mind is widely considered an essential work on consciousness and the mind-body problem; the late Marvin Lee Minsky (1927-2016), who co-founded MIT&amp;#039;s AI laboratory; and Galen Strawson, the British analytic philosopher and longtime consultant editor for The Times Literary Supplement. This course is part of the Learn25 collection. Note: This audio series is brought to you by Learn25, a leading producer of lecture programs by top university professors. It was originally produced by Closer to Truth, the television series created, written, and hosted by Dr. Robert Lawrence Kuhn and co-created, produced, and directed by Peter Getzels. Closer to Truth invites the world&amp;#039;s foremost scientists, philosophers, and creative thinkers to debate the deepest questions facing humanity: questions of consciousness, the cosmos, and meaning.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Thomas Aquinas: Understand the Universal Teacher&amp;#039;s Greatest Ideas by Eleonore Stump</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435970</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Thomas Aquinas: Understand the Universal Teacher&amp;#039;s Greatest Ideas
Author: Eleonore Stump
Narrator: Eleonore Stump
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 51 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 28 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
This course will have a profound impact on your faith and thinking. Thomas Aquinas, OP (1225-1274), is one of world history&amp;#039;s most influential thinkers. His works indelibly shaped Western thought and Christian belief, and his brilliant ideas continue to resonate in universities and churches everywhere. But his complex thought can often seem inaccessible. In this superb course, taught by an internationally known Aquinas expert, you will tour his towering thought while gaining powerful insights into your faith and values. You will cover his ethics, metaphysics, epistemology, and philosophical theology. Under Prof. Stump&amp;#039;s guidance, you will see the world through his eyes. You will begin with an introduction to Aquinas&amp;#039; ethics in order to explore his views on human flourishing and morality. Then you will gain tremendous insights into his metaphysics, which engage with the nature of ultimate reality, God&amp;#039;s eternity, and much more. After looking at his philosophy of free will, you will explore his epistemology. Finally, you will encounter his complex and fascinating philosophical theology. Along the way Prof. Stump will guide you through complex philosophical concepts with deft and easy-to-understand teaching. Although he died young, it is impossible to overestimate Aquinas&amp;#039; influence on Western philosophy. His thought remains as relevant today as ever. You don&amp;#039;t want to miss this enlightening journey through the thought of one of the great intellectual giants of the Christian tradition. This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a free PDF study guide.</description>
      <author>Eleonore Stump</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Nov 2016 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781632513137.mp3" length="1434263" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435970</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781632513137.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Thomas Aquinas: Understand the Universal Teacher&amp;#039;s Greatest Ideas
Author: Eleonore Stump
Narrator: Eleonore Stump
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 51 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 28 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
This course will have a profound impact on your faith and thinking. Thomas Aquinas, OP (1225-1274), is one of world history&amp;#039;s most influential thinkers. His works indelibly shaped Western thought and Christian belief, and his brilliant ideas continue to resonate in universities and churches everywhere. But his complex thought can often seem inaccessible. In this superb course, taught by an internationally known Aquinas expert, you will tour his towering thought while gaining powerful insights into your faith and values. You will cover his ethics, metaphysics, epistemology, and philosophical theology. Under Prof. Stump&amp;#039;s guidance, you will see the world through his eyes. You will begin with an introduction to Aquinas&amp;#039; ethics in order to explore his views on human flourishing and morality. Then you will gain tremendous insights into his metaphysics, which engage with the nature of ultimate reality, God&amp;#039;s eternity, and much more. After looking at his philosophy of free will, you will explore his epistemology. Finally, you will encounter his complex and fascinating philosophical theology. Along the way Prof. Stump will guide you through complex philosophical concepts with deft and easy-to-understand teaching. Although he died young, it is impossible to overestimate Aquinas&amp;#039; influence on Western philosophy. His thought remains as relevant today as ever. You don&amp;#039;t want to miss this enlightening journey through the thought of one of the great intellectual giants of the Christian tradition. This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a free PDF study guide.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Thomas Aquinas: Understand the Universal Teacher&amp;#039;s Greatest Ideas
Author: Eleonore Stump
Narrator: Eleonore Stump
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 51 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 28 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
This course will have a profound impact on your faith and thinking. Thomas Aquinas, OP (1225-1274), is one of world history&amp;#039;s most influential thinkers. His works indelibly shaped Western thought and Christian belief, and his brilliant ideas continue to resonate in universities and churches everywhere. But his complex thought can often seem inaccessible. In this superb course, taught by an internationally known Aquinas expert, you will tour his towering thought while gaining powerful insights into your faith and values. You will cover his ethics, metaphysics, epistemology, and philosophical theology. Under Prof. Stump&amp;#039;s guidance, you will see the world through his eyes. You will begin with an introduction to Aquinas&amp;#039; ethics in order to explore his views on human flourishing and morality. Then you will gain tremendous insights into his metaphysics, which engage with the nature of ultimate reality, God&amp;#039;s eternity, and much more. After looking at his philosophy of free will, you will explore his epistemology. Finally, you will encounter his complex and fascinating philosophical theology. Along the way Prof. Stump will guide you through complex philosophical concepts with deft and easy-to-understand teaching. Although he died young, it is impossible to overestimate Aquinas&amp;#039; influence on Western philosophy. His thought remains as relevant today as ever. You don&amp;#039;t want to miss this enlightening journey through the thought of one of the great intellectual giants of the Christian tradition. This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a free PDF study guide.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wired for Intimacy: How Pornography Hijacks the Male Brain by William M. Struthers</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435154</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435154">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435154</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wired for Intimacy: How Pornography Hijacks the Male Brain
Author: William M. Struthers
Narrator: Claton Butcher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 25 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Pornography is powerful. Our contemporary culture as been pornified, and it shapes our assumptions about identity, sexuality, the value of women, and the nature of relationships. Countless Christian men struggle with the addictive power of porn. But common spiritual approaches of more prayer and accountability groups are often of limited help. In this book, neuroscientist and researcher William Struthers explains how pornography affects the male brain and what we can do about it. Because we are embodied beings, viewing pornography changes how the brain works, how we form memories and make attachments. By better understanding the biological realities of our sexual development, we can cultivate healthier sexual perspectives and interpersonal relationships. Struthers exposes false assumptions and casts a vision for a redeemed masculinity, showing how our sexual longings can actually propel us toward sanctification and holiness in our bodies.</description>
      <author>William M. Struthers</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666553338.mp3" length="808494" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435154</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666553338.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435154">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435154</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wired for Intimacy: How Pornography Hijacks the Male Brain
Author: William M. Struthers
Narrator: Claton Butcher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 25 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Pornography is powerful. Our contemporary culture as been pornified, and it shapes our assumptions about identity, sexuality, the value of women, and the nature of relationships. Countless Christian men struggle with the addictive power of porn. But common spiritual approaches of more prayer and accountability groups are often of limited help. In this book, neuroscientist and researcher William Struthers explains how pornography affects the male brain and what we can do about it. Because we are embodied beings, viewing pornography changes how the brain works, how we form memories and make attachments. By better understanding the biological realities of our sexual development, we can cultivate healthier sexual perspectives and interpersonal relationships. Struthers exposes false assumptions and casts a vision for a redeemed masculinity, showing how our sexual longings can actually propel us toward sanctification and holiness in our bodies.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435154">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435154</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wired for Intimacy: How Pornography Hijacks the Male Brain
Author: William M. Struthers
Narrator: Claton Butcher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 25 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Pornography is powerful. Our contemporary culture as been pornified, and it shapes our assumptions about identity, sexuality, the value of women, and the nature of relationships. Countless Christian men struggle with the addictive power of porn. But common spiritual approaches of more prayer and accountability groups are often of limited help. In this book, neuroscientist and researcher William Struthers explains how pornography affects the male brain and what we can do about it. Because we are embodied beings, viewing pornography changes how the brain works, how we form memories and make attachments. By better understanding the biological realities of our sexual development, we can cultivate healthier sexual perspectives and interpersonal relationships. Struthers exposes false assumptions and casts a vision for a redeemed masculinity, showing how our sexual longings can actually propel us toward sanctification and holiness in our bodies.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Brains Through Time: A Natural History of Vertebrates by Georg F. Striedter, R. Glenn Northcutt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434138</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434138">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434138</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brains Through Time: A Natural History of Vertebrates
Author: Georg F. Striedter, R. Glenn Northcutt
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 9 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
When did the first vertebrates emerge, and how did they differ from their invertebrate ancestors? When did vertebrates evolve jaws, paired fins, pattern vision, or a neocortex? How have evolutionary innovations such as these impacted vertebrate behavior and success? Georg Striedter and R. Glenn Northcutt answer these fundamental questions about all major vertebrate lineages. Highlighting the key innovations of each major taxonomic group, they review how evolutionary changes in vertebrate genetics, anatomy, and physiology are reflected in the nervous system. Brains Through Time examines how vertebrate nervous systems evolved in conjunction with other organ systems and the planet&amp;#039;s ecology. Surveying an enormous range of information on genes and proteins, sensory and motor systems, central neural circuits, physiology, and animal behavior, the authors reconstruct the major changes that occurred as vertebrates emerged and then diversified. In the process, listeners are transported back in time to key stages of vertebrate evolution, notably the origin of vertebrates, the evolution of paired fins and jaws, the transition to life on land, and the origins of warm-blooded mammals and birds.</description>
      <author>Georg F. Striedter, R. Glenn Northcutt</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696601283.mp3" length="8593146" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434138</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696601283.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434138">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434138</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brains Through Time: A Natural History of Vertebrates
Author: Georg F. Striedter, R. Glenn Northcutt
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 9 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
When did the first vertebrates emerge, and how did they differ from their invertebrate ancestors? When did vertebrates evolve jaws, paired fins, pattern vision, or a neocortex? How have evolutionary innovations such as these impacted vertebrate behavior and success? Georg Striedter and R. Glenn Northcutt answer these fundamental questions about all major vertebrate lineages. Highlighting the key innovations of each major taxonomic group, they review how evolutionary changes in vertebrate genetics, anatomy, and physiology are reflected in the nervous system. Brains Through Time examines how vertebrate nervous systems evolved in conjunction with other organ systems and the planet&amp;#039;s ecology. Surveying an enormous range of information on genes and proteins, sensory and motor systems, central neural circuits, physiology, and animal behavior, the authors reconstruct the major changes that occurred as vertebrates emerged and then diversified. In the process, listeners are transported back in time to key stages of vertebrate evolution, notably the origin of vertebrates, the evolution of paired fins and jaws, the transition to life on land, and the origins of warm-blooded mammals and birds.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434138">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434138</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brains Through Time: A Natural History of Vertebrates
Author: Georg F. Striedter, R. Glenn Northcutt
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 9 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
When did the first vertebrates emerge, and how did they differ from their invertebrate ancestors? When did vertebrates evolve jaws, paired fins, pattern vision, or a neocortex? How have evolutionary innovations such as these impacted vertebrate behavior and success? Georg Striedter and R. Glenn Northcutt answer these fundamental questions about all major vertebrate lineages. Highlighting the key innovations of each major taxonomic group, they review how evolutionary changes in vertebrate genetics, anatomy, and physiology are reflected in the nervous system. Brains Through Time examines how vertebrate nervous systems evolved in conjunction with other organ systems and the planet&amp;#039;s ecology. Surveying an enormous range of information on genes and proteins, sensory and motor systems, central neural circuits, physiology, and animal behavior, the authors reconstruct the major changes that occurred as vertebrates emerged and then diversified. In the process, listeners are transported back in time to key stages of vertebrate evolution, notably the origin of vertebrates, the evolution of paired fins and jaws, the transition to life on land, and the origins of warm-blooded mammals and birds.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From Here to There: The Art and Science of Finding and Losing Our Way by Michael Bond</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432441</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432441">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432441</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: From Here to There: The Art and Science of Finding and Losing Our Way
Author: Michael Bond
Narrator: Pete Cross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 53 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
How is it that we can walk unfamiliar streets while maintaining a sense of direction? How can we come up with shortcuts on the fly, in places we’ve never traveled? The answer is the complex mental map in our brains. This feature of our cognition is easily taken for granted, but it’s also critical to our species’ evolutionary success. In From Here to There, Michael Bond tells stories of the lost and found―Polynesian sailors, orienteering champions, early aviators―and surveys the science of human navigation. Navigation skills are deeply embedded in our biology. The ability to find our way over large distances in prehistoric times gave Homo sapiens an advantage, allowing us to explore the farthest regions of the planet. Wayfinding also shaped vital cognitive functions outside the realm of navigation, including abstract thinking, imagination, and memory. Bond brings a reporter’s curiosity and nose for narrative to the latest research from psychologists, neuroscientists, animal behaviorists, and anthropologists. He also turns to the people who design and expertly maneuver the world we navigate: search-and-rescue volunteers, cartographers, ordnance mappers, urban planners, and more. The result is a global expedition that furthers our understanding of human orienting in natural and built environments.</description>
      <author>Michael Bond</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666545883.mp3" length="820586" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432441</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666545883.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432441">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432441</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: From Here to There: The Art and Science of Finding and Losing Our Way
Author: Michael Bond
Narrator: Pete Cross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 53 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
How is it that we can walk unfamiliar streets while maintaining a sense of direction? How can we come up with shortcuts on the fly, in places we’ve never traveled? The answer is the complex mental map in our brains. This feature of our cognition is easily taken for granted, but it’s also critical to our species’ evolutionary success. In From Here to There, Michael Bond tells stories of the lost and found―Polynesian sailors, orienteering champions, early aviators―and surveys the science of human navigation. Navigation skills are deeply embedded in our biology. The ability to find our way over large distances in prehistoric times gave Homo sapiens an advantage, allowing us to explore the farthest regions of the planet. Wayfinding also shaped vital cognitive functions outside the realm of navigation, including abstract thinking, imagination, and memory. Bond brings a reporter’s curiosity and nose for narrative to the latest research from psychologists, neuroscientists, animal behaviorists, and anthropologists. He also turns to the people who design and expertly maneuver the world we navigate: search-and-rescue volunteers, cartographers, ordnance mappers, urban planners, and more. The result is a global expedition that furthers our understanding of human orienting in natural and built environments.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432441">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432441</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: From Here to There: The Art and Science of Finding and Losing Our Way
Author: Michael Bond
Narrator: Pete Cross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 53 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
How is it that we can walk unfamiliar streets while maintaining a sense of direction? How can we come up with shortcuts on the fly, in places we’ve never traveled? The answer is the complex mental map in our brains. This feature of our cognition is easily taken for granted, but it’s also critical to our species’ evolutionary success. In From Here to There, Michael Bond tells stories of the lost and found―Polynesian sailors, orienteering champions, early aviators―and surveys the science of human navigation. Navigation skills are deeply embedded in our biology. The ability to find our way over large distances in prehistoric times gave Homo sapiens an advantage, allowing us to explore the farthest regions of the planet. Wayfinding also shaped vital cognitive functions outside the realm of navigation, including abstract thinking, imagination, and memory. Bond brings a reporter’s curiosity and nose for narrative to the latest research from psychologists, neuroscientists, animal behaviorists, and anthropologists. He also turns to the people who design and expertly maneuver the world we navigate: search-and-rescue volunteers, cartographers, ordnance mappers, urban planners, and more. The result is a global expedition that furthers our understanding of human orienting in natural and built environments.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chatter: The Voice in Our Head, Why It Matters, and How to Harness It by Ethan Kross</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432263</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432263">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432263</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chatter: The Voice in Our Head, Why It Matters, and How to Harness It
Author: Ethan Kross
Narrator: Ethan Kross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 49 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
NATIONAL BESTSELLER • An award-winning psychologist reveals the hidden power of our inner voice and shows how to harness it to combat anxiety, improve physical and mental health, and deepen our relationships with others. LONGLISTED FOR THE PORCHLIGHT BUSINESS BOOK AWARD • “A masterpiece.”—Angela Duckworth, bestselling author of Grit • Malcolm Gladwell, Susan Cain, Adam Grant, and Daniel H. Pink’s Next Big Idea Club Winter 2021 Winning Selection One of the best new books of the year—The Washington Post, BBC, USA Today, CNN Underscored, Shape, Behavioral Scientist, PopSugar • Kirkus Reviews, Publishers Weekly, and Shelf Awareness starred reviews Is talking to yourself normal? The truth is that we all have a voice in our head. When we talk to ourselves, we often hope to tap into our inner coach but find our inner critic instead. When we’re facing a tough task, our inner coach can buoy us up: Focus—you can do this. But, just as often, our inner critic sinks us entirely: I’m going to fail. They’ll all laugh at me. What’s the use?  In Chatter, acclaimed psychologist Ethan Kross explores the silent conversations we have with ourselves. Interweaving groundbreaking behavioral and brain research from his own lab with real-world case studies—from a pitcher who forgets how to pitch, to a Harvard undergrad negotiating her double life as a spy—Kross explains how these conversations shape our lives, work, and relationships. He warns that giving in to negative and disorienting self-talk—what he calls “chatter”—can tank our health, sink our moods, strain our social connections, and cause us to fold under pressure.  But the good news is that we’re already equipped with the tools we need to make our inner voice work in our favor. These tools are often hidden in plain sight—in the words we use to think about ourselves, the technologies we embrace, the diaries we keep in our drawers, the conversations we have with our loved ones, and the cultures we create in our schools and workplaces.  Brilliantly argued, expertly researched, and filled with compelling stories, Chatter gives us the power to change the most important conversation we have each day: the one we have with ourselves.</description>
      <author>Ethan Kross</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593340004.mp3" length="2778270" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432263</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593340004.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432263">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432263</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chatter: The Voice in Our Head, Why It Matters, and How to Harness It
Author: Ethan Kross
Narrator: Ethan Kross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 49 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
NATIONAL BESTSELLER • An award-winning psychologist reveals the hidden power of our inner voice and shows how to harness it to combat anxiety, improve physical and mental health, and deepen our relationships with others. LONGLISTED FOR THE PORCHLIGHT BUSINESS BOOK AWARD • “A masterpiece.”—Angela Duckworth, bestselling author of Grit • Malcolm Gladwell, Susan Cain, Adam Grant, and Daniel H. Pink’s Next Big Idea Club Winter 2021 Winning Selection One of the best new books of the year—The Washington Post, BBC, USA Today, CNN Underscored, Shape, Behavioral Scientist, PopSugar • Kirkus Reviews, Publishers Weekly, and Shelf Awareness starred reviews Is talking to yourself normal? The truth is that we all have a voice in our head. When we talk to ourselves, we often hope to tap into our inner coach but find our inner critic instead. When we’re facing a tough task, our inner coach can buoy us up: Focus—you can do this. But, just as often, our inner critic sinks us entirely: I’m going to fail. They’ll all laugh at me. What’s the use?  In Chatter, acclaimed psychologist Ethan Kross explores the silent conversations we have with ourselves. Interweaving groundbreaking behavioral and brain research from his own lab with real-world case studies—from a pitcher who forgets how to pitch, to a Harvard undergrad negotiating her double life as a spy—Kross explains how these conversations shape our lives, work, and relationships. He warns that giving in to negative and disorienting self-talk—what he calls “chatter”—can tank our health, sink our moods, strain our social connections, and cause us to fold under pressure.  But the good news is that we’re already equipped with the tools we need to make our inner voice work in our favor. These tools are often hidden in plain sight—in the words we use to think about ourselves, the technologies we embrace, the diaries we keep in our drawers, the conversations we have with our loved ones, and the cultures we create in our schools and workplaces.  Brilliantly argued, expertly researched, and filled with compelling stories, Chatter gives us the power to change the most important conversation we have each day: the one we have with ourselves.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432263">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432263</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chatter: The Voice in Our Head, Why It Matters, and How to Harness It
Author: Ethan Kross
Narrator: Ethan Kross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 49 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
NATIONAL BESTSELLER • An award-winning psychologist reveals the hidden power of our inner voice and shows how to harness it to combat anxiety, improve physical and mental health, and deepen our relationships with others. LONGLISTED FOR THE PORCHLIGHT BUSINESS BOOK AWARD • “A masterpiece.”—Angela Duckworth, bestselling author of Grit • Malcolm Gladwell, Susan Cain, Adam Grant, and Daniel H. Pink’s Next Big Idea Club Winter 2021 Winning Selection One of the best new books of the year—The Washington Post, BBC, USA Today, CNN Underscored, Shape, Behavioral Scientist, PopSugar • Kirkus Reviews, Publishers Weekly, and Shelf Awareness starred reviews Is talking to yourself normal? The truth is that we all have a voice in our head. When we talk to ourselves, we often hope to tap into our inner coach but find our inner critic instead. When we’re facing a tough task, our inner coach can buoy us up: Focus—you can do this. But, just as often, our inner critic sinks us entirely: I’m going to fail. They’ll all laugh at me. What’s the use?  In Chatter, acclaimed psychologist Ethan Kross explores the silent conversations we have with ourselves. Interweaving groundbreaking behavioral and brain research from his own lab with real-world case studies—from a pitcher who forgets how to pitch, to a Harvard undergrad negotiating her double life as a spy—Kross explains how these conversations shape our lives, work, and relationships. He warns that giving in to negative and disorienting self-talk—what he calls “chatter”—can tank our health, sink our moods, strain our social connections, and cause us to fold under pressure.  But the good news is that we’re already equipped with the tools we need to make our inner voice work in our favor. These tools are often hidden in plain sight—in the words we use to think about ourselves, the technologies we embrace, the diaries we keep in our drawers, the conversations we have with our loved ones, and the cultures we create in our schools and workplaces.  Brilliantly argued, expertly researched, and filled with compelling stories, Chatter gives us the power to change the most important conversation we have each day: the one we have with ourselves.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mind, Brain, Behavior: An Audio Course on Consciousness by Kevin Corcoran</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431345</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431345">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431345</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mind, Brain, Behavior: An Audio Course on Consciousness
Author: Kevin Corcoran
Narrator: Kevin Corcoran
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.07 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Named one of America&amp;#039;s top 300 professors by Princeton Review, Kevin Corcoran is an expert on consciousness and the philosophy of the mind. Translating complex topics into 12 accessible audio lectures, he’ll help you unlock the secrets of the human brain. Our world teems with the unexpected: marsupial wolves, carnivorous plants, flocks of starlings, and many more surprising phenomena. In this audio course, you’ll explore the most fascinating of these natural wonders: consciousness.  Have you ever watched a fiery sunset or heard a Mozart concerto? Human beings could soak up such sights and sounds in the same predictable ways computers or car engines do. But our minds go beyond processing information. We have conscious experiences filled with vibrant colors, thorny textures, pungent smells, and tangy flavors. Under Prof. Corcoran’s tutelage, you’ll take a journey filled with vivid examples, philosophical reflections, and astonishing insights from scientific research that will help you understand the unique phenomenon of consciousness. Along the way, you’ll answer big questions about the self, the human mind, and the world.  Each lecture will amaze and inform you. From competing theories of consciousness to the meaning of life itself, you’ll tackle compelling topics about existence. If you’re looking for an illuminating guide to the universe’s most important questions, you’ll love this course. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.</description>
      <author>Kevin Corcoran</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Apr 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781632517913.mp3" length="1370894" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431345</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781632517913.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431345">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431345</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mind, Brain, Behavior: An Audio Course on Consciousness
Author: Kevin Corcoran
Narrator: Kevin Corcoran
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.07 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Named one of America&amp;#039;s top 300 professors by Princeton Review, Kevin Corcoran is an expert on consciousness and the philosophy of the mind. Translating complex topics into 12 accessible audio lectures, he’ll help you unlock the secrets of the human brain. Our world teems with the unexpected: marsupial wolves, carnivorous plants, flocks of starlings, and many more surprising phenomena. In this audio course, you’ll explore the most fascinating of these natural wonders: consciousness.  Have you ever watched a fiery sunset or heard a Mozart concerto? Human beings could soak up such sights and sounds in the same predictable ways computers or car engines do. But our minds go beyond processing information. We have conscious experiences filled with vibrant colors, thorny textures, pungent smells, and tangy flavors. Under Prof. Corcoran’s tutelage, you’ll take a journey filled with vivid examples, philosophical reflections, and astonishing insights from scientific research that will help you understand the unique phenomenon of consciousness. Along the way, you’ll answer big questions about the self, the human mind, and the world.  Each lecture will amaze and inform you. From competing theories of consciousness to the meaning of life itself, you’ll tackle compelling topics about existence. If you’re looking for an illuminating guide to the universe’s most important questions, you’ll love this course. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431345">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431345</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mind, Brain, Behavior: An Audio Course on Consciousness
Author: Kevin Corcoran
Narrator: Kevin Corcoran
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.07 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Named one of America&amp;#039;s top 300 professors by Princeton Review, Kevin Corcoran is an expert on consciousness and the philosophy of the mind. Translating complex topics into 12 accessible audio lectures, he’ll help you unlock the secrets of the human brain. Our world teems with the unexpected: marsupial wolves, carnivorous plants, flocks of starlings, and many more surprising phenomena. In this audio course, you’ll explore the most fascinating of these natural wonders: consciousness.  Have you ever watched a fiery sunset or heard a Mozart concerto? Human beings could soak up such sights and sounds in the same predictable ways computers or car engines do. But our minds go beyond processing information. We have conscious experiences filled with vibrant colors, thorny textures, pungent smells, and tangy flavors. Under Prof. Corcoran’s tutelage, you’ll take a journey filled with vivid examples, philosophical reflections, and astonishing insights from scientific research that will help you understand the unique phenomenon of consciousness. Along the way, you’ll answer big questions about the self, the human mind, and the world.  Each lecture will amaze and inform you. From competing theories of consciousness to the meaning of life itself, you’ll tackle compelling topics about existence. If you’re looking for an illuminating guide to the universe’s most important questions, you’ll love this course. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fighting Alzheimer&amp;#039;s: How to Keep Your Brain Healthy by Richard Isaacson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431293</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431293">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431293</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fighting Alzheimer&amp;#039;s: How to Keep Your Brain Healthy
Author: Richard Isaacson
Narrator: Richard Isaacson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 59 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Alzheimer’s can be delayed or even prevented. Join the world’s leading expert on Alzheimer’s prevention, Harvard-trained neurologist Richard Isaacson, MD to learn how. In this informative 12-lecture audio course, Dr. Isaacson explores the latest developments in the science of Alzheimer’s. As you listen, you’ll discover answers to the most common questions patients and caregivers have about its prevention and treatment.  You will learn practical ways to defend your brain against Alzheimer’s while improving memory and cognition. Combining his deep understanding of new studies and firsthand experience treating thousands of patients, Dr. Isaacson provides you with a straightforward guide to your mental health. Throughout, you will receive actionable guidance as you learn more about the disease and assess your own risk factors.  Importantly, modern science suggests that there are certain traits that may increase your chances of developing Alzheimer’s. But there are also ways you can reduce your chances of developing the disease. Armed with knowledge of the latest research, you can take early action to benefit your own brain health today. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.</description>
      <author>Richard Isaacson</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Sep 2018 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781632517319.mp3" length="1433006" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431293</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781632517319.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431293">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431293</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fighting Alzheimer&amp;#039;s: How to Keep Your Brain Healthy
Author: Richard Isaacson
Narrator: Richard Isaacson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 59 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Alzheimer’s can be delayed or even prevented. Join the world’s leading expert on Alzheimer’s prevention, Harvard-trained neurologist Richard Isaacson, MD to learn how. In this informative 12-lecture audio course, Dr. Isaacson explores the latest developments in the science of Alzheimer’s. As you listen, you’ll discover answers to the most common questions patients and caregivers have about its prevention and treatment.  You will learn practical ways to defend your brain against Alzheimer’s while improving memory and cognition. Combining his deep understanding of new studies and firsthand experience treating thousands of patients, Dr. Isaacson provides you with a straightforward guide to your mental health. Throughout, you will receive actionable guidance as you learn more about the disease and assess your own risk factors.  Importantly, modern science suggests that there are certain traits that may increase your chances of developing Alzheimer’s. But there are also ways you can reduce your chances of developing the disease. Armed with knowledge of the latest research, you can take early action to benefit your own brain health today. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431293">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431293</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fighting Alzheimer&amp;#039;s: How to Keep Your Brain Healthy
Author: Richard Isaacson
Narrator: Richard Isaacson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 59 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Alzheimer’s can be delayed or even prevented. Join the world’s leading expert on Alzheimer’s prevention, Harvard-trained neurologist Richard Isaacson, MD to learn how. In this informative 12-lecture audio course, Dr. Isaacson explores the latest developments in the science of Alzheimer’s. As you listen, you’ll discover answers to the most common questions patients and caregivers have about its prevention and treatment.  You will learn practical ways to defend your brain against Alzheimer’s while improving memory and cognition. Combining his deep understanding of new studies and firsthand experience treating thousands of patients, Dr. Isaacson provides you with a straightforward guide to your mental health. Throughout, you will receive actionable guidance as you learn more about the disease and assess your own risk factors.  Importantly, modern science suggests that there are certain traits that may increase your chances of developing Alzheimer’s. But there are also ways you can reduce your chances of developing the disease. Armed with knowledge of the latest research, you can take early action to benefit your own brain health today. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Practicing Forgiveness: How to Forgive, Reconcile, and Restore Relationships by Everett Worthington</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431255</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431255">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431255</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Practicing Forgiveness: How to Forgive, Reconcile, and Restore Relationships
Author: Everett Worthington
Narrator: Everett Worthington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Perhaps the world&amp;#039;s leading expert on forgiveness research, Everett Worthington distills decades of wisdom into 15 life-changing lectures.  The author or editor of more than 38 books on marriage, family, and forgiveness, Prof. Worthington received the Humanitarian Award from the Association for Spiritual, Ethical, and Religious Values in Counseling. Now you can learn to practice his groundbreaking REACH Forgiveness model through these 15 engaging lectures. At first glance, statements of forgiveness such as &amp;quot;Love your enemies&amp;quot; (Matthew 5:44) may seem paradoxical. But in recent decades, scientists have picked up where philosophers and theologians left off-confirming the many benefits that practicing forgiveness will bring you.  Studies show that the consistent practice of forgiveness reaps rewards to your physical, emotional, and spiritual well-being. On a larger scale, forgiveness is a central pillar in promoting peace among groups, organizations, and societies. Drawing on his decades of experience in couples counseling and his prolific research on forgiveness, Prof. Worthington guides you in how to practice forgiveness. As Stephen Post, Ph.D., of Stony Brook University School of Medicine says, &amp;quot;Ev speaks from the heart and soul and mind with a special passion for what forgiveness brings to our lives. He has uplifted a generation.&amp;quot; Through this masterful course, you will acquire the tools to think both philosophically and practically about forgiveness. You&amp;#039;ll find that the scientific approach to forgiveness will indelibly enrich your life and relationships. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.</description>
      <author>Everett Worthington</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Oct 2018 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781632517487.mp3" length="1406462" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431255</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781632517487.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431255">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431255</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Practicing Forgiveness: How to Forgive, Reconcile, and Restore Relationships
Author: Everett Worthington
Narrator: Everett Worthington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Perhaps the world&amp;#039;s leading expert on forgiveness research, Everett Worthington distills decades of wisdom into 15 life-changing lectures.  The author or editor of more than 38 books on marriage, family, and forgiveness, Prof. Worthington received the Humanitarian Award from the Association for Spiritual, Ethical, and Religious Values in Counseling. Now you can learn to practice his groundbreaking REACH Forgiveness model through these 15 engaging lectures. At first glance, statements of forgiveness such as &amp;quot;Love your enemies&amp;quot; (Matthew 5:44) may seem paradoxical. But in recent decades, scientists have picked up where philosophers and theologians left off-confirming the many benefits that practicing forgiveness will bring you.  Studies show that the consistent practice of forgiveness reaps rewards to your physical, emotional, and spiritual well-being. On a larger scale, forgiveness is a central pillar in promoting peace among groups, organizations, and societies. Drawing on his decades of experience in couples counseling and his prolific research on forgiveness, Prof. Worthington guides you in how to practice forgiveness. As Stephen Post, Ph.D., of Stony Brook University School of Medicine says, &amp;quot;Ev speaks from the heart and soul and mind with a special passion for what forgiveness brings to our lives. He has uplifted a generation.&amp;quot; Through this masterful course, you will acquire the tools to think both philosophically and practically about forgiveness. You&amp;#039;ll find that the scientific approach to forgiveness will indelibly enrich your life and relationships. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431255">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431255</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Practicing Forgiveness: How to Forgive, Reconcile, and Restore Relationships
Author: Everett Worthington
Narrator: Everett Worthington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Perhaps the world&amp;#039;s leading expert on forgiveness research, Everett Worthington distills decades of wisdom into 15 life-changing lectures.  The author or editor of more than 38 books on marriage, family, and forgiveness, Prof. Worthington received the Humanitarian Award from the Association for Spiritual, Ethical, and Religious Values in Counseling. Now you can learn to practice his groundbreaking REACH Forgiveness model through these 15 engaging lectures. At first glance, statements of forgiveness such as &amp;quot;Love your enemies&amp;quot; (Matthew 5:44) may seem paradoxical. But in recent decades, scientists have picked up where philosophers and theologians left off-confirming the many benefits that practicing forgiveness will bring you.  Studies show that the consistent practice of forgiveness reaps rewards to your physical, emotional, and spiritual well-being. On a larger scale, forgiveness is a central pillar in promoting peace among groups, organizations, and societies. Drawing on his decades of experience in couples counseling and his prolific research on forgiveness, Prof. Worthington guides you in how to practice forgiveness. As Stephen Post, Ph.D., of Stony Brook University School of Medicine says, &amp;quot;Ev speaks from the heart and soul and mind with a special passion for what forgiveness brings to our lives. He has uplifted a generation.&amp;quot; Through this masterful course, you will acquire the tools to think both philosophically and practically about forgiveness. You&amp;#039;ll find that the scientific approach to forgiveness will indelibly enrich your life and relationships. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Half Lives: The Unlikely History of Radium by Lucy Jane Santos</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429784</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Half Lives: The Unlikely History of Radium
Author: Lucy Jane Santos
Narrator: Deirdra Whelan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Half Lives is an enjoyable journey into the odd areas where science and consumerism meet, telling the tale of the entrepreneurs and consumers in radium&amp;#039;s history who have until now been considered quacks, or fools, or both. The discovery of radium in the late 19th century prompted a flurry of experiments to scope the limits of its potential applications. Half Lives tells the fascinating, curious, sometimes macabre story of the element through its ascendance as a desirable item – a present for a queen, a prize in a treasure hunt, a glow-in-the-dark dance costume, a boon to the housewife, and an ingredient in a startling host of consumer products – to its role as a cure-all in everyday 20th-century life. Finally, it details the gradual downfall and discredit of the radium industry through the eyes of the people who bought, sold and eventually came to fear it. Lucy is an expert in the history of twentieth-century leisure, health, and beauty with a particular interest - some might say obsession - in the cultural history of radioactivity. She is now the Executive Secretary of the British Society for the History of Science and the Administrator for the Historical Writers&amp;#039; Association. In the past, she has also worked as Secretary of the Authors&amp;#039; Club and the Director of the Crime Writers&amp;#039; Association.</description>
      <author>Lucy Jane Santos</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Jul 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004008988.mp3" length="744778" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429784</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004008988.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Half Lives: The Unlikely History of Radium
Author: Lucy Jane Santos
Narrator: Deirdra Whelan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Half Lives is an enjoyable journey into the odd areas where science and consumerism meet, telling the tale of the entrepreneurs and consumers in radium&amp;#039;s history who have until now been considered quacks, or fools, or both. The discovery of radium in the late 19th century prompted a flurry of experiments to scope the limits of its potential applications. Half Lives tells the fascinating, curious, sometimes macabre story of the element through its ascendance as a desirable item – a present for a queen, a prize in a treasure hunt, a glow-in-the-dark dance costume, a boon to the housewife, and an ingredient in a startling host of consumer products – to its role as a cure-all in everyday 20th-century life. Finally, it details the gradual downfall and discredit of the radium industry through the eyes of the people who bought, sold and eventually came to fear it. Lucy is an expert in the history of twentieth-century leisure, health, and beauty with a particular interest - some might say obsession - in the cultural history of radioactivity. She is now the Executive Secretary of the British Society for the History of Science and the Administrator for the Historical Writers&amp;#039; Association. In the past, she has also worked as Secretary of the Authors&amp;#039; Club and the Director of the Crime Writers&amp;#039; Association.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Half Lives: The Unlikely History of Radium
Author: Lucy Jane Santos
Narrator: Deirdra Whelan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Half Lives is an enjoyable journey into the odd areas where science and consumerism meet, telling the tale of the entrepreneurs and consumers in radium&amp;#039;s history who have until now been considered quacks, or fools, or both. The discovery of radium in the late 19th century prompted a flurry of experiments to scope the limits of its potential applications. Half Lives tells the fascinating, curious, sometimes macabre story of the element through its ascendance as a desirable item – a present for a queen, a prize in a treasure hunt, a glow-in-the-dark dance costume, a boon to the housewife, and an ingredient in a startling host of consumer products – to its role as a cure-all in everyday 20th-century life. Finally, it details the gradual downfall and discredit of the radium industry through the eyes of the people who bought, sold and eventually came to fear it. Lucy is an expert in the history of twentieth-century leisure, health, and beauty with a particular interest - some might say obsession - in the cultural history of radioactivity. She is now the Executive Secretary of the British Society for the History of Science and the Administrator for the Historical Writers&amp;#039; Association. In the past, she has also worked as Secretary of the Authors&amp;#039; Club and the Director of the Crime Writers&amp;#039; Association.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Drink?: The New Science of Alcohol and Health by David Nutt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429046</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429046">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429046</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Drink?: The New Science of Alcohol and Health
Author: David Nutt
Narrator: David Nutt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 36 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From a world-renowned authority on alcohol abuse, a book that exposes the side effects drinking imposes on our overall health–and how we can moderate our consumption.  From after-work happy hour to a nightly glass of wine, we&amp;#039;re used to thinking of alcohol as a normal part of our daily lives. In Drink?, neuropharmacology professor David Nutt takes a fascinating, science-based look at drinking to unpack why we should reconsider our favorite pastime.  Nutt addresses topics such as hormones, mental health, fertility, and addiction, explaining how alcohol effects us even after it leaves our systems. With accessible language, Nutt ensures that readers recognize why alcohol can have such a negative influence on our bodies and our society. Drink?  gives readers clear, evidence-based facts to help them make the most informed choices about their alcohol intake.</description>
      <author>David Nutt</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549158919.mp3" length="825957" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429046</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549158919.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429046">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429046</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Drink?: The New Science of Alcohol and Health
Author: David Nutt
Narrator: David Nutt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 36 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From a world-renowned authority on alcohol abuse, a book that exposes the side effects drinking imposes on our overall health–and how we can moderate our consumption.  From after-work happy hour to a nightly glass of wine, we&amp;#039;re used to thinking of alcohol as a normal part of our daily lives. In Drink?, neuropharmacology professor David Nutt takes a fascinating, science-based look at drinking to unpack why we should reconsider our favorite pastime.  Nutt addresses topics such as hormones, mental health, fertility, and addiction, explaining how alcohol effects us even after it leaves our systems. With accessible language, Nutt ensures that readers recognize why alcohol can have such a negative influence on our bodies and our society. Drink?  gives readers clear, evidence-based facts to help them make the most informed choices about their alcohol intake.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429046">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429046</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Drink?: The New Science of Alcohol and Health
Author: David Nutt
Narrator: David Nutt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 36 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From a world-renowned authority on alcohol abuse, a book that exposes the side effects drinking imposes on our overall health–and how we can moderate our consumption.  From after-work happy hour to a nightly glass of wine, we&amp;#039;re used to thinking of alcohol as a normal part of our daily lives. In Drink?, neuropharmacology professor David Nutt takes a fascinating, science-based look at drinking to unpack why we should reconsider our favorite pastime.  Nutt addresses topics such as hormones, mental health, fertility, and addiction, explaining how alcohol effects us even after it leaves our systems. With accessible language, Nutt ensures that readers recognize why alcohol can have such a negative influence on our bodies and our society. Drink?  gives readers clear, evidence-based facts to help them make the most informed choices about their alcohol intake.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Future Rising: A Journey from the Past to the Edge of Tomorrow by Andrew Maynard</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428437</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428437">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428437</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Future Rising: A Journey from the Past to the Edge of Tomorrow
Author: Andrew Maynard
Narrator: Dan Mellins-Cohen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 44 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A Compelling Vision of the Future. If you enjoy nonfiction like Homo Deus, Sapiens, and A Short History of Nearly Everything, then you&amp;#039;ll love FUTURE RISING. Over the course of 14 billion years, humanity has gained the ability not only to imagine the future, but to design and engineer it. Entertaining and profound, Future Rising by Dr. Andrew Maynard, provides a highly original perspective on our relationship with the future. Written to be easy to pick up and hard to put down, Future Rising starts at the Big Bang and traces a pathway along the emergence of intelligent life, through what makes humans uniquely capable of creating different futures, to the profound responsibilities that this comes with. In a series of sixty short reflections, FUTURE RISING will take you on an often-startling journey into: What &amp;#039;the future&amp;#039; actually is, How it moulds our lives and How we can use history to change our future.</description>
      <author>Andrew Maynard</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Oct 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004007301.mp3" length="835368" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428437</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004007301.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428437">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428437</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Future Rising: A Journey from the Past to the Edge of Tomorrow
Author: Andrew Maynard
Narrator: Dan Mellins-Cohen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 44 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A Compelling Vision of the Future. If you enjoy nonfiction like Homo Deus, Sapiens, and A Short History of Nearly Everything, then you&amp;#039;ll love FUTURE RISING. Over the course of 14 billion years, humanity has gained the ability not only to imagine the future, but to design and engineer it. Entertaining and profound, Future Rising by Dr. Andrew Maynard, provides a highly original perspective on our relationship with the future. Written to be easy to pick up and hard to put down, Future Rising starts at the Big Bang and traces a pathway along the emergence of intelligent life, through what makes humans uniquely capable of creating different futures, to the profound responsibilities that this comes with. In a series of sixty short reflections, FUTURE RISING will take you on an often-startling journey into: What &amp;#039;the future&amp;#039; actually is, How it moulds our lives and How we can use history to change our future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428437">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428437</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Future Rising: A Journey from the Past to the Edge of Tomorrow
Author: Andrew Maynard
Narrator: Dan Mellins-Cohen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 44 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A Compelling Vision of the Future. If you enjoy nonfiction like Homo Deus, Sapiens, and A Short History of Nearly Everything, then you&amp;#039;ll love FUTURE RISING. Over the course of 14 billion years, humanity has gained the ability not only to imagine the future, but to design and engineer it. Entertaining and profound, Future Rising by Dr. Andrew Maynard, provides a highly original perspective on our relationship with the future. Written to be easy to pick up and hard to put down, Future Rising starts at the Big Bang and traces a pathway along the emergence of intelligent life, through what makes humans uniquely capable of creating different futures, to the profound responsibilities that this comes with. In a series of sixty short reflections, FUTURE RISING will take you on an often-startling journey into: What &amp;#039;the future&amp;#039; actually is, How it moulds our lives and How we can use history to change our future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The End of Gender: Debunking the Myths about Sex and Identity in Our Society by Debra Soh</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428266</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428266">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428266</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The End of Gender: Debunking the Myths about Sex and Identity in Our Society
Author: Debra Soh
Narrator: Debra Soh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 38 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.64 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
International sex researcher, neuroscientist, and columnist Debra Soh debunks popular gender myths in this scientific examination of the many facets of gender identity that “is not only eminently reasonable and beautifully-written, it is brave and vital” (Ben Shapiro, #1 New York Times bestselling author). Is our gender something we’re born with, or are we conditioned by society? In The End of Gender, neuroscientist and sexologist Dr. Debra Soh uses a research-based approach to address this hot-button topic, unmasking popular misconceptions about the nature vs. nurture debate and exploring what it means to be a woman or a man in today’s society.   Both scientific and objective, and drawing on original research and carefully conducted interviews, Soh tackles a wide range of issues, such as gender-neutral parenting, gender dysphoric children, and the neuroscience of being transgender. She debates today’s accepted notion that gender is a social construct and a spectrum, and challenges the idea that there is no difference between how male and female brains operate.   The End of Gender is conversation-starting “required reading” (Eric R. Weinstein, PhD, host of The Portal) that will arm you with the facts you need to come to your own conclusions about gender identity and its place in the world today.</description>
      <author>Debra Soh</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797115825.mp3" length="888637" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428266</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797115825.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428266">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428266</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The End of Gender: Debunking the Myths about Sex and Identity in Our Society
Author: Debra Soh
Narrator: Debra Soh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 38 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.64 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
International sex researcher, neuroscientist, and columnist Debra Soh debunks popular gender myths in this scientific examination of the many facets of gender identity that “is not only eminently reasonable and beautifully-written, it is brave and vital” (Ben Shapiro, #1 New York Times bestselling author). Is our gender something we’re born with, or are we conditioned by society? In The End of Gender, neuroscientist and sexologist Dr. Debra Soh uses a research-based approach to address this hot-button topic, unmasking popular misconceptions about the nature vs. nurture debate and exploring what it means to be a woman or a man in today’s society.   Both scientific and objective, and drawing on original research and carefully conducted interviews, Soh tackles a wide range of issues, such as gender-neutral parenting, gender dysphoric children, and the neuroscience of being transgender. She debates today’s accepted notion that gender is a social construct and a spectrum, and challenges the idea that there is no difference between how male and female brains operate.   The End of Gender is conversation-starting “required reading” (Eric R. Weinstein, PhD, host of The Portal) that will arm you with the facts you need to come to your own conclusions about gender identity and its place in the world today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428266">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428266</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The End of Gender: Debunking the Myths about Sex and Identity in Our Society
Author: Debra Soh
Narrator: Debra Soh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 38 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.64 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
International sex researcher, neuroscientist, and columnist Debra Soh debunks popular gender myths in this scientific examination of the many facets of gender identity that “is not only eminently reasonable and beautifully-written, it is brave and vital” (Ben Shapiro, #1 New York Times bestselling author). Is our gender something we’re born with, or are we conditioned by society? In The End of Gender, neuroscientist and sexologist Dr. Debra Soh uses a research-based approach to address this hot-button topic, unmasking popular misconceptions about the nature vs. nurture debate and exploring what it means to be a woman or a man in today’s society.   Both scientific and objective, and drawing on original research and carefully conducted interviews, Soh tackles a wide range of issues, such as gender-neutral parenting, gender dysphoric children, and the neuroscience of being transgender. She debates today’s accepted notion that gender is a social construct and a spectrum, and challenges the idea that there is no difference between how male and female brains operate.   The End of Gender is conversation-starting “required reading” (Eric R. Weinstein, PhD, host of The Portal) that will arm you with the facts you need to come to your own conclusions about gender identity and its place in the world today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Epigenetics Revolution: How Modern Biology is Rewriting Our Understanding of Genetics, Disease and Inheritance by Nessa Carey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428264</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428264">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428264</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Epigenetics Revolution: How Modern Biology is Rewriting Our Understanding of Genetics, Disease and Inheritance
Author: Nessa Carey
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 16 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Nessa Carey&amp;#039;s THE EPIGENETICS REVOLUTION looks at how modern biology is rewriting our understanding of genetics, disease and inheritance.   At the beginning of this century, enormous progress had been made in genetics. The Human Genome Project finished sequencing human DNA. It seemed it was only a matter of time until we had all the answers to the secrets of life on this planet. The cutting-edge of biology, however, is telling us we still don&amp;#039;t even know all the questions. The Epigenetics Revolution traces the thrilling path that epigenetics has taken over the last twenty years. Biologist Nessa Carey deftly explains such diverse phenomena as how queen bees control their colonies, why tortoiseshell cats are always female and why we age, develop disease and become addicted to drugs. Most excitingly, Carey reveals the amazing possibilities for humankind that epigenetics offers for us all. “A book that would have had Darwin swooning - anyone seriously interested in who we are and how we function should read this.”  GUARDIAN</description>
      <author>Nessa Carey</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Apr 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004007202.mp3" length="815045" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428264</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004007202.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428264">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428264</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Epigenetics Revolution: How Modern Biology is Rewriting Our Understanding of Genetics, Disease and Inheritance
Author: Nessa Carey
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 16 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Nessa Carey&amp;#039;s THE EPIGENETICS REVOLUTION looks at how modern biology is rewriting our understanding of genetics, disease and inheritance.   At the beginning of this century, enormous progress had been made in genetics. The Human Genome Project finished sequencing human DNA. It seemed it was only a matter of time until we had all the answers to the secrets of life on this planet. The cutting-edge of biology, however, is telling us we still don&amp;#039;t even know all the questions. The Epigenetics Revolution traces the thrilling path that epigenetics has taken over the last twenty years. Biologist Nessa Carey deftly explains such diverse phenomena as how queen bees control their colonies, why tortoiseshell cats are always female and why we age, develop disease and become addicted to drugs. Most excitingly, Carey reveals the amazing possibilities for humankind that epigenetics offers for us all. “A book that would have had Darwin swooning - anyone seriously interested in who we are and how we function should read this.”  GUARDIAN</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428264">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428264</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Epigenetics Revolution: How Modern Biology is Rewriting Our Understanding of Genetics, Disease and Inheritance
Author: Nessa Carey
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 16 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Nessa Carey&amp;#039;s THE EPIGENETICS REVOLUTION looks at how modern biology is rewriting our understanding of genetics, disease and inheritance.   At the beginning of this century, enormous progress had been made in genetics. The Human Genome Project finished sequencing human DNA. It seemed it was only a matter of time until we had all the answers to the secrets of life on this planet. The cutting-edge of biology, however, is telling us we still don&amp;#039;t even know all the questions. The Epigenetics Revolution traces the thrilling path that epigenetics has taken over the last twenty years. Biologist Nessa Carey deftly explains such diverse phenomena as how queen bees control their colonies, why tortoiseshell cats are always female and why we age, develop disease and become addicted to drugs. Most excitingly, Carey reveals the amazing possibilities for humankind that epigenetics offers for us all. “A book that would have had Darwin swooning - anyone seriously interested in who we are and how we function should read this.”  GUARDIAN</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Biohack Your Brain: How to Boost Cognitive Health, Performance &amp;amp; Power by Kristen Willeumier</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428203</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428203">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428203</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Biohack Your Brain: How to Boost Cognitive Health, Performance &amp;amp; Power
Author: Kristen Willeumier
Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 31 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A neuroscientist’s groundbreaking, science-driven plan for revitalizing, nourishing and rejuvenating your most essential asset—your brain. Your brain is the most essential organ in your body.  The brain and spinal cord are intimately connected to every bodily system and organ, so when it is balanced everything in your body and mind will function more efficiently.  It’s vitally important to take proactive steps now, or you risk losing everything, including your ability to think clearly, be creative, remember details, solve problems and retain your memory. In Biohack Your Brain, leading neuroscientist Dr. Kristen Willeumier reveals how you can change your brain by making simple and easy modifications to your lifestyle. Combining clinical experience with revolutionary science, she details how biohacking your brain can boost your cognitive performance and so much more. Dr. Willeumier’s essential guidebook shows you the most effective techniques to prevent memory loss and neurodegenerative disorders like Alzheimer’s disease—and even how to overcome negative thoughts and stress. Through research and case studies, you’ll learn how to upgrade your nutritional choices along with the effective use of supplements, brain games, and physical activity to overcome cognitive damage, whether it’s from previous injuries, such as a concussion or a bad fall or from the effects of living in modern day times. Dr. Willeumier shares her own story alongside those from the NFL players and other clients she has worked with to help you leverage the latest research to find personal solutions. Biohack Your Brain teaches you how to take better care of your brain, and also how to release excess weight, enhance your memory, increase your energy and vitality in order to create the best health and life possible.     Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Kristen Willeumier</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Dec 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062994356.mp3" length="1380603" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428203</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062994356.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428203">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428203</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Biohack Your Brain: How to Boost Cognitive Health, Performance &amp;amp; Power
Author: Kristen Willeumier
Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 31 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A neuroscientist’s groundbreaking, science-driven plan for revitalizing, nourishing and rejuvenating your most essential asset—your brain. Your brain is the most essential organ in your body.  The brain and spinal cord are intimately connected to every bodily system and organ, so when it is balanced everything in your body and mind will function more efficiently.  It’s vitally important to take proactive steps now, or you risk losing everything, including your ability to think clearly, be creative, remember details, solve problems and retain your memory. In Biohack Your Brain, leading neuroscientist Dr. Kristen Willeumier reveals how you can change your brain by making simple and easy modifications to your lifestyle. Combining clinical experience with revolutionary science, she details how biohacking your brain can boost your cognitive performance and so much more. Dr. Willeumier’s essential guidebook shows you the most effective techniques to prevent memory loss and neurodegenerative disorders like Alzheimer’s disease—and even how to overcome negative thoughts and stress. Through research and case studies, you’ll learn how to upgrade your nutritional choices along with the effective use of supplements, brain games, and physical activity to overcome cognitive damage, whether it’s from previous injuries, such as a concussion or a bad fall or from the effects of living in modern day times. Dr. Willeumier shares her own story alongside those from the NFL players and other clients she has worked with to help you leverage the latest research to find personal solutions. Biohack Your Brain teaches you how to take better care of your brain, and also how to release excess weight, enhance your memory, increase your energy and vitality in order to create the best health and life possible.     Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428203">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428203</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Biohack Your Brain: How to Boost Cognitive Health, Performance &amp;amp; Power
Author: Kristen Willeumier
Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 31 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A neuroscientist’s groundbreaking, science-driven plan for revitalizing, nourishing and rejuvenating your most essential asset—your brain. Your brain is the most essential organ in your body.  The brain and spinal cord are intimately connected to every bodily system and organ, so when it is balanced everything in your body and mind will function more efficiently.  It’s vitally important to take proactive steps now, or you risk losing everything, including your ability to think clearly, be creative, remember details, solve problems and retain your memory. In Biohack Your Brain, leading neuroscientist Dr. Kristen Willeumier reveals how you can change your brain by making simple and easy modifications to your lifestyle. Combining clinical experience with revolutionary science, she details how biohacking your brain can boost your cognitive performance and so much more. Dr. Willeumier’s essential guidebook shows you the most effective techniques to prevent memory loss and neurodegenerative disorders like Alzheimer’s disease—and even how to overcome negative thoughts and stress. Through research and case studies, you’ll learn how to upgrade your nutritional choices along with the effective use of supplements, brain games, and physical activity to overcome cognitive damage, whether it’s from previous injuries, such as a concussion or a bad fall or from the effects of living in modern day times. Dr. Willeumier shares her own story alongside those from the NFL players and other clients she has worked with to help you leverage the latest research to find personal solutions. Biohack Your Brain teaches you how to take better care of your brain, and also how to release excess weight, enhance your memory, increase your energy and vitality in order to create the best health and life possible.     Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Regenesis: How Synthetic Biology Will Reinvent Nature and Ourselves by George M. Church, Ed Regis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427077</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427077">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427077</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Regenesis: How Synthetic Biology Will Reinvent Nature and Ourselves
Author: George M. Church, Ed Regis
Narrator: Peter Lerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 47 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A Harvard biologist and master inventor explores how new biotechnologies will enable us to bring species back from the dead, unlock vast supplies of renewable energy, and extend human life. In Regenesis, George Church and science writer Ed Regis explore the possibilities of the emerging field of synthetic biology. Synthetic biology, in which living organisms are selectively altered by modifying substantial portions of their genomes, allows for the creation of entirely new species of organisms. These technologies—far from the out-of-control nightmare depicted in science fiction—have the power to improve human and animal health, increase our intelligence, enhance our memory, and even extend our life span. A breathtaking look at the potential of this world-changing technology, Regenesis is nothing less than a guide to the future of life.</description>
      <author>George M. Church, Ed Regis</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705229804.mp3" length="8409427" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427077</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705229804.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427077">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427077</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Regenesis: How Synthetic Biology Will Reinvent Nature and Ourselves
Author: George M. Church, Ed Regis
Narrator: Peter Lerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 47 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A Harvard biologist and master inventor explores how new biotechnologies will enable us to bring species back from the dead, unlock vast supplies of renewable energy, and extend human life. In Regenesis, George Church and science writer Ed Regis explore the possibilities of the emerging field of synthetic biology. Synthetic biology, in which living organisms are selectively altered by modifying substantial portions of their genomes, allows for the creation of entirely new species of organisms. These technologies—far from the out-of-control nightmare depicted in science fiction—have the power to improve human and animal health, increase our intelligence, enhance our memory, and even extend our life span. A breathtaking look at the potential of this world-changing technology, Regenesis is nothing less than a guide to the future of life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427077">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427077</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Regenesis: How Synthetic Biology Will Reinvent Nature and Ourselves
Author: George M. Church, Ed Regis
Narrator: Peter Lerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 47 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A Harvard biologist and master inventor explores how new biotechnologies will enable us to bring species back from the dead, unlock vast supplies of renewable energy, and extend human life. In Regenesis, George Church and science writer Ed Regis explore the possibilities of the emerging field of synthetic biology. Synthetic biology, in which living organisms are selectively altered by modifying substantial portions of their genomes, allows for the creation of entirely new species of organisms. These technologies—far from the out-of-control nightmare depicted in science fiction—have the power to improve human and animal health, increase our intelligence, enhance our memory, and even extend our life span. A breathtaking look at the potential of this world-changing technology, Regenesis is nothing less than a guide to the future of life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Systems Biology: A Very Short Introduction by Eberhard O. Voit</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427026</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427026">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427026</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Systems Biology: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Eberhard O. Voit
Narrator: Mike Lenz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 58 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Systems biology came about as growing numbers of engineers and scientists from other fields created algorithms which supported the analysis of biological data in incredible quantities. Whereas biologists of the past had been forced to study one item or aspect at a time, due to technical and biological limitations, it suddenly became possible to study biological phenomena within their natural contexts. This interdisciplinary field offers a holistic approach to interpreting these processes, and has been responsible for some of the most important developments in the science of human health and environmental sustainability. This Very Short Introduction outlines the exciting processes and possibilities in the new field of systems biology. Eberhard O. Voit describes how it enabled us to learn how intricately the expression of every gene is controlled, how signaling systems keep organisms running smoothly, and how complicated even the simplest cells are. He explores what this field is about, why it is needed, and how it will affect our understanding of life, particularly in the areas of personalized medicine, drug development, food and energy production, and sustainable stewardship of our environments.</description>
      <author>Eberhard O. Voit</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Jun 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705206607.mp3" length="8210712" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427026</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705206607.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427026">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427026</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Systems Biology: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Eberhard O. Voit
Narrator: Mike Lenz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 58 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Systems biology came about as growing numbers of engineers and scientists from other fields created algorithms which supported the analysis of biological data in incredible quantities. Whereas biologists of the past had been forced to study one item or aspect at a time, due to technical and biological limitations, it suddenly became possible to study biological phenomena within their natural contexts. This interdisciplinary field offers a holistic approach to interpreting these processes, and has been responsible for some of the most important developments in the science of human health and environmental sustainability. This Very Short Introduction outlines the exciting processes and possibilities in the new field of systems biology. Eberhard O. Voit describes how it enabled us to learn how intricately the expression of every gene is controlled, how signaling systems keep organisms running smoothly, and how complicated even the simplest cells are. He explores what this field is about, why it is needed, and how it will affect our understanding of life, particularly in the areas of personalized medicine, drug development, food and energy production, and sustainable stewardship of our environments.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427026">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427026</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Systems Biology: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Eberhard O. Voit
Narrator: Mike Lenz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 58 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Systems biology came about as growing numbers of engineers and scientists from other fields created algorithms which supported the analysis of biological data in incredible quantities. Whereas biologists of the past had been forced to study one item or aspect at a time, due to technical and biological limitations, it suddenly became possible to study biological phenomena within their natural contexts. This interdisciplinary field offers a holistic approach to interpreting these processes, and has been responsible for some of the most important developments in the science of human health and environmental sustainability. This Very Short Introduction outlines the exciting processes and possibilities in the new field of systems biology. Eberhard O. Voit describes how it enabled us to learn how intricately the expression of every gene is controlled, how signaling systems keep organisms running smoothly, and how complicated even the simplest cells are. He explores what this field is about, why it is needed, and how it will affect our understanding of life, particularly in the areas of personalized medicine, drug development, food and energy production, and sustainable stewardship of our environments.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Evolution: What Everyone Needs to Know by Robin Dunbar</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427024</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427024">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427024</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Evolution: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Robin Dunbar
Narrator: Bruce Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 54 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Evolution is one of the most important processes in life. It not only explains the detailed history of life on earth, but its scope also extends into many aspects of our own contemporary behavior—who we are and how we got to be here, our psychology, our cultures—and greatly impacts modern advancements in medicine and conservation biology. Perhaps its most important claim for science is its ability to provide an overarching framework that integrates the many life sciences into a single unified whole. Yet, evolution-evolutionary biology in particular-has been, and continues to be, regarded with suspicion by many. Understanding how and why evolution works, and what it can tell us, is perhaps the single most important contribution to the public perception of science. In this book, Robin Dunbar uses examples drawn from plant life, animals, and humans to illustrate these processes. Evolutionary science has important advantages. Most of science deals with the microscopic world that we cannot see and invariably have difficulty understanding, but evolution deals with the macro-world in which we live and move. That invariably makes it much easier for the lay audience to appreciate, understand, and enjoy.</description>
      <author>Robin Dunbar</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Aug 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705204849.mp3" length="8174869" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427024</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705204849.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427024">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427024</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Evolution: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Robin Dunbar
Narrator: Bruce Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 54 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Evolution is one of the most important processes in life. It not only explains the detailed history of life on earth, but its scope also extends into many aspects of our own contemporary behavior—who we are and how we got to be here, our psychology, our cultures—and greatly impacts modern advancements in medicine and conservation biology. Perhaps its most important claim for science is its ability to provide an overarching framework that integrates the many life sciences into a single unified whole. Yet, evolution-evolutionary biology in particular-has been, and continues to be, regarded with suspicion by many. Understanding how and why evolution works, and what it can tell us, is perhaps the single most important contribution to the public perception of science. In this book, Robin Dunbar uses examples drawn from plant life, animals, and humans to illustrate these processes. Evolutionary science has important advantages. Most of science deals with the microscopic world that we cannot see and invariably have difficulty understanding, but evolution deals with the macro-world in which we live and move. That invariably makes it much easier for the lay audience to appreciate, understand, and enjoy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427024">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427024</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Evolution: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Robin Dunbar
Narrator: Bruce Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 54 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Evolution is one of the most important processes in life. It not only explains the detailed history of life on earth, but its scope also extends into many aspects of our own contemporary behavior—who we are and how we got to be here, our psychology, our cultures—and greatly impacts modern advancements in medicine and conservation biology. Perhaps its most important claim for science is its ability to provide an overarching framework that integrates the many life sciences into a single unified whole. Yet, evolution-evolutionary biology in particular-has been, and continues to be, regarded with suspicion by many. Understanding how and why evolution works, and what it can tell us, is perhaps the single most important contribution to the public perception of science. In this book, Robin Dunbar uses examples drawn from plant life, animals, and humans to illustrate these processes. Evolutionary science has important advantages. Most of science deals with the microscopic world that we cannot see and invariably have difficulty understanding, but evolution deals with the macro-world in which we live and move. That invariably makes it much easier for the lay audience to appreciate, understand, and enjoy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Teaming With Microbes: The Organic Gardener&amp;#039;s Guide to the Soil Food Web by Wayne Lewis, Jeff Lowenfels</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426308</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426308">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426308</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Teaming With Microbes: The Organic Gardener&amp;#039;s Guide to the Soil Food Web
Author: Wayne Lewis, Jeff Lowenfels
Narrator: Chris Lutkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 7 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
When we use chemical fertilizers, we injure the microbial life that sustains plants and then become increasingly dependent on an arsenal of toxic substances. Teaming with Microbes offers an alternative to this vicious circle and details how to garden in a way that strengthens, rather than destroys, the soil food web. You’ll discover that healthy soil is teeming with life—not just earthworms and insects, but a staggering multitude of bacteria, fungi, and other microorganisms. This must-have guide is for everyone, from those devoted to organic gardening techniques to weekend gardeners who simply want to grow healthy plants without resorting to chemicals.</description>
      <author>Wayne Lewis, Jeff Lowenfels</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666551761.mp3" length="782636" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426308</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666551761.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426308">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426308</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Teaming With Microbes: The Organic Gardener&amp;#039;s Guide to the Soil Food Web
Author: Wayne Lewis, Jeff Lowenfels
Narrator: Chris Lutkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 7 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
When we use chemical fertilizers, we injure the microbial life that sustains plants and then become increasingly dependent on an arsenal of toxic substances. Teaming with Microbes offers an alternative to this vicious circle and details how to garden in a way that strengthens, rather than destroys, the soil food web. You’ll discover that healthy soil is teeming with life—not just earthworms and insects, but a staggering multitude of bacteria, fungi, and other microorganisms. This must-have guide is for everyone, from those devoted to organic gardening techniques to weekend gardeners who simply want to grow healthy plants without resorting to chemicals.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426308">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426308</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Teaming With Microbes: The Organic Gardener&amp;#039;s Guide to the Soil Food Web
Author: Wayne Lewis, Jeff Lowenfels
Narrator: Chris Lutkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 7 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
When we use chemical fertilizers, we injure the microbial life that sustains plants and then become increasingly dependent on an arsenal of toxic substances. Teaming with Microbes offers an alternative to this vicious circle and details how to garden in a way that strengthens, rather than destroys, the soil food web. You’ll discover that healthy soil is teeming with life—not just earthworms and insects, but a staggering multitude of bacteria, fungi, and other microorganisms. This must-have guide is for everyone, from those devoted to organic gardening techniques to weekend gardeners who simply want to grow healthy plants without resorting to chemicals.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Super Fly: The Unexpected Lives of the World&amp;#039;s Most Successful Insects by Jonathan Balcombe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426080</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426080">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426080</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Super Fly: The Unexpected Lives of the World&amp;#039;s Most Successful Insects
Author: Jonathan Balcombe
Narrator: Jonathan Balcombe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 41 minutes
Release date: May 25, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the National Outdoor Book Award for Natural History and a New York Times Editors Choice Pick &amp;#039;After reading Super Fly, you will never take a fly for granted again. Thank you, Jonathan Balcombe, for reminding us of the infinite marvels of everyday creatures.&amp;#039;   —Sy Montgomery, Author of How to Be a Good Creature From an expert in animal consciousness, a book that will turn the fly on the wall into the elephant in the room. For most of us, the only thing we know about flies is that they&amp;#039;re annoying, and our usual reaction is to try to kill them. In Super Fly, the myth-busting biologist Jonathan Balcombe shows the order Diptera in all of its diversity, illustrating the essential role that flies play in every ecosystem in the world as pollinators, waste-disposers, predators, and food source; and how flies continue to reshape our understanding of evolution. Along the way, he reintroduces us to familiar foes like the fruit fly and mosquito, and gives us the chance to meet their lesser-known cousins like the Petroleum Fly (the only animal in the world that breeds in crude oil) and the Chocolate Midge (the sole pollinator of the Cacao tree). No matter your outlook on our tiny buzzing neighbors, Super Fly will change the way you look at flies forever.  Jonathan Balcombe is the author of four books on animal sentience, including the New York Times bestselling What A Fish Knows, which was nominated for the PEN/E.O. Wilson Award for Science Writing. He has worked for years as a researcher and educator with the Humane society to show us the consciousness of other creatures, and here he takes us to the farthest reaches of the animal kingdom.</description>
      <author>Jonathan Balcombe</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 May 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593292013.mp3" length="2888071" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426080</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593292013.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426080">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426080</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Super Fly: The Unexpected Lives of the World&amp;#039;s Most Successful Insects
Author: Jonathan Balcombe
Narrator: Jonathan Balcombe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 41 minutes
Release date: May 25, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the National Outdoor Book Award for Natural History and a New York Times Editors Choice Pick &amp;#039;After reading Super Fly, you will never take a fly for granted again. Thank you, Jonathan Balcombe, for reminding us of the infinite marvels of everyday creatures.&amp;#039;   —Sy Montgomery, Author of How to Be a Good Creature From an expert in animal consciousness, a book that will turn the fly on the wall into the elephant in the room. For most of us, the only thing we know about flies is that they&amp;#039;re annoying, and our usual reaction is to try to kill them. In Super Fly, the myth-busting biologist Jonathan Balcombe shows the order Diptera in all of its diversity, illustrating the essential role that flies play in every ecosystem in the world as pollinators, waste-disposers, predators, and food source; and how flies continue to reshape our understanding of evolution. Along the way, he reintroduces us to familiar foes like the fruit fly and mosquito, and gives us the chance to meet their lesser-known cousins like the Petroleum Fly (the only animal in the world that breeds in crude oil) and the Chocolate Midge (the sole pollinator of the Cacao tree). No matter your outlook on our tiny buzzing neighbors, Super Fly will change the way you look at flies forever.  Jonathan Balcombe is the author of four books on animal sentience, including the New York Times bestselling What A Fish Knows, which was nominated for the PEN/E.O. Wilson Award for Science Writing. He has worked for years as a researcher and educator with the Humane society to show us the consciousness of other creatures, and here he takes us to the farthest reaches of the animal kingdom.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426080">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426080</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Super Fly: The Unexpected Lives of the World&amp;#039;s Most Successful Insects
Author: Jonathan Balcombe
Narrator: Jonathan Balcombe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 41 minutes
Release date: May 25, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the National Outdoor Book Award for Natural History and a New York Times Editors Choice Pick &amp;#039;After reading Super Fly, you will never take a fly for granted again. Thank you, Jonathan Balcombe, for reminding us of the infinite marvels of everyday creatures.&amp;#039;   —Sy Montgomery, Author of How to Be a Good Creature From an expert in animal consciousness, a book that will turn the fly on the wall into the elephant in the room. For most of us, the only thing we know about flies is that they&amp;#039;re annoying, and our usual reaction is to try to kill them. In Super Fly, the myth-busting biologist Jonathan Balcombe shows the order Diptera in all of its diversity, illustrating the essential role that flies play in every ecosystem in the world as pollinators, waste-disposers, predators, and food source; and how flies continue to reshape our understanding of evolution. Along the way, he reintroduces us to familiar foes like the fruit fly and mosquito, and gives us the chance to meet their lesser-known cousins like the Petroleum Fly (the only animal in the world that breeds in crude oil) and the Chocolate Midge (the sole pollinator of the Cacao tree). No matter your outlook on our tiny buzzing neighbors, Super Fly will change the way you look at flies forever.  Jonathan Balcombe is the author of four books on animal sentience, including the New York Times bestselling What A Fish Knows, which was nominated for the PEN/E.O. Wilson Award for Science Writing. He has worked for years as a researcher and educator with the Humane society to show us the consciousness of other creatures, and here he takes us to the farthest reaches of the animal kingdom.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Performance All the Way Down: Genes, Development, and Sexual Difference by Richard O. Prum</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424917</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424917">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424917</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Performance All the Way Down: Genes, Development, and Sexual Difference
Author: Richard O. Prum
Narrator: Graham Winton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 56 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2023
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The idea that gender is a performance—a tenet of queer feminist theory since the 1990s—has spread from college classrooms to popular culture. In Performance All the Way Down, MacArthur Fellow and Pulitzer Prize finalist Richard O. Prum brings gender performativity into conversation with genetics, development, and evolutionary biology, arguing that the sexual binary is not essential to human genes, chromosomes, or embryos. Our genomes are not blueprints, algorithms, or recipes for the physical representation of our personal sexual essences or fates. In accessible language, Prum shows that gene expression is a material action in the world, a performance through which individuals regulate and achieve their own becoming. Human development is a performative continuum from a fertilized egg to a complex adult with tissues and organs, neurological control, immune defenses, psychological mechanisms, gender, and sexual behavior. This complex hierarchy of self-enactment reflects the evolved agency of distinct genes, molecules, cells, and tissues. Sure to inspire a conversation, Performance All the Way Down is a book about biology for feminists, a book about feminist theory for biologists, and a book for anyone curious about how our sexual bodies grow.</description>
      <author>Richard O. Prum</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Dec 2023 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781980096047.mp3" length="1429271" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424917</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781980096047.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424917">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424917</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Performance All the Way Down: Genes, Development, and Sexual Difference
Author: Richard O. Prum
Narrator: Graham Winton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 56 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2023
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The idea that gender is a performance—a tenet of queer feminist theory since the 1990s—has spread from college classrooms to popular culture. In Performance All the Way Down, MacArthur Fellow and Pulitzer Prize finalist Richard O. Prum brings gender performativity into conversation with genetics, development, and evolutionary biology, arguing that the sexual binary is not essential to human genes, chromosomes, or embryos. Our genomes are not blueprints, algorithms, or recipes for the physical representation of our personal sexual essences or fates. In accessible language, Prum shows that gene expression is a material action in the world, a performance through which individuals regulate and achieve their own becoming. Human development is a performative continuum from a fertilized egg to a complex adult with tissues and organs, neurological control, immune defenses, psychological mechanisms, gender, and sexual behavior. This complex hierarchy of self-enactment reflects the evolved agency of distinct genes, molecules, cells, and tissues. Sure to inspire a conversation, Performance All the Way Down is a book about biology for feminists, a book about feminist theory for biologists, and a book for anyone curious about how our sexual bodies grow.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424917">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424917</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Performance All the Way Down: Genes, Development, and Sexual Difference
Author: Richard O. Prum
Narrator: Graham Winton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 56 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2023
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The idea that gender is a performance—a tenet of queer feminist theory since the 1990s—has spread from college classrooms to popular culture. In Performance All the Way Down, MacArthur Fellow and Pulitzer Prize finalist Richard O. Prum brings gender performativity into conversation with genetics, development, and evolutionary biology, arguing that the sexual binary is not essential to human genes, chromosomes, or embryos. Our genomes are not blueprints, algorithms, or recipes for the physical representation of our personal sexual essences or fates. In accessible language, Prum shows that gene expression is a material action in the world, a performance through which individuals regulate and achieve their own becoming. Human development is a performative continuum from a fertilized egg to a complex adult with tissues and organs, neurological control, immune defenses, psychological mechanisms, gender, and sexual behavior. This complex hierarchy of self-enactment reflects the evolved agency of distinct genes, molecules, cells, and tissues. Sure to inspire a conversation, Performance All the Way Down is a book about biology for feminists, a book about feminist theory for biologists, and a book for anyone curious about how our sexual bodies grow.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Pensar rápido, pensar despacio by Daniel Kahneman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423741</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423741">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423741</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Pensar rápido, pensar despacio
Author: Daniel Kahneman
Narrator: Humberto Solórzano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Un apasionante recorrido por el funcionamiento de la mente de la mano del padre de la psicología conductista y premio Nobel de Economía en 2002: Daniel Kahneman.  En Pensar rápido, pensar despacio, un éxito internacional, Kahneman nos ofrece una revolucionaria perspectiva del cerebro y explica los dos sistemas que modelan cómo pensamos. Daniel Kahneman, uno de los pensadores más importantes del mundo, recibió el premio Nobel de Economía por su trabajo pionero en psicología sobre el modelo racional de la toma de decisiones. Sus ideas han tenido un profundo impacto en campos tan diversos como la economía, la medicina o la política, pero hasta ahora no había reunido la obra de su vida en un libro.  En este libro Kahneman expone la extraordinaria capacidad (y también los errores y los sesgos) del pensamiento rápido, y revela la duradera influencia de las impresiones intuitivas sobre nuestro pensamiento y nuestra conducta. Toca muchos temas que nos afectan en el día a día: el impacto de la aversión a la pérdida y el exceso de confianza en las estrategias empresariales, la dificultad de predecir lo que nos hará felices en el futuro, el reto de enmarcar adecuadamente los riesgos en el trabajo y en el hogar, el profundo efecto de los sesgos cognitivos sobre todo lo que hacemos, desde jugar en la Bolsa hasta planificar las vacaciones; todo esto solo puede ser comprendido si entendemos el funcionamiento conjunto de los dos sistemas del cerebro a la hora de formular nuestros juicios y decisiones.  Al implicar al lector en una animada reflexión sobre cómo pensamos, Kahneman consigue revelar cuándo podemos confiar en nuestras intuiciones y cuándo no, y de qué modo podemos aprovechar los beneficios del pensamiento lento. Además, ofrece enseñanzas prácticas e iluminadoras sobre cómo se adoptan decisiones en la vida profesional o personal, y sobre cómo podemos usar distintas técnicas para protegernos de los fallos mentales que nos crean problemas. Pensar rápido, pensar despacio cambiará para siempre nuestra manera de pensar sobre cómo pensamos.  Reseñas: «Los más entusiastas lo comparan con Galileo y Darwin». El Mundo  «Considerado uno de los mejores libros de 2011 por The New York Times, The Economist o The Wall Street Journal, Kahneman revela cuándo debemos confiar en nuestras intuiciones para aprovechar los beneficios del pensamiento lento». El Economista</description>
      <author>Daniel Kahneman</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788417636548.mp3" length="1365824" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423741</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788417636548.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>21:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423741">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423741</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Pensar rápido, pensar despacio
Author: Daniel Kahneman
Narrator: Humberto Solórzano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Un apasionante recorrido por el funcionamiento de la mente de la mano del padre de la psicología conductista y premio Nobel de Economía en 2002: Daniel Kahneman.  En Pensar rápido, pensar despacio, un éxito internacional, Kahneman nos ofrece una revolucionaria perspectiva del cerebro y explica los dos sistemas que modelan cómo pensamos. Daniel Kahneman, uno de los pensadores más importantes del mundo, recibió el premio Nobel de Economía por su trabajo pionero en psicología sobre el modelo racional de la toma de decisiones. Sus ideas han tenido un profundo impacto en campos tan diversos como la economía, la medicina o la política, pero hasta ahora no había reunido la obra de su vida en un libro.  En este libro Kahneman expone la extraordinaria capacidad (y también los errores y los sesgos) del pensamiento rápido, y revela la duradera influencia de las impresiones intuitivas sobre nuestro pensamiento y nuestra conducta. Toca muchos temas que nos afectan en el día a día: el impacto de la aversión a la pérdida y el exceso de confianza en las estrategias empresariales, la dificultad de predecir lo que nos hará felices en el futuro, el reto de enmarcar adecuadamente los riesgos en el trabajo y en el hogar, el profundo efecto de los sesgos cognitivos sobre todo lo que hacemos, desde jugar en la Bolsa hasta planificar las vacaciones; todo esto solo puede ser comprendido si entendemos el funcionamiento conjunto de los dos sistemas del cerebro a la hora de formular nuestros juicios y decisiones.  Al implicar al lector en una animada reflexión sobre cómo pensamos, Kahneman consigue revelar cuándo podemos confiar en nuestras intuiciones y cuándo no, y de qué modo podemos aprovechar los beneficios del pensamiento lento. Además, ofrece enseñanzas prácticas e iluminadoras sobre cómo se adoptan decisiones en la vida profesional o personal, y sobre cómo podemos usar distintas técnicas para protegernos de los fallos mentales que nos crean problemas. Pensar rápido, pensar despacio cambiará para siempre nuestra manera de pensar sobre cómo pensamos.  Reseñas: «Los más entusiastas lo comparan con Galileo y Darwin». El Mundo  «Considerado uno de los mejores libros de 2011 por The New York Times, The Economist o The Wall Street Journal, Kahneman revela cuándo debemos confiar en nuestras intuiciones para aprovechar los beneficios del pensamiento lento». El Economista</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423741">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423741</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Pensar rápido, pensar despacio
Author: Daniel Kahneman
Narrator: Humberto Solórzano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Un apasionante recorrido por el funcionamiento de la mente de la mano del padre de la psicología conductista y premio Nobel de Economía en 2002: Daniel Kahneman.  En Pensar rápido, pensar despacio, un éxito internacional, Kahneman nos ofrece una revolucionaria perspectiva del cerebro y explica los dos sistemas que modelan cómo pensamos. Daniel Kahneman, uno de los pensadores más importantes del mundo, recibió el premio Nobel de Economía por su trabajo pionero en psicología sobre el modelo racional de la toma de decisiones. Sus ideas han tenido un profundo impacto en campos tan diversos como la economía, la medicina o la política, pero hasta ahora no había reunido la obra de su vida en un libro.  En este libro Kahneman expone la extraordinaria capacidad (y también los errores y los sesgos) del pensamiento rápido, y revela la duradera influencia de las impresiones intuitivas sobre nuestro pensamiento y nuestra conducta. Toca muchos temas que nos afectan en el día a día: el impacto de la aversión a la pérdida y el exceso de confianza en las estrategias empresariales, la dificultad de predecir lo que nos hará felices en el futuro, el reto de enmarcar adecuadamente los riesgos en el trabajo y en el hogar, el profundo efecto de los sesgos cognitivos sobre todo lo que hacemos, desde jugar en la Bolsa hasta planificar las vacaciones; todo esto solo puede ser comprendido si entendemos el funcionamiento conjunto de los dos sistemas del cerebro a la hora de formular nuestros juicios y decisiones.  Al implicar al lector en una animada reflexión sobre cómo pensamos, Kahneman consigue revelar cuándo podemos confiar en nuestras intuiciones y cuándo no, y de qué modo podemos aprovechar los beneficios del pensamiento lento. Además, ofrece enseñanzas prácticas e iluminadoras sobre cómo se adoptan decisiones en la vida profesional o personal, y sobre cómo podemos usar distintas técnicas para protegernos de los fallos mentales que nos crean problemas. Pensar rápido, pensar despacio cambiará para siempre nuestra manera de pensar sobre cómo pensamos.  Reseñas: «Los más entusiastas lo comparan con Galileo y Darwin». El Mundo  «Considerado uno de los mejores libros de 2011 por The New York Times, The Economist o The Wall Street Journal, Kahneman revela cuándo debemos confiar en nuestras intuiciones para aprovechar los beneficios del pensamiento lento». El Economista</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rethinking Evolution: The Revolution That&amp;#039;s Hiding in Plain Sight by Gene Levinson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423524</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423524">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423524</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rethinking Evolution: The Revolution That&amp;#039;s Hiding in Plain Sight
Author: Gene Levinson
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Rethinking Evolution links Darwin&amp;#039;s early insights to the molecular realm inside living cells. This updated evolutionary synthesis provides an accessible explanation for biological complexity that cuts through the confusion surrounding evolutionary theory in a practical way. In addition to a wide-ranging survey of proposed updates to the modern synthesis, this title provides extraordinary new insights including emergent evolutionary potential and the generative phenotype. Drawing on well-characterized empirical facts, Rethinking Evolution transcends classical Darwinian natural selection while retaining those core principles that have stood the test of time. The updated synthesis brings a broad spectrum of specialized research together to provide a more plausible naturalistic explanation for biological evolution than ever before. Perspectives ranging from the role of energy in the origin of life to the networks of protein-DNA interactions that govern multicellular development are woven together in a robust conceptual fabric consistent with 21st century cutting-edge research. Inspired in part by the surprising ways that DNA sequences change—such as his early discovery of a fundamental mispairing mechanism by which DNA sequences expand—and drawing on a career&amp;#039;s worth of experience both as a research scientist as well as a biology and chemistry tutor—the author provides an engaging account that is essential reading—both for the public awareness and understanding of the science of evolution and for students and professionals in the biomedical sciences.</description>
      <author>Gene Levinson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781949278767.mp3" length="1460128" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423524</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781949278767.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423524">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423524</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rethinking Evolution: The Revolution That&amp;#039;s Hiding in Plain Sight
Author: Gene Levinson
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Rethinking Evolution links Darwin&amp;#039;s early insights to the molecular realm inside living cells. This updated evolutionary synthesis provides an accessible explanation for biological complexity that cuts through the confusion surrounding evolutionary theory in a practical way. In addition to a wide-ranging survey of proposed updates to the modern synthesis, this title provides extraordinary new insights including emergent evolutionary potential and the generative phenotype. Drawing on well-characterized empirical facts, Rethinking Evolution transcends classical Darwinian natural selection while retaining those core principles that have stood the test of time. The updated synthesis brings a broad spectrum of specialized research together to provide a more plausible naturalistic explanation for biological evolution than ever before. Perspectives ranging from the role of energy in the origin of life to the networks of protein-DNA interactions that govern multicellular development are woven together in a robust conceptual fabric consistent with 21st century cutting-edge research. Inspired in part by the surprising ways that DNA sequences change—such as his early discovery of a fundamental mispairing mechanism by which DNA sequences expand—and drawing on a career&amp;#039;s worth of experience both as a research scientist as well as a biology and chemistry tutor—the author provides an engaging account that is essential reading—both for the public awareness and understanding of the science of evolution and for students and professionals in the biomedical sciences.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423524">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423524</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rethinking Evolution: The Revolution That&amp;#039;s Hiding in Plain Sight
Author: Gene Levinson
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Rethinking Evolution links Darwin&amp;#039;s early insights to the molecular realm inside living cells. This updated evolutionary synthesis provides an accessible explanation for biological complexity that cuts through the confusion surrounding evolutionary theory in a practical way. In addition to a wide-ranging survey of proposed updates to the modern synthesis, this title provides extraordinary new insights including emergent evolutionary potential and the generative phenotype. Drawing on well-characterized empirical facts, Rethinking Evolution transcends classical Darwinian natural selection while retaining those core principles that have stood the test of time. The updated synthesis brings a broad spectrum of specialized research together to provide a more plausible naturalistic explanation for biological evolution than ever before. Perspectives ranging from the role of energy in the origin of life to the networks of protein-DNA interactions that govern multicellular development are woven together in a robust conceptual fabric consistent with 21st century cutting-edge research. Inspired in part by the surprising ways that DNA sequences change—such as his early discovery of a fundamental mispairing mechanism by which DNA sequences expand—and drawing on a career&amp;#039;s worth of experience both as a research scientist as well as a biology and chemistry tutor—the author provides an engaging account that is essential reading—both for the public awareness and understanding of the science of evolution and for students and professionals in the biomedical sciences.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Age of Wood: Our Most Useful Material and the Construction of Civilization by Roland Ennos</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423400</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423400">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423400</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Age of Wood: Our Most Useful Material and the Construction of Civilization
Author: Roland Ennos
Narrator: Dennis Boutsikaris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 25 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A “smart and surprising” (Booklist) “expansive history” (Publishers Weekly) detailing the role that wood and trees have played in our global ecosystem—including human evolution and the rise and fall of empires—in the bestselling tradition of Yuval Harari’s Sapiens and Mark Kurlansky’s Salt. As the dominant species on Earth, humans have made astonishing progress since our ancestors came down from the trees. But how did the descendants of small primates manage to walk upright, become top predators, and populate the world? How were humans able to develop civilizations and produce a globalized economy? Now, in The Age of Wood, Roland Ennos shows for the first time that the key to our success has been our relationship with wood.   “A lively history of biology, mechanics, and culture that stretches back 60 million years” (Nature) The Age of Wood reinterprets human history and shows how our ability to exploit wood’s unique properties has profoundly shaped our bodies and minds, societies, and lives. Ennos takes us on a sweeping journey from Southeast Asia and West Africa where great apes swing among the trees, build nests, and fashion tools; to East Africa where hunter gatherers collected their food; to the structural design of wooden temples in China and Japan; and to Northern England, where archaeologists trace how coal enabled humans to build an industrial world. Addressing the effects of industrialization—including the use of fossil fuels and other energy-intensive materials to replace timber—The Age of Wood not only shows the essential role that trees play in the history and evolution of human existence, but also argues that for the benefit of our planet we must return to more traditional ways of growing, using, and understanding trees.   A brilliant blend of recent research and existing scientific knowledge, this is an “excellent, thorough history in an age of our increasingly fraught relationships with natural resources” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review).</description>
      <author>Roland Ennos</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Dec 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797114569.mp3" length="910154" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423400</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797114569.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423400">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423400</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Age of Wood: Our Most Useful Material and the Construction of Civilization
Author: Roland Ennos
Narrator: Dennis Boutsikaris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 25 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A “smart and surprising” (Booklist) “expansive history” (Publishers Weekly) detailing the role that wood and trees have played in our global ecosystem—including human evolution and the rise and fall of empires—in the bestselling tradition of Yuval Harari’s Sapiens and Mark Kurlansky’s Salt. As the dominant species on Earth, humans have made astonishing progress since our ancestors came down from the trees. But how did the descendants of small primates manage to walk upright, become top predators, and populate the world? How were humans able to develop civilizations and produce a globalized economy? Now, in The Age of Wood, Roland Ennos shows for the first time that the key to our success has been our relationship with wood.   “A lively history of biology, mechanics, and culture that stretches back 60 million years” (Nature) The Age of Wood reinterprets human history and shows how our ability to exploit wood’s unique properties has profoundly shaped our bodies and minds, societies, and lives. Ennos takes us on a sweeping journey from Southeast Asia and West Africa where great apes swing among the trees, build nests, and fashion tools; to East Africa where hunter gatherers collected their food; to the structural design of wooden temples in China and Japan; and to Northern England, where archaeologists trace how coal enabled humans to build an industrial world. Addressing the effects of industrialization—including the use of fossil fuels and other energy-intensive materials to replace timber—The Age of Wood not only shows the essential role that trees play in the history and evolution of human existence, but also argues that for the benefit of our planet we must return to more traditional ways of growing, using, and understanding trees.   A brilliant blend of recent research and existing scientific knowledge, this is an “excellent, thorough history in an age of our increasingly fraught relationships with natural resources” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423400">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423400</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Age of Wood: Our Most Useful Material and the Construction of Civilization
Author: Roland Ennos
Narrator: Dennis Boutsikaris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 25 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A “smart and surprising” (Booklist) “expansive history” (Publishers Weekly) detailing the role that wood and trees have played in our global ecosystem—including human evolution and the rise and fall of empires—in the bestselling tradition of Yuval Harari’s Sapiens and Mark Kurlansky’s Salt. As the dominant species on Earth, humans have made astonishing progress since our ancestors came down from the trees. But how did the descendants of small primates manage to walk upright, become top predators, and populate the world? How were humans able to develop civilizations and produce a globalized economy? Now, in The Age of Wood, Roland Ennos shows for the first time that the key to our success has been our relationship with wood.   “A lively history of biology, mechanics, and culture that stretches back 60 million years” (Nature) The Age of Wood reinterprets human history and shows how our ability to exploit wood’s unique properties has profoundly shaped our bodies and minds, societies, and lives. Ennos takes us on a sweeping journey from Southeast Asia and West Africa where great apes swing among the trees, build nests, and fashion tools; to East Africa where hunter gatherers collected their food; to the structural design of wooden temples in China and Japan; and to Northern England, where archaeologists trace how coal enabled humans to build an industrial world. Addressing the effects of industrialization—including the use of fossil fuels and other energy-intensive materials to replace timber—The Age of Wood not only shows the essential role that trees play in the history and evolution of human existence, but also argues that for the benefit of our planet we must return to more traditional ways of growing, using, and understanding trees.   A brilliant blend of recent research and existing scientific knowledge, this is an “excellent, thorough history in an age of our increasingly fraught relationships with natural resources” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Count Down: How Our Modern World Is Threatening Sperm Counts, Altering Male and Female Reproductive Development, and Imperiling the Future of the Human Race by Shanna H. Swan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423386</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423386">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423386</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Count Down: How Our Modern World Is Threatening Sperm Counts, Altering Male and Female Reproductive Development, and Imperiling the Future of the Human Race
Author: Shanna H. Swan
Narrator: Cynthia Farrell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 32 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In the tradition of Silent Spring and The Sixth Extinction, an urgent, “disturbing, empowering, and essential” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review) book about the ways in which chemicals in the modern environment are changing—and endangering—human sexuality and fertility on the grandest scale, from renowned epidemiologist Shanna Swan. In 2017, author Shanna Swan and her team of researchers completed a major study. They found that over the past four decades, sperm levels among men in Western countries have dropped by more than 50 percent. They came to this conclusion after examining 185 studies involving close to 45,000 healthy men. The result sent shockwaves around the globe—but the story didn’t end there. It turns out our sexual development is changing in broader ways, for both men and women and even other species, and that the modern world is on pace to become an infertile one.   How and why could this happen? What is hijacking our fertility and our health? Count Down unpacks these questions, revealing what Swan and other researchers have learned about how both lifestyle and chemical exposures are affecting our fertility, sexual development—potentially including the increase in gender fluidity—and general health as a species. Engagingly explaining the science and repercussions of these worldwide threats and providing simple and practical guidelines for effectively avoiding chemical goods (from water bottles to shaving cream) both as individuals and societies, Count Down is “staggering in its findings” (Erin Brockovich, The Guardian) and “will serve as an awakening” (The New York Times Book Review).</description>
      <author>Shanna H. Swan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Feb 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797114590.mp3" length="860666" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423386</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797114590.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423386">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423386</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Count Down: How Our Modern World Is Threatening Sperm Counts, Altering Male and Female Reproductive Development, and Imperiling the Future of the Human Race
Author: Shanna H. Swan
Narrator: Cynthia Farrell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 32 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In the tradition of Silent Spring and The Sixth Extinction, an urgent, “disturbing, empowering, and essential” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review) book about the ways in which chemicals in the modern environment are changing—and endangering—human sexuality and fertility on the grandest scale, from renowned epidemiologist Shanna Swan. In 2017, author Shanna Swan and her team of researchers completed a major study. They found that over the past four decades, sperm levels among men in Western countries have dropped by more than 50 percent. They came to this conclusion after examining 185 studies involving close to 45,000 healthy men. The result sent shockwaves around the globe—but the story didn’t end there. It turns out our sexual development is changing in broader ways, for both men and women and even other species, and that the modern world is on pace to become an infertile one.   How and why could this happen? What is hijacking our fertility and our health? Count Down unpacks these questions, revealing what Swan and other researchers have learned about how both lifestyle and chemical exposures are affecting our fertility, sexual development—potentially including the increase in gender fluidity—and general health as a species. Engagingly explaining the science and repercussions of these worldwide threats and providing simple and practical guidelines for effectively avoiding chemical goods (from water bottles to shaving cream) both as individuals and societies, Count Down is “staggering in its findings” (Erin Brockovich, The Guardian) and “will serve as an awakening” (The New York Times Book Review).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423386">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423386</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Count Down: How Our Modern World Is Threatening Sperm Counts, Altering Male and Female Reproductive Development, and Imperiling the Future of the Human Race
Author: Shanna H. Swan
Narrator: Cynthia Farrell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 32 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In the tradition of Silent Spring and The Sixth Extinction, an urgent, “disturbing, empowering, and essential” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review) book about the ways in which chemicals in the modern environment are changing—and endangering—human sexuality and fertility on the grandest scale, from renowned epidemiologist Shanna Swan. In 2017, author Shanna Swan and her team of researchers completed a major study. They found that over the past four decades, sperm levels among men in Western countries have dropped by more than 50 percent. They came to this conclusion after examining 185 studies involving close to 45,000 healthy men. The result sent shockwaves around the globe—but the story didn’t end there. It turns out our sexual development is changing in broader ways, for both men and women and even other species, and that the modern world is on pace to become an infertile one.   How and why could this happen? What is hijacking our fertility and our health? Count Down unpacks these questions, revealing what Swan and other researchers have learned about how both lifestyle and chemical exposures are affecting our fertility, sexual development—potentially including the increase in gender fluidity—and general health as a species. Engagingly explaining the science and repercussions of these worldwide threats and providing simple and practical guidelines for effectively avoiding chemical goods (from water bottles to shaving cream) both as individuals and societies, Count Down is “staggering in its findings” (Erin Brockovich, The Guardian) and “will serve as an awakening” (The New York Times Book Review).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In Their Element: How Chemistry Made the Modern World: A BBC Radio 4 Programme by Bbc Radio 4</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423291</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423291">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423291</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In Their Element: How Chemistry Made the Modern World: A BBC Radio 4 Programme
Author: Bbc Radio 4
Narrator: Full Cast
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 13 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Join world-leading scientists as they delve into the incredible stories behind 16 elements, including the dark and controversial history of gold; how a solar eclipse in 1868 led to the discovery of the periodic table&amp;#039;s most notorious escape artist, helium; the role of iron in the rise and fall of human civilisations; why you might find iodine in British milk, but not necessarily anywhere else in the world; and how a discovery in boiled urine led to the trade union movement and a chemical weapon. Far from being confined to a laboratory, In Their Element weaves chemistry back into our everyday lives. From the incredible power of lithium to our use and abuse of lead, to why carbon is the backbone of life, but silicone is the world&amp;#039;s crucial building block. We learn why fluorine is called &amp;#039;the tiger of chemistry&amp;#039;, how sodium might be the key to a new generation of painkillers, that mercury is integral to hundreds of years of scientific discoveries, and the extraordinary story of how the health impact of phosphorus on a group of Irish girls changed politics forever. In Their Element is a fascinating introduction to both the history of chemistry and a debate about the way we use raw materials in the modern world.  1 Mercury 2 Oxygen 3 Lithium 4 Carbon 5 Silicon 6 Lead 7 Phosphorus 8 Iodine 9 Fluorine 10 Iron 11 Sodium 12 Silver 13 Aluminium 14 Gold 15 Helium 16 Strontium</description>
      <author>Bbc Radio 4</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Nov 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529126792.mp3" length="1543978" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423291</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529126792.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423291">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423291</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In Their Element: How Chemistry Made the Modern World: A BBC Radio 4 Programme
Author: Bbc Radio 4
Narrator: Full Cast
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 13 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Join world-leading scientists as they delve into the incredible stories behind 16 elements, including the dark and controversial history of gold; how a solar eclipse in 1868 led to the discovery of the periodic table&amp;#039;s most notorious escape artist, helium; the role of iron in the rise and fall of human civilisations; why you might find iodine in British milk, but not necessarily anywhere else in the world; and how a discovery in boiled urine led to the trade union movement and a chemical weapon. Far from being confined to a laboratory, In Their Element weaves chemistry back into our everyday lives. From the incredible power of lithium to our use and abuse of lead, to why carbon is the backbone of life, but silicone is the world&amp;#039;s crucial building block. We learn why fluorine is called &amp;#039;the tiger of chemistry&amp;#039;, how sodium might be the key to a new generation of painkillers, that mercury is integral to hundreds of years of scientific discoveries, and the extraordinary story of how the health impact of phosphorus on a group of Irish girls changed politics forever. In Their Element is a fascinating introduction to both the history of chemistry and a debate about the way we use raw materials in the modern world.  1 Mercury 2 Oxygen 3 Lithium 4 Carbon 5 Silicon 6 Lead 7 Phosphorus 8 Iodine 9 Fluorine 10 Iron 11 Sodium 12 Silver 13 Aluminium 14 Gold 15 Helium 16 Strontium</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423291">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423291</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In Their Element: How Chemistry Made the Modern World: A BBC Radio 4 Programme
Author: Bbc Radio 4
Narrator: Full Cast
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 13 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Join world-leading scientists as they delve into the incredible stories behind 16 elements, including the dark and controversial history of gold; how a solar eclipse in 1868 led to the discovery of the periodic table&amp;#039;s most notorious escape artist, helium; the role of iron in the rise and fall of human civilisations; why you might find iodine in British milk, but not necessarily anywhere else in the world; and how a discovery in boiled urine led to the trade union movement and a chemical weapon. Far from being confined to a laboratory, In Their Element weaves chemistry back into our everyday lives. From the incredible power of lithium to our use and abuse of lead, to why carbon is the backbone of life, but silicone is the world&amp;#039;s crucial building block. We learn why fluorine is called &amp;#039;the tiger of chemistry&amp;#039;, how sodium might be the key to a new generation of painkillers, that mercury is integral to hundreds of years of scientific discoveries, and the extraordinary story of how the health impact of phosphorus on a group of Irish girls changed politics forever. In Their Element is a fascinating introduction to both the history of chemistry and a debate about the way we use raw materials in the modern world.  1 Mercury 2 Oxygen 3 Lithium 4 Carbon 5 Silicon 6 Lead 7 Phosphorus 8 Iodine 9 Fluorine 10 Iron 11 Sodium 12 Silver 13 Aluminium 14 Gold 15 Helium 16 Strontium</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Evolution for Everyone: How Darwin&amp;#039;s Theory Can Change the Way We Think About Our Lives by David Sloan Wilson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422867</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422867">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422867</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Evolution for Everyone: How Darwin&amp;#039;s Theory Can Change the Way We Think About Our Lives
Author: David Sloan Wilson
Narrator: René Ruiz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 57 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
With stories that entertain as much as they inform, renowned evolutionist David Sloan Wilson outlines the basic principles of evolution and shows how, when properly understood, they can illuminate the length and breadth of creation, from the origin of life to the nature of religion.  What is the biological reason for gossip? For laughter? For the creation of art? Why do dogs have curly tails? What can microbes tell us about morality?  These and  many other questions are tackled by Wilson in this  witty and groundbreaking new book. Now everyone can move beyond the sterile debates about creationism  and intelligent design to share Darwin’s panoramic view of animal and human life,  seamlessly connected to each other.  Evolution, as Wilson explains, is not just about  dinosaurs and human origins, but about why all species behave as they do—from beetles  that devour their own young, to bees that function as a collective brain, to dogs  that are smarter in some respects than our closest ape relatives. And basic evolutionary  principles are also the foundation for humanity’s capacity for symbolic thought,  culture, and morality.  In example after example, Wilson sheds new light on Darwin’ s grand theory and how it can be applied to daily life. By turns thoughtful, provocative,  and daringly funny, Evolution for Everyone addresses some of the deepest philosophical  and social issues of this or any age. In helping us come to a deeper understanding  of human beings and our place in the world, it might also help us to improve that  world.</description>
      <author>David Sloan Wilson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593340257.mp3" length="2909321" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422867</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593340257.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422867">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422867</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Evolution for Everyone: How Darwin&amp;#039;s Theory Can Change the Way We Think About Our Lives
Author: David Sloan Wilson
Narrator: René Ruiz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 57 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
With stories that entertain as much as they inform, renowned evolutionist David Sloan Wilson outlines the basic principles of evolution and shows how, when properly understood, they can illuminate the length and breadth of creation, from the origin of life to the nature of religion.  What is the biological reason for gossip? For laughter? For the creation of art? Why do dogs have curly tails? What can microbes tell us about morality?  These and  many other questions are tackled by Wilson in this  witty and groundbreaking new book. Now everyone can move beyond the sterile debates about creationism  and intelligent design to share Darwin’s panoramic view of animal and human life,  seamlessly connected to each other.  Evolution, as Wilson explains, is not just about  dinosaurs and human origins, but about why all species behave as they do—from beetles  that devour their own young, to bees that function as a collective brain, to dogs  that are smarter in some respects than our closest ape relatives. And basic evolutionary  principles are also the foundation for humanity’s capacity for symbolic thought,  culture, and morality.  In example after example, Wilson sheds new light on Darwin’ s grand theory and how it can be applied to daily life. By turns thoughtful, provocative,  and daringly funny, Evolution for Everyone addresses some of the deepest philosophical  and social issues of this or any age. In helping us come to a deeper understanding  of human beings and our place in the world, it might also help us to improve that  world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422867">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422867</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Evolution for Everyone: How Darwin&amp;#039;s Theory Can Change the Way We Think About Our Lives
Author: David Sloan Wilson
Narrator: René Ruiz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 57 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
With stories that entertain as much as they inform, renowned evolutionist David Sloan Wilson outlines the basic principles of evolution and shows how, when properly understood, they can illuminate the length and breadth of creation, from the origin of life to the nature of religion.  What is the biological reason for gossip? For laughter? For the creation of art? Why do dogs have curly tails? What can microbes tell us about morality?  These and  many other questions are tackled by Wilson in this  witty and groundbreaking new book. Now everyone can move beyond the sterile debates about creationism  and intelligent design to share Darwin’s panoramic view of animal and human life,  seamlessly connected to each other.  Evolution, as Wilson explains, is not just about  dinosaurs and human origins, but about why all species behave as they do—from beetles  that devour their own young, to bees that function as a collective brain, to dogs  that are smarter in some respects than our closest ape relatives. And basic evolutionary  principles are also the foundation for humanity’s capacity for symbolic thought,  culture, and morality.  In example after example, Wilson sheds new light on Darwin’ s grand theory and how it can be applied to daily life. By turns thoughtful, provocative,  and daringly funny, Evolution for Everyone addresses some of the deepest philosophical  and social issues of this or any age. In helping us come to a deeper understanding  of human beings and our place in the world, it might also help us to improve that  world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ancestors in Our Genome: The New Science of Human Evolution by Eugene E. Harris</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419520</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419520">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419520</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ancestors in Our Genome: The New Science of Human Evolution
Author: Eugene E. Harris
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 2 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In Ancestors in Our Genome, molecular anthropologist Eugene E. Harris presents us with a complete and up-to-date account of the evolution of the human genome and our species. Written from the perspective of population genetics, and in simple terms, the book traces human origins back to their source among our earliest human ancestors, and explains many of the most intriguing questions that genome scientists are currently working to answer. For example, what does the high level of discordance among the gene trees of humans and the African great apes tell us about our respective separations from our common ancestor? Was our separation from the apes fast or slow, and when and why did it occur? Where, when, and how did our modern species evolve? How do we search across genomes to find the genomic underpinnings of our large and complex brains and language abilities? How can we find the genomic bases for life at high altitudes, for lactose tolerance, resistance to disease, and for our different skin pigmentations? How and when did we interbreed with Neandertals and the recently discovered ancient Denisovans of Asia? Harris draws upon extensive experience researching primate evolution in order to deliver a lively and thorough history of human evolution.</description>
      <author>Eugene E. Harris</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705205020.mp3" length="8631470" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419520</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705205020.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419520">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419520</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ancestors in Our Genome: The New Science of Human Evolution
Author: Eugene E. Harris
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 2 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In Ancestors in Our Genome, molecular anthropologist Eugene E. Harris presents us with a complete and up-to-date account of the evolution of the human genome and our species. Written from the perspective of population genetics, and in simple terms, the book traces human origins back to their source among our earliest human ancestors, and explains many of the most intriguing questions that genome scientists are currently working to answer. For example, what does the high level of discordance among the gene trees of humans and the African great apes tell us about our respective separations from our common ancestor? Was our separation from the apes fast or slow, and when and why did it occur? Where, when, and how did our modern species evolve? How do we search across genomes to find the genomic underpinnings of our large and complex brains and language abilities? How can we find the genomic bases for life at high altitudes, for lactose tolerance, resistance to disease, and for our different skin pigmentations? How and when did we interbreed with Neandertals and the recently discovered ancient Denisovans of Asia? Harris draws upon extensive experience researching primate evolution in order to deliver a lively and thorough history of human evolution.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419520">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419520</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ancestors in Our Genome: The New Science of Human Evolution
Author: Eugene E. Harris
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 2 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In Ancestors in Our Genome, molecular anthropologist Eugene E. Harris presents us with a complete and up-to-date account of the evolution of the human genome and our species. Written from the perspective of population genetics, and in simple terms, the book traces human origins back to their source among our earliest human ancestors, and explains many of the most intriguing questions that genome scientists are currently working to answer. For example, what does the high level of discordance among the gene trees of humans and the African great apes tell us about our respective separations from our common ancestor? Was our separation from the apes fast or slow, and when and why did it occur? Where, when, and how did our modern species evolve? How do we search across genomes to find the genomic underpinnings of our large and complex brains and language abilities? How can we find the genomic bases for life at high altitudes, for lactose tolerance, resistance to disease, and for our different skin pigmentations? How and when did we interbreed with Neandertals and the recently discovered ancient Denisovans of Asia? Harris draws upon extensive experience researching primate evolution in order to deliver a lively and thorough history of human evolution.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Zoologist&amp;#039;s Guide to the Galaxy: What Animals on Earth Reveal about Aliens – and Ourselves by Arik Kershenbaum</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419371</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419371">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419371</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Zoologist&amp;#039;s Guide to the Galaxy: What Animals on Earth Reveal about Aliens – and Ourselves
Author: Arik Kershenbaum
Narrator: Samuel West
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 13 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. We are unprepared for the greatest discovery of modern science. Scientists are confident that there is alien life across the universe yet we have not moved beyond our perception of &amp;#039;aliens&amp;#039; as Hollywood stereotypes. The time has come to abandon our fixation on alien monsters and place our expectations on solid scientific footing. Using his own expert understanding of life on Earth and Darwin&amp;#039;s theory of evolution - which applies throughout the universe - Cambridge zoologist Dr Arik Kershenbaum explains what alien life must be like. Observing fishes whose electrical pulses indicate social status, we can see that conditions on other planets might allow for communication by electricity. As there was evolutionary pressure to wriggle along a sea floor, Earthling animals tend to have left/right symmetry; on planets where creatures evolved mid-air or in soupy tar - to be ready to move in any or multiple directions - they might be lacking any symmetry at all. Dr Kershenbaum uses cutting-edge science to paint an entertaining and compelling picture of extra-terrestrial life. Moreover, as The Zoologist&amp;#039;s Guide to the Galaxy is the story of communication, intelligence, cooperation and technology, on Earth and in space, we see how life really works - and what it means to be human. © Arik Kershenbaum (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>Arik Kershenbaum</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241468265.mp3" length="1228579" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419371</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241468265.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419371">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419371</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Zoologist&amp;#039;s Guide to the Galaxy: What Animals on Earth Reveal about Aliens – and Ourselves
Author: Arik Kershenbaum
Narrator: Samuel West
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 13 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. We are unprepared for the greatest discovery of modern science. Scientists are confident that there is alien life across the universe yet we have not moved beyond our perception of &amp;#039;aliens&amp;#039; as Hollywood stereotypes. The time has come to abandon our fixation on alien monsters and place our expectations on solid scientific footing. Using his own expert understanding of life on Earth and Darwin&amp;#039;s theory of evolution - which applies throughout the universe - Cambridge zoologist Dr Arik Kershenbaum explains what alien life must be like. Observing fishes whose electrical pulses indicate social status, we can see that conditions on other planets might allow for communication by electricity. As there was evolutionary pressure to wriggle along a sea floor, Earthling animals tend to have left/right symmetry; on planets where creatures evolved mid-air or in soupy tar - to be ready to move in any or multiple directions - they might be lacking any symmetry at all. Dr Kershenbaum uses cutting-edge science to paint an entertaining and compelling picture of extra-terrestrial life. Moreover, as The Zoologist&amp;#039;s Guide to the Galaxy is the story of communication, intelligence, cooperation and technology, on Earth and in space, we see how life really works - and what it means to be human. © Arik Kershenbaum (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419371">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419371</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Zoologist&amp;#039;s Guide to the Galaxy: What Animals on Earth Reveal about Aliens – and Ourselves
Author: Arik Kershenbaum
Narrator: Samuel West
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 13 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. We are unprepared for the greatest discovery of modern science. Scientists are confident that there is alien life across the universe yet we have not moved beyond our perception of &amp;#039;aliens&amp;#039; as Hollywood stereotypes. The time has come to abandon our fixation on alien monsters and place our expectations on solid scientific footing. Using his own expert understanding of life on Earth and Darwin&amp;#039;s theory of evolution - which applies throughout the universe - Cambridge zoologist Dr Arik Kershenbaum explains what alien life must be like. Observing fishes whose electrical pulses indicate social status, we can see that conditions on other planets might allow for communication by electricity. As there was evolutionary pressure to wriggle along a sea floor, Earthling animals tend to have left/right symmetry; on planets where creatures evolved mid-air or in soupy tar - to be ready to move in any or multiple directions - they might be lacking any symmetry at all. Dr Kershenbaum uses cutting-edge science to paint an entertaining and compelling picture of extra-terrestrial life. Moreover, as The Zoologist&amp;#039;s Guide to the Galaxy is the story of communication, intelligence, cooperation and technology, on Earth and in space, we see how life really works - and what it means to be human. © Arik Kershenbaum (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Decoding the World: A Roadmap for the Questioner by Po Bronson, Arvind Gupta</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419232</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419232">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419232</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Decoding the World: A Roadmap for the Questioner
Author: Po Bronson, Arvind Gupta
Narrator: Arvind Gupta, Po Bronson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 18 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Find out where our world is headed with this dazzling first-hand account of inventing the future from the #1 New York Times bestselling author of What Should I Do With My Life? and the founder of science accelerator IndieBio. Decoding the World is a buddy adventure about the quest to live meaningfully in a world with such uncertainty. It starts with Po Bronson coming to IndieBio.  Arvind Gupta created IndieBio as a laboratory for early biotech startups trying to solve major world problems. Glaciers melting. Dying bees. Infertility. Cancer. Ocean plastic. Pandemics. Arvind is the fearless one, a radical experimentalist. Po is the studious detective, patiently synthesizing clues others have missed. Their styles mix and create a quadratic speedup of creativity. Yin and Yang crystallized.  As they travel around the world, finding scientists to join their cause, the authors bring their firsthand experience to the great mysteries that haunt our future. Natural resource depletion. Job-taking robots. China&amp;#039;s global influence. Arvind feels he needs to leave IndieBio to help startups do more than just get started. But as his departure draws near, he struggles to leave the sanctum he created. While Po has to prove he can keep the &amp;#039;indie&amp;#039; in IndieBio after Arvind is gone.  After looking through their lens, you&amp;#039;ll never see the world the same.</description>
      <author>Po Bronson, Arvind Gupta</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549184345.mp3" length="859895" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419232</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549184345.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419232">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419232</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Decoding the World: A Roadmap for the Questioner
Author: Po Bronson, Arvind Gupta
Narrator: Arvind Gupta, Po Bronson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 18 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Find out where our world is headed with this dazzling first-hand account of inventing the future from the #1 New York Times bestselling author of What Should I Do With My Life? and the founder of science accelerator IndieBio. Decoding the World is a buddy adventure about the quest to live meaningfully in a world with such uncertainty. It starts with Po Bronson coming to IndieBio.  Arvind Gupta created IndieBio as a laboratory for early biotech startups trying to solve major world problems. Glaciers melting. Dying bees. Infertility. Cancer. Ocean plastic. Pandemics. Arvind is the fearless one, a radical experimentalist. Po is the studious detective, patiently synthesizing clues others have missed. Their styles mix and create a quadratic speedup of creativity. Yin and Yang crystallized.  As they travel around the world, finding scientists to join their cause, the authors bring their firsthand experience to the great mysteries that haunt our future. Natural resource depletion. Job-taking robots. China&amp;#039;s global influence. Arvind feels he needs to leave IndieBio to help startups do more than just get started. But as his departure draws near, he struggles to leave the sanctum he created. While Po has to prove he can keep the &amp;#039;indie&amp;#039; in IndieBio after Arvind is gone.  After looking through their lens, you&amp;#039;ll never see the world the same.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419232">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419232</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Decoding the World: A Roadmap for the Questioner
Author: Po Bronson, Arvind Gupta
Narrator: Arvind Gupta, Po Bronson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 18 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Find out where our world is headed with this dazzling first-hand account of inventing the future from the #1 New York Times bestselling author of What Should I Do With My Life? and the founder of science accelerator IndieBio. Decoding the World is a buddy adventure about the quest to live meaningfully in a world with such uncertainty. It starts with Po Bronson coming to IndieBio.  Arvind Gupta created IndieBio as a laboratory for early biotech startups trying to solve major world problems. Glaciers melting. Dying bees. Infertility. Cancer. Ocean plastic. Pandemics. Arvind is the fearless one, a radical experimentalist. Po is the studious detective, patiently synthesizing clues others have missed. Their styles mix and create a quadratic speedup of creativity. Yin and Yang crystallized.  As they travel around the world, finding scientists to join their cause, the authors bring their firsthand experience to the great mysteries that haunt our future. Natural resource depletion. Job-taking robots. China&amp;#039;s global influence. Arvind feels he needs to leave IndieBio to help startups do more than just get started. But as his departure draws near, he struggles to leave the sanctum he created. While Po has to prove he can keep the &amp;#039;indie&amp;#039; in IndieBio after Arvind is gone.  After looking through their lens, you&amp;#039;ll never see the world the same.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sperm Wars: Infidelity, Sexual Conflict, and Other Bedroom Battles by Robin Baker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419214</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sperm Wars: Infidelity, Sexual Conflict, and Other Bedroom Battles
Author: Robin Baker
Narrator: Jessica Wolf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 14 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
This classic work on the rules of sex -- updated for a new generation -- is still as provocative as the day it was published, providing simple explanations for any and all questions about what happens in the bedroom. Sex isn&amp;#039;t as complicated as we make it. In Sperm Wars, evolutionary biologist Robin Baker argues that every question about human sexuality can be explained by one simple thing: sperm warfare. In the interest of promoting competition between sperm to fertilize the same egg, evolution has built men to conquer and monopolize women while women are built to seek the best genetic input on offer from potential sexual partners.  Baker reveals, through a series of provocative fictional scene, the far-reaching implications of sperm competition. 10% of children are not fathered by their &amp;#039;fathers;&amp;#039; over 99% of a man&amp;#039;s sperm exists simply to fight off all other men&amp;#039;s sperm; and a woman is far more likely to conceive through a casual fling than through sex with her regular partner.  From infidelity, to homosexuality, to the female orgasm, Sperm Wars turns on every light in the bedroom. Now with new material reflecting the latest research on sperm warfare, this milestone of popular science will still surprise, entertain, and even shock.</description>
      <author>Robin Baker</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549105104.mp3" length="841416" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419214</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549105104.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sperm Wars: Infidelity, Sexual Conflict, and Other Bedroom Battles
Author: Robin Baker
Narrator: Jessica Wolf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 14 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
This classic work on the rules of sex -- updated for a new generation -- is still as provocative as the day it was published, providing simple explanations for any and all questions about what happens in the bedroom. Sex isn&amp;#039;t as complicated as we make it. In Sperm Wars, evolutionary biologist Robin Baker argues that every question about human sexuality can be explained by one simple thing: sperm warfare. In the interest of promoting competition between sperm to fertilize the same egg, evolution has built men to conquer and monopolize women while women are built to seek the best genetic input on offer from potential sexual partners.  Baker reveals, through a series of provocative fictional scene, the far-reaching implications of sperm competition. 10% of children are not fathered by their &amp;#039;fathers;&amp;#039; over 99% of a man&amp;#039;s sperm exists simply to fight off all other men&amp;#039;s sperm; and a woman is far more likely to conceive through a casual fling than through sex with her regular partner.  From infidelity, to homosexuality, to the female orgasm, Sperm Wars turns on every light in the bedroom. Now with new material reflecting the latest research on sperm warfare, this milestone of popular science will still surprise, entertain, and even shock.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sperm Wars: Infidelity, Sexual Conflict, and Other Bedroom Battles
Author: Robin Baker
Narrator: Jessica Wolf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 14 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
This classic work on the rules of sex -- updated for a new generation -- is still as provocative as the day it was published, providing simple explanations for any and all questions about what happens in the bedroom. Sex isn&amp;#039;t as complicated as we make it. In Sperm Wars, evolutionary biologist Robin Baker argues that every question about human sexuality can be explained by one simple thing: sperm warfare. In the interest of promoting competition between sperm to fertilize the same egg, evolution has built men to conquer and monopolize women while women are built to seek the best genetic input on offer from potential sexual partners.  Baker reveals, through a series of provocative fictional scene, the far-reaching implications of sperm competition. 10% of children are not fathered by their &amp;#039;fathers;&amp;#039; over 99% of a man&amp;#039;s sperm exists simply to fight off all other men&amp;#039;s sperm; and a woman is far more likely to conceive through a casual fling than through sex with her regular partner.  From infidelity, to homosexuality, to the female orgasm, Sperm Wars turns on every light in the bedroom. Now with new material reflecting the latest research on sperm warfare, this milestone of popular science will still surprise, entertain, and even shock.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Junk DNA: A Journey Through the Dark Matter of the Genome by Nessa Carey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419202</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419202">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419202</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Junk DNA: A Journey Through the Dark Matter of the Genome
Author: Nessa Carey
Narrator: Nano Nagle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of the acclaimed The Epigenetics Revolution comes another thrilling exploration of the cutting edge of human science. For decades after the structure of DNA was identified, scientists focused purely on genes, the regions of the genome that contain codes for the production of proteins. Other regions – 98% of the human genome – were dismissed as ‘junk&amp;#039;. But in recent years researchers have discovered that variations in this ‘junk&amp;#039; DNA underlie many previously intractable diseases, and they can now generate new approaches to tackling them. Nessa Carey explores the incredible story behind a controversy that has generated unusually vituperative public exchanges between scientists. She shows how junk DNA plays an important role in areas as diverse as genetic diseases, viral infections, sex determination in mammals, human biological complexity, disease treatments, even evolution itself – and reveals how we are only now truly unlocking its secrets, more than half a century after Crick and Watson won their Nobel prize for the discovery of the structure of DNA in 1962. “A cutting-edge, exhaustive guide to the rapidly changing, ever-more mysterious genome” -NEW SCIENTIST</description>
      <author>Nessa Carey</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 May 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004000807.mp3" length="842726" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419202</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004000807.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419202">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419202</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Junk DNA: A Journey Through the Dark Matter of the Genome
Author: Nessa Carey
Narrator: Nano Nagle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of the acclaimed The Epigenetics Revolution comes another thrilling exploration of the cutting edge of human science. For decades after the structure of DNA was identified, scientists focused purely on genes, the regions of the genome that contain codes for the production of proteins. Other regions – 98% of the human genome – were dismissed as ‘junk&amp;#039;. But in recent years researchers have discovered that variations in this ‘junk&amp;#039; DNA underlie many previously intractable diseases, and they can now generate new approaches to tackling them. Nessa Carey explores the incredible story behind a controversy that has generated unusually vituperative public exchanges between scientists. She shows how junk DNA plays an important role in areas as diverse as genetic diseases, viral infections, sex determination in mammals, human biological complexity, disease treatments, even evolution itself – and reveals how we are only now truly unlocking its secrets, more than half a century after Crick and Watson won their Nobel prize for the discovery of the structure of DNA in 1962. “A cutting-edge, exhaustive guide to the rapidly changing, ever-more mysterious genome” -NEW SCIENTIST</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419202">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419202</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Junk DNA: A Journey Through the Dark Matter of the Genome
Author: Nessa Carey
Narrator: Nano Nagle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of the acclaimed The Epigenetics Revolution comes another thrilling exploration of the cutting edge of human science. For decades after the structure of DNA was identified, scientists focused purely on genes, the regions of the genome that contain codes for the production of proteins. Other regions – 98% of the human genome – were dismissed as ‘junk&amp;#039;. But in recent years researchers have discovered that variations in this ‘junk&amp;#039; DNA underlie many previously intractable diseases, and they can now generate new approaches to tackling them. Nessa Carey explores the incredible story behind a controversy that has generated unusually vituperative public exchanges between scientists. She shows how junk DNA plays an important role in areas as diverse as genetic diseases, viral infections, sex determination in mammals, human biological complexity, disease treatments, even evolution itself – and reveals how we are only now truly unlocking its secrets, more than half a century after Crick and Watson won their Nobel prize for the discovery of the structure of DNA in 1962. “A cutting-edge, exhaustive guide to the rapidly changing, ever-more mysterious genome” -NEW SCIENTIST</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fast Asleep: Improve Brain Function, Lose Weight, Boost Your Mood, Reduce Stress, and Become a Better Sleeper by Dr Michael Mosley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419149</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419149">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419149</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fast Asleep: Improve Brain Function, Lose Weight, Boost Your Mood, Reduce Stress, and Become a Better Sleeper
Author: Dr Michael Mosley
Narrator: Dr Michael Mosley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The #1 New York Times bestselling author of The FastDiet and “one of the world’s leading journalists covering nutrition and health” (Dr. Valter Longo, director of the University of Southern California Longevity Institute) presents a “well written, well researched, and very practical” (Dr. Tim Spector, professor at Kings College, London) science-based sleep program designed to improve brain function, support weight loss, boost your mood, and reduce stress. Getting a good night’s sleep is everyone’s daily goal. After all, it reduces your risk of depression, helps you fight chronic disease, improves your memory, and it just plain feels good. But why is it that so many of us struggle to get the necessary seven to eight hours a night?   In Fast Asleep, Dr. Michael Mosley brings together the latest, groundbreaking science to explain exactly why it is so important that we regularly get enough sleep. Prone to insomnia, he has taken part in numerous sleep experiments and tested every sleep remedy. Combining personal insight and in-depth research, he explains why so many of us struggle with sleep, what works and what doesn’t, and shares his own myth-busting program to help you achieve a good night’s rest.   Filled with fascinating case studies, fifty delicious, sleep-promoting recipes, and more, Fast Asleep is a complete resource that offers a range of tools for combating fatigue and tiredness. Simple, effective, and life-changing, this book explores the science of dreaming, explains why gut health and meal times matter, and reveals tips and tricks to help you not just to sleep better, but to reduce stress levels and feel happier and healthier in general.</description>
      <author>Dr Michael Mosley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797112947.mp3" length="840437" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419149</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797112947.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419149">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419149</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fast Asleep: Improve Brain Function, Lose Weight, Boost Your Mood, Reduce Stress, and Become a Better Sleeper
Author: Dr Michael Mosley
Narrator: Dr Michael Mosley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The #1 New York Times bestselling author of The FastDiet and “one of the world’s leading journalists covering nutrition and health” (Dr. Valter Longo, director of the University of Southern California Longevity Institute) presents a “well written, well researched, and very practical” (Dr. Tim Spector, professor at Kings College, London) science-based sleep program designed to improve brain function, support weight loss, boost your mood, and reduce stress. Getting a good night’s sleep is everyone’s daily goal. After all, it reduces your risk of depression, helps you fight chronic disease, improves your memory, and it just plain feels good. But why is it that so many of us struggle to get the necessary seven to eight hours a night?   In Fast Asleep, Dr. Michael Mosley brings together the latest, groundbreaking science to explain exactly why it is so important that we regularly get enough sleep. Prone to insomnia, he has taken part in numerous sleep experiments and tested every sleep remedy. Combining personal insight and in-depth research, he explains why so many of us struggle with sleep, what works and what doesn’t, and shares his own myth-busting program to help you achieve a good night’s rest.   Filled with fascinating case studies, fifty delicious, sleep-promoting recipes, and more, Fast Asleep is a complete resource that offers a range of tools for combating fatigue and tiredness. Simple, effective, and life-changing, this book explores the science of dreaming, explains why gut health and meal times matter, and reveals tips and tricks to help you not just to sleep better, but to reduce stress levels and feel happier and healthier in general.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419149">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419149</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fast Asleep: Improve Brain Function, Lose Weight, Boost Your Mood, Reduce Stress, and Become a Better Sleeper
Author: Dr Michael Mosley
Narrator: Dr Michael Mosley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The #1 New York Times bestselling author of The FastDiet and “one of the world’s leading journalists covering nutrition and health” (Dr. Valter Longo, director of the University of Southern California Longevity Institute) presents a “well written, well researched, and very practical” (Dr. Tim Spector, professor at Kings College, London) science-based sleep program designed to improve brain function, support weight loss, boost your mood, and reduce stress. Getting a good night’s sleep is everyone’s daily goal. After all, it reduces your risk of depression, helps you fight chronic disease, improves your memory, and it just plain feels good. But why is it that so many of us struggle to get the necessary seven to eight hours a night?   In Fast Asleep, Dr. Michael Mosley brings together the latest, groundbreaking science to explain exactly why it is so important that we regularly get enough sleep. Prone to insomnia, he has taken part in numerous sleep experiments and tested every sleep remedy. Combining personal insight and in-depth research, he explains why so many of us struggle with sleep, what works and what doesn’t, and shares his own myth-busting program to help you achieve a good night’s rest.   Filled with fascinating case studies, fifty delicious, sleep-promoting recipes, and more, Fast Asleep is a complete resource that offers a range of tools for combating fatigue and tiredness. Simple, effective, and life-changing, this book explores the science of dreaming, explains why gut health and meal times matter, and reveals tips and tricks to help you not just to sleep better, but to reduce stress levels and feel happier and healthier in general.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Nervous Systems: Brain Science in the Early Cold War by Andreas Killen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415752</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415752">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415752</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nervous Systems: Brain Science in the Early Cold War
Author: Andreas Killen
Narrator: Graham Halstead
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this eye-opening chronicle of scientific research on the brain in the early Cold War era, the acclaimed historian Andreas Killen traces the complex circumstances surrounding the genesis of our present-day fascination with this organ. The 1950s were a transformative, even revolutionary decade in the history of brain science. Using new techniques for probing brain activity and function, researchers in neurosurgery, psychiatry, and psychology achieved dramatic breakthroughs in the treatment of illnesses like epilepsy and schizophrenia, as well as the understanding of such faculties as memory and perception. Memory was the site of particularly startling discoveries. As one researcher wrote to another in the middle of that decade, “Memory was the sleeping beauty of the brain—and now she is awake.” Collectively, these advances prefigured the emergence of the field of neuroscience at the end of the twentieth century. But the 1950s also marked the beginning of the Cold War and a period of transformative social change across Western society. These developments resulted in unease and paranoia. Mysterious new afflictions—none more mystifying than “brainwashing”—also appeared at this time. Faced with the discovery that, as one leading psychiatrist put it, “the human personality is not as stable as we often assume,” many researchers in the sciences of brain and behavior joined the effort to understand these conditions. They devised ingenious and sometimes transgressive experimental methods for studying and proposing countermeasures to the problem of Communist mind control. Some of these procedures took on a strange life of their own, escaping the confines of the research lab to become part of 1960s counterculture. Much later, in the early 2000s, they resurfaced in the War on Terror. These stories, often told separately, are brought together by the historian Andreas Killen in this chronicle of the brain’s mid-twentieth-century emergence as both a new research frontier and an organ whose integrity and capacities—especially that of memory—were imagined as uniquely imperiled in the 1950s. Nervous Systems explores the anxious context in which the mid-century sciences of the brain took shape and reveals the deeply ambivalent history that lies behind our contemporary understanding of this organ.</description>
      <author>Andreas Killen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Mar 2023 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063033948.mp3" length="1453809" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415752</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063033948.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415752">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415752</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nervous Systems: Brain Science in the Early Cold War
Author: Andreas Killen
Narrator: Graham Halstead
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this eye-opening chronicle of scientific research on the brain in the early Cold War era, the acclaimed historian Andreas Killen traces the complex circumstances surrounding the genesis of our present-day fascination with this organ. The 1950s were a transformative, even revolutionary decade in the history of brain science. Using new techniques for probing brain activity and function, researchers in neurosurgery, psychiatry, and psychology achieved dramatic breakthroughs in the treatment of illnesses like epilepsy and schizophrenia, as well as the understanding of such faculties as memory and perception. Memory was the site of particularly startling discoveries. As one researcher wrote to another in the middle of that decade, “Memory was the sleeping beauty of the brain—and now she is awake.” Collectively, these advances prefigured the emergence of the field of neuroscience at the end of the twentieth century. But the 1950s also marked the beginning of the Cold War and a period of transformative social change across Western society. These developments resulted in unease and paranoia. Mysterious new afflictions—none more mystifying than “brainwashing”—also appeared at this time. Faced with the discovery that, as one leading psychiatrist put it, “the human personality is not as stable as we often assume,” many researchers in the sciences of brain and behavior joined the effort to understand these conditions. They devised ingenious and sometimes transgressive experimental methods for studying and proposing countermeasures to the problem of Communist mind control. Some of these procedures took on a strange life of their own, escaping the confines of the research lab to become part of 1960s counterculture. Much later, in the early 2000s, they resurfaced in the War on Terror. These stories, often told separately, are brought together by the historian Andreas Killen in this chronicle of the brain’s mid-twentieth-century emergence as both a new research frontier and an organ whose integrity and capacities—especially that of memory—were imagined as uniquely imperiled in the 1950s. Nervous Systems explores the anxious context in which the mid-century sciences of the brain took shape and reveals the deeply ambivalent history that lies behind our contemporary understanding of this organ.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415752">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415752</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nervous Systems: Brain Science in the Early Cold War
Author: Andreas Killen
Narrator: Graham Halstead
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this eye-opening chronicle of scientific research on the brain in the early Cold War era, the acclaimed historian Andreas Killen traces the complex circumstances surrounding the genesis of our present-day fascination with this organ. The 1950s were a transformative, even revolutionary decade in the history of brain science. Using new techniques for probing brain activity and function, researchers in neurosurgery, psychiatry, and psychology achieved dramatic breakthroughs in the treatment of illnesses like epilepsy and schizophrenia, as well as the understanding of such faculties as memory and perception. Memory was the site of particularly startling discoveries. As one researcher wrote to another in the middle of that decade, “Memory was the sleeping beauty of the brain—and now she is awake.” Collectively, these advances prefigured the emergence of the field of neuroscience at the end of the twentieth century. But the 1950s also marked the beginning of the Cold War and a period of transformative social change across Western society. These developments resulted in unease and paranoia. Mysterious new afflictions—none more mystifying than “brainwashing”—also appeared at this time. Faced with the discovery that, as one leading psychiatrist put it, “the human personality is not as stable as we often assume,” many researchers in the sciences of brain and behavior joined the effort to understand these conditions. They devised ingenious and sometimes transgressive experimental methods for studying and proposing countermeasures to the problem of Communist mind control. Some of these procedures took on a strange life of their own, escaping the confines of the research lab to become part of 1960s counterculture. Much later, in the early 2000s, they resurfaced in the War on Terror. These stories, often told separately, are brought together by the historian Andreas Killen in this chronicle of the brain’s mid-twentieth-century emergence as both a new research frontier and an organ whose integrity and capacities—especially that of memory—were imagined as uniquely imperiled in the 1950s. Nervous Systems explores the anxious context in which the mid-century sciences of the brain took shape and reveals the deeply ambivalent history that lies behind our contemporary understanding of this organ.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Brain That Changes Itself: Stories of Personal Triumph from the Frontiers of Brain Science by Norman Doidge</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415683</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415683">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415683</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Brain That Changes Itself: Stories of Personal Triumph from the Frontiers of Brain Science
Author: Norman Doidge
Narrator: Jim Bond
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 29 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An astonishing new science called neuroplasticity is overthrowing the centuries-old notion that the human brain is immutable. Psychiatrist and psychoanalyst, Norman Doidge, M.D., traveled the country to meet both the brilliant scientists championing neuroplasticity and the people whose lives they’ve transformed—people whose mental limitations or brain damage were seen as unalterable. We see a woman born with half a brain that rewired itself to work as a whole, blind people who learn to see, learning disorders cured, IQs raised, aging brains rejuvenated, stroke patients learning to speak, children with cerebral palsy learning to move with more grace, depression and anxiety disorders successfully treated, and lifelong character traits changed. Using these marvelous stories to probe mysteries of the body, emotion, love, sex, culture, and education, Dr. Doidge has written an immensely moving, inspiring book that will permanently alter the way we look at our brains, human nature, and human potential.</description>
      <author>Norman Doidge</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593293980.mp3" length="2839144" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415683</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593293980.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415683">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415683</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Brain That Changes Itself: Stories of Personal Triumph from the Frontiers of Brain Science
Author: Norman Doidge
Narrator: Jim Bond
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 29 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An astonishing new science called neuroplasticity is overthrowing the centuries-old notion that the human brain is immutable. Psychiatrist and psychoanalyst, Norman Doidge, M.D., traveled the country to meet both the brilliant scientists championing neuroplasticity and the people whose lives they’ve transformed—people whose mental limitations or brain damage were seen as unalterable. We see a woman born with half a brain that rewired itself to work as a whole, blind people who learn to see, learning disorders cured, IQs raised, aging brains rejuvenated, stroke patients learning to speak, children with cerebral palsy learning to move with more grace, depression and anxiety disorders successfully treated, and lifelong character traits changed. Using these marvelous stories to probe mysteries of the body, emotion, love, sex, culture, and education, Dr. Doidge has written an immensely moving, inspiring book that will permanently alter the way we look at our brains, human nature, and human potential.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415683">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415683</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Brain That Changes Itself: Stories of Personal Triumph from the Frontiers of Brain Science
Author: Norman Doidge
Narrator: Jim Bond
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 29 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An astonishing new science called neuroplasticity is overthrowing the centuries-old notion that the human brain is immutable. Psychiatrist and psychoanalyst, Norman Doidge, M.D., traveled the country to meet both the brilliant scientists championing neuroplasticity and the people whose lives they’ve transformed—people whose mental limitations or brain damage were seen as unalterable. We see a woman born with half a brain that rewired itself to work as a whole, blind people who learn to see, learning disorders cured, IQs raised, aging brains rejuvenated, stroke patients learning to speak, children with cerebral palsy learning to move with more grace, depression and anxiety disorders successfully treated, and lifelong character traits changed. Using these marvelous stories to probe mysteries of the body, emotion, love, sex, culture, and education, Dr. Doidge has written an immensely moving, inspiring book that will permanently alter the way we look at our brains, human nature, and human potential.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Broken Tree: How DNA Exposed a Family’s Secrets by Stephen F. Anderson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415298</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415298">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415298</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Broken Tree: How DNA Exposed a Family’s Secrets
Author: Stephen F. Anderson
Narrator: David Marantz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
All families have stories and all families have secrets. Some stories can be hidden forever. Others come out over time, or suddenly through revelation. With the advent of easy to obtain and cheap DNA kits, more and more people are stumbling across biological secrets they never suspected, sometimes with happy outcomes, but sometimes with shocking results. In this book, the author provides a real-life example of the shocking revelations and aftermath of DNA investigation. Growing up as one of nine children, Stephen Anderson suspected from a young age that something was amiss. A chance accident, and a small crack in the history of his family broke open. More would come to be revealed as the author sets out on a journey to find answers to his questions. Any reader wondering what a DNA test might reveal will find here one extreme example of family secrets gone awry. As each member learns more about his or her own identity, new family members pop up, fade out, or pass away before relationships can be established or even revealed. More and more people are undergoing DNA tests and seeking to find long lost relatives though ancestry searches. What they find might upturn all their shared assumptions about family, identity, belonging, and history. Join Stephen as he uncovers his own family’s secrets, the impact they’ve had on his life and his family’s, and what they are all doing now to heal fresh wounds.</description>
      <author>Stephen F. Anderson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094091402.mp3" length="846359" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415298</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094091402.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415298">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415298</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Broken Tree: How DNA Exposed a Family’s Secrets
Author: Stephen F. Anderson
Narrator: David Marantz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
All families have stories and all families have secrets. Some stories can be hidden forever. Others come out over time, or suddenly through revelation. With the advent of easy to obtain and cheap DNA kits, more and more people are stumbling across biological secrets they never suspected, sometimes with happy outcomes, but sometimes with shocking results. In this book, the author provides a real-life example of the shocking revelations and aftermath of DNA investigation. Growing up as one of nine children, Stephen Anderson suspected from a young age that something was amiss. A chance accident, and a small crack in the history of his family broke open. More would come to be revealed as the author sets out on a journey to find answers to his questions. Any reader wondering what a DNA test might reveal will find here one extreme example of family secrets gone awry. As each member learns more about his or her own identity, new family members pop up, fade out, or pass away before relationships can be established or even revealed. More and more people are undergoing DNA tests and seeking to find long lost relatives though ancestry searches. What they find might upturn all their shared assumptions about family, identity, belonging, and history. Join Stephen as he uncovers his own family’s secrets, the impact they’ve had on his life and his family’s, and what they are all doing now to heal fresh wounds.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415298">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415298</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Broken Tree: How DNA Exposed a Family’s Secrets
Author: Stephen F. Anderson
Narrator: David Marantz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
All families have stories and all families have secrets. Some stories can be hidden forever. Others come out over time, or suddenly through revelation. With the advent of easy to obtain and cheap DNA kits, more and more people are stumbling across biological secrets they never suspected, sometimes with happy outcomes, but sometimes with shocking results. In this book, the author provides a real-life example of the shocking revelations and aftermath of DNA investigation. Growing up as one of nine children, Stephen Anderson suspected from a young age that something was amiss. A chance accident, and a small crack in the history of his family broke open. More would come to be revealed as the author sets out on a journey to find answers to his questions. Any reader wondering what a DNA test might reveal will find here one extreme example of family secrets gone awry. As each member learns more about his or her own identity, new family members pop up, fade out, or pass away before relationships can be established or even revealed. More and more people are undergoing DNA tests and seeking to find long lost relatives though ancestry searches. What they find might upturn all their shared assumptions about family, identity, belonging, and history. Join Stephen as he uncovers his own family’s secrets, the impact they’ve had on his life and his family’s, and what they are all doing now to heal fresh wounds.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unique: The New Science of Human Individuality by David J. Linden</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415168</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415168">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415168</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unique: The New Science of Human Individuality
Author: David J. Linden
Narrator: Adam Barr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 40 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Inspired by the abundance of unique personalities available on dating websites, a renowned neuroscientist examines the science of what makes you, you. David J. Linden has devoted his career to understanding the biology common to all humans. But a few years ago he found himself on OkCupid. Looking through that vast catalog of human diversity, he got to wondering: What makes us all so different? Unique is the riveting answer. Exploring everything from the roots of sexuality, gender, and intelligence to whether we like bitter beer, Linden shows how our individuality results not from a competition of nature versus nurture, but rather from a mélange of genes continually responding to our experiences in the world, beginning in the womb. And he shows why individuality matters, as it is our differences that enable us to live together in groups. Told with Linden&amp;#039;s unusual combination of authority and openness, seriousness of purpose and wit, Unique is the story of how the factors that make us all human can change and interact to make each of us a singular person.</description>
      <author>David J. Linden</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549144868.mp3" length="850067" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415168</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549144868.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415168">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415168</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unique: The New Science of Human Individuality
Author: David J. Linden
Narrator: Adam Barr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 40 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Inspired by the abundance of unique personalities available on dating websites, a renowned neuroscientist examines the science of what makes you, you. David J. Linden has devoted his career to understanding the biology common to all humans. But a few years ago he found himself on OkCupid. Looking through that vast catalog of human diversity, he got to wondering: What makes us all so different? Unique is the riveting answer. Exploring everything from the roots of sexuality, gender, and intelligence to whether we like bitter beer, Linden shows how our individuality results not from a competition of nature versus nurture, but rather from a mélange of genes continually responding to our experiences in the world, beginning in the womb. And he shows why individuality matters, as it is our differences that enable us to live together in groups. Told with Linden&amp;#039;s unusual combination of authority and openness, seriousness of purpose and wit, Unique is the story of how the factors that make us all human can change and interact to make each of us a singular person.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415168">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415168</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unique: The New Science of Human Individuality
Author: David J. Linden
Narrator: Adam Barr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 40 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Inspired by the abundance of unique personalities available on dating websites, a renowned neuroscientist examines the science of what makes you, you. David J. Linden has devoted his career to understanding the biology common to all humans. But a few years ago he found himself on OkCupid. Looking through that vast catalog of human diversity, he got to wondering: What makes us all so different? Unique is the riveting answer. Exploring everything from the roots of sexuality, gender, and intelligence to whether we like bitter beer, Linden shows how our individuality results not from a competition of nature versus nurture, but rather from a mélange of genes continually responding to our experiences in the world, beginning in the womb. And he shows why individuality matters, as it is our differences that enable us to live together in groups. Told with Linden&amp;#039;s unusual combination of authority and openness, seriousness of purpose and wit, Unique is the story of how the factors that make us all human can change and interact to make each of us a singular person.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Every Life Is On Fire: How Thermodynamics Explains the Origins of Living Things by Jeremy England</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415160</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415160">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415160</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Every Life Is On Fire: How Thermodynamics Explains the Origins of Living Things
Author: Jeremy England
Narrator: Benjamin Isaac
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 46 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A preeminent physicist unveils a field-defining theory of the origins and purpose of life. Why are we alive? Most things in the universe aren&amp;#039;t. And everything that is alive traces back to things that, puzzlingly, weren&amp;#039;t.  For centuries, the scientific question of life&amp;#039;s origins has confounded us. But in Every Life Is on Fire, physicist Jeremy England argues that the answer has been under our noses the whole time, deep within the laws of thermodynamics. England explains how, counterintuitively, the very same forces that tend to tear things apart assembled the first living systems. But how life began isn&amp;#039;t just a scientific question. We ask it because we want to know what it really means to be alive. So England, an ordained rabbi, uses his theory to examine how, if at all, science helps us find purpose in a vast and mysterious universe. In the tradition of Viktor Frankl&amp;#039;s Man&amp;#039;s Search for Meaning, Every Life Is on Fire is a profound testament to how something can come from nothing.</description>
      <author>Jeremy England</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549120084.mp3" length="845606" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415160</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549120084.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415160">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415160</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Every Life Is On Fire: How Thermodynamics Explains the Origins of Living Things
Author: Jeremy England
Narrator: Benjamin Isaac
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 46 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A preeminent physicist unveils a field-defining theory of the origins and purpose of life. Why are we alive? Most things in the universe aren&amp;#039;t. And everything that is alive traces back to things that, puzzlingly, weren&amp;#039;t.  For centuries, the scientific question of life&amp;#039;s origins has confounded us. But in Every Life Is on Fire, physicist Jeremy England argues that the answer has been under our noses the whole time, deep within the laws of thermodynamics. England explains how, counterintuitively, the very same forces that tend to tear things apart assembled the first living systems. But how life began isn&amp;#039;t just a scientific question. We ask it because we want to know what it really means to be alive. So England, an ordained rabbi, uses his theory to examine how, if at all, science helps us find purpose in a vast and mysterious universe. In the tradition of Viktor Frankl&amp;#039;s Man&amp;#039;s Search for Meaning, Every Life Is on Fire is a profound testament to how something can come from nothing.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415160">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415160</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Every Life Is On Fire: How Thermodynamics Explains the Origins of Living Things
Author: Jeremy England
Narrator: Benjamin Isaac
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 46 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A preeminent physicist unveils a field-defining theory of the origins and purpose of life. Why are we alive? Most things in the universe aren&amp;#039;t. And everything that is alive traces back to things that, puzzlingly, weren&amp;#039;t.  For centuries, the scientific question of life&amp;#039;s origins has confounded us. But in Every Life Is on Fire, physicist Jeremy England argues that the answer has been under our noses the whole time, deep within the laws of thermodynamics. England explains how, counterintuitively, the very same forces that tend to tear things apart assembled the first living systems. But how life began isn&amp;#039;t just a scientific question. We ask it because we want to know what it really means to be alive. So England, an ordained rabbi, uses his theory to examine how, if at all, science helps us find purpose in a vast and mysterious universe. In the tradition of Viktor Frankl&amp;#039;s Man&amp;#039;s Search for Meaning, Every Life Is on Fire is a profound testament to how something can come from nothing.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Grasp: The Science Transforming How We Learn by Sanjay Sarma, Luke Yoquinto</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414784</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Grasp: The Science Transforming How We Learn
Author: Sanjay Sarma, Luke Yoquinto
Narrator: Neil Shah
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 28 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A groundbreaking look at the science of learning: how it works both in the mind and in the classroom, which teaching techniques are most effective, and how schools should (and absolutely should not) use instructional technology. This is an essential resource for teachers, anyone interested in cutting-edge research into learning, and parents considering the educational alternatives available to their children. As the head of Open Learning at MIT, renowned professor Sanjay Sarma has a daunting job description: to fling open the doors of the MIT experience for the benefit of the wider world. But if you&amp;#039;re going to undertake such an ambitious project, you first have to ask: How do we learn?  What are the most effective ways of educating? And how can the science of learning transform education to unlock our potential, as individuals and across society? Grasp takes readers across multiple frontiers, from fundamental neuroscience to cognitive psychology and beyond, as it explores the future of learning. Some of its findings: • For educators teaching remotely, online instructional tools have been proven to be a powerful ally when used appropriately—and a dangerous impediment when misapplied. • By structuring its curriculum to better incorporate cutting-edge learning strategies, one law school in Florida has rocketed to the top of its state in bar exam passage rates. • Scientists are studying the role of forgetting, exposing it not as a simple failure of memory but a critical weapon in our learning arsenal. • New developments in neuroimaging are helping us understand how reading works in the brain. It&amp;#039;s become possible to identify children who might benefit from specialized dyslexia interventions—before they learn to read. Along the way, Sarma debunks long-held fallacies (such as the noxious idea of &amp;#039;learning styles&amp;#039;), while equipping readers with a set of practical tools for absorbing and retaining information across a lifetime. He presents a vision for learning that&amp;#039;s more inclusive and democratic—revealing a world bursting with powerful learners, just waiting for the chance they deserve. Drawing from the author&amp;#039;s experience as an educator and the work of researchers and educational innovators at MIT and beyond, Grasp offers scientific and practical insight, promising not just to inform and entertain readers but to open their minds.</description>
      <author>Sanjay Sarma, Luke Yoquinto</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Aug 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593293379.mp3" length="2445799" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414784</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593293379.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Grasp: The Science Transforming How We Learn
Author: Sanjay Sarma, Luke Yoquinto
Narrator: Neil Shah
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 28 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A groundbreaking look at the science of learning: how it works both in the mind and in the classroom, which teaching techniques are most effective, and how schools should (and absolutely should not) use instructional technology. This is an essential resource for teachers, anyone interested in cutting-edge research into learning, and parents considering the educational alternatives available to their children. As the head of Open Learning at MIT, renowned professor Sanjay Sarma has a daunting job description: to fling open the doors of the MIT experience for the benefit of the wider world. But if you&amp;#039;re going to undertake such an ambitious project, you first have to ask: How do we learn?  What are the most effective ways of educating? And how can the science of learning transform education to unlock our potential, as individuals and across society? Grasp takes readers across multiple frontiers, from fundamental neuroscience to cognitive psychology and beyond, as it explores the future of learning. Some of its findings: • For educators teaching remotely, online instructional tools have been proven to be a powerful ally when used appropriately—and a dangerous impediment when misapplied. • By structuring its curriculum to better incorporate cutting-edge learning strategies, one law school in Florida has rocketed to the top of its state in bar exam passage rates. • Scientists are studying the role of forgetting, exposing it not as a simple failure of memory but a critical weapon in our learning arsenal. • New developments in neuroimaging are helping us understand how reading works in the brain. It&amp;#039;s become possible to identify children who might benefit from specialized dyslexia interventions—before they learn to read. Along the way, Sarma debunks long-held fallacies (such as the noxious idea of &amp;#039;learning styles&amp;#039;), while equipping readers with a set of practical tools for absorbing and retaining information across a lifetime. He presents a vision for learning that&amp;#039;s more inclusive and democratic—revealing a world bursting with powerful learners, just waiting for the chance they deserve. Drawing from the author&amp;#039;s experience as an educator and the work of researchers and educational innovators at MIT and beyond, Grasp offers scientific and practical insight, promising not just to inform and entertain readers but to open their minds.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Grasp: The Science Transforming How We Learn
Author: Sanjay Sarma, Luke Yoquinto
Narrator: Neil Shah
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 28 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A groundbreaking look at the science of learning: how it works both in the mind and in the classroom, which teaching techniques are most effective, and how schools should (and absolutely should not) use instructional technology. This is an essential resource for teachers, anyone interested in cutting-edge research into learning, and parents considering the educational alternatives available to their children. As the head of Open Learning at MIT, renowned professor Sanjay Sarma has a daunting job description: to fling open the doors of the MIT experience for the benefit of the wider world. But if you&amp;#039;re going to undertake such an ambitious project, you first have to ask: How do we learn?  What are the most effective ways of educating? And how can the science of learning transform education to unlock our potential, as individuals and across society? Grasp takes readers across multiple frontiers, from fundamental neuroscience to cognitive psychology and beyond, as it explores the future of learning. Some of its findings: • For educators teaching remotely, online instructional tools have been proven to be a powerful ally when used appropriately—and a dangerous impediment when misapplied. • By structuring its curriculum to better incorporate cutting-edge learning strategies, one law school in Florida has rocketed to the top of its state in bar exam passage rates. • Scientists are studying the role of forgetting, exposing it not as a simple failure of memory but a critical weapon in our learning arsenal. • New developments in neuroimaging are helping us understand how reading works in the brain. It&amp;#039;s become possible to identify children who might benefit from specialized dyslexia interventions—before they learn to read. Along the way, Sarma debunks long-held fallacies (such as the noxious idea of &amp;#039;learning styles&amp;#039;), while equipping readers with a set of practical tools for absorbing and retaining information across a lifetime. He presents a vision for learning that&amp;#039;s more inclusive and democratic—revealing a world bursting with powerful learners, just waiting for the chance they deserve. Drawing from the author&amp;#039;s experience as an educator and the work of researchers and educational innovators at MIT and beyond, Grasp offers scientific and practical insight, promising not just to inform and entertain readers but to open their minds.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Evolutionaries: Unlocking the Spiritual and Cultural Potential of Science&amp;#039;s Greatest Idea by Carter Phipps</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414605</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414605">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414605</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Evolutionaries: Unlocking the Spiritual and Cultural Potential of Science&amp;#039;s Greatest Idea
Author: Carter Phipps
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 9 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Blending cutting-edge ideas with incisive spiritual insights, Evolutionaries is the first popular presentation of an emerging school of thought called &amp;#039;evolutionary spirituality.&amp;#039; Carter Phipps, the former executive editor of EnlightenNext magazine, asserts that evolution is not only a scientific but also a spiritual idea in a book whose message has the power to bring new meaning and purpose to life as we know it. Listeners will be fascinated and enlightened by Evolutionaries, a book which Deepak Chopra, the world-renowned author of The Seven Spiritual Laws of Superheroes, Jesus, and Buddha, says &amp;#039;is going to help create a worldview that will influence our vision of the future direction of evolution and also our role in consciously participating in it.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Carter Phipps</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705201480.mp3" length="8522743" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414605</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705201480.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414605">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414605</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Evolutionaries: Unlocking the Spiritual and Cultural Potential of Science&amp;#039;s Greatest Idea
Author: Carter Phipps
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 9 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Blending cutting-edge ideas with incisive spiritual insights, Evolutionaries is the first popular presentation of an emerging school of thought called &amp;#039;evolutionary spirituality.&amp;#039; Carter Phipps, the former executive editor of EnlightenNext magazine, asserts that evolution is not only a scientific but also a spiritual idea in a book whose message has the power to bring new meaning and purpose to life as we know it. Listeners will be fascinated and enlightened by Evolutionaries, a book which Deepak Chopra, the world-renowned author of The Seven Spiritual Laws of Superheroes, Jesus, and Buddha, says &amp;#039;is going to help create a worldview that will influence our vision of the future direction of evolution and also our role in consciously participating in it.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414605">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414605</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Evolutionaries: Unlocking the Spiritual and Cultural Potential of Science&amp;#039;s Greatest Idea
Author: Carter Phipps
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 9 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Blending cutting-edge ideas with incisive spiritual insights, Evolutionaries is the first popular presentation of an emerging school of thought called &amp;#039;evolutionary spirituality.&amp;#039; Carter Phipps, the former executive editor of EnlightenNext magazine, asserts that evolution is not only a scientific but also a spiritual idea in a book whose message has the power to bring new meaning and purpose to life as we know it. Listeners will be fascinated and enlightened by Evolutionaries, a book which Deepak Chopra, the world-renowned author of The Seven Spiritual Laws of Superheroes, Jesus, and Buddha, says &amp;#039;is going to help create a worldview that will influence our vision of the future direction of evolution and also our role in consciously participating in it.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Genetics For Dummies: 3rd Edition by Lisa Spock PhD CGC, Tara Rodden Robinson PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414576</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414576">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414576</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Genetics For Dummies: 3rd Edition
Author: Lisa Spock PhD CGC, Tara Rodden Robinson PhD
Narrator: Wendy Tremont King
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 53 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
With rapid advances in genomic technologies, genetic testing has become a key part of both clinical practice and research. Scientists are constantly discovering more about how genetics plays a role in health and disease, and healthcare providers are using this information to more accurately identify their patients&amp;#039; particular medical needs. Genetic information is also increasingly being used for a wide range of non-clinical purposes, such as exploring one&amp;#039;s ancestry. This new edition of Genetics For Dummies serves as a perfect course supplement for students pursuing degrees in the sciences. It also provides science-lovers of all skill levels with easy-to-follow and easy-to-understand information about this exciting and constantly evolving field. This edition includes recent developments and applications in the field of genetics, such as: ● Whole-genome and whole-exome sequencing ● Precision medicine and pharmacogenetics ● Direct-to-consumer genetic testing for health risks ● Ancestry testing Featuring information on some of the hottest topics in genetics right now, this book makes it easier than ever to wrap your head around this fascinating subject.</description>
      <author>Lisa Spock PhD CGC, Tara Rodden Robinson PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541437531.mp3" length="7647707" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414576</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541437531.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414576">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414576</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Genetics For Dummies: 3rd Edition
Author: Lisa Spock PhD CGC, Tara Rodden Robinson PhD
Narrator: Wendy Tremont King
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 53 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
With rapid advances in genomic technologies, genetic testing has become a key part of both clinical practice and research. Scientists are constantly discovering more about how genetics plays a role in health and disease, and healthcare providers are using this information to more accurately identify their patients&amp;#039; particular medical needs. Genetic information is also increasingly being used for a wide range of non-clinical purposes, such as exploring one&amp;#039;s ancestry. This new edition of Genetics For Dummies serves as a perfect course supplement for students pursuing degrees in the sciences. It also provides science-lovers of all skill levels with easy-to-follow and easy-to-understand information about this exciting and constantly evolving field. This edition includes recent developments and applications in the field of genetics, such as: ● Whole-genome and whole-exome sequencing ● Precision medicine and pharmacogenetics ● Direct-to-consumer genetic testing for health risks ● Ancestry testing Featuring information on some of the hottest topics in genetics right now, this book makes it easier than ever to wrap your head around this fascinating subject.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414576">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414576</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Genetics For Dummies: 3rd Edition
Author: Lisa Spock PhD CGC, Tara Rodden Robinson PhD
Narrator: Wendy Tremont King
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 53 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
With rapid advances in genomic technologies, genetic testing has become a key part of both clinical practice and research. Scientists are constantly discovering more about how genetics plays a role in health and disease, and healthcare providers are using this information to more accurately identify their patients&amp;#039; particular medical needs. Genetic information is also increasingly being used for a wide range of non-clinical purposes, such as exploring one&amp;#039;s ancestry. This new edition of Genetics For Dummies serves as a perfect course supplement for students pursuing degrees in the sciences. It also provides science-lovers of all skill levels with easy-to-follow and easy-to-understand information about this exciting and constantly evolving field. This edition includes recent developments and applications in the field of genetics, such as: ● Whole-genome and whole-exome sequencing ● Precision medicine and pharmacogenetics ● Direct-to-consumer genetic testing for health risks ● Ancestry testing Featuring information on some of the hottest topics in genetics right now, this book makes it easier than ever to wrap your head around this fascinating subject.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Un clavado a tu cerebro: Descubre cómo tus neuronas actúan en el amor, la sexualidad, el estrés y las emo by Dr. Eduardo Calixto</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414225</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414225">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414225</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Un clavado a tu cerebro: Descubre cómo tus neuronas actúan en el amor, la sexualidad, el estrés y las emo
Author: Dr. Eduardo Calixto
Narrator: Noé Velázquez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 26 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Encuentra las respuestas a todas las preguntas relacionadas con tus pensamientos, tus emociones, en síntesis: con la forma maravillosa en que funciona tu cerebro.    ¿Por qué sientes celos, ansiedad, angustia? ¿Sabías que existen áreas cerebrales de la fidelidad? ¿Sabes qué le sucede a tu cerebro cuando te enamoras? ¿Sabías que algunas neuronas sí pueden regenerarse?  Eduardo Calixto, colaborador de Martha Debayle en W Radio y destacado experto en Neurociencias, te explica de manera clara y práctica el funcionamiento de tu cerebro y su papel en tu vida diaria.  El destacado médico cirujano y doctor en Neurociencias, Eduardo Calixto, ofrece en estas páginas un recorrido por las funciones de tu cerebro y te explica de la manera más sencilla, clara y divertida, la importancia del amor en el cerebro, la fisiología sexual, en qué consiste la celotipia y la experiencia musical en el cerebro, entre muchos temas más, apasionantes, reveladores, que te permitirán conocerte más y entender aspectos de tus sensaciones que jamás habías imaginado. Además, te comparte los 10 elementos básicos para una mejor memoria, el decálogo cotidiano para hacer más inteligente a nuestro cerebro, así como una serie de mitos sobre éste, y recomendaciones para tener un mejor cerebro.  Un clavado a tu cerebro es la respuesta científica que detalla las relaciones entre hormonas, conducta y cerebro, explica qué características le gustan a los hombres de las mujeres y cuáles las atraen a ellas de los hombres, qué procesos se dan para que el ser humano sienta envidia, desprecio o enojo y cómo reacciona el cerebro ante el estrés, el temor y la alegría. Si de verdad quieres conocerte más y profundamente, qué esperas: ¡Sólo échate con este libro un clavado a tu cerebro!</description>
      <author>Dr. Eduardo Calixto</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Dec 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786073177047.mp3" length="1443215" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414225</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786073177047.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414225">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414225</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Un clavado a tu cerebro: Descubre cómo tus neuronas actúan en el amor, la sexualidad, el estrés y las emo
Author: Dr. Eduardo Calixto
Narrator: Noé Velázquez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 26 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Encuentra las respuestas a todas las preguntas relacionadas con tus pensamientos, tus emociones, en síntesis: con la forma maravillosa en que funciona tu cerebro.    ¿Por qué sientes celos, ansiedad, angustia? ¿Sabías que existen áreas cerebrales de la fidelidad? ¿Sabes qué le sucede a tu cerebro cuando te enamoras? ¿Sabías que algunas neuronas sí pueden regenerarse?  Eduardo Calixto, colaborador de Martha Debayle en W Radio y destacado experto en Neurociencias, te explica de manera clara y práctica el funcionamiento de tu cerebro y su papel en tu vida diaria.  El destacado médico cirujano y doctor en Neurociencias, Eduardo Calixto, ofrece en estas páginas un recorrido por las funciones de tu cerebro y te explica de la manera más sencilla, clara y divertida, la importancia del amor en el cerebro, la fisiología sexual, en qué consiste la celotipia y la experiencia musical en el cerebro, entre muchos temas más, apasionantes, reveladores, que te permitirán conocerte más y entender aspectos de tus sensaciones que jamás habías imaginado. Además, te comparte los 10 elementos básicos para una mejor memoria, el decálogo cotidiano para hacer más inteligente a nuestro cerebro, así como una serie de mitos sobre éste, y recomendaciones para tener un mejor cerebro.  Un clavado a tu cerebro es la respuesta científica que detalla las relaciones entre hormonas, conducta y cerebro, explica qué características le gustan a los hombres de las mujeres y cuáles las atraen a ellas de los hombres, qué procesos se dan para que el ser humano sienta envidia, desprecio o enojo y cómo reacciona el cerebro ante el estrés, el temor y la alegría. Si de verdad quieres conocerte más y profundamente, qué esperas: ¡Sólo échate con este libro un clavado a tu cerebro!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414225">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414225</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Un clavado a tu cerebro: Descubre cómo tus neuronas actúan en el amor, la sexualidad, el estrés y las emo
Author: Dr. Eduardo Calixto
Narrator: Noé Velázquez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 26 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Encuentra las respuestas a todas las preguntas relacionadas con tus pensamientos, tus emociones, en síntesis: con la forma maravillosa en que funciona tu cerebro.    ¿Por qué sientes celos, ansiedad, angustia? ¿Sabías que existen áreas cerebrales de la fidelidad? ¿Sabes qué le sucede a tu cerebro cuando te enamoras? ¿Sabías que algunas neuronas sí pueden regenerarse?  Eduardo Calixto, colaborador de Martha Debayle en W Radio y destacado experto en Neurociencias, te explica de manera clara y práctica el funcionamiento de tu cerebro y su papel en tu vida diaria.  El destacado médico cirujano y doctor en Neurociencias, Eduardo Calixto, ofrece en estas páginas un recorrido por las funciones de tu cerebro y te explica de la manera más sencilla, clara y divertida, la importancia del amor en el cerebro, la fisiología sexual, en qué consiste la celotipia y la experiencia musical en el cerebro, entre muchos temas más, apasionantes, reveladores, que te permitirán conocerte más y entender aspectos de tus sensaciones que jamás habías imaginado. Además, te comparte los 10 elementos básicos para una mejor memoria, el decálogo cotidiano para hacer más inteligente a nuestro cerebro, así como una serie de mitos sobre éste, y recomendaciones para tener un mejor cerebro.  Un clavado a tu cerebro es la respuesta científica que detalla las relaciones entre hormonas, conducta y cerebro, explica qué características le gustan a los hombres de las mujeres y cuáles las atraen a ellas de los hombres, qué procesos se dan para que el ser humano sienta envidia, desprecio o enojo y cómo reacciona el cerebro ante el estrés, el temor y la alegría. Si de verdad quieres conocerte más y profundamente, qué esperas: ¡Sólo échate con este libro un clavado a tu cerebro!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Cheating Cell: How Evolution Helps Us Understand and Treat Cancer by Athena Aktipis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414049</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414049">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414049</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cheating Cell: How Evolution Helps Us Understand and Treat Cancer
Author: Athena Aktipis
Narrator: Laurel Lefkow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Laurel Lefkow offers a fundamental and groundbreaking reassessment of how we view and manage cancer When we think of the forces driving cancer, we don&amp;#039;t necessarily think of evolution. But evolution and cancer are closely linked, for the historical processes that created life also created cancer. The Cheating Cell delves into this extraordinary relationship, and shows that by understanding cancer&amp;#039;s evolutionary origins, researchers can come up with more effective, revolutionary treatments. Athena Aktipis goes back billions of years to explore when unicellular forms became multicellular organisms. Within these bodies of cooperating cells, cheating ones arose, overusing resources and replicating out of control, giving rise to cancer. Aktipis illustrates how evolution has paved the way for cancer&amp;#039;s ubiquity, and why it will exist as long as multicellular life does. Even so, she argues, this doesn&amp;#039;t mean we should give up on treating cancer—in fact, evolutionary approaches offer new and promising options for the disease&amp;#039;s prevention and treatments that aim at long-term management rather than simple eradication. Looking across species—from sponges and cacti to dogs and elephants—we are discovering new mechanisms of tumor suppression and the many ways that multicellular life-forms have evolved to keep cancer under control. By accepting that cancer is a part of our biological past, present, and future—and that we cannot win a war against evolution—treatments can become smarter, more strategic, and more humane. Unifying the latest research from biology, ecology, medicine, and social science, The Cheating Cell challenges us to rethink cancer&amp;#039;s fundamental nature and our relationship to it.</description>
      <author>Athena Aktipis</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780691205090.mp3" length="1296801" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414049</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780691205090.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414049">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414049</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cheating Cell: How Evolution Helps Us Understand and Treat Cancer
Author: Athena Aktipis
Narrator: Laurel Lefkow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Laurel Lefkow offers a fundamental and groundbreaking reassessment of how we view and manage cancer When we think of the forces driving cancer, we don&amp;#039;t necessarily think of evolution. But evolution and cancer are closely linked, for the historical processes that created life also created cancer. The Cheating Cell delves into this extraordinary relationship, and shows that by understanding cancer&amp;#039;s evolutionary origins, researchers can come up with more effective, revolutionary treatments. Athena Aktipis goes back billions of years to explore when unicellular forms became multicellular organisms. Within these bodies of cooperating cells, cheating ones arose, overusing resources and replicating out of control, giving rise to cancer. Aktipis illustrates how evolution has paved the way for cancer&amp;#039;s ubiquity, and why it will exist as long as multicellular life does. Even so, she argues, this doesn&amp;#039;t mean we should give up on treating cancer—in fact, evolutionary approaches offer new and promising options for the disease&amp;#039;s prevention and treatments that aim at long-term management rather than simple eradication. Looking across species—from sponges and cacti to dogs and elephants—we are discovering new mechanisms of tumor suppression and the many ways that multicellular life-forms have evolved to keep cancer under control. By accepting that cancer is a part of our biological past, present, and future—and that we cannot win a war against evolution—treatments can become smarter, more strategic, and more humane. Unifying the latest research from biology, ecology, medicine, and social science, The Cheating Cell challenges us to rethink cancer&amp;#039;s fundamental nature and our relationship to it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414049">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414049</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cheating Cell: How Evolution Helps Us Understand and Treat Cancer
Author: Athena Aktipis
Narrator: Laurel Lefkow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Laurel Lefkow offers a fundamental and groundbreaking reassessment of how we view and manage cancer When we think of the forces driving cancer, we don&amp;#039;t necessarily think of evolution. But evolution and cancer are closely linked, for the historical processes that created life also created cancer. The Cheating Cell delves into this extraordinary relationship, and shows that by understanding cancer&amp;#039;s evolutionary origins, researchers can come up with more effective, revolutionary treatments. Athena Aktipis goes back billions of years to explore when unicellular forms became multicellular organisms. Within these bodies of cooperating cells, cheating ones arose, overusing resources and replicating out of control, giving rise to cancer. Aktipis illustrates how evolution has paved the way for cancer&amp;#039;s ubiquity, and why it will exist as long as multicellular life does. Even so, she argues, this doesn&amp;#039;t mean we should give up on treating cancer—in fact, evolutionary approaches offer new and promising options for the disease&amp;#039;s prevention and treatments that aim at long-term management rather than simple eradication. Looking across species—from sponges and cacti to dogs and elephants—we are discovering new mechanisms of tumor suppression and the many ways that multicellular life-forms have evolved to keep cancer under control. By accepting that cancer is a part of our biological past, present, and future—and that we cannot win a war against evolution—treatments can become smarter, more strategic, and more humane. Unifying the latest research from biology, ecology, medicine, and social science, The Cheating Cell challenges us to rethink cancer&amp;#039;s fundamental nature and our relationship to it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Exercised: Why Something We Never Evolved to Do Is Healthy and Rewarding by Daniel Lieberman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413886</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413886">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413886</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Exercised: Why Something We Never Evolved to Do Is Healthy and Rewarding
Author: Daniel Lieberman
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
If exercise is healthy (so good for you!), why do many people dislike or avoid it? These engaging stories and explanations will revolutionize the way you think about exercising—not to mention sitting, sleeping, sprinting, weight lifting, playing, fighting, walking, jogging, and even dancing. “Strikes a perfect balance of scholarship, wit, and enthusiasm.” —Bill Bryson, New York Times best-selling author of The Body • If we are born to walk and run, why do most of us take it easy whenever possible? • Does running ruin your knees? • Should we do weights, cardio, or high-intensity training? • Is sitting really the new smoking? • Can you lose weight by walking? • And how do we make sense of the conflicting, anxiety-inducing information about rest, physical activity, and exercise with which we are bombarded? In this myth-busting book, Daniel Lieberman, professor of human evolutionary biology at Harvard University and a pioneering researcher on the evolution of human physical activity, tells the story of how we never evolved to exercise—to do voluntary physical activity for the sake of health. Using his own research and experiences throughout the world, Lieberman recounts without jargon how and why humans evolved to walk, run, dig, and do other necessary and rewarding physical activities while avoiding needless exertion. Exercised is entertaining and enlightening but also constructive. As our increasingly sedentary lifestyles have contributed to skyrocketing rates of obesity and diseases such as diabetes, Lieberman audaciously argues that to become more active we need to do more than medicalize and commodify exercise. Drawing on insights from evolutionary biology and anthropology, Lieberman suggests how we can make exercise more enjoyable, rather than shaming and blaming people for avoiding it. He also tackles the question of whether you can exercise too much, even as he explains why exercise can reduce our vulnerability to the diseases mostly likely to make us sick and kill us.</description>
      <author>Daniel Lieberman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jan 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593292617.mp3" length="2702721" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413886</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593292617.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413886">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413886</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Exercised: Why Something We Never Evolved to Do Is Healthy and Rewarding
Author: Daniel Lieberman
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
If exercise is healthy (so good for you!), why do many people dislike or avoid it? These engaging stories and explanations will revolutionize the way you think about exercising—not to mention sitting, sleeping, sprinting, weight lifting, playing, fighting, walking, jogging, and even dancing. “Strikes a perfect balance of scholarship, wit, and enthusiasm.” —Bill Bryson, New York Times best-selling author of The Body • If we are born to walk and run, why do most of us take it easy whenever possible? • Does running ruin your knees? • Should we do weights, cardio, or high-intensity training? • Is sitting really the new smoking? • Can you lose weight by walking? • And how do we make sense of the conflicting, anxiety-inducing information about rest, physical activity, and exercise with which we are bombarded? In this myth-busting book, Daniel Lieberman, professor of human evolutionary biology at Harvard University and a pioneering researcher on the evolution of human physical activity, tells the story of how we never evolved to exercise—to do voluntary physical activity for the sake of health. Using his own research and experiences throughout the world, Lieberman recounts without jargon how and why humans evolved to walk, run, dig, and do other necessary and rewarding physical activities while avoiding needless exertion. Exercised is entertaining and enlightening but also constructive. As our increasingly sedentary lifestyles have contributed to skyrocketing rates of obesity and diseases such as diabetes, Lieberman audaciously argues that to become more active we need to do more than medicalize and commodify exercise. Drawing on insights from evolutionary biology and anthropology, Lieberman suggests how we can make exercise more enjoyable, rather than shaming and blaming people for avoiding it. He also tackles the question of whether you can exercise too much, even as he explains why exercise can reduce our vulnerability to the diseases mostly likely to make us sick and kill us.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413886">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413886</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Exercised: Why Something We Never Evolved to Do Is Healthy and Rewarding
Author: Daniel Lieberman
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
If exercise is healthy (so good for you!), why do many people dislike or avoid it? These engaging stories and explanations will revolutionize the way you think about exercising—not to mention sitting, sleeping, sprinting, weight lifting, playing, fighting, walking, jogging, and even dancing. “Strikes a perfect balance of scholarship, wit, and enthusiasm.” —Bill Bryson, New York Times best-selling author of The Body • If we are born to walk and run, why do most of us take it easy whenever possible? • Does running ruin your knees? • Should we do weights, cardio, or high-intensity training? • Is sitting really the new smoking? • Can you lose weight by walking? • And how do we make sense of the conflicting, anxiety-inducing information about rest, physical activity, and exercise with which we are bombarded? In this myth-busting book, Daniel Lieberman, professor of human evolutionary biology at Harvard University and a pioneering researcher on the evolution of human physical activity, tells the story of how we never evolved to exercise—to do voluntary physical activity for the sake of health. Using his own research and experiences throughout the world, Lieberman recounts without jargon how and why humans evolved to walk, run, dig, and do other necessary and rewarding physical activities while avoiding needless exertion. Exercised is entertaining and enlightening but also constructive. As our increasingly sedentary lifestyles have contributed to skyrocketing rates of obesity and diseases such as diabetes, Lieberman audaciously argues that to become more active we need to do more than medicalize and commodify exercise. Drawing on insights from evolutionary biology and anthropology, Lieberman suggests how we can make exercise more enjoyable, rather than shaming and blaming people for avoiding it. He also tackles the question of whether you can exercise too much, even as he explains why exercise can reduce our vulnerability to the diseases mostly likely to make us sick and kill us.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hacking Planet Earth: How Geoengineering Can Help Us Reimagine the Future by Thomas M. Kostigen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413872</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413872">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413872</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hacking Planet Earth: How Geoengineering Can Help Us Reimagine the Future
Author: Thomas M. Kostigen
Narrator: Johnathan Mcclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 40 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An exploration of the cutting-edge technology that will enable us to confront the realities of climate change. For decades scientists and environmentalists have sounded the alarm about the effects of global warming. We are now past the tipping point. As floods, storms, and extreme temperatures become our daily reality, &amp;#039;Reduce, Reuse, Recycle&amp;#039; efforts aren&amp;#039;t enough anymore. In Hacking Planet Earth, New York Times bestselling author Thomas Kostigen takes readers to the frontlines of geoengineering projects that scientists, entrepreneurs, engineers, and other visionaries around the world are developing to solve the problems associated with climate change.  From giant parasols hovering above the Earth to shield us from an unforgiving sun, to lasers shooting up into clouds to coax out much-needed water,  Kostigen introduces readers to this inspiring work and the people who are spearheading it.  These futurist, far- thinking, world-changing ideas will save us, and Hacking Planet Earth offers readers their new vision for the future.</description>
      <author>Thomas M. Kostigen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593292921.mp3" length="2438460" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413872</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593292921.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413872">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413872</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hacking Planet Earth: How Geoengineering Can Help Us Reimagine the Future
Author: Thomas M. Kostigen
Narrator: Johnathan Mcclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 40 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An exploration of the cutting-edge technology that will enable us to confront the realities of climate change. For decades scientists and environmentalists have sounded the alarm about the effects of global warming. We are now past the tipping point. As floods, storms, and extreme temperatures become our daily reality, &amp;#039;Reduce, Reuse, Recycle&amp;#039; efforts aren&amp;#039;t enough anymore. In Hacking Planet Earth, New York Times bestselling author Thomas Kostigen takes readers to the frontlines of geoengineering projects that scientists, entrepreneurs, engineers, and other visionaries around the world are developing to solve the problems associated with climate change.  From giant parasols hovering above the Earth to shield us from an unforgiving sun, to lasers shooting up into clouds to coax out much-needed water,  Kostigen introduces readers to this inspiring work and the people who are spearheading it.  These futurist, far- thinking, world-changing ideas will save us, and Hacking Planet Earth offers readers their new vision for the future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413872">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413872</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hacking Planet Earth: How Geoengineering Can Help Us Reimagine the Future
Author: Thomas M. Kostigen
Narrator: Johnathan Mcclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 40 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An exploration of the cutting-edge technology that will enable us to confront the realities of climate change. For decades scientists and environmentalists have sounded the alarm about the effects of global warming. We are now past the tipping point. As floods, storms, and extreme temperatures become our daily reality, &amp;#039;Reduce, Reuse, Recycle&amp;#039; efforts aren&amp;#039;t enough anymore. In Hacking Planet Earth, New York Times bestselling author Thomas Kostigen takes readers to the frontlines of geoengineering projects that scientists, entrepreneurs, engineers, and other visionaries around the world are developing to solve the problems associated with climate change.  From giant parasols hovering above the Earth to shield us from an unforgiving sun, to lasers shooting up into clouds to coax out much-needed water,  Kostigen introduces readers to this inspiring work and the people who are spearheading it.  These futurist, far- thinking, world-changing ideas will save us, and Hacking Planet Earth offers readers their new vision for the future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pleased to Meet Me: Genes, Germs, and the Curious Forces That Make Us Who We Are by Bill Sullivan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412820</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412820">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412820</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pleased to Meet Me: Genes, Germs, and the Curious Forces That Make Us Who We Are
Author: Bill Sullivan
Narrator: Alex Boyles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Why are you attracted to a certain “type?” Why are you a morning person? Why do you vote the way you do? From a witty new voice in popular science comes a clever, life-changing look at what makes you you. “I can’t believe I just said that.” “What possessed me to do that?” “What’s wrong with me?” We’re constantly seeking answers to these fundamental human questions, and now, science has the answers. The foods we enjoy, the people we love, the emotions we feel, and the beliefs we hold can all be traced back to our DNA, germs, and environment. This witty, colloquial book is popular science at its best, describing in everyday language how genetics, epigenetics, microbiology, and psychology work together to influence our personality and actions. Mixing cutting-edge research and relatable humor, Pleased to Meet Me is filled with fascinating insights that shine a light on who we really are—and how we might become our best selves.</description>
      <author>Bill Sullivan</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Sep 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094067940.mp3" length="822756" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412820</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094067940.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412820">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412820</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pleased to Meet Me: Genes, Germs, and the Curious Forces That Make Us Who We Are
Author: Bill Sullivan
Narrator: Alex Boyles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Why are you attracted to a certain “type?” Why are you a morning person? Why do you vote the way you do? From a witty new voice in popular science comes a clever, life-changing look at what makes you you. “I can’t believe I just said that.” “What possessed me to do that?” “What’s wrong with me?” We’re constantly seeking answers to these fundamental human questions, and now, science has the answers. The foods we enjoy, the people we love, the emotions we feel, and the beliefs we hold can all be traced back to our DNA, germs, and environment. This witty, colloquial book is popular science at its best, describing in everyday language how genetics, epigenetics, microbiology, and psychology work together to influence our personality and actions. Mixing cutting-edge research and relatable humor, Pleased to Meet Me is filled with fascinating insights that shine a light on who we really are—and how we might become our best selves.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412820">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412820</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pleased to Meet Me: Genes, Germs, and the Curious Forces That Make Us Who We Are
Author: Bill Sullivan
Narrator: Alex Boyles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Why are you attracted to a certain “type?” Why are you a morning person? Why do you vote the way you do? From a witty new voice in popular science comes a clever, life-changing look at what makes you you. “I can’t believe I just said that.” “What possessed me to do that?” “What’s wrong with me?” We’re constantly seeking answers to these fundamental human questions, and now, science has the answers. The foods we enjoy, the people we love, the emotions we feel, and the beliefs we hold can all be traced back to our DNA, germs, and environment. This witty, colloquial book is popular science at its best, describing in everyday language how genetics, epigenetics, microbiology, and psychology work together to influence our personality and actions. Mixing cutting-edge research and relatable humor, Pleased to Meet Me is filled with fascinating insights that shine a light on who we really are—and how we might become our best selves.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sensehacking: How to Use the Power of Your Senses for Happier, Healthier Living by Charles Spence</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411803</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411803">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411803</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sensehacking: How to Use the Power of Your Senses for Happier, Healthier Living
Author: Charles Spence
Narrator: Sam Woolf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 6 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  The world expert in multisensory perception on the remarkable ways we can use our senses to lead happier, healthier, richer lives How can the furniture in your home affect your well-being? What colour clothing will help you play sport better? And what simple trick will calm you after a tense day at work? In this revelatory book, pioneering and entertaining Oxford professor Charles Spence shows how our senses change how we think and feel, and how by &amp;#039;hacking&amp;#039; them we can reduce stress, become more productive and be happier. We like to think of ourselves as rational beings, and yet it&amp;#039;s the scent of expensive face cream that removes wrinkles (temporarily) and the noise of the crowd really does affect the referee&amp;#039;s decision. Sensehacking explores how the senses are stimulated in nature, at home, in the workplace and at play. Using cutting-edge science, Spence shows how the senses interact and affect our minds and bodies. © Charles Spence 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</description>
      <author>Charles Spence</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Jan 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241989791.mp3" length="1448636" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411803</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241989791.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411803">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411803</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sensehacking: How to Use the Power of Your Senses for Happier, Healthier Living
Author: Charles Spence
Narrator: Sam Woolf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 6 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  The world expert in multisensory perception on the remarkable ways we can use our senses to lead happier, healthier, richer lives How can the furniture in your home affect your well-being? What colour clothing will help you play sport better? And what simple trick will calm you after a tense day at work? In this revelatory book, pioneering and entertaining Oxford professor Charles Spence shows how our senses change how we think and feel, and how by &amp;#039;hacking&amp;#039; them we can reduce stress, become more productive and be happier. We like to think of ourselves as rational beings, and yet it&amp;#039;s the scent of expensive face cream that removes wrinkles (temporarily) and the noise of the crowd really does affect the referee&amp;#039;s decision. Sensehacking explores how the senses are stimulated in nature, at home, in the workplace and at play. Using cutting-edge science, Spence shows how the senses interact and affect our minds and bodies. © Charles Spence 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411803">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411803</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sensehacking: How to Use the Power of Your Senses for Happier, Healthier Living
Author: Charles Spence
Narrator: Sam Woolf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 6 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  The world expert in multisensory perception on the remarkable ways we can use our senses to lead happier, healthier, richer lives How can the furniture in your home affect your well-being? What colour clothing will help you play sport better? And what simple trick will calm you after a tense day at work? In this revelatory book, pioneering and entertaining Oxford professor Charles Spence shows how our senses change how we think and feel, and how by &amp;#039;hacking&amp;#039; them we can reduce stress, become more productive and be happier. We like to think of ourselves as rational beings, and yet it&amp;#039;s the scent of expensive face cream that removes wrinkles (temporarily) and the noise of the crowd really does affect the referee&amp;#039;s decision. Sensehacking explores how the senses are stimulated in nature, at home, in the workplace and at play. Using cutting-edge science, Spence shows how the senses interact and affect our minds and bodies. © Charles Spence 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hacking Immortality: New Realities in the Quest to Live Forever by Sputnik Futures</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411673</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411673">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411673</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hacking Immortality: New Realities in the Quest to Live Forever
Author: Sputnik Futures
Narrator: Lisa Larsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 40 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Cheat death—or at least delay it—with this accessible look into the quest for immortality, and what it means for human civilization.  Are humans close to living forever? With advances in medicine and new therapies that prolong life expectancy, we are on track to make aging even more manageable.   This new entry in the exciting Alice in Futureland series explores both the science and cultural impulse behind extending lifespans, and the numerous ways the quest for eternity forces us to reevaluate what it means to be human. Some experts believe that we haven’t fully realized our true human potential, and we are about to embark on an extraordinary evolutionary shift.   Hacking Immortality answers all your burning questions, including:  -Can humans cheat death?  -What is your grim age?  -Will 100 be the new 40?  -Will we become software?   As reality suddenly catches up to science fiction, Hacking Immortality gives the truth on the state of humanity—and all its possible futures.</description>
      <author>Sputnik Futures</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jan 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797111438.mp3" length="803332" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411673</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797111438.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411673">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411673</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hacking Immortality: New Realities in the Quest to Live Forever
Author: Sputnik Futures
Narrator: Lisa Larsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 40 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Cheat death—or at least delay it—with this accessible look into the quest for immortality, and what it means for human civilization.  Are humans close to living forever? With advances in medicine and new therapies that prolong life expectancy, we are on track to make aging even more manageable.   This new entry in the exciting Alice in Futureland series explores both the science and cultural impulse behind extending lifespans, and the numerous ways the quest for eternity forces us to reevaluate what it means to be human. Some experts believe that we haven’t fully realized our true human potential, and we are about to embark on an extraordinary evolutionary shift.   Hacking Immortality answers all your burning questions, including:  -Can humans cheat death?  -What is your grim age?  -Will 100 be the new 40?  -Will we become software?   As reality suddenly catches up to science fiction, Hacking Immortality gives the truth on the state of humanity—and all its possible futures.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411673">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411673</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hacking Immortality: New Realities in the Quest to Live Forever
Author: Sputnik Futures
Narrator: Lisa Larsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 40 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Cheat death—or at least delay it—with this accessible look into the quest for immortality, and what it means for human civilization.  Are humans close to living forever? With advances in medicine and new therapies that prolong life expectancy, we are on track to make aging even more manageable.   This new entry in the exciting Alice in Futureland series explores both the science and cultural impulse behind extending lifespans, and the numerous ways the quest for eternity forces us to reevaluate what it means to be human. Some experts believe that we haven’t fully realized our true human potential, and we are about to embark on an extraordinary evolutionary shift.   Hacking Immortality answers all your burning questions, including:  -Can humans cheat death?  -What is your grim age?  -Will 100 be the new 40?  -Will we become software?   As reality suddenly catches up to science fiction, Hacking Immortality gives the truth on the state of humanity—and all its possible futures.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Entangled Life: How Fungi Make Our Worlds, Change Our Minds and Shape Our Futures by Merlin Sheldrake</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410945</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410945">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410945</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Entangled Life: How Fungi Make Our Worlds, Change Our Minds and Shape Our Futures
Author: Merlin Sheldrake
Narrator: Merlin Sheldrake
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 36 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 12
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. The smash-hit Sunday Times bestseller that will transform your understanding of our planet and life itself. &amp;#039;Astonishing ... it seems somehow to tip the natural world upside down&amp;#039; Observer &amp;#039;Completely mind-blowing ... reads like an adventure story&amp;#039; Sunday Times *WINNER OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY BOOK PRIZE 2021* *WINNER OF THE WAINWRIGHT PRIZE FOR CONSERVATION WRTITING 2021* *SHORTLISTED FOR THE RATHBONES FOLIO PRIZE 2021* *SHORTLISTED FOR THE BRITISH BOOK AWARDS BOOK OF THE YEAR 2021* The more we learn about fungi, the less makes sense without them. They can change our minds, heal our bodies and even help us avoid environmental disaster; they are metabolic masters, earth-makers and key players in most of nature&amp;#039;s processes. In Entangled Life, Merlin Sheldrake takes us on a mind-altering journey into their spectacular world, and reveals how these extraordinary organisms transform our understanding of our planet and life itself. &amp;#039;Dazzling, vibrant, vision-changing&amp;#039; Robert Macfarlane &amp;#039;Urgent, astounding and necessary&amp;#039; Helen Macdonald &amp;#039;Gorgeous!&amp;#039; Margaret Atwood (on Twitter) &amp;#039;Wonderful&amp;#039; Nigella Lawson &amp;#039;A magical writer&amp;#039; Russell Brand &amp;#039;This book is like one surprise after another&amp;#039; David Byrne &amp;#039;Uplifting&amp;#039; Jeanette Winterson * A Sunday Times, Daily Telegraph, New Statesman, The Times, Evening Standard, Mail on Sunday, BBC Science Focus and Time Book of the Year * ©Merlin Sheldrake 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>Merlin Sheldrake</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Sep 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473580824.mp3" length="1331054" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410945</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473580824.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410945">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410945</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Entangled Life: How Fungi Make Our Worlds, Change Our Minds and Shape Our Futures
Author: Merlin Sheldrake
Narrator: Merlin Sheldrake
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 36 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 12
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. The smash-hit Sunday Times bestseller that will transform your understanding of our planet and life itself. &amp;#039;Astonishing ... it seems somehow to tip the natural world upside down&amp;#039; Observer &amp;#039;Completely mind-blowing ... reads like an adventure story&amp;#039; Sunday Times *WINNER OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY BOOK PRIZE 2021* *WINNER OF THE WAINWRIGHT PRIZE FOR CONSERVATION WRTITING 2021* *SHORTLISTED FOR THE RATHBONES FOLIO PRIZE 2021* *SHORTLISTED FOR THE BRITISH BOOK AWARDS BOOK OF THE YEAR 2021* The more we learn about fungi, the less makes sense without them. They can change our minds, heal our bodies and even help us avoid environmental disaster; they are metabolic masters, earth-makers and key players in most of nature&amp;#039;s processes. In Entangled Life, Merlin Sheldrake takes us on a mind-altering journey into their spectacular world, and reveals how these extraordinary organisms transform our understanding of our planet and life itself. &amp;#039;Dazzling, vibrant, vision-changing&amp;#039; Robert Macfarlane &amp;#039;Urgent, astounding and necessary&amp;#039; Helen Macdonald &amp;#039;Gorgeous!&amp;#039; Margaret Atwood (on Twitter) &amp;#039;Wonderful&amp;#039; Nigella Lawson &amp;#039;A magical writer&amp;#039; Russell Brand &amp;#039;This book is like one surprise after another&amp;#039; David Byrne &amp;#039;Uplifting&amp;#039; Jeanette Winterson * A Sunday Times, Daily Telegraph, New Statesman, The Times, Evening Standard, Mail on Sunday, BBC Science Focus and Time Book of the Year * ©Merlin Sheldrake 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410945">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410945</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Entangled Life: How Fungi Make Our Worlds, Change Our Minds and Shape Our Futures
Author: Merlin Sheldrake
Narrator: Merlin Sheldrake
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 36 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 12
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. The smash-hit Sunday Times bestseller that will transform your understanding of our planet and life itself. &amp;#039;Astonishing ... it seems somehow to tip the natural world upside down&amp;#039; Observer &amp;#039;Completely mind-blowing ... reads like an adventure story&amp;#039; Sunday Times *WINNER OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY BOOK PRIZE 2021* *WINNER OF THE WAINWRIGHT PRIZE FOR CONSERVATION WRTITING 2021* *SHORTLISTED FOR THE RATHBONES FOLIO PRIZE 2021* *SHORTLISTED FOR THE BRITISH BOOK AWARDS BOOK OF THE YEAR 2021* The more we learn about fungi, the less makes sense without them. They can change our minds, heal our bodies and even help us avoid environmental disaster; they are metabolic masters, earth-makers and key players in most of nature&amp;#039;s processes. In Entangled Life, Merlin Sheldrake takes us on a mind-altering journey into their spectacular world, and reveals how these extraordinary organisms transform our understanding of our planet and life itself. &amp;#039;Dazzling, vibrant, vision-changing&amp;#039; Robert Macfarlane &amp;#039;Urgent, astounding and necessary&amp;#039; Helen Macdonald &amp;#039;Gorgeous!&amp;#039; Margaret Atwood (on Twitter) &amp;#039;Wonderful&amp;#039; Nigella Lawson &amp;#039;A magical writer&amp;#039; Russell Brand &amp;#039;This book is like one surprise after another&amp;#039; David Byrne &amp;#039;Uplifting&amp;#039; Jeanette Winterson * A Sunday Times, Daily Telegraph, New Statesman, The Times, Evening Standard, Mail on Sunday, BBC Science Focus and Time Book of the Year * ©Merlin Sheldrake 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Clean: The New Science of Skin by James Hamblin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410026</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410026">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410026</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Clean: The New Science of Skin
Author: James Hamblin
Narrator: Barrett Leddy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 11 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Named a Best Book of 2020 by NPR and Vanity Fair One of Smithsonian&amp;#039;s Ten Best Science Books of 2020 “A searching and vital explication of germ theory, social norms, and what the modern era is really doing to our bodies and our psyches.” —Vanity Fair A preventative medicine physician and staff writer for The Atlantic explains the surprising and unintended effects of our hygiene practices in this informative and entertaining introduction to the new science of skin microbes and probiotics.     Keeping skin healthy is a booming industry, and yet it seems like almost no one agrees on what actually works. Confusing messages from health authorities and ineffective treatments have left many people desperate for reliable solutions. An enormous alternative industry is filling the void, selling products that are often of questionable safety and totally unknown effectiveness.  In Clean, doctor and journalist James Hamblin explores how we got here, examining the science and culture of how we care for our skin today. He talks to dermatologists, microbiologists, allergists, immunologists, aestheticians, bar-soap enthusiasts, venture capitalists, Amish people, theologians, and straight-up scam artists, trying to figure out what it really means to be clean. He even experiments with giving up showers entirely, and discovers that he is not alone.  Along the way, he realizes that most of our standards of cleanliness are less related to health than most people think. A major part of the picture has been missing: a little-known ecosystem known as the skin microbiome—the trillions of microbes that live on our skin and in our pores. These microbes are not dangerous; they’re more like an outer layer of skin that no one knew we had, and they influence everything from acne, eczema, and dry skin, to how we smell. The new goal of skin care will be to cultivate a healthy biome—and to embrace the meaning of “clean” in the natural sense. This can mean doing much less, saving time, money, energy, water, and plastic bottles in the process. Lucid, accessible, and deeply researched, Clean explores the ongoing, radical change in the way we think about our skin, introducing readers to the emerging science that will be at the forefront of health and wellness conversations in coming years.</description>
      <author>James Hamblin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593211397.mp3" length="2806191" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410026</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593211397.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410026">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410026</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Clean: The New Science of Skin
Author: James Hamblin
Narrator: Barrett Leddy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 11 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Named a Best Book of 2020 by NPR and Vanity Fair One of Smithsonian&amp;#039;s Ten Best Science Books of 2020 “A searching and vital explication of germ theory, social norms, and what the modern era is really doing to our bodies and our psyches.” —Vanity Fair A preventative medicine physician and staff writer for The Atlantic explains the surprising and unintended effects of our hygiene practices in this informative and entertaining introduction to the new science of skin microbes and probiotics.     Keeping skin healthy is a booming industry, and yet it seems like almost no one agrees on what actually works. Confusing messages from health authorities and ineffective treatments have left many people desperate for reliable solutions. An enormous alternative industry is filling the void, selling products that are often of questionable safety and totally unknown effectiveness.  In Clean, doctor and journalist James Hamblin explores how we got here, examining the science and culture of how we care for our skin today. He talks to dermatologists, microbiologists, allergists, immunologists, aestheticians, bar-soap enthusiasts, venture capitalists, Amish people, theologians, and straight-up scam artists, trying to figure out what it really means to be clean. He even experiments with giving up showers entirely, and discovers that he is not alone.  Along the way, he realizes that most of our standards of cleanliness are less related to health than most people think. A major part of the picture has been missing: a little-known ecosystem known as the skin microbiome—the trillions of microbes that live on our skin and in our pores. These microbes are not dangerous; they’re more like an outer layer of skin that no one knew we had, and they influence everything from acne, eczema, and dry skin, to how we smell. The new goal of skin care will be to cultivate a healthy biome—and to embrace the meaning of “clean” in the natural sense. This can mean doing much less, saving time, money, energy, water, and plastic bottles in the process. Lucid, accessible, and deeply researched, Clean explores the ongoing, radical change in the way we think about our skin, introducing readers to the emerging science that will be at the forefront of health and wellness conversations in coming years.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410026">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410026</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Clean: The New Science of Skin
Author: James Hamblin
Narrator: Barrett Leddy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 11 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Named a Best Book of 2020 by NPR and Vanity Fair One of Smithsonian&amp;#039;s Ten Best Science Books of 2020 “A searching and vital explication of germ theory, social norms, and what the modern era is really doing to our bodies and our psyches.” —Vanity Fair A preventative medicine physician and staff writer for The Atlantic explains the surprising and unintended effects of our hygiene practices in this informative and entertaining introduction to the new science of skin microbes and probiotics.     Keeping skin healthy is a booming industry, and yet it seems like almost no one agrees on what actually works. Confusing messages from health authorities and ineffective treatments have left many people desperate for reliable solutions. An enormous alternative industry is filling the void, selling products that are often of questionable safety and totally unknown effectiveness.  In Clean, doctor and journalist James Hamblin explores how we got here, examining the science and culture of how we care for our skin today. He talks to dermatologists, microbiologists, allergists, immunologists, aestheticians, bar-soap enthusiasts, venture capitalists, Amish people, theologians, and straight-up scam artists, trying to figure out what it really means to be clean. He even experiments with giving up showers entirely, and discovers that he is not alone.  Along the way, he realizes that most of our standards of cleanliness are less related to health than most people think. A major part of the picture has been missing: a little-known ecosystem known as the skin microbiome—the trillions of microbes that live on our skin and in our pores. These microbes are not dangerous; they’re more like an outer layer of skin that no one knew we had, and they influence everything from acne, eczema, and dry skin, to how we smell. The new goal of skin care will be to cultivate a healthy biome—and to embrace the meaning of “clean” in the natural sense. This can mean doing much less, saving time, money, energy, water, and plastic bottles in the process. Lucid, accessible, and deeply researched, Clean explores the ongoing, radical change in the way we think about our skin, introducing readers to the emerging science that will be at the forefront of health and wellness conversations in coming years.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>First Steps: How Walking Upright Made Us Human by Jeremy Desilva</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410006</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410006">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410006</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: First Steps: How Walking Upright Made Us Human
Author: Jeremy Desilva
Narrator: Kaleo Griffith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 16 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Humans are the only mammals to walk on two, rather than four, legs. From an evolutionary perspective, this is an illogical development, as it slows us down. But here we are, suggesting there must have been something tremendous to gain from bipedalism.                      First Steps takes our ordinary, everyday walking experience and reveals how unusual and extraordinary it truly is. The seven-million-year-long journey through the origins of upright walking shows how it was in fact a gateway to many of the other attributes that make us human—from our technological skills and sociality to our thirst for exploration.           DeSilva uses early human evolution to explain the instinct that propels a crawling infant to toddle onto two feet, differences between how men and women tend to walk, physical costs of upright walking, including hernias, varicose veins and backache, and the challenges of childbirth imposed by a bipedal pelvis. And he theorises that upright walking may have laid the foundation for the traits of compassion, empathy and altruism that characterise our species today and helped us become the dominant species on this planet.</description>
      <author>Jeremy Desilva</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Apr 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008342869.mp3" length="1428146" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410006</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008342869.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410006">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410006</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: First Steps: How Walking Upright Made Us Human
Author: Jeremy Desilva
Narrator: Kaleo Griffith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 16 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Humans are the only mammals to walk on two, rather than four, legs. From an evolutionary perspective, this is an illogical development, as it slows us down. But here we are, suggesting there must have been something tremendous to gain from bipedalism.                      First Steps takes our ordinary, everyday walking experience and reveals how unusual and extraordinary it truly is. The seven-million-year-long journey through the origins of upright walking shows how it was in fact a gateway to many of the other attributes that make us human—from our technological skills and sociality to our thirst for exploration.           DeSilva uses early human evolution to explain the instinct that propels a crawling infant to toddle onto two feet, differences between how men and women tend to walk, physical costs of upright walking, including hernias, varicose veins and backache, and the challenges of childbirth imposed by a bipedal pelvis. And he theorises that upright walking may have laid the foundation for the traits of compassion, empathy and altruism that characterise our species today and helped us become the dominant species on this planet.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410006">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410006</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: First Steps: How Walking Upright Made Us Human
Author: Jeremy Desilva
Narrator: Kaleo Griffith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 16 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2021
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Humans are the only mammals to walk on two, rather than four, legs. From an evolutionary perspective, this is an illogical development, as it slows us down. But here we are, suggesting there must have been something tremendous to gain from bipedalism.                      First Steps takes our ordinary, everyday walking experience and reveals how unusual and extraordinary it truly is. The seven-million-year-long journey through the origins of upright walking shows how it was in fact a gateway to many of the other attributes that make us human—from our technological skills and sociality to our thirst for exploration.           DeSilva uses early human evolution to explain the instinct that propels a crawling infant to toddle onto two feet, differences between how men and women tend to walk, physical costs of upright walking, including hernias, varicose veins and backache, and the challenges of childbirth imposed by a bipedal pelvis. And he theorises that upright walking may have laid the foundation for the traits of compassion, empathy and altruism that characterise our species today and helped us become the dominant species on this planet.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Breath: The New Science of a Lost Art by James Nestor</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408972</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408972">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408972</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breath: The New Science of a Lost Art
Author: James Nestor
Narrator: James Nestor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 478 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.73 of Total 66
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A New York Times Bestseller A Washington Post Notable Nonfiction Book of 2020  Named a Best Book of 2020 by NPR     “A fascinating scientific, cultural, spiritual and evolutionary history of the way humans breathe—and how we’ve all been doing it wrong for a long, long time.” —Elizabeth Gilbert, author of Big Magic and Eat Pray Love No matter what you eat, how much you exercise, how skinny or young or wise you are, none of it matters if you’re not breathing properly. There is nothing more essential to our health and well-being than breathing: take air in, let it out, repeat twenty-five thousand times a day. Yet, as a species, humans have lost the ability to breathe correctly, with grave consequences.  Journalist James Nestor travels the world to figure out what went wrong and how to fix it. The answers aren’t found in pulmonology labs, as we might expect, but in the muddy digs of ancient burial sites, secret Soviet facilities, New Jersey choir schools, and the smoggy streets of São Paulo. Nestor tracks down men and women exploring the hidden science behind ancient breathing practices like Pranayama, Sudarshan Kriya, and Tummo and teams up with pulmonary tinkerers to scientifically test long-held beliefs about how we breathe. Modern research is showing us that making even slight adjustments to the way we inhale and exhale can jump-start athletic performance; rejuvenate internal organs; halt snoring, asthma, and autoimmune disease; and even straighten scoliotic spines. None of this should be possible, and yet it is.  Drawing on thousands of years of medical texts and recent cutting-edge studies in pulmonology, psychology, biochemistry, and human physiology, Breath turns the conventional wisdom of what we thought we knew about our most basic biological function on its head. You will never breathe the same again.</description>
      <author>James Nestor</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593211519.mp3" length="2823459" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408972</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593211519.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408972">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408972</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breath: The New Science of a Lost Art
Author: James Nestor
Narrator: James Nestor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 478 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.73 of Total 66
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A New York Times Bestseller A Washington Post Notable Nonfiction Book of 2020  Named a Best Book of 2020 by NPR     “A fascinating scientific, cultural, spiritual and evolutionary history of the way humans breathe—and how we’ve all been doing it wrong for a long, long time.” —Elizabeth Gilbert, author of Big Magic and Eat Pray Love No matter what you eat, how much you exercise, how skinny or young or wise you are, none of it matters if you’re not breathing properly. There is nothing more essential to our health and well-being than breathing: take air in, let it out, repeat twenty-five thousand times a day. Yet, as a species, humans have lost the ability to breathe correctly, with grave consequences.  Journalist James Nestor travels the world to figure out what went wrong and how to fix it. The answers aren’t found in pulmonology labs, as we might expect, but in the muddy digs of ancient burial sites, secret Soviet facilities, New Jersey choir schools, and the smoggy streets of São Paulo. Nestor tracks down men and women exploring the hidden science behind ancient breathing practices like Pranayama, Sudarshan Kriya, and Tummo and teams up with pulmonary tinkerers to scientifically test long-held beliefs about how we breathe. Modern research is showing us that making even slight adjustments to the way we inhale and exhale can jump-start athletic performance; rejuvenate internal organs; halt snoring, asthma, and autoimmune disease; and even straighten scoliotic spines. None of this should be possible, and yet it is.  Drawing on thousands of years of medical texts and recent cutting-edge studies in pulmonology, psychology, biochemistry, and human physiology, Breath turns the conventional wisdom of what we thought we knew about our most basic biological function on its head. You will never breathe the same again.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408972">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408972</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breath: The New Science of a Lost Art
Author: James Nestor
Narrator: James Nestor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 478 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.73 of Total 66
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A New York Times Bestseller A Washington Post Notable Nonfiction Book of 2020  Named a Best Book of 2020 by NPR     “A fascinating scientific, cultural, spiritual and evolutionary history of the way humans breathe—and how we’ve all been doing it wrong for a long, long time.” —Elizabeth Gilbert, author of Big Magic and Eat Pray Love No matter what you eat, how much you exercise, how skinny or young or wise you are, none of it matters if you’re not breathing properly. There is nothing more essential to our health and well-being than breathing: take air in, let it out, repeat twenty-five thousand times a day. Yet, as a species, humans have lost the ability to breathe correctly, with grave consequences.  Journalist James Nestor travels the world to figure out what went wrong and how to fix it. The answers aren’t found in pulmonology labs, as we might expect, but in the muddy digs of ancient burial sites, secret Soviet facilities, New Jersey choir schools, and the smoggy streets of São Paulo. Nestor tracks down men and women exploring the hidden science behind ancient breathing practices like Pranayama, Sudarshan Kriya, and Tummo and teams up with pulmonary tinkerers to scientifically test long-held beliefs about how we breathe. Modern research is showing us that making even slight adjustments to the way we inhale and exhale can jump-start athletic performance; rejuvenate internal organs; halt snoring, asthma, and autoimmune disease; and even straighten scoliotic spines. None of this should be possible, and yet it is.  Drawing on thousands of years of medical texts and recent cutting-edge studies in pulmonology, psychology, biochemistry, and human physiology, Breath turns the conventional wisdom of what we thought we knew about our most basic biological function on its head. You will never breathe the same again.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Better Half: On the Genetic Superiority of Women by Sharon Moalem</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408399</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408399">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408399</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Better Half: On the Genetic Superiority of Women
Author: Sharon Moalem
Narrator: Sharon Moalem
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An award-winning physician and scientist makes the game-changing case that genetic females are stronger than males at every stage of life &amp;#039;A powerful antidote to the myth of a &amp;#039;weaker sex&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Gina Rippon, author of The Gendered Brain From birth, genetic females are better at fighting viruses, infections and cancer. They do better at surviving epidemics and famines. They live longer, and even see the world in a wider variety of colours. These are the facts; they are simply stronger than men at every stage of life. Why? And why are we taught the opposite? Drawing on his wide-ranging experience and cutting-edge research as a medic, geneticist and specialist in rare diseases, Dr Sharon Moalem reveals how the answer lies in our genetics: the female&amp;#039;s double XX chromosomes offer a powerful survival advantage. And he calls for a long-overdue reconsideration of our one-size-fits-all view of the body and medicine - a view that still frames women through the lens of men. Revolutionary, captivating and utterly persuasive, The Better Half will make you see women, men and the survival of our species anew. &amp;#039;Brilliant, original and groundbreaking, highly readable and genuinely useful&amp;#039; Daily Mail</description>
      <author>Sharon Moalem</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780141993317.mp3" length="1510196" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408399</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780141993317.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408399">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408399</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Better Half: On the Genetic Superiority of Women
Author: Sharon Moalem
Narrator: Sharon Moalem
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An award-winning physician and scientist makes the game-changing case that genetic females are stronger than males at every stage of life &amp;#039;A powerful antidote to the myth of a &amp;#039;weaker sex&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Gina Rippon, author of The Gendered Brain From birth, genetic females are better at fighting viruses, infections and cancer. They do better at surviving epidemics and famines. They live longer, and even see the world in a wider variety of colours. These are the facts; they are simply stronger than men at every stage of life. Why? And why are we taught the opposite? Drawing on his wide-ranging experience and cutting-edge research as a medic, geneticist and specialist in rare diseases, Dr Sharon Moalem reveals how the answer lies in our genetics: the female&amp;#039;s double XX chromosomes offer a powerful survival advantage. And he calls for a long-overdue reconsideration of our one-size-fits-all view of the body and medicine - a view that still frames women through the lens of men. Revolutionary, captivating and utterly persuasive, The Better Half will make you see women, men and the survival of our species anew. &amp;#039;Brilliant, original and groundbreaking, highly readable and genuinely useful&amp;#039; Daily Mail</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408399">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408399</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Better Half: On the Genetic Superiority of Women
Author: Sharon Moalem
Narrator: Sharon Moalem
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An award-winning physician and scientist makes the game-changing case that genetic females are stronger than males at every stage of life &amp;#039;A powerful antidote to the myth of a &amp;#039;weaker sex&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Gina Rippon, author of The Gendered Brain From birth, genetic females are better at fighting viruses, infections and cancer. They do better at surviving epidemics and famines. They live longer, and even see the world in a wider variety of colours. These are the facts; they are simply stronger than men at every stage of life. Why? And why are we taught the opposite? Drawing on his wide-ranging experience and cutting-edge research as a medic, geneticist and specialist in rare diseases, Dr Sharon Moalem reveals how the answer lies in our genetics: the female&amp;#039;s double XX chromosomes offer a powerful survival advantage. And he calls for a long-overdue reconsideration of our one-size-fits-all view of the body and medicine - a view that still frames women through the lens of men. Revolutionary, captivating and utterly persuasive, The Better Half will make you see women, men and the survival of our species anew. &amp;#039;Brilliant, original and groundbreaking, highly readable and genuinely useful&amp;#039; Daily Mail</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Genpoolparty - Wie uns die Wissenschaft stärker, schlauer und weniger unausstehlich macht (Ungekürzte Lesung) by Martin Moder</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408288</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408288">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408288</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Genpoolparty - Wie uns die Wissenschaft stärker, schlauer und weniger unausstehlich macht (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Martin Moder
Narrator: Thomas Nicolai
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 0 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Wie hat die Biologie Sie zu dem wunderbaren Menschen gemacht, der Sie ohne Zweifel sind? Tragen Sie selbst die Verantwortung für Ihre Persönlichkeit und Intelligenz? Oder können Sie die Schuld jemand anderem zuschieben? Das neue Buch von Science-Slam-Europameister Martin Moder entführt uns in die Naturwissenschaft der Zukunft und klärt dabei spielerisch die bedeutendsten Fragen. Wie wird man weniger blöd? Kann man Weicheier zu Alphatieren machen, indem man ihnen ins Gehirn leuchtet? Wie wird ein Sesselfurzer zum muskelbepackten Adonis, ohne auch nur aufstehen zu müssen? Und darf man eine Genschere am Flughafen mit ins Handgepäck nehmen? Molekularbiologie auf Nobelpreis-Niveau vom jüngsten und bestgebauten Science Buster.</description>
      <author>Martin Moder</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Feb 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783732452781.mp3" length="861313" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408288</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783732452781.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408288">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408288</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Genpoolparty - Wie uns die Wissenschaft stärker, schlauer und weniger unausstehlich macht (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Martin Moder
Narrator: Thomas Nicolai
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 0 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Wie hat die Biologie Sie zu dem wunderbaren Menschen gemacht, der Sie ohne Zweifel sind? Tragen Sie selbst die Verantwortung für Ihre Persönlichkeit und Intelligenz? Oder können Sie die Schuld jemand anderem zuschieben? Das neue Buch von Science-Slam-Europameister Martin Moder entführt uns in die Naturwissenschaft der Zukunft und klärt dabei spielerisch die bedeutendsten Fragen. Wie wird man weniger blöd? Kann man Weicheier zu Alphatieren machen, indem man ihnen ins Gehirn leuchtet? Wie wird ein Sesselfurzer zum muskelbepackten Adonis, ohne auch nur aufstehen zu müssen? Und darf man eine Genschere am Flughafen mit ins Handgepäck nehmen? Molekularbiologie auf Nobelpreis-Niveau vom jüngsten und bestgebauten Science Buster.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408288">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408288</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Genpoolparty - Wie uns die Wissenschaft stärker, schlauer und weniger unausstehlich macht (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Martin Moder
Narrator: Thomas Nicolai
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 0 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Wie hat die Biologie Sie zu dem wunderbaren Menschen gemacht, der Sie ohne Zweifel sind? Tragen Sie selbst die Verantwortung für Ihre Persönlichkeit und Intelligenz? Oder können Sie die Schuld jemand anderem zuschieben? Das neue Buch von Science-Slam-Europameister Martin Moder entführt uns in die Naturwissenschaft der Zukunft und klärt dabei spielerisch die bedeutendsten Fragen. Wie wird man weniger blöd? Kann man Weicheier zu Alphatieren machen, indem man ihnen ins Gehirn leuchtet? Wie wird ein Sesselfurzer zum muskelbepackten Adonis, ohne auch nur aufstehen zu müssen? Und darf man eine Genschere am Flughafen mit ins Handgepäck nehmen? Molekularbiologie auf Nobelpreis-Niveau vom jüngsten und bestgebauten Science Buster.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How We Learn: The New Science of Education and the Brain by Stanislas Dehaene</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408161</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408161">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408161</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How We Learn: The New Science of Education and the Brain
Author: Stanislas Dehaene
Narrator: Kaleo Griffith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 1 minute
Release date: January 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. In today&amp;#039;s technological society, with an unprecedented amount of information at our fingertips, learning plays a more central role than ever. In How We Learn, Stanislas Dehaene decodes its biological mechanisms, delving into the neuronal, synaptic, and molecular processes taking place in the brain. He explains why youth is such a sensitive period, during which brain plasticity is maximal, but also assures us that our abilities continue into adulthood, and that we can enhance our learning and memory at any age. We can all &amp;#039;learn to learn&amp;#039; by taking maximal advantage of the four pillars of the brain&amp;#039;s learning algorithm: attention, active engagement, error feedback, and consolidation. The human brain is an extraordinary machine. Its ability to process information and adapt to circumstances by reprogramming itself is unparalleled, and it remains the best source of inspiration for recent developments in artificial intelligence. The exciting advancements in A.I. of the last twenty years reveal just as much about our remarkable abilities as they do about the potential of machines. How We Learn finds the boundary of computer science, neurobiology, and cognitive psychology to explain how learning really works and how to make the best use of the brain&amp;#039;s learning algorithms, in our schools and universities as well as in everyday life. © Stanislas Dehaene 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>Stanislas Dehaene</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780141993164.mp3" length="1316589" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408161</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780141993164.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408161">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408161</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How We Learn: The New Science of Education and the Brain
Author: Stanislas Dehaene
Narrator: Kaleo Griffith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 1 minute
Release date: January 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. In today&amp;#039;s technological society, with an unprecedented amount of information at our fingertips, learning plays a more central role than ever. In How We Learn, Stanislas Dehaene decodes its biological mechanisms, delving into the neuronal, synaptic, and molecular processes taking place in the brain. He explains why youth is such a sensitive period, during which brain plasticity is maximal, but also assures us that our abilities continue into adulthood, and that we can enhance our learning and memory at any age. We can all &amp;#039;learn to learn&amp;#039; by taking maximal advantage of the four pillars of the brain&amp;#039;s learning algorithm: attention, active engagement, error feedback, and consolidation. The human brain is an extraordinary machine. Its ability to process information and adapt to circumstances by reprogramming itself is unparalleled, and it remains the best source of inspiration for recent developments in artificial intelligence. The exciting advancements in A.I. of the last twenty years reveal just as much about our remarkable abilities as they do about the potential of machines. How We Learn finds the boundary of computer science, neurobiology, and cognitive psychology to explain how learning really works and how to make the best use of the brain&amp;#039;s learning algorithms, in our schools and universities as well as in everyday life. © Stanislas Dehaene 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408161">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408161</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How We Learn: The New Science of Education and the Brain
Author: Stanislas Dehaene
Narrator: Kaleo Griffith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 1 minute
Release date: January 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. In today&amp;#039;s technological society, with an unprecedented amount of information at our fingertips, learning plays a more central role than ever. In How We Learn, Stanislas Dehaene decodes its biological mechanisms, delving into the neuronal, synaptic, and molecular processes taking place in the brain. He explains why youth is such a sensitive period, during which brain plasticity is maximal, but also assures us that our abilities continue into adulthood, and that we can enhance our learning and memory at any age. We can all &amp;#039;learn to learn&amp;#039; by taking maximal advantage of the four pillars of the brain&amp;#039;s learning algorithm: attention, active engagement, error feedback, and consolidation. The human brain is an extraordinary machine. Its ability to process information and adapt to circumstances by reprogramming itself is unparalleled, and it remains the best source of inspiration for recent developments in artificial intelligence. The exciting advancements in A.I. of the last twenty years reveal just as much about our remarkable abilities as they do about the potential of machines. How We Learn finds the boundary of computer science, neurobiology, and cognitive psychology to explain how learning really works and how to make the best use of the brain&amp;#039;s learning algorithms, in our schools and universities as well as in everyday life. © Stanislas Dehaene 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Oxygen: The molecule that made the world by Nick Lane</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407198</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407198">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407198</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Oxygen: The molecule that made the world
Author: Nick Lane
Narrator: Nigel Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 35 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Three hundred million years ago, in Carboniferous times, dragonflies grew as big as seagulls, with wingspans of nearly a meter. Researchers claim they could have flown only if the air had contained more oxygen than today—probably as much as thirty-five percent. Giant spiders, tree-ferns, marine rock formations, and fossil charcoals all tell the same story. High oxygen levels may also explain the global firestorm that contributed to the demise of the dinosaurs after the asteroid impact. The strange and profound effects that oxygen has had on the evolution of life pose a riddle, which this book sets out to answer. Oxygen is a toxic gas. Divers breathing pure oxygen at depth suffer from convulsions and lung injury. Fruit flies raised at twice normal atmospheric levels of oxygen live half as long as their siblings. Reactive forms of oxygen, known as free radicals, are thought to cause aging in people. Yet if atmospheric oxygen reached thirty-five percent in the Carboniferous, why did it promote exuberant growth, instead of rapid aging and death? Oxygen takes the listener on an enthralling journey, as gripping as a thriller, as it unravels the unexpected ways in which oxygen spurred the evolution of life and death.</description>
      <author>Nick Lane</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781494546601.mp3" length="8265441" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407198</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781494546601.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407198">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407198</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Oxygen: The molecule that made the world
Author: Nick Lane
Narrator: Nigel Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 35 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Three hundred million years ago, in Carboniferous times, dragonflies grew as big as seagulls, with wingspans of nearly a meter. Researchers claim they could have flown only if the air had contained more oxygen than today—probably as much as thirty-five percent. Giant spiders, tree-ferns, marine rock formations, and fossil charcoals all tell the same story. High oxygen levels may also explain the global firestorm that contributed to the demise of the dinosaurs after the asteroid impact. The strange and profound effects that oxygen has had on the evolution of life pose a riddle, which this book sets out to answer. Oxygen is a toxic gas. Divers breathing pure oxygen at depth suffer from convulsions and lung injury. Fruit flies raised at twice normal atmospheric levels of oxygen live half as long as their siblings. Reactive forms of oxygen, known as free radicals, are thought to cause aging in people. Yet if atmospheric oxygen reached thirty-five percent in the Carboniferous, why did it promote exuberant growth, instead of rapid aging and death? Oxygen takes the listener on an enthralling journey, as gripping as a thriller, as it unravels the unexpected ways in which oxygen spurred the evolution of life and death.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407198">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407198</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Oxygen: The molecule that made the world
Author: Nick Lane
Narrator: Nigel Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 35 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Three hundred million years ago, in Carboniferous times, dragonflies grew as big as seagulls, with wingspans of nearly a meter. Researchers claim they could have flown only if the air had contained more oxygen than today—probably as much as thirty-five percent. Giant spiders, tree-ferns, marine rock formations, and fossil charcoals all tell the same story. High oxygen levels may also explain the global firestorm that contributed to the demise of the dinosaurs after the asteroid impact. The strange and profound effects that oxygen has had on the evolution of life pose a riddle, which this book sets out to answer. Oxygen is a toxic gas. Divers breathing pure oxygen at depth suffer from convulsions and lung injury. Fruit flies raised at twice normal atmospheric levels of oxygen live half as long as their siblings. Reactive forms of oxygen, known as free radicals, are thought to cause aging in people. Yet if atmospheric oxygen reached thirty-five percent in the Carboniferous, why did it promote exuberant growth, instead of rapid aging and death? Oxygen takes the listener on an enthralling journey, as gripping as a thriller, as it unravels the unexpected ways in which oxygen spurred the evolution of life and death.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sexing the Body: Gender Politics and the Construction of Sexuality by Anne Fausto-Sterling</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406576</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406576">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406576</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sexing the Body: Gender Politics and the Construction of Sexuality
Author: Anne Fausto-Sterling
Narrator: Carol Monda
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 2 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Now updated with groundbreaking research, this award-winning classic examines the construction of sexual identity in biology, society, and history. Why do some people prefer heterosexual love while others fancy the same sex? Is sexual identity biologically determined or a product of convention? In this brilliant and provocative book, the acclaimed author of Myths of Gender argues that even the most fundamental knowledge about sex is shaped by the culture in which scientific knowledge is produced. Drawing on astonishing real-life cases and a probing analysis of centuries of scientific research, Fausto-Sterling demonstrates how scientists have historically politicized the body. In lively and impassioned prose, she breaks down three key dualisms -- sex/gender, nature/nurture, and real/constructed -- and asserts that individuals born as mixtures of male and female exist as one of five natural human variants and, as such, should not be forced to compromise their differences to fit a flawed societal definition of normality.</description>
      <author>Anne Fausto-Sterling</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549104480.mp3" length="856066" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406576</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549104480.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406576">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406576</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sexing the Body: Gender Politics and the Construction of Sexuality
Author: Anne Fausto-Sterling
Narrator: Carol Monda
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 2 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Now updated with groundbreaking research, this award-winning classic examines the construction of sexual identity in biology, society, and history. Why do some people prefer heterosexual love while others fancy the same sex? Is sexual identity biologically determined or a product of convention? In this brilliant and provocative book, the acclaimed author of Myths of Gender argues that even the most fundamental knowledge about sex is shaped by the culture in which scientific knowledge is produced. Drawing on astonishing real-life cases and a probing analysis of centuries of scientific research, Fausto-Sterling demonstrates how scientists have historically politicized the body. In lively and impassioned prose, she breaks down three key dualisms -- sex/gender, nature/nurture, and real/constructed -- and asserts that individuals born as mixtures of male and female exist as one of five natural human variants and, as such, should not be forced to compromise their differences to fit a flawed societal definition of normality.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406576">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406576</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sexing the Body: Gender Politics and the Construction of Sexuality
Author: Anne Fausto-Sterling
Narrator: Carol Monda
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 2 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Now updated with groundbreaking research, this award-winning classic examines the construction of sexual identity in biology, society, and history. Why do some people prefer heterosexual love while others fancy the same sex? Is sexual identity biologically determined or a product of convention? In this brilliant and provocative book, the acclaimed author of Myths of Gender argues that even the most fundamental knowledge about sex is shaped by the culture in which scientific knowledge is produced. Drawing on astonishing real-life cases and a probing analysis of centuries of scientific research, Fausto-Sterling demonstrates how scientists have historically politicized the body. In lively and impassioned prose, she breaks down three key dualisms -- sex/gender, nature/nurture, and real/constructed -- and asserts that individuals born as mixtures of male and female exist as one of five natural human variants and, as such, should not be forced to compromise their differences to fit a flawed societal definition of normality.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Language of Butterflies: How Thieves, Hoarders, Scientists, and Other Obsessives Unlocked the Secrets of the World&amp;#039;s Favorite Insect by Wendy Williams</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406395</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406395">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406395</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Language of Butterflies: How Thieves, Hoarders, Scientists, and Other Obsessives Unlocked the Secrets of the World&amp;#039;s Favorite Insect
Author: Wendy Williams
Narrator: Angela Brazil
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 38 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this “deeply personal and lyrical book” (Publishers Weekly) from the New York Times bestselling author of The Horse, Wendy Williams explores the lives of one of the world’s most resilient creatures—the butterfly—shedding light on the role that they play in our ecosystem and in our human lives. “[A] glorious and exuberant celebration of these biological flying machines…Williams takes us on a humorous and beautifully crafted journey” (The Washington Post). From butterfly gardens to zoo exhibits, these “flying flowers” are one of the few insects we’ve encouraged to infiltrate our lives. Yet, what has drawn us to these creatures in the first place? And what are their lives really like? In this “entertaining look at ‘the world’s favorite insect’” (Booklist, starred review), New York Times bestselling author and science journalist Wendy Williams reveals the inner lives of these delicate creatures, who are far more intelligent and tougher than we give them credit for.   Monarch butterflies migrate thousands of miles each year from Canada to Mexico. Other species have learned how to fool ants into taking care of them. Butterflies’ scales are inspiring researchers to create new life-saving medical technology. Williams takes readers to butterfly habitats across the globe and introduces us to not only various species, but “digs deeply into the lives of both butterflies and [the] scientists” (Science magazine) who have spent decades studying them.   Coupled with years of research and knowledge gained from experts in the field, this accessible “butterfly biography” explores the ancient partnership between these special creatures and humans, and why they continue to fascinate us today. “Informative, thought-provoking,” (BookPage, starred review) and extremely profound, The Language of Butterflies is a “fascinating book [that] will be of interest to anyone who has ever admired a butterfly, and anyone who cares about preserving these stunning creatures” (Library Journal).</description>
      <author>Wendy Williams</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jun 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797109602.mp3" length="860716" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406395</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797109602.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406395">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406395</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Language of Butterflies: How Thieves, Hoarders, Scientists, and Other Obsessives Unlocked the Secrets of the World&amp;#039;s Favorite Insect
Author: Wendy Williams
Narrator: Angela Brazil
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 38 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this “deeply personal and lyrical book” (Publishers Weekly) from the New York Times bestselling author of The Horse, Wendy Williams explores the lives of one of the world’s most resilient creatures—the butterfly—shedding light on the role that they play in our ecosystem and in our human lives. “[A] glorious and exuberant celebration of these biological flying machines…Williams takes us on a humorous and beautifully crafted journey” (The Washington Post). From butterfly gardens to zoo exhibits, these “flying flowers” are one of the few insects we’ve encouraged to infiltrate our lives. Yet, what has drawn us to these creatures in the first place? And what are their lives really like? In this “entertaining look at ‘the world’s favorite insect’” (Booklist, starred review), New York Times bestselling author and science journalist Wendy Williams reveals the inner lives of these delicate creatures, who are far more intelligent and tougher than we give them credit for.   Monarch butterflies migrate thousands of miles each year from Canada to Mexico. Other species have learned how to fool ants into taking care of them. Butterflies’ scales are inspiring researchers to create new life-saving medical technology. Williams takes readers to butterfly habitats across the globe and introduces us to not only various species, but “digs deeply into the lives of both butterflies and [the] scientists” (Science magazine) who have spent decades studying them.   Coupled with years of research and knowledge gained from experts in the field, this accessible “butterfly biography” explores the ancient partnership between these special creatures and humans, and why they continue to fascinate us today. “Informative, thought-provoking,” (BookPage, starred review) and extremely profound, The Language of Butterflies is a “fascinating book [that] will be of interest to anyone who has ever admired a butterfly, and anyone who cares about preserving these stunning creatures” (Library Journal).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406395">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406395</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Language of Butterflies: How Thieves, Hoarders, Scientists, and Other Obsessives Unlocked the Secrets of the World&amp;#039;s Favorite Insect
Author: Wendy Williams
Narrator: Angela Brazil
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 38 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this “deeply personal and lyrical book” (Publishers Weekly) from the New York Times bestselling author of The Horse, Wendy Williams explores the lives of one of the world’s most resilient creatures—the butterfly—shedding light on the role that they play in our ecosystem and in our human lives. “[A] glorious and exuberant celebration of these biological flying machines…Williams takes us on a humorous and beautifully crafted journey” (The Washington Post). From butterfly gardens to zoo exhibits, these “flying flowers” are one of the few insects we’ve encouraged to infiltrate our lives. Yet, what has drawn us to these creatures in the first place? And what are their lives really like? In this “entertaining look at ‘the world’s favorite insect’” (Booklist, starred review), New York Times bestselling author and science journalist Wendy Williams reveals the inner lives of these delicate creatures, who are far more intelligent and tougher than we give them credit for.   Monarch butterflies migrate thousands of miles each year from Canada to Mexico. Other species have learned how to fool ants into taking care of them. Butterflies’ scales are inspiring researchers to create new life-saving medical technology. Williams takes readers to butterfly habitats across the globe and introduces us to not only various species, but “digs deeply into the lives of both butterflies and [the] scientists” (Science magazine) who have spent decades studying them.   Coupled with years of research and knowledge gained from experts in the field, this accessible “butterfly biography” explores the ancient partnership between these special creatures and humans, and why they continue to fascinate us today. “Informative, thought-provoking,” (BookPage, starred review) and extremely profound, The Language of Butterflies is a “fascinating book [that] will be of interest to anyone who has ever admired a butterfly, and anyone who cares about preserving these stunning creatures” (Library Journal).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Survival of the Friendliest: Understanding Our Origins and Rediscovering Our Common Humanity by Vanessa Woods, Brian Hare</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405598</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405598">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405598</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Survival of the Friendliest: Understanding Our Origins and Rediscovering Our Common Humanity
Author: Vanessa Woods, Brian Hare
Narrator: René Ruiz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 5 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A powerful new theory of human nature suggests that our secret to success as a species is our unique friendliness “Brilliant, eye-opening, and absolutely inspiring—and a riveting read. Hare and Woods have written the perfect book for our time.”—Cass R. Sunstein, author of How Change Happens and co-author of Nudge  For most of the approximately 300,000 years that Homo sapiens have existed, we have shared the planet with at least four other types of humans. All of these were smart, strong, and inventive. But around 50,000 years ago, Homo sapiens made a cognitive leap that gave us an edge over other species. What happened?  Since Charles Darwin wrote about “evolutionary fitness,” the idea of fitness has been confused with physical strength, tactical brilliance, and aggression. In fact, what made us evolutionarily fit was a remarkable kind of friendliness, a virtuosic ability to coordinate and communicate with others that allowed us to achieve all the cultural and technical marvels in human history. Advancing what they call the “self-domestication theory,” Brian Hare, professor in the department of evolutionary anthropology and the Center for Cognitive Neuroscience at Duke University and his wife, Vanessa Woods, a research scientist and award-winning journalist, shed light on the mysterious leap in human cognition that allowed Homo sapiens to thrive.   But this gift for friendliness came at a cost. Just as a mother bear is most dangerous around her cubs, we are at our most dangerous when someone we love is threatened by an “outsider.” The threatening outsider is demoted to sub-human, fair game for our worst instincts. Hare’s groundbreaking research, developed in close coordination with Richard Wrangham and Michael Tomasello, giants in the field of cognitive evolution, reveals that the same traits that make us the most tolerant species on the planet also make us the cruelest.    Survival of the Friendliest offers us a new way to look at our cultural as well as cognitive evolution and sends a clear message: In order to survive and even to flourish, we need to expand our definition of who belongs.</description>
      <author>Vanessa Woods, Brian Hare</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593209820.mp3" length="2697431" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405598</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593209820.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405598">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405598</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Survival of the Friendliest: Understanding Our Origins and Rediscovering Our Common Humanity
Author: Vanessa Woods, Brian Hare
Narrator: René Ruiz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 5 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A powerful new theory of human nature suggests that our secret to success as a species is our unique friendliness “Brilliant, eye-opening, and absolutely inspiring—and a riveting read. Hare and Woods have written the perfect book for our time.”—Cass R. Sunstein, author of How Change Happens and co-author of Nudge  For most of the approximately 300,000 years that Homo sapiens have existed, we have shared the planet with at least four other types of humans. All of these were smart, strong, and inventive. But around 50,000 years ago, Homo sapiens made a cognitive leap that gave us an edge over other species. What happened?  Since Charles Darwin wrote about “evolutionary fitness,” the idea of fitness has been confused with physical strength, tactical brilliance, and aggression. In fact, what made us evolutionarily fit was a remarkable kind of friendliness, a virtuosic ability to coordinate and communicate with others that allowed us to achieve all the cultural and technical marvels in human history. Advancing what they call the “self-domestication theory,” Brian Hare, professor in the department of evolutionary anthropology and the Center for Cognitive Neuroscience at Duke University and his wife, Vanessa Woods, a research scientist and award-winning journalist, shed light on the mysterious leap in human cognition that allowed Homo sapiens to thrive.   But this gift for friendliness came at a cost. Just as a mother bear is most dangerous around her cubs, we are at our most dangerous when someone we love is threatened by an “outsider.” The threatening outsider is demoted to sub-human, fair game for our worst instincts. Hare’s groundbreaking research, developed in close coordination with Richard Wrangham and Michael Tomasello, giants in the field of cognitive evolution, reveals that the same traits that make us the most tolerant species on the planet also make us the cruelest.    Survival of the Friendliest offers us a new way to look at our cultural as well as cognitive evolution and sends a clear message: In order to survive and even to flourish, we need to expand our definition of who belongs.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405598">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405598</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Survival of the Friendliest: Understanding Our Origins and Rediscovering Our Common Humanity
Author: Vanessa Woods, Brian Hare
Narrator: René Ruiz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 5 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A powerful new theory of human nature suggests that our secret to success as a species is our unique friendliness “Brilliant, eye-opening, and absolutely inspiring—and a riveting read. Hare and Woods have written the perfect book for our time.”—Cass R. Sunstein, author of How Change Happens and co-author of Nudge  For most of the approximately 300,000 years that Homo sapiens have existed, we have shared the planet with at least four other types of humans. All of these were smart, strong, and inventive. But around 50,000 years ago, Homo sapiens made a cognitive leap that gave us an edge over other species. What happened?  Since Charles Darwin wrote about “evolutionary fitness,” the idea of fitness has been confused with physical strength, tactical brilliance, and aggression. In fact, what made us evolutionarily fit was a remarkable kind of friendliness, a virtuosic ability to coordinate and communicate with others that allowed us to achieve all the cultural and technical marvels in human history. Advancing what they call the “self-domestication theory,” Brian Hare, professor in the department of evolutionary anthropology and the Center for Cognitive Neuroscience at Duke University and his wife, Vanessa Woods, a research scientist and award-winning journalist, shed light on the mysterious leap in human cognition that allowed Homo sapiens to thrive.   But this gift for friendliness came at a cost. Just as a mother bear is most dangerous around her cubs, we are at our most dangerous when someone we love is threatened by an “outsider.” The threatening outsider is demoted to sub-human, fair game for our worst instincts. Hare’s groundbreaking research, developed in close coordination with Richard Wrangham and Michael Tomasello, giants in the field of cognitive evolution, reveals that the same traits that make us the most tolerant species on the planet also make us the cruelest.    Survival of the Friendliest offers us a new way to look at our cultural as well as cognitive evolution and sends a clear message: In order to survive and even to flourish, we need to expand our definition of who belongs.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Idea of the Brain: The Past and Future of Neuroscience by Matthew Cobb</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405357</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405357">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405357</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Idea of the Brain: The Past and Future of Neuroscience
Author: Matthew Cobb
Narrator: Joe Jameson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 15 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An &amp;#039;elegant&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;engrossing&amp;#039; (Carol Tavris, Wall Street Journal) examination of what we think we know about the brain and why -- despite technological advances -- the workings of our most essential organ remain a mystery. &amp;#039;I cannot recommend this book strongly enough.&amp;#039;--Henry Marsh, author of Do No Harm For thousands of years, thinkers and scientists have tried to understand what the brain does. Yet, despite the astonishing discoveries of science, we still have only the vaguest idea of how the brain works. In The Idea of the Brain, scientist and historian Matthew Cobb traces how our conception of the brain has evolved over the centuries. Although it might seem to be a story of ever-increasing knowledge of biology, Cobb shows how our ideas about the brain have been shaped by each era&amp;#039;s most significant technologies. Today we might think the brain is like a supercomputer. In the past, it has been compared to a telegraph, a telephone exchange, or some kind of hydraulic system. What will we think the brain is like tomorrow, when new technology arises? The result is an essential read for anyone interested in the complex processes that drive science and the forces that have shaped our marvelous brains.</description>
      <author>Matthew Cobb</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549155963.mp3" length="914855" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405357</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549155963.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405357">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405357</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Idea of the Brain: The Past and Future of Neuroscience
Author: Matthew Cobb
Narrator: Joe Jameson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 15 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An &amp;#039;elegant&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;engrossing&amp;#039; (Carol Tavris, Wall Street Journal) examination of what we think we know about the brain and why -- despite technological advances -- the workings of our most essential organ remain a mystery. &amp;#039;I cannot recommend this book strongly enough.&amp;#039;--Henry Marsh, author of Do No Harm For thousands of years, thinkers and scientists have tried to understand what the brain does. Yet, despite the astonishing discoveries of science, we still have only the vaguest idea of how the brain works. In The Idea of the Brain, scientist and historian Matthew Cobb traces how our conception of the brain has evolved over the centuries. Although it might seem to be a story of ever-increasing knowledge of biology, Cobb shows how our ideas about the brain have been shaped by each era&amp;#039;s most significant technologies. Today we might think the brain is like a supercomputer. In the past, it has been compared to a telegraph, a telephone exchange, or some kind of hydraulic system. What will we think the brain is like tomorrow, when new technology arises? The result is an essential read for anyone interested in the complex processes that drive science and the forces that have shaped our marvelous brains.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405357">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405357</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Idea of the Brain: The Past and Future of Neuroscience
Author: Matthew Cobb
Narrator: Joe Jameson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 15 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An &amp;#039;elegant&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;engrossing&amp;#039; (Carol Tavris, Wall Street Journal) examination of what we think we know about the brain and why -- despite technological advances -- the workings of our most essential organ remain a mystery. &amp;#039;I cannot recommend this book strongly enough.&amp;#039;--Henry Marsh, author of Do No Harm For thousands of years, thinkers and scientists have tried to understand what the brain does. Yet, despite the astonishing discoveries of science, we still have only the vaguest idea of how the brain works. In The Idea of the Brain, scientist and historian Matthew Cobb traces how our conception of the brain has evolved over the centuries. Although it might seem to be a story of ever-increasing knowledge of biology, Cobb shows how our ideas about the brain have been shaped by each era&amp;#039;s most significant technologies. Today we might think the brain is like a supercomputer. In the past, it has been compared to a telegraph, a telephone exchange, or some kind of hydraulic system. What will we think the brain is like tomorrow, when new technology arises? The result is an essential read for anyone interested in the complex processes that drive science and the forces that have shaped our marvelous brains.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Know It When We See It: What the Neurobiology of Vision Tells Us About How We Think by Richard Masland</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405297</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405297">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405297</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Know It When We See It: What the Neurobiology of Vision Tells Us About How We Think
Author: Richard Masland
Narrator: Matt Kugler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A Harvard researcher investigates the human eye in this insightful account of what vision reveals about intelligence, learning, and the greatest mysteries of neuroscience. Spotting a face in a crowd is so easy, you take it for granted. But how you do it is one of science&amp;#039;s great mysteries. And vision is involved with so much of everything your brain does. Explaining how it works reveals more than just how you see. In We Know It When We See It, Harvard neuroscientist Richard Masland tackles vital questions about how the brain processes information -- how it perceives, learns, and remembers -- through a careful study of the inner life of the eye.  Covering everything from what happens when light hits your retina, to the increasingly sophisticated nerve nets that turn that light into knowledge, to what a computer algorithm must be able to do before it can be called truly &amp;#039;intelligent,&amp;#039; We Know It When We See It is a profound yet approachable investigation into how our bodies make sense of the world.</description>
      <author>Richard Masland</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549184352.mp3" length="871896" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405297</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549184352.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405297">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405297</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Know It When We See It: What the Neurobiology of Vision Tells Us About How We Think
Author: Richard Masland
Narrator: Matt Kugler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A Harvard researcher investigates the human eye in this insightful account of what vision reveals about intelligence, learning, and the greatest mysteries of neuroscience. Spotting a face in a crowd is so easy, you take it for granted. But how you do it is one of science&amp;#039;s great mysteries. And vision is involved with so much of everything your brain does. Explaining how it works reveals more than just how you see. In We Know It When We See It, Harvard neuroscientist Richard Masland tackles vital questions about how the brain processes information -- how it perceives, learns, and remembers -- through a careful study of the inner life of the eye.  Covering everything from what happens when light hits your retina, to the increasingly sophisticated nerve nets that turn that light into knowledge, to what a computer algorithm must be able to do before it can be called truly &amp;#039;intelligent,&amp;#039; We Know It When We See It is a profound yet approachable investigation into how our bodies make sense of the world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405297">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405297</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Know It When We See It: What the Neurobiology of Vision Tells Us About How We Think
Author: Richard Masland
Narrator: Matt Kugler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A Harvard researcher investigates the human eye in this insightful account of what vision reveals about intelligence, learning, and the greatest mysteries of neuroscience. Spotting a face in a crowd is so easy, you take it for granted. But how you do it is one of science&amp;#039;s great mysteries. And vision is involved with so much of everything your brain does. Explaining how it works reveals more than just how you see. In We Know It When We See It, Harvard neuroscientist Richard Masland tackles vital questions about how the brain processes information -- how it perceives, learns, and remembers -- through a careful study of the inner life of the eye.  Covering everything from what happens when light hits your retina, to the increasingly sophisticated nerve nets that turn that light into knowledge, to what a computer algorithm must be able to do before it can be called truly &amp;#039;intelligent,&amp;#039; We Know It When We See It is a profound yet approachable investigation into how our bodies make sense of the world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ending Parkinson&amp;#039;s Disease: A Prescription for Action by Ray Dorsey, Bastiaan R. Bloem, Michael S. Okun, Todd Sherer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405264</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405264">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405264</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ending Parkinson&amp;#039;s Disease: A Prescription for Action
Author: Ray Dorsey, Bastiaan R. Bloem, Michael S. Okun, Todd Sherer
Narrator: Alex Hyde-White
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this &amp;#039;must-read&amp;#039; guide (Lonnie Ali), four leading doctors and advocates offer a bold action plan to prevent, care for, and treat Parkinson&amp;#039;s disease-one of the great health challenges of our time. Brain diseases are now the world&amp;#039;s leading source of disability. The fastest growing of these is Parkinson&amp;#039;s: the number of impacted patients has doubled to more than six million over the last twenty-five years and is projected to double again by 2040. Harmful pesticides that increase the risk of Parkinson&amp;#039;s continue to proliferate, many people remain undiagnosed and untreated, research funding stagnates, and the most effective treatment is now a half century old. In Ending Parkinson&amp;#039;s Disease, four top experts provide a plan to help prevent Parkinson&amp;#039;s, improve care and treatment, and end the silence associated with this devastating disease.</description>
      <author>Ray Dorsey, Bastiaan R. Bloem, Michael S. Okun, Todd Sherer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549123528.mp3" length="799133" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405264</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549123528.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405264">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405264</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ending Parkinson&amp;#039;s Disease: A Prescription for Action
Author: Ray Dorsey, Bastiaan R. Bloem, Michael S. Okun, Todd Sherer
Narrator: Alex Hyde-White
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this &amp;#039;must-read&amp;#039; guide (Lonnie Ali), four leading doctors and advocates offer a bold action plan to prevent, care for, and treat Parkinson&amp;#039;s disease-one of the great health challenges of our time. Brain diseases are now the world&amp;#039;s leading source of disability. The fastest growing of these is Parkinson&amp;#039;s: the number of impacted patients has doubled to more than six million over the last twenty-five years and is projected to double again by 2040. Harmful pesticides that increase the risk of Parkinson&amp;#039;s continue to proliferate, many people remain undiagnosed and untreated, research funding stagnates, and the most effective treatment is now a half century old. In Ending Parkinson&amp;#039;s Disease, four top experts provide a plan to help prevent Parkinson&amp;#039;s, improve care and treatment, and end the silence associated with this devastating disease.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405264">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405264</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ending Parkinson&amp;#039;s Disease: A Prescription for Action
Author: Ray Dorsey, Bastiaan R. Bloem, Michael S. Okun, Todd Sherer
Narrator: Alex Hyde-White
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this &amp;#039;must-read&amp;#039; guide (Lonnie Ali), four leading doctors and advocates offer a bold action plan to prevent, care for, and treat Parkinson&amp;#039;s disease-one of the great health challenges of our time. Brain diseases are now the world&amp;#039;s leading source of disability. The fastest growing of these is Parkinson&amp;#039;s: the number of impacted patients has doubled to more than six million over the last twenty-five years and is projected to double again by 2040. Harmful pesticides that increase the risk of Parkinson&amp;#039;s continue to proliferate, many people remain undiagnosed and untreated, research funding stagnates, and the most effective treatment is now a half century old. In Ending Parkinson&amp;#039;s Disease, four top experts provide a plan to help prevent Parkinson&amp;#039;s, improve care and treatment, and end the silence associated with this devastating disease.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Dance of Life: The New Science of How a Single Cell Becomes a Human Being by Roger Highfield, Magdalena Zernicka-Goetz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405160</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405160">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405160</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dance of Life: The New Science of How a Single Cell Becomes a Human Being
Author: Roger Highfield, Magdalena Zernicka-Goetz
Narrator: Shaina Summerville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 6 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A renowned biologist&amp;#039;s cutting-edge and unconventional examination of human reproduction and embryo research  Scientists have long struggled to make pregnancy easier, safer, and more successful. In The Dance of Life, developmental and stem-cell biologist Magdalena Zernicka-Goetz takes us to the front lines of efforts to understand the creation of a human life. She has spent two decades unraveling the mysteries of development, as a simple fertilized egg becomes a complex human being of forty trillion cells. Zernicka-Goetz&amp;#039;s work is both incredibly practical and astonishingly vast: her groundbreaking experiments with mouse, human, and artificial embryo models give hope to how more women can sustain viable pregnancies. Set at the intersection of science&amp;#039;s greatest powers and humanity&amp;#039;s greatest concern, The Dance of Life is a revelatory account of the future of fertility -- and life itself.</description>
      <author>Roger Highfield, Magdalena Zernicka-Goetz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549152665.mp3" length="869507" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405160</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549152665.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405160">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405160</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dance of Life: The New Science of How a Single Cell Becomes a Human Being
Author: Roger Highfield, Magdalena Zernicka-Goetz
Narrator: Shaina Summerville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 6 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A renowned biologist&amp;#039;s cutting-edge and unconventional examination of human reproduction and embryo research  Scientists have long struggled to make pregnancy easier, safer, and more successful. In The Dance of Life, developmental and stem-cell biologist Magdalena Zernicka-Goetz takes us to the front lines of efforts to understand the creation of a human life. She has spent two decades unraveling the mysteries of development, as a simple fertilized egg becomes a complex human being of forty trillion cells. Zernicka-Goetz&amp;#039;s work is both incredibly practical and astonishingly vast: her groundbreaking experiments with mouse, human, and artificial embryo models give hope to how more women can sustain viable pregnancies. Set at the intersection of science&amp;#039;s greatest powers and humanity&amp;#039;s greatest concern, The Dance of Life is a revelatory account of the future of fertility -- and life itself.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405160">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405160</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dance of Life: The New Science of How a Single Cell Becomes a Human Being
Author: Roger Highfield, Magdalena Zernicka-Goetz
Narrator: Shaina Summerville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 6 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A renowned biologist&amp;#039;s cutting-edge and unconventional examination of human reproduction and embryo research  Scientists have long struggled to make pregnancy easier, safer, and more successful. In The Dance of Life, developmental and stem-cell biologist Magdalena Zernicka-Goetz takes us to the front lines of efforts to understand the creation of a human life. She has spent two decades unraveling the mysteries of development, as a simple fertilized egg becomes a complex human being of forty trillion cells. Zernicka-Goetz&amp;#039;s work is both incredibly practical and astonishingly vast: her groundbreaking experiments with mouse, human, and artificial embryo models give hope to how more women can sustain viable pregnancies. Set at the intersection of science&amp;#039;s greatest powers and humanity&amp;#039;s greatest concern, The Dance of Life is a revelatory account of the future of fertility -- and life itself.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Orchard: A Year in England’s Eden by Nicholas Gates, Benedict Macdonald</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404919</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404919">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404919</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Orchard: A Year in England’s Eden
Author: Nicholas Gates, Benedict Macdonald
Narrator: Mike Grady
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 31 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
By the Wainwright-Conservation-Prize-winning author of Rebirding                        Spend a year in an orchard, celebrating its imperilled, overlooked abundance of life.                       England&amp;#039;s ancient orchards, collaborations between people and nature, are sources of hope for the future. Protecting them promises a far richer England for the centuries to come, for wildlife and for us.           As the seasons turn, a wealth of animals and plants are revealed: Bumble and solitary bees apartment-hunting in April; spotted flycatchers migrating in May; redstarts, hedgehogs and owls nesting in June; an explosion of life in the summer and the harvest and homespun cider-making in the autumn. And all throughout the year, the orchard’s human and animal inhabitants work together, creating one of the richest ecosystems left in Britain.           Explore this unique habitat throughout the course of a year, and marvel at the beauty and strength of nature.</description>
      <author>Nicholas Gates, Benedict Macdonald</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Aug 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008333751.mp3" length="1332224" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404919</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008333751.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404919">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404919</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Orchard: A Year in England’s Eden
Author: Nicholas Gates, Benedict Macdonald
Narrator: Mike Grady
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 31 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
By the Wainwright-Conservation-Prize-winning author of Rebirding                        Spend a year in an orchard, celebrating its imperilled, overlooked abundance of life.                       England&amp;#039;s ancient orchards, collaborations between people and nature, are sources of hope for the future. Protecting them promises a far richer England for the centuries to come, for wildlife and for us.           As the seasons turn, a wealth of animals and plants are revealed: Bumble and solitary bees apartment-hunting in April; spotted flycatchers migrating in May; redstarts, hedgehogs and owls nesting in June; an explosion of life in the summer and the harvest and homespun cider-making in the autumn. And all throughout the year, the orchard’s human and animal inhabitants work together, creating one of the richest ecosystems left in Britain.           Explore this unique habitat throughout the course of a year, and marvel at the beauty and strength of nature.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404919">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404919</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Orchard: A Year in England’s Eden
Author: Nicholas Gates, Benedict Macdonald
Narrator: Mike Grady
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 31 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
By the Wainwright-Conservation-Prize-winning author of Rebirding                        Spend a year in an orchard, celebrating its imperilled, overlooked abundance of life.                       England&amp;#039;s ancient orchards, collaborations between people and nature, are sources of hope for the future. Protecting them promises a far richer England for the centuries to come, for wildlife and for us.           As the seasons turn, a wealth of animals and plants are revealed: Bumble and solitary bees apartment-hunting in April; spotted flycatchers migrating in May; redstarts, hedgehogs and owls nesting in June; an explosion of life in the summer and the harvest and homespun cider-making in the autumn. And all throughout the year, the orchard’s human and animal inhabitants work together, creating one of the richest ecosystems left in Britain.           Explore this unique habitat throughout the course of a year, and marvel at the beauty and strength of nature.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Lab of One&amp;#039;s Own: One Woman&amp;#039;s Personal Journey Through Sexism in Science by Sharon Bertsch Mcgrayne, Rita Colwell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403827</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403827">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403827</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Lab of One&amp;#039;s Own: One Woman&amp;#039;s Personal Journey Through Sexism in Science
Author: Sharon Bertsch Mcgrayne, Rita Colwell
Narrator: Jackie Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 31 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A “beautifully written” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review) memoir-manifesto from the first female director of the National Science Foundation about the entrenched sexism in science, the elaborate detours women have take to bypass the problem, and how to fix the system. If you think sexism thrives only on Wall Street or Hollywood, you haven’t visited a lab, a science department, a research foundation, or a biotech firm.   Rita Colwell is one of the top scientists in America: the groundbreaking microbiologist who discovered how cholera survives between epidemics and the former head of the National Science Foundation. But when she first applied for a graduate fellowship in bacteriology, she was told, “We don’t waste fellowships on women.” A lack of support from some male superiors would lead her to change her area of study six times before completing her PhD.   A Lab of One’s Own is an “engaging” (Booklist) book that documents all Colwell has seen and heard over her six decades in science, from sexual harassment in the lab to obscure systems blocking women from leading professional organizations or publishing their work. Along the way, she encounters other women pushing back against the status quo, including a group at MIT who revolt when they discover their labs are a fraction of the size of their male colleagues.   Resistance gave female scientists special gifts: forced to change specialties so many times, they came to see things in a more interdisciplinary way, which turned out to be key to making new discoveries in the 20th and 21st centuries. Colwell would also witness the advances that could be made when men and women worked together—often under her direction, such as when she headed a team that helped to uncover the source of anthrax used in the 2001 letter attacks.   A Lab of One’s Own is “an inspiring read for women embarking on a career or experiencing career challenges” (Library Journal, starred review) that shares the sheer joy a scientist feels when moving toward a breakthrough, and the thrill of uncovering a whole new generation of female pioneers. It is the science book for the #MeToo era, offering an astute diagnosis of how to fix the problem of sexism in science—and a celebration of women pushing back.</description>
      <author>Sharon Bertsch Mcgrayne, Rita Colwell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797108902.mp3" length="808477" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403827</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797108902.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403827">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403827</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Lab of One&amp;#039;s Own: One Woman&amp;#039;s Personal Journey Through Sexism in Science
Author: Sharon Bertsch Mcgrayne, Rita Colwell
Narrator: Jackie Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 31 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A “beautifully written” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review) memoir-manifesto from the first female director of the National Science Foundation about the entrenched sexism in science, the elaborate detours women have take to bypass the problem, and how to fix the system. If you think sexism thrives only on Wall Street or Hollywood, you haven’t visited a lab, a science department, a research foundation, or a biotech firm.   Rita Colwell is one of the top scientists in America: the groundbreaking microbiologist who discovered how cholera survives between epidemics and the former head of the National Science Foundation. But when she first applied for a graduate fellowship in bacteriology, she was told, “We don’t waste fellowships on women.” A lack of support from some male superiors would lead her to change her area of study six times before completing her PhD.   A Lab of One’s Own is an “engaging” (Booklist) book that documents all Colwell has seen and heard over her six decades in science, from sexual harassment in the lab to obscure systems blocking women from leading professional organizations or publishing their work. Along the way, she encounters other women pushing back against the status quo, including a group at MIT who revolt when they discover their labs are a fraction of the size of their male colleagues.   Resistance gave female scientists special gifts: forced to change specialties so many times, they came to see things in a more interdisciplinary way, which turned out to be key to making new discoveries in the 20th and 21st centuries. Colwell would also witness the advances that could be made when men and women worked together—often under her direction, such as when she headed a team that helped to uncover the source of anthrax used in the 2001 letter attacks.   A Lab of One’s Own is “an inspiring read for women embarking on a career or experiencing career challenges” (Library Journal, starred review) that shares the sheer joy a scientist feels when moving toward a breakthrough, and the thrill of uncovering a whole new generation of female pioneers. It is the science book for the #MeToo era, offering an astute diagnosis of how to fix the problem of sexism in science—and a celebration of women pushing back.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403827">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403827</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Lab of One&amp;#039;s Own: One Woman&amp;#039;s Personal Journey Through Sexism in Science
Author: Sharon Bertsch Mcgrayne, Rita Colwell
Narrator: Jackie Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 31 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A “beautifully written” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review) memoir-manifesto from the first female director of the National Science Foundation about the entrenched sexism in science, the elaborate detours women have take to bypass the problem, and how to fix the system. If you think sexism thrives only on Wall Street or Hollywood, you haven’t visited a lab, a science department, a research foundation, or a biotech firm.   Rita Colwell is one of the top scientists in America: the groundbreaking microbiologist who discovered how cholera survives between epidemics and the former head of the National Science Foundation. But when she first applied for a graduate fellowship in bacteriology, she was told, “We don’t waste fellowships on women.” A lack of support from some male superiors would lead her to change her area of study six times before completing her PhD.   A Lab of One’s Own is an “engaging” (Booklist) book that documents all Colwell has seen and heard over her six decades in science, from sexual harassment in the lab to obscure systems blocking women from leading professional organizations or publishing their work. Along the way, she encounters other women pushing back against the status quo, including a group at MIT who revolt when they discover their labs are a fraction of the size of their male colleagues.   Resistance gave female scientists special gifts: forced to change specialties so many times, they came to see things in a more interdisciplinary way, which turned out to be key to making new discoveries in the 20th and 21st centuries. Colwell would also witness the advances that could be made when men and women worked together—often under her direction, such as when she headed a team that helped to uncover the source of anthrax used in the 2001 letter attacks.   A Lab of One’s Own is “an inspiring read for women embarking on a career or experiencing career challenges” (Library Journal, starred review) that shares the sheer joy a scientist feels when moving toward a breakthrough, and the thrill of uncovering a whole new generation of female pioneers. It is the science book for the #MeToo era, offering an astute diagnosis of how to fix the problem of sexism in science—and a celebration of women pushing back.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fossil Men: The Quest for the Oldest Skeleton and the Origins of Humankind by Kermit Pattison</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400573</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fossil Men: The Quest for the Oldest Skeleton and the Origins of Humankind
Author: Kermit Pattison
Narrator: Roger Wayne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 21 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;A rip-roaring tale, Fossil Men is one of those rare books that can be a prism through which to view the world, exposing the fabric of the Earth and illuminating the Tree of Life.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —New York Times bestselling author Peter Nichols A behind-the-scenes account of the shocking discovery of the skeleton of “Ardi,” a human ancestor far older than Lucy - a find that shook the world of paleoanthropology and radically altered our understanding of human evolution. In 1994, a team led by fossil-hunting legend Tim White—”the Steve Jobs of paleoanthropology”—uncovered the bones of a human ancestor in Ethiopia’s Afar region. Radiometric dating of nearby rocks indicated the skeleton, classified as Ardipithecus ramidus, was 4.4 million years old, more than a million years older than “Lucy,” then the oldest known human ancestor. The findings challenged many assumptions about human evolution—how we started walking upright, how we evolved our nimble hands, and, most significantly, whether we were descended from an ancestor that resembled today’s chimpanzee—and repudiated a half-century of paleoanthropological orthodoxy.  Fossil Men is the first full-length exploration of Ardi, the fossil men who found her, and her impact on what we know about the origins of the human species. It is a scientific detective story played out in anatomy and the natural history of the human body. Kermit Pattison brings into focus a cast of eccentric, obsessive scientists, including one of the world’s greatest fossil hunters, Tim White—an exacting and unforgiving fossil hunter whose virtuoso skills in the field were matched only by his propensity for making enemies; Gen Suwa, a Japanese savant who sometimes didn’t bother going home at night to devote more hours to science; Owen Lovejoy, a onetime creationist-turned-paleoanthropologist; Berhane Asfaw, who survived imprisonment and torture to become Ethiopia’s most senior paleoanthropologist and who fought for African scientists to gain equal footing in the study of human origins; and the Leakeys, for decades the most famous family in paleoanthropology. An intriguing tale of scientific discovery, obsession and rivalry that moves from the sun-baked desert of Africa and a nation caught in a brutal civil war, to modern high-tech labs and academic lecture halls, Fossil Men is popular science at its best, and a must read for fans of Jared Diamond, Richard Dawkins, and Edward O. Wilson. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Kermit Pattison</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Nov 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062660039.mp3" length="1380387" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400573</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062660039.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fossil Men: The Quest for the Oldest Skeleton and the Origins of Humankind
Author: Kermit Pattison
Narrator: Roger Wayne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 21 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;A rip-roaring tale, Fossil Men is one of those rare books that can be a prism through which to view the world, exposing the fabric of the Earth and illuminating the Tree of Life.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —New York Times bestselling author Peter Nichols A behind-the-scenes account of the shocking discovery of the skeleton of “Ardi,” a human ancestor far older than Lucy - a find that shook the world of paleoanthropology and radically altered our understanding of human evolution. In 1994, a team led by fossil-hunting legend Tim White—”the Steve Jobs of paleoanthropology”—uncovered the bones of a human ancestor in Ethiopia’s Afar region. Radiometric dating of nearby rocks indicated the skeleton, classified as Ardipithecus ramidus, was 4.4 million years old, more than a million years older than “Lucy,” then the oldest known human ancestor. The findings challenged many assumptions about human evolution—how we started walking upright, how we evolved our nimble hands, and, most significantly, whether we were descended from an ancestor that resembled today’s chimpanzee—and repudiated a half-century of paleoanthropological orthodoxy.  Fossil Men is the first full-length exploration of Ardi, the fossil men who found her, and her impact on what we know about the origins of the human species. It is a scientific detective story played out in anatomy and the natural history of the human body. Kermit Pattison brings into focus a cast of eccentric, obsessive scientists, including one of the world’s greatest fossil hunters, Tim White—an exacting and unforgiving fossil hunter whose virtuoso skills in the field were matched only by his propensity for making enemies; Gen Suwa, a Japanese savant who sometimes didn’t bother going home at night to devote more hours to science; Owen Lovejoy, a onetime creationist-turned-paleoanthropologist; Berhane Asfaw, who survived imprisonment and torture to become Ethiopia’s most senior paleoanthropologist and who fought for African scientists to gain equal footing in the study of human origins; and the Leakeys, for decades the most famous family in paleoanthropology. An intriguing tale of scientific discovery, obsession and rivalry that moves from the sun-baked desert of Africa and a nation caught in a brutal civil war, to modern high-tech labs and academic lecture halls, Fossil Men is popular science at its best, and a must read for fans of Jared Diamond, Richard Dawkins, and Edward O. Wilson. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fossil Men: The Quest for the Oldest Skeleton and the Origins of Humankind
Author: Kermit Pattison
Narrator: Roger Wayne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 21 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;A rip-roaring tale, Fossil Men is one of those rare books that can be a prism through which to view the world, exposing the fabric of the Earth and illuminating the Tree of Life.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —New York Times bestselling author Peter Nichols A behind-the-scenes account of the shocking discovery of the skeleton of “Ardi,” a human ancestor far older than Lucy - a find that shook the world of paleoanthropology and radically altered our understanding of human evolution. In 1994, a team led by fossil-hunting legend Tim White—”the Steve Jobs of paleoanthropology”—uncovered the bones of a human ancestor in Ethiopia’s Afar region. Radiometric dating of nearby rocks indicated the skeleton, classified as Ardipithecus ramidus, was 4.4 million years old, more than a million years older than “Lucy,” then the oldest known human ancestor. The findings challenged many assumptions about human evolution—how we started walking upright, how we evolved our nimble hands, and, most significantly, whether we were descended from an ancestor that resembled today’s chimpanzee—and repudiated a half-century of paleoanthropological orthodoxy.  Fossil Men is the first full-length exploration of Ardi, the fossil men who found her, and her impact on what we know about the origins of the human species. It is a scientific detective story played out in anatomy and the natural history of the human body. Kermit Pattison brings into focus a cast of eccentric, obsessive scientists, including one of the world’s greatest fossil hunters, Tim White—an exacting and unforgiving fossil hunter whose virtuoso skills in the field were matched only by his propensity for making enemies; Gen Suwa, a Japanese savant who sometimes didn’t bother going home at night to devote more hours to science; Owen Lovejoy, a onetime creationist-turned-paleoanthropologist; Berhane Asfaw, who survived imprisonment and torture to become Ethiopia’s most senior paleoanthropologist and who fought for African scientists to gain equal footing in the study of human origins; and the Leakeys, for decades the most famous family in paleoanthropology. An intriguing tale of scientific discovery, obsession and rivalry that moves from the sun-baked desert of Africa and a nation caught in a brutal civil war, to modern high-tech labs and academic lecture halls, Fossil Men is popular science at its best, and a must read for fans of Jared Diamond, Richard Dawkins, and Edward O. Wilson. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>On the Origin of Evolution: Tracing ‘Darwin’s Dangerous Idea’ from Aristotle to DNA by John Gribbin, Mary Gribbin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400543</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400543">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400543</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Origin of Evolution: Tracing ‘Darwin’s Dangerous Idea’ from Aristotle to DNA
Author: John Gribbin, Mary Gribbin
Narrator: Charles Armstrong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 22 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A Waterstones Best Book of 2020           The theory of evolution by natural selection did not spring fully formed and unprecedented from the brain of Charles Darwin. Rather it has been examined and debated by philosophers the world over for thousands of years.           This lively history traces the evolution of the idea of evolution, showing how it has changed and been changed by different societies over time. It will put &amp;#039;Darwin’s Dangerous Idea&amp;#039; into its proper context, showing how it built on what went before and how it was developed in the twentieth century, through an understanding of genetics and the biochemical basis evolution. None of this diminishes the achievement of Darwin himself in perceiving the way evolution works at the level of individuals and species, but his contribution was one link in a chain that extends back into antiquity, and is still being forged today.</description>
      <author>John Gribbin, Mary Gribbin</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Nov 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008333393.mp3" length="1458080" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400543</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008333393.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400543">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400543</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Origin of Evolution: Tracing ‘Darwin’s Dangerous Idea’ from Aristotle to DNA
Author: John Gribbin, Mary Gribbin
Narrator: Charles Armstrong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 22 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A Waterstones Best Book of 2020           The theory of evolution by natural selection did not spring fully formed and unprecedented from the brain of Charles Darwin. Rather it has been examined and debated by philosophers the world over for thousands of years.           This lively history traces the evolution of the idea of evolution, showing how it has changed and been changed by different societies over time. It will put &amp;#039;Darwin’s Dangerous Idea&amp;#039; into its proper context, showing how it built on what went before and how it was developed in the twentieth century, through an understanding of genetics and the biochemical basis evolution. None of this diminishes the achievement of Darwin himself in perceiving the way evolution works at the level of individuals and species, but his contribution was one link in a chain that extends back into antiquity, and is still being forged today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400543">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400543</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Origin of Evolution: Tracing ‘Darwin’s Dangerous Idea’ from Aristotle to DNA
Author: John Gribbin, Mary Gribbin
Narrator: Charles Armstrong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 22 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A Waterstones Best Book of 2020           The theory of evolution by natural selection did not spring fully formed and unprecedented from the brain of Charles Darwin. Rather it has been examined and debated by philosophers the world over for thousands of years.           This lively history traces the evolution of the idea of evolution, showing how it has changed and been changed by different societies over time. It will put &amp;#039;Darwin’s Dangerous Idea&amp;#039; into its proper context, showing how it built on what went before and how it was developed in the twentieth century, through an understanding of genetics and the biochemical basis evolution. None of this diminishes the achievement of Darwin himself in perceiving the way evolution works at the level of individuals and species, but his contribution was one link in a chain that extends back into antiquity, and is still being forged today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nano Comes to Life: How Nanotechnology is Transforming Medicine and the Future of Biology by Sonia Contera</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399084</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399084">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399084</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nano Comes to Life: How Nanotechnology is Transforming Medicine and the Future of Biology
Author: Sonia Contera
Narrator: Andrea Gallo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 42 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The nanotechnology revolution that will transform human health and longevity Nano Comes to Life opens a window onto the nanoscale?the infinitesimal realm of proteins and DNA where physics and cellular and molecular biology meet?and introduces readers to the rapidly evolving nanotechnologies that are allowing us to manipulate the very building blocks of life. Sonia Contera gives an insider&amp;#039;s perspective on this new frontier, revealing how nanotechnology enables a new kind of multidisciplinary science that is poised to give us control over our own biology, our health, and our lives. Drawing on her perspective as one of today&amp;#039;s leading researchers in the field, Contera describes the exciting ways in which nanotechnology makes it possible to understand, interact with, and manipulate biology?such as by designing and building artificial structures and even machines at the nanoscale using DNA, proteins, and other biological molecules as materials. In turn, nanotechnology is revolutionizing medicine in ways that will have profound effects on our health and longevity, from nanoscale machines that can target individual cancer cells and deliver drugs more effectively, to nanoantibiotics that can fight resistant bacteria, to the engineering of tissues and organs for research, drug discovery, and transplantation. The future will bring about the continued fusion of nanotechnology with biology, physics, medicine, and cutting-edge fields like robotics and artificial intelligence, ushering us into a new &amp;#039;transmaterial era.&amp;#039; As we contemplate the power, advantages, and risks of accessing and manipulating our own biology, Contera offers insight and hope that we may all share in the benefits of this revolutionary research.</description>
      <author>Sonia Contera</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781980062431.mp3" length="1345006" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399084</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781980062431.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399084">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399084</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nano Comes to Life: How Nanotechnology is Transforming Medicine and the Future of Biology
Author: Sonia Contera
Narrator: Andrea Gallo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 42 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The nanotechnology revolution that will transform human health and longevity Nano Comes to Life opens a window onto the nanoscale?the infinitesimal realm of proteins and DNA where physics and cellular and molecular biology meet?and introduces readers to the rapidly evolving nanotechnologies that are allowing us to manipulate the very building blocks of life. Sonia Contera gives an insider&amp;#039;s perspective on this new frontier, revealing how nanotechnology enables a new kind of multidisciplinary science that is poised to give us control over our own biology, our health, and our lives. Drawing on her perspective as one of today&amp;#039;s leading researchers in the field, Contera describes the exciting ways in which nanotechnology makes it possible to understand, interact with, and manipulate biology?such as by designing and building artificial structures and even machines at the nanoscale using DNA, proteins, and other biological molecules as materials. In turn, nanotechnology is revolutionizing medicine in ways that will have profound effects on our health and longevity, from nanoscale machines that can target individual cancer cells and deliver drugs more effectively, to nanoantibiotics that can fight resistant bacteria, to the engineering of tissues and organs for research, drug discovery, and transplantation. The future will bring about the continued fusion of nanotechnology with biology, physics, medicine, and cutting-edge fields like robotics and artificial intelligence, ushering us into a new &amp;#039;transmaterial era.&amp;#039; As we contemplate the power, advantages, and risks of accessing and manipulating our own biology, Contera offers insight and hope that we may all share in the benefits of this revolutionary research.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399084">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399084</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nano Comes to Life: How Nanotechnology is Transforming Medicine and the Future of Biology
Author: Sonia Contera
Narrator: Andrea Gallo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 42 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The nanotechnology revolution that will transform human health and longevity Nano Comes to Life opens a window onto the nanoscale?the infinitesimal realm of proteins and DNA where physics and cellular and molecular biology meet?and introduces readers to the rapidly evolving nanotechnologies that are allowing us to manipulate the very building blocks of life. Sonia Contera gives an insider&amp;#039;s perspective on this new frontier, revealing how nanotechnology enables a new kind of multidisciplinary science that is poised to give us control over our own biology, our health, and our lives. Drawing on her perspective as one of today&amp;#039;s leading researchers in the field, Contera describes the exciting ways in which nanotechnology makes it possible to understand, interact with, and manipulate biology?such as by designing and building artificial structures and even machines at the nanoscale using DNA, proteins, and other biological molecules as materials. In turn, nanotechnology is revolutionizing medicine in ways that will have profound effects on our health and longevity, from nanoscale machines that can target individual cancer cells and deliver drugs more effectively, to nanoantibiotics that can fight resistant bacteria, to the engineering of tissues and organs for research, drug discovery, and transplantation. The future will bring about the continued fusion of nanotechnology with biology, physics, medicine, and cutting-edge fields like robotics and artificial intelligence, ushering us into a new &amp;#039;transmaterial era.&amp;#039; As we contemplate the power, advantages, and risks of accessing and manipulating our own biology, Contera offers insight and hope that we may all share in the benefits of this revolutionary research.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Immortality, Inc.: Renegade Science, Silicon Valley Billions, and the Quest to Live Forever by Chip Walter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399083</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399083">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399083</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Immortality, Inc.: Renegade Science, Silicon Valley Billions, and the Quest to Live Forever
Author: Chip Walter
Narrator: Graham Winton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 55 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
This gripping narrative explores today&amp;#039;s scientific pursuit of immortality, with exclusive visits inside Silicon Valley labs and interviews with the visionaries who believe we will soon crack into the aging process and cure death. We live in an age when billionaires are betting their fortunes on laboratory advances to prove aging unnecessary and death a disease that can be cured. Researchers are delving into the mysteries of stem cells and the human genome, discovering what it means to grow old and how to keep those processes from happening. This isn&amp;#039;t science fiction; it&amp;#039;s real, it&amp;#039;s serious, and it&amp;#039;s on track to revolutionize our definitions of life and mortality. In Immortality, Inc., veteran science journalist Chip Walter gains exclusive access to the champions of this radical cause, delivering a book that brings together for the first time the visions of molecular biologist and Apple chairman Arthur Levinson, genomics entrepreneur Craig Venter, futurist Ray Kurzweil, rejuvenation trailblazer Aubrey de Grey, and stem cell expert Robert Hariri. Along the way, Walter weaves in fascinating conversations about life, death, aging, and the future of the human race.</description>
      <author>Chip Walter</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jan 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781980062240.mp3" length="1355250" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399083</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781980062240.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399083">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399083</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Immortality, Inc.: Renegade Science, Silicon Valley Billions, and the Quest to Live Forever
Author: Chip Walter
Narrator: Graham Winton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 55 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
This gripping narrative explores today&amp;#039;s scientific pursuit of immortality, with exclusive visits inside Silicon Valley labs and interviews with the visionaries who believe we will soon crack into the aging process and cure death. We live in an age when billionaires are betting their fortunes on laboratory advances to prove aging unnecessary and death a disease that can be cured. Researchers are delving into the mysteries of stem cells and the human genome, discovering what it means to grow old and how to keep those processes from happening. This isn&amp;#039;t science fiction; it&amp;#039;s real, it&amp;#039;s serious, and it&amp;#039;s on track to revolutionize our definitions of life and mortality. In Immortality, Inc., veteran science journalist Chip Walter gains exclusive access to the champions of this radical cause, delivering a book that brings together for the first time the visions of molecular biologist and Apple chairman Arthur Levinson, genomics entrepreneur Craig Venter, futurist Ray Kurzweil, rejuvenation trailblazer Aubrey de Grey, and stem cell expert Robert Hariri. Along the way, Walter weaves in fascinating conversations about life, death, aging, and the future of the human race.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399083">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399083</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Immortality, Inc.: Renegade Science, Silicon Valley Billions, and the Quest to Live Forever
Author: Chip Walter
Narrator: Graham Winton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 55 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
This gripping narrative explores today&amp;#039;s scientific pursuit of immortality, with exclusive visits inside Silicon Valley labs and interviews with the visionaries who believe we will soon crack into the aging process and cure death. We live in an age when billionaires are betting their fortunes on laboratory advances to prove aging unnecessary and death a disease that can be cured. Researchers are delving into the mysteries of stem cells and the human genome, discovering what it means to grow old and how to keep those processes from happening. This isn&amp;#039;t science fiction; it&amp;#039;s real, it&amp;#039;s serious, and it&amp;#039;s on track to revolutionize our definitions of life and mortality. In Immortality, Inc., veteran science journalist Chip Walter gains exclusive access to the champions of this radical cause, delivering a book that brings together for the first time the visions of molecular biologist and Apple chairman Arthur Levinson, genomics entrepreneur Craig Venter, futurist Ray Kurzweil, rejuvenation trailblazer Aubrey de Grey, and stem cell expert Robert Hariri. Along the way, Walter weaves in fascinating conversations about life, death, aging, and the future of the human race.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The First Cell: And the Human Costs of Pursuing Cancer to the Last by Azra Raza</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398939</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The First Cell: And the Human Costs of Pursuing Cancer to the Last
Author: Azra Raza
Narrator: Sheherzad Raza Preisler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A world-class oncologist&amp;#039;s devastating and deeply personal examination of cancer We have lost the war on cancer. We spend $150 billion each year treating it, yet -- a few innovations notwithstanding -- a patient with cancer is as likely to die of it as one was fifty years ago. Most new drugs add mere months to one&amp;#039;s life at agonizing physical and financial cost. In The First Cell, Azra Raza offers a searing account of how both medicine and our society (mis)treats cancer, how we can do better, and why we must. A lyrical journey from hope to despair and back again, The First Cell explores cancer from every angle: medical, scientific, cultural, and personal. Indeed, Raza describes how she bore the terrible burden of being her own husband&amp;#039;s oncologist as he succumbed to leukemia. Like When Breath Becomes Air, The First Cell is no ordinary book of medicine, but a book of wisdom and grace by an author who has devoted her life to making the unbearable easier to bear.</description>
      <author>Azra Raza</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781980039655.mp3" length="1247948" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398939</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781980039655.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The First Cell: And the Human Costs of Pursuing Cancer to the Last
Author: Azra Raza
Narrator: Sheherzad Raza Preisler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A world-class oncologist&amp;#039;s devastating and deeply personal examination of cancer We have lost the war on cancer. We spend $150 billion each year treating it, yet -- a few innovations notwithstanding -- a patient with cancer is as likely to die of it as one was fifty years ago. Most new drugs add mere months to one&amp;#039;s life at agonizing physical and financial cost. In The First Cell, Azra Raza offers a searing account of how both medicine and our society (mis)treats cancer, how we can do better, and why we must. A lyrical journey from hope to despair and back again, The First Cell explores cancer from every angle: medical, scientific, cultural, and personal. Indeed, Raza describes how she bore the terrible burden of being her own husband&amp;#039;s oncologist as he succumbed to leukemia. Like When Breath Becomes Air, The First Cell is no ordinary book of medicine, but a book of wisdom and grace by an author who has devoted her life to making the unbearable easier to bear.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The First Cell: And the Human Costs of Pursuing Cancer to the Last
Author: Azra Raza
Narrator: Sheherzad Raza Preisler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A world-class oncologist&amp;#039;s devastating and deeply personal examination of cancer We have lost the war on cancer. We spend $150 billion each year treating it, yet -- a few innovations notwithstanding -- a patient with cancer is as likely to die of it as one was fifty years ago. Most new drugs add mere months to one&amp;#039;s life at agonizing physical and financial cost. In The First Cell, Azra Raza offers a searing account of how both medicine and our society (mis)treats cancer, how we can do better, and why we must. A lyrical journey from hope to despair and back again, The First Cell explores cancer from every angle: medical, scientific, cultural, and personal. Indeed, Raza describes how she bore the terrible burden of being her own husband&amp;#039;s oncologist as he succumbed to leukemia. Like When Breath Becomes Air, The First Cell is no ordinary book of medicine, but a book of wisdom and grace by an author who has devoted her life to making the unbearable easier to bear.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Case for Keto: Rethinking Weight Control and the Science and Practice of Low-Carb/High-Fat Eating by Gary Taubes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398378</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398378">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398378</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Case for Keto: Rethinking Weight Control and the Science and Practice of Low-Carb/High-Fat Eating
Author: Gary Taubes
Narrator: Holter Graham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 59 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
After a century of misunderstanding the differences between diet, weight control, and health, The Case for Keto revolutionizes how we think about healthy eating--from the best-selling author of Why We Get Fat and The Case Against Sugar. Based on twenty years of investigative reporting and interviews with 100 practicing physicians who embrace the keto lifestyle as the best prescription for their patients&amp;#039; health, Gary Taubes gives us a manifesto for the twenty-first-century fight against obesity and diabetes. For years, health organizations have preached the same rules for losing weight: restrict your calories, eat less, exercise more. So why doesn&amp;#039;t it work for everyone? Taubes, whose seminal book Good Calories, Bad Calories and cover stories for The New York Times Magazine changed the way we look at nutrition and health, sets the record straight. The Case for Keto puts the ketogenic diet movement in the necessary historical and scientific perspective. It makes clear the vital misconceptions in how we&amp;#039;ve come to think about obesity and diet (no, people do not become fat simply because they eat too much; hormones play the critical role) and uses the collected clinical experience of the medical community to provide essential practical advice.  Taubes reveals why the established rules about eating healthy might be the wrong approach to weight loss for millions of people, and how low-carbohydrate, high-fat/ketogenic diets can help so many of us achieve and maintain a healthy weight for life. *This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF containing diagrams, lists, notes, and the bibliography.</description>
      <author>Gary Taubes</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Dec 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593215692.mp3" length="2641379" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398378</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593215692.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398378">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398378</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Case for Keto: Rethinking Weight Control and the Science and Practice of Low-Carb/High-Fat Eating
Author: Gary Taubes
Narrator: Holter Graham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 59 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
After a century of misunderstanding the differences between diet, weight control, and health, The Case for Keto revolutionizes how we think about healthy eating--from the best-selling author of Why We Get Fat and The Case Against Sugar. Based on twenty years of investigative reporting and interviews with 100 practicing physicians who embrace the keto lifestyle as the best prescription for their patients&amp;#039; health, Gary Taubes gives us a manifesto for the twenty-first-century fight against obesity and diabetes. For years, health organizations have preached the same rules for losing weight: restrict your calories, eat less, exercise more. So why doesn&amp;#039;t it work for everyone? Taubes, whose seminal book Good Calories, Bad Calories and cover stories for The New York Times Magazine changed the way we look at nutrition and health, sets the record straight. The Case for Keto puts the ketogenic diet movement in the necessary historical and scientific perspective. It makes clear the vital misconceptions in how we&amp;#039;ve come to think about obesity and diet (no, people do not become fat simply because they eat too much; hormones play the critical role) and uses the collected clinical experience of the medical community to provide essential practical advice.  Taubes reveals why the established rules about eating healthy might be the wrong approach to weight loss for millions of people, and how low-carbohydrate, high-fat/ketogenic diets can help so many of us achieve and maintain a healthy weight for life. *This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF containing diagrams, lists, notes, and the bibliography.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398378">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398378</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Case for Keto: Rethinking Weight Control and the Science and Practice of Low-Carb/High-Fat Eating
Author: Gary Taubes
Narrator: Holter Graham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 59 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
After a century of misunderstanding the differences between diet, weight control, and health, The Case for Keto revolutionizes how we think about healthy eating--from the best-selling author of Why We Get Fat and The Case Against Sugar. Based on twenty years of investigative reporting and interviews with 100 practicing physicians who embrace the keto lifestyle as the best prescription for their patients&amp;#039; health, Gary Taubes gives us a manifesto for the twenty-first-century fight against obesity and diabetes. For years, health organizations have preached the same rules for losing weight: restrict your calories, eat less, exercise more. So why doesn&amp;#039;t it work for everyone? Taubes, whose seminal book Good Calories, Bad Calories and cover stories for The New York Times Magazine changed the way we look at nutrition and health, sets the record straight. The Case for Keto puts the ketogenic diet movement in the necessary historical and scientific perspective. It makes clear the vital misconceptions in how we&amp;#039;ve come to think about obesity and diet (no, people do not become fat simply because they eat too much; hormones play the critical role) and uses the collected clinical experience of the medical community to provide essential practical advice.  Taubes reveals why the established rules about eating healthy might be the wrong approach to weight loss for millions of people, and how low-carbohydrate, high-fat/ketogenic diets can help so many of us achieve and maintain a healthy weight for life. *This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF containing diagrams, lists, notes, and the bibliography.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Honey and Venom: Confessions of an Urban Beekeeper by Andrew Coté</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397538</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397538">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397538</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Honey and Venom: Confessions of an Urban Beekeeper
Author: Andrew Coté
Narrator: Andrew Coté
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A year in the life of New York City’s premier beekeeper, who chronicles his adventures and the quirky personalities he encounters while spreading his infinite knowledge of and passion for the remarkable honey bee   “Coté’s charming and poignant essay collection delivers the entertainment and smarts required to make real change in how we look at our planet, and ourselves.”—Andrew Zimmern From the humble drone to the fittingly named worker to the queen herself—who is more a slave than a monarch—the hive world, Andrew Coté reveals, is full of strivers and slackers, givers and takers, and even some insect promiscuity (startlingly similar to the prickly human variety). Written with Coté’s trademark humor, acumen, and a healthy dose of charm, Honey and Venom illuminates the obscure culture of New York City “beeks” and the biology of the bees themselves for both casual readers and bee enthusiasts.    Coté takes readers with him on his daily apiary adventures over the course of a year, in the city and across the globe. In Manhattan, among his many duties, he is called to capture swarms that have clustered on fire hydrants, air-conditioning units, or street-vendor umbrellas. Beyond maneuvering within a metropolitan populace as frenzied as the bees’, Coté is able to escape from the hive mind and the rigors of city dwelling with his philanthropic, international approach to apiculture. Annually, he travels to regions across the world with his organization, Bees Without Borders, where he teaches beekeepers how to increase their honey yield and income via beekeeping endeavors. For Coté, a fourth-generation beekeeper, this is a family tradition, and this personal significance pervades his celebration of the romance and mystery of bees, their honey, and the beekeepers whose lives revolve around these most magical creatures.</description>
      <author>Andrew Coté</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jun 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593210383.mp3" length="2561407" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397538</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593210383.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397538">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397538</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Honey and Venom: Confessions of an Urban Beekeeper
Author: Andrew Coté
Narrator: Andrew Coté
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A year in the life of New York City’s premier beekeeper, who chronicles his adventures and the quirky personalities he encounters while spreading his infinite knowledge of and passion for the remarkable honey bee   “Coté’s charming and poignant essay collection delivers the entertainment and smarts required to make real change in how we look at our planet, and ourselves.”—Andrew Zimmern From the humble drone to the fittingly named worker to the queen herself—who is more a slave than a monarch—the hive world, Andrew Coté reveals, is full of strivers and slackers, givers and takers, and even some insect promiscuity (startlingly similar to the prickly human variety). Written with Coté’s trademark humor, acumen, and a healthy dose of charm, Honey and Venom illuminates the obscure culture of New York City “beeks” and the biology of the bees themselves for both casual readers and bee enthusiasts.    Coté takes readers with him on his daily apiary adventures over the course of a year, in the city and across the globe. In Manhattan, among his many duties, he is called to capture swarms that have clustered on fire hydrants, air-conditioning units, or street-vendor umbrellas. Beyond maneuvering within a metropolitan populace as frenzied as the bees’, Coté is able to escape from the hive mind and the rigors of city dwelling with his philanthropic, international approach to apiculture. Annually, he travels to regions across the world with his organization, Bees Without Borders, where he teaches beekeepers how to increase their honey yield and income via beekeeping endeavors. For Coté, a fourth-generation beekeeper, this is a family tradition, and this personal significance pervades his celebration of the romance and mystery of bees, their honey, and the beekeepers whose lives revolve around these most magical creatures.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397538">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397538</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Honey and Venom: Confessions of an Urban Beekeeper
Author: Andrew Coté
Narrator: Andrew Coté
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A year in the life of New York City’s premier beekeeper, who chronicles his adventures and the quirky personalities he encounters while spreading his infinite knowledge of and passion for the remarkable honey bee   “Coté’s charming and poignant essay collection delivers the entertainment and smarts required to make real change in how we look at our planet, and ourselves.”—Andrew Zimmern From the humble drone to the fittingly named worker to the queen herself—who is more a slave than a monarch—the hive world, Andrew Coté reveals, is full of strivers and slackers, givers and takers, and even some insect promiscuity (startlingly similar to the prickly human variety). Written with Coté’s trademark humor, acumen, and a healthy dose of charm, Honey and Venom illuminates the obscure culture of New York City “beeks” and the biology of the bees themselves for both casual readers and bee enthusiasts.    Coté takes readers with him on his daily apiary adventures over the course of a year, in the city and across the globe. In Manhattan, among his many duties, he is called to capture swarms that have clustered on fire hydrants, air-conditioning units, or street-vendor umbrellas. Beyond maneuvering within a metropolitan populace as frenzied as the bees’, Coté is able to escape from the hive mind and the rigors of city dwelling with his philanthropic, international approach to apiculture. Annually, he travels to regions across the world with his organization, Bees Without Borders, where he teaches beekeepers how to increase their honey yield and income via beekeeping endeavors. For Coté, a fourth-generation beekeeper, this is a family tradition, and this personal significance pervades his celebration of the romance and mystery of bees, their honey, and the beekeepers whose lives revolve around these most magical creatures.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Livewired: The Inside Story of the Ever-Changing Brain by David Eagleman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396851</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396851">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396851</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Livewired: The Inside Story of the Ever-Changing Brain
Author: David Eagleman
Narrator: David Eagleman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Eagleman renders the secrets of the brain’s adaptability into a truly compelling page-turner.” —Khaled Hosseini, author of The Kite Runner “Livewired reads wonderfully like what a book would be if it were written by Oliver Sacks and William Gibson, sitting on Carl Sagan’s front lawn.” —The Wall Street Journal What does drug withdrawal have in common with a broken heart? Why is the enemy of memory not time but other memories? How can a blind person learn to see with her tongue, or a deaf person learn to hear with his skin? Why did many people in the 1980s mistakenly perceive book pages to be slightly red in color? Why is the world’s best archer armless? Might we someday control a robot with our thoughts, just as we do our fingers and toes? Why do we dream at night, and what does that have to do with the rotation of the Earth?      The answers to these questions are right behind our eyes. The greatest technology we have ever discovered on our planet is the three-pound organ carried in the vault of the skull. This book is not simply about what the brain is; it is about what it does. The magic of the brain is not found in the parts it’s made of but in the way those parts unceasingly reweave themselves in an electric, living fabric.  In Livewired, you will surf the leading edge of neuroscience atop the anecdotes and metaphors that have made David Eagleman one of the best scientific translators of our generation. Covering decades of research to the present day, Livewired also presents new discoveries from Eagleman’s own laboratory, from synesthesia to dreaming to wearable neurotech devices that revolutionize how we think about the senses.</description>
      <author>David Eagleman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780553550979.mp3" length="2878756" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396851</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780553550979.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396851">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396851</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Livewired: The Inside Story of the Ever-Changing Brain
Author: David Eagleman
Narrator: David Eagleman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Eagleman renders the secrets of the brain’s adaptability into a truly compelling page-turner.” —Khaled Hosseini, author of The Kite Runner “Livewired reads wonderfully like what a book would be if it were written by Oliver Sacks and William Gibson, sitting on Carl Sagan’s front lawn.” —The Wall Street Journal What does drug withdrawal have in common with a broken heart? Why is the enemy of memory not time but other memories? How can a blind person learn to see with her tongue, or a deaf person learn to hear with his skin? Why did many people in the 1980s mistakenly perceive book pages to be slightly red in color? Why is the world’s best archer armless? Might we someday control a robot with our thoughts, just as we do our fingers and toes? Why do we dream at night, and what does that have to do with the rotation of the Earth?      The answers to these questions are right behind our eyes. The greatest technology we have ever discovered on our planet is the three-pound organ carried in the vault of the skull. This book is not simply about what the brain is; it is about what it does. The magic of the brain is not found in the parts it’s made of but in the way those parts unceasingly reweave themselves in an electric, living fabric.  In Livewired, you will surf the leading edge of neuroscience atop the anecdotes and metaphors that have made David Eagleman one of the best scientific translators of our generation. Covering decades of research to the present day, Livewired also presents new discoveries from Eagleman’s own laboratory, from synesthesia to dreaming to wearable neurotech devices that revolutionize how we think about the senses.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396851">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396851</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Livewired: The Inside Story of the Ever-Changing Brain
Author: David Eagleman
Narrator: David Eagleman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Eagleman renders the secrets of the brain’s adaptability into a truly compelling page-turner.” —Khaled Hosseini, author of The Kite Runner “Livewired reads wonderfully like what a book would be if it were written by Oliver Sacks and William Gibson, sitting on Carl Sagan’s front lawn.” —The Wall Street Journal What does drug withdrawal have in common with a broken heart? Why is the enemy of memory not time but other memories? How can a blind person learn to see with her tongue, or a deaf person learn to hear with his skin? Why did many people in the 1980s mistakenly perceive book pages to be slightly red in color? Why is the world’s best archer armless? Might we someday control a robot with our thoughts, just as we do our fingers and toes? Why do we dream at night, and what does that have to do with the rotation of the Earth?      The answers to these questions are right behind our eyes. The greatest technology we have ever discovered on our planet is the three-pound organ carried in the vault of the skull. This book is not simply about what the brain is; it is about what it does. The magic of the brain is not found in the parts it’s made of but in the way those parts unceasingly reweave themselves in an electric, living fabric.  In Livewired, you will surf the leading edge of neuroscience atop the anecdotes and metaphors that have made David Eagleman one of the best scientific translators of our generation. Covering decades of research to the present day, Livewired also presents new discoveries from Eagleman’s own laboratory, from synesthesia to dreaming to wearable neurotech devices that revolutionize how we think about the senses.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Story Genius: How to Use Brain Science to Go Beyond Outlining and Write a Riveting Novel (Before You Waste Three Years Writing 327 Pages That Go Nowhere) by Lisa Cron</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396847</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396847">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396847</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Story Genius: How to Use Brain Science to Go Beyond Outlining and Write a Riveting Novel (Before You Waste Three Years Writing 327 Pages That Go Nowhere)
Author: Lisa Cron
Narrator: Brittany Pressley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Following on the heels of Lisa Cron&amp;#039;s breakout first book, Wired for Story, this writing guide reveals how to use cognitive storytelling strategies to build a scene-by-scene blueprint for a riveting story.  It’s every novelist’s greatest fear: pouring their blood, sweat, and tears into writing hundreds of pages only to realize that their story has no sense of urgency, no internal logic, and so is a page one rewrite.  The prevailing wisdom in the writing community is that there are just two ways around this problem: pantsing (winging it) and plotting (focusing on the external plot). Story coach Lisa Cron has spent her career discovering why these methods don’t work and coming up with a powerful alternative, based on the science behind what our brains are wired to crave in every story we read (and it’s not what you think).  In Story Genius Cron takes you, step-by-step, through the creation of a novel from the first glimmer of an idea, to a complete multilayered blueprint—including fully realized scenes—that evolves into a first draft with the authority, richness, and command of a riveting sixth or seventh draft.</description>
      <author>Lisa Cron</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jun 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593213742.mp3" length="2802407" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396847</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593213742.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396847">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396847</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Story Genius: How to Use Brain Science to Go Beyond Outlining and Write a Riveting Novel (Before You Waste Three Years Writing 327 Pages That Go Nowhere)
Author: Lisa Cron
Narrator: Brittany Pressley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Following on the heels of Lisa Cron&amp;#039;s breakout first book, Wired for Story, this writing guide reveals how to use cognitive storytelling strategies to build a scene-by-scene blueprint for a riveting story.  It’s every novelist’s greatest fear: pouring their blood, sweat, and tears into writing hundreds of pages only to realize that their story has no sense of urgency, no internal logic, and so is a page one rewrite.  The prevailing wisdom in the writing community is that there are just two ways around this problem: pantsing (winging it) and plotting (focusing on the external plot). Story coach Lisa Cron has spent her career discovering why these methods don’t work and coming up with a powerful alternative, based on the science behind what our brains are wired to crave in every story we read (and it’s not what you think).  In Story Genius Cron takes you, step-by-step, through the creation of a novel from the first glimmer of an idea, to a complete multilayered blueprint—including fully realized scenes—that evolves into a first draft with the authority, richness, and command of a riveting sixth or seventh draft.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396847">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396847</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Story Genius: How to Use Brain Science to Go Beyond Outlining and Write a Riveting Novel (Before You Waste Three Years Writing 327 Pages That Go Nowhere)
Author: Lisa Cron
Narrator: Brittany Pressley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Following on the heels of Lisa Cron&amp;#039;s breakout first book, Wired for Story, this writing guide reveals how to use cognitive storytelling strategies to build a scene-by-scene blueprint for a riveting story.  It’s every novelist’s greatest fear: pouring their blood, sweat, and tears into writing hundreds of pages only to realize that their story has no sense of urgency, no internal logic, and so is a page one rewrite.  The prevailing wisdom in the writing community is that there are just two ways around this problem: pantsing (winging it) and plotting (focusing on the external plot). Story coach Lisa Cron has spent her career discovering why these methods don’t work and coming up with a powerful alternative, based on the science behind what our brains are wired to crave in every story we read (and it’s not what you think).  In Story Genius Cron takes you, step-by-step, through the creation of a novel from the first glimmer of an idea, to a complete multilayered blueprint—including fully realized scenes—that evolves into a first draft with the authority, richness, and command of a riveting sixth or seventh draft.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ageless: The New Science of Getting Older Without Getting Old by Andrew Steele</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395940</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395940">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395940</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ageless: The New Science of Getting Older Without Getting Old
Author: Andrew Steele
Narrator: Andrew Steele
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.07 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“A fascinating look at how scientists are working to help doctors treat the aging process itself, helping us all to lead longer, healthier lives.” —Sanjay Gupta, MD Aging—not cancer, not heart disease—is the underlying cause of most human death and suffering. The same cascade of biological changes that renders us wrinkled and gray also opens the door to dementia and disease. We work furiously to conquer each individual disease, but we never think to ask: Is aging itself necessary? Nature tells us it is not: there are tortoises and salamanders who are spry into old age and whose risk of dying is the same no matter how old they are, a phenomenon known as “biological immortality.” In Ageless, Andrew Steelecharts the astounding progress science has made in recent years to secure the same for humans: to help us become old without getting frail, to live longer without ill health or disease.</description>
      <author>Andrew Steele</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Mar 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593212561.mp3" length="2716405" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395940</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593212561.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395940">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395940</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ageless: The New Science of Getting Older Without Getting Old
Author: Andrew Steele
Narrator: Andrew Steele
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.07 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“A fascinating look at how scientists are working to help doctors treat the aging process itself, helping us all to lead longer, healthier lives.” —Sanjay Gupta, MD Aging—not cancer, not heart disease—is the underlying cause of most human death and suffering. The same cascade of biological changes that renders us wrinkled and gray also opens the door to dementia and disease. We work furiously to conquer each individual disease, but we never think to ask: Is aging itself necessary? Nature tells us it is not: there are tortoises and salamanders who are spry into old age and whose risk of dying is the same no matter how old they are, a phenomenon known as “biological immortality.” In Ageless, Andrew Steelecharts the astounding progress science has made in recent years to secure the same for humans: to help us become old without getting frail, to live longer without ill health or disease.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395940">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395940</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ageless: The New Science of Getting Older Without Getting Old
Author: Andrew Steele
Narrator: Andrew Steele
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.07 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“A fascinating look at how scientists are working to help doctors treat the aging process itself, helping us all to lead longer, healthier lives.” —Sanjay Gupta, MD Aging—not cancer, not heart disease—is the underlying cause of most human death and suffering. The same cascade of biological changes that renders us wrinkled and gray also opens the door to dementia and disease. We work furiously to conquer each individual disease, but we never think to ask: Is aging itself necessary? Nature tells us it is not: there are tortoises and salamanders who are spry into old age and whose risk of dying is the same no matter how old they are, a phenomenon known as “biological immortality.” In Ageless, Andrew Steelecharts the astounding progress science has made in recent years to secure the same for humans: to help us become old without getting frail, to live longer without ill health or disease.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Transcendence: How Humans Evolved through Fire, Language, Beauty, and Time by Gaia Vince</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395872</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395872">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395872</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Transcendence: How Humans Evolved through Fire, Language, Beauty, and Time
Author: Gaia Vince
Narrator: Gaia Vince
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 28 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  &amp;#039;Vital is [Gaia Vince&amp;#039;s] narration: enthusiastic and lucid.&amp;#039; - The Times Humans now live longer and better than ever before, and we are the most populous big animal on earth. Meanwhile, our closest living relatives, the now-endangered chimpanzees, continue to live as they have for millions of years. We are not like the other animals, yet we evolved through the same process. What are we then? And now we have remade the world, what are we becoming?  Setting out to answer this question Gaia Vince tells a remarkable evolution story about us. Unlike any other species on earth we determine the course of our own destiny, a fact that Vince argues rests on a special relationship between our genes, environment and culture. Exploring cutting-edge advances in population genetics, archaeology, palaeontology, psychology and more that fundamentally change our understanding of how we developed as a species, Transcendence compels us to reimagine our ancestors. To think of us as a sort of smarter chimp with cool tools is to miss what is truly extraordinary about us and the way we operate on this planet. Look around you: we are the intelligent designers of all you see - including ourselves.</description>
      <author>Gaia Vince</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Nov 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241442814.mp3" length="1433134" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395872</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241442814.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395872">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395872</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Transcendence: How Humans Evolved through Fire, Language, Beauty, and Time
Author: Gaia Vince
Narrator: Gaia Vince
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 28 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  &amp;#039;Vital is [Gaia Vince&amp;#039;s] narration: enthusiastic and lucid.&amp;#039; - The Times Humans now live longer and better than ever before, and we are the most populous big animal on earth. Meanwhile, our closest living relatives, the now-endangered chimpanzees, continue to live as they have for millions of years. We are not like the other animals, yet we evolved through the same process. What are we then? And now we have remade the world, what are we becoming?  Setting out to answer this question Gaia Vince tells a remarkable evolution story about us. Unlike any other species on earth we determine the course of our own destiny, a fact that Vince argues rests on a special relationship between our genes, environment and culture. Exploring cutting-edge advances in population genetics, archaeology, palaeontology, psychology and more that fundamentally change our understanding of how we developed as a species, Transcendence compels us to reimagine our ancestors. To think of us as a sort of smarter chimp with cool tools is to miss what is truly extraordinary about us and the way we operate on this planet. Look around you: we are the intelligent designers of all you see - including ourselves.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395872">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395872</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Transcendence: How Humans Evolved through Fire, Language, Beauty, and Time
Author: Gaia Vince
Narrator: Gaia Vince
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 28 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  &amp;#039;Vital is [Gaia Vince&amp;#039;s] narration: enthusiastic and lucid.&amp;#039; - The Times Humans now live longer and better than ever before, and we are the most populous big animal on earth. Meanwhile, our closest living relatives, the now-endangered chimpanzees, continue to live as they have for millions of years. We are not like the other animals, yet we evolved through the same process. What are we then? And now we have remade the world, what are we becoming?  Setting out to answer this question Gaia Vince tells a remarkable evolution story about us. Unlike any other species on earth we determine the course of our own destiny, a fact that Vince argues rests on a special relationship between our genes, environment and culture. Exploring cutting-edge advances in population genetics, archaeology, palaeontology, psychology and more that fundamentally change our understanding of how we developed as a species, Transcendence compels us to reimagine our ancestors. To think of us as a sort of smarter chimp with cool tools is to miss what is truly extraordinary about us and the way we operate on this planet. Look around you: we are the intelligent designers of all you see - including ourselves.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ingredients: The Strange Chemistry of What We Put in Us and on Us by George Zaidan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395315</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395315">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395315</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ingredients: The Strange Chemistry of What We Put in Us and on Us
Author: George Zaidan
Narrator: George Zaidan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Cheese puffs. Coffee. Sunscreen. Vapes. George Zaidan reveals what will kill you, what won’t, and why—explained with high-octane hilarity, hysterical hijinks, and other things that don’t begin with the letter H.     INGREDIENTS offers the perspective of a chemist on the stuff we eat, drink, inhale, and smear on ourselves. Apart from the burning question of whether you should eat that Cheeto, Zaidan explores a range of topics. Here’s a helpful guide:     Stuff in this book: - How bad is processed   food? How sure are we? - Is sunscreen safe?   Should you use it? - Is coffee good or bad   for you? - What’s your disease   horoscope? - What is that public   pool smell made of? - What happens when you   overdose on fentanyl in the sun? - What do cassava   plants and Soviet spies have in common? - When will you die? Stuff in other books: - Your carbon footprint - Food sustainability - GMOs - CEO pay - Science funding - Politics - Football - Baseball - Any kind of ball   really     Zaidan, an MIT-trained chemist who cohosted CNBC’s hit Make Me a Millionaire Inventor and wrote and voiced several TED-Ed viral videos, makes chemistry more fun than Hogwarts as he reveals exactly what science can (and can’t) tell us about the packaged ingredients sold to us every day. Sugar, spinach, formaldehyde, cyanide, the ingredients of life and death, and how we know if something is good or bad for us—as well as the genius of aphids and their butts—are all discussed in exquisite detail at breakneck speed. *Includes a PDF of the author’s illustrations as well as the appendix about prayer and death.</description>
      <author>George Zaidan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593164334.mp3" length="2871760" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395315</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593164334.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395315">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395315</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ingredients: The Strange Chemistry of What We Put in Us and on Us
Author: George Zaidan
Narrator: George Zaidan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Cheese puffs. Coffee. Sunscreen. Vapes. George Zaidan reveals what will kill you, what won’t, and why—explained with high-octane hilarity, hysterical hijinks, and other things that don’t begin with the letter H.     INGREDIENTS offers the perspective of a chemist on the stuff we eat, drink, inhale, and smear on ourselves. Apart from the burning question of whether you should eat that Cheeto, Zaidan explores a range of topics. Here’s a helpful guide:     Stuff in this book: - How bad is processed   food? How sure are we? - Is sunscreen safe?   Should you use it? - Is coffee good or bad   for you? - What’s your disease   horoscope? - What is that public   pool smell made of? - What happens when you   overdose on fentanyl in the sun? - What do cassava   plants and Soviet spies have in common? - When will you die? Stuff in other books: - Your carbon footprint - Food sustainability - GMOs - CEO pay - Science funding - Politics - Football - Baseball - Any kind of ball   really     Zaidan, an MIT-trained chemist who cohosted CNBC’s hit Make Me a Millionaire Inventor and wrote and voiced several TED-Ed viral videos, makes chemistry more fun than Hogwarts as he reveals exactly what science can (and can’t) tell us about the packaged ingredients sold to us every day. Sugar, spinach, formaldehyde, cyanide, the ingredients of life and death, and how we know if something is good or bad for us—as well as the genius of aphids and their butts—are all discussed in exquisite detail at breakneck speed. *Includes a PDF of the author’s illustrations as well as the appendix about prayer and death.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395315">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395315</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ingredients: The Strange Chemistry of What We Put in Us and on Us
Author: George Zaidan
Narrator: George Zaidan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Cheese puffs. Coffee. Sunscreen. Vapes. George Zaidan reveals what will kill you, what won’t, and why—explained with high-octane hilarity, hysterical hijinks, and other things that don’t begin with the letter H.     INGREDIENTS offers the perspective of a chemist on the stuff we eat, drink, inhale, and smear on ourselves. Apart from the burning question of whether you should eat that Cheeto, Zaidan explores a range of topics. Here’s a helpful guide:     Stuff in this book: - How bad is processed   food? How sure are we? - Is sunscreen safe?   Should you use it? - Is coffee good or bad   for you? - What’s your disease   horoscope? - What is that public   pool smell made of? - What happens when you   overdose on fentanyl in the sun? - What do cassava   plants and Soviet spies have in common? - When will you die? Stuff in other books: - Your carbon footprint - Food sustainability - GMOs - CEO pay - Science funding - Politics - Football - Baseball - Any kind of ball   really     Zaidan, an MIT-trained chemist who cohosted CNBC’s hit Make Me a Millionaire Inventor and wrote and voiced several TED-Ed viral videos, makes chemistry more fun than Hogwarts as he reveals exactly what science can (and can’t) tell us about the packaged ingredients sold to us every day. Sugar, spinach, formaldehyde, cyanide, the ingredients of life and death, and how we know if something is good or bad for us—as well as the genius of aphids and their butts—are all discussed in exquisite detail at breakneck speed. *Includes a PDF of the author’s illustrations as well as the appendix about prayer and death.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Gender Mosaic: Beyond the Myth of the Male and Female Brain by Daphna Joel, Luba Vikhanski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394127</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394127">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394127</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gender Mosaic: Beyond the Myth of the Male and Female Brain
Author: Daphna Joel, Luba Vikhanski
Narrator: Therese Plummer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 0 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
With profound implications for our most foundational assumptions about gender, Gender Mosaic explains why there is no such thing as a male or female brain. For generations, we&amp;#039;ve been taught that women and men differ in profound and important ways. Women are more sensitive and emotional, whereas men are more aggressive and sexual, because this or that region in the brains of women is smaller or larger than in men, or because they have more or less of this or that hormone. This story seems to provide us with a neat biological explanation for much of what we encounter in day-to-day life. But is it true?  According to neuroscientist Daphna Joel, it&amp;#039;s not. And in Gender Mosaic, she sets forth a bold and compelling argument that debunks the notion of female and male brains. Drawing on the latest scientific evidence, including the groundbreaking results of her own studies, Dr. Joel explains that every human brain is a unique mixture -- or mosaic -- of &amp;#039;male&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;female&amp;#039; features, and that these mosaics don&amp;#039;t map neatly into two categories.  With urgent practical implications for the way we understand ourselves and the world around us, Gender Mosaic is a fascinating look at the science of gender, sex and the brain, and at how freeing ourselves from the gender binary can help us all reach our full human potential.</description>
      <author>Daphna Joel, Luba Vikhanski</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Sep 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549123993.mp3" length="898501" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394127</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549123993.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394127">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394127</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gender Mosaic: Beyond the Myth of the Male and Female Brain
Author: Daphna Joel, Luba Vikhanski
Narrator: Therese Plummer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 0 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
With profound implications for our most foundational assumptions about gender, Gender Mosaic explains why there is no such thing as a male or female brain. For generations, we&amp;#039;ve been taught that women and men differ in profound and important ways. Women are more sensitive and emotional, whereas men are more aggressive and sexual, because this or that region in the brains of women is smaller or larger than in men, or because they have more or less of this or that hormone. This story seems to provide us with a neat biological explanation for much of what we encounter in day-to-day life. But is it true?  According to neuroscientist Daphna Joel, it&amp;#039;s not. And in Gender Mosaic, she sets forth a bold and compelling argument that debunks the notion of female and male brains. Drawing on the latest scientific evidence, including the groundbreaking results of her own studies, Dr. Joel explains that every human brain is a unique mixture -- or mosaic -- of &amp;#039;male&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;female&amp;#039; features, and that these mosaics don&amp;#039;t map neatly into two categories.  With urgent practical implications for the way we understand ourselves and the world around us, Gender Mosaic is a fascinating look at the science of gender, sex and the brain, and at how freeing ourselves from the gender binary can help us all reach our full human potential.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394127">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394127</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gender Mosaic: Beyond the Myth of the Male and Female Brain
Author: Daphna Joel, Luba Vikhanski
Narrator: Therese Plummer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 0 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
With profound implications for our most foundational assumptions about gender, Gender Mosaic explains why there is no such thing as a male or female brain. For generations, we&amp;#039;ve been taught that women and men differ in profound and important ways. Women are more sensitive and emotional, whereas men are more aggressive and sexual, because this or that region in the brains of women is smaller or larger than in men, or because they have more or less of this or that hormone. This story seems to provide us with a neat biological explanation for much of what we encounter in day-to-day life. But is it true?  According to neuroscientist Daphna Joel, it&amp;#039;s not. And in Gender Mosaic, she sets forth a bold and compelling argument that debunks the notion of female and male brains. Drawing on the latest scientific evidence, including the groundbreaking results of her own studies, Dr. Joel explains that every human brain is a unique mixture -- or mosaic -- of &amp;#039;male&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;female&amp;#039; features, and that these mosaics don&amp;#039;t map neatly into two categories.  With urgent practical implications for the way we understand ourselves and the world around us, Gender Mosaic is a fascinating look at the science of gender, sex and the brain, and at how freeing ourselves from the gender binary can help us all reach our full human potential.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Entangled Life: How Fungi Make Our Worlds, Change Our Minds &amp;amp; Shape Our Futures by Merlin Sheldrake</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393939</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Entangled Life: How Fungi Make Our Worlds, Change Our Minds &amp;amp; Shape Our Futures
Author: Merlin Sheldrake
Narrator: Merlin Sheldrake
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.72 of Total 60 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 18
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A “brilliant [and] entrancing” (The Guardian) journey into the hidden lives of fungi—the great connectors of the living world—and their astonishing and intimate roles in human life, with the power to heal our bodies, expand our minds, and help us address our most urgent environmental problems.   “Grand and dizzying in how thoroughly it recalibrates our understanding of the natural world.”—Ed Yong, author of An Immense World   ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR—Time, BBC Science Focus, The Daily Mail, Geographical, The Times, The Telegraph, New Statesman, London Evening Standard, Science Friday   When we think of fungi, we likely think of mushrooms. But mushrooms are only fruiting bodies, analogous to apples on a tree. Most fungi live out of sight, yet make up a massively diverse kingdom of organisms that supports and sustains nearly all living systems. Fungi provide a key to understanding the planet on which we live, and the ways we think, feel, and behave. In the first edition of this mind-bending book, Sheldrake introduced us to this mysterious but massively diverse kingdom of life. This exquisitely designed volume, abridged from the original, features more than one hundred full-color images that bring the spectacular variety, strangeness, and beauty of fungi to life as never before. Fungi throw our concepts of individuality and even intelligence into question. They are metabolic masters, earth makers, and key players in most of life’s processes. They can change our minds, heal our bodies, and even help us remediate environmental disaster. By examining fungi on their own terms, Sheldrake reveals how these extraordinary organisms—and our relationships with them—are changing our understanding of how life works.   Winner of the Wainwright Prize, the Royal Society Science Book Prize, and the Guild of Food Writers Award • Shortlisted for the British Book Award • Longlisted for the Rathbones Folio Prize</description>
      <author>Merlin Sheldrake</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593209806.mp3" length="2738873" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393939</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593209806.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Entangled Life: How Fungi Make Our Worlds, Change Our Minds &amp;amp; Shape Our Futures
Author: Merlin Sheldrake
Narrator: Merlin Sheldrake
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.72 of Total 60 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 18
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A “brilliant [and] entrancing” (The Guardian) journey into the hidden lives of fungi—the great connectors of the living world—and their astonishing and intimate roles in human life, with the power to heal our bodies, expand our minds, and help us address our most urgent environmental problems.   “Grand and dizzying in how thoroughly it recalibrates our understanding of the natural world.”—Ed Yong, author of An Immense World   ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR—Time, BBC Science Focus, The Daily Mail, Geographical, The Times, The Telegraph, New Statesman, London Evening Standard, Science Friday   When we think of fungi, we likely think of mushrooms. But mushrooms are only fruiting bodies, analogous to apples on a tree. Most fungi live out of sight, yet make up a massively diverse kingdom of organisms that supports and sustains nearly all living systems. Fungi provide a key to understanding the planet on which we live, and the ways we think, feel, and behave. In the first edition of this mind-bending book, Sheldrake introduced us to this mysterious but massively diverse kingdom of life. This exquisitely designed volume, abridged from the original, features more than one hundred full-color images that bring the spectacular variety, strangeness, and beauty of fungi to life as never before. Fungi throw our concepts of individuality and even intelligence into question. They are metabolic masters, earth makers, and key players in most of life’s processes. They can change our minds, heal our bodies, and even help us remediate environmental disaster. By examining fungi on their own terms, Sheldrake reveals how these extraordinary organisms—and our relationships with them—are changing our understanding of how life works.   Winner of the Wainwright Prize, the Royal Society Science Book Prize, and the Guild of Food Writers Award • Shortlisted for the British Book Award • Longlisted for the Rathbones Folio Prize</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Entangled Life: How Fungi Make Our Worlds, Change Our Minds &amp;amp; Shape Our Futures
Author: Merlin Sheldrake
Narrator: Merlin Sheldrake
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.72 of Total 60 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 18
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A “brilliant [and] entrancing” (The Guardian) journey into the hidden lives of fungi—the great connectors of the living world—and their astonishing and intimate roles in human life, with the power to heal our bodies, expand our minds, and help us address our most urgent environmental problems.   “Grand and dizzying in how thoroughly it recalibrates our understanding of the natural world.”—Ed Yong, author of An Immense World   ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR—Time, BBC Science Focus, The Daily Mail, Geographical, The Times, The Telegraph, New Statesman, London Evening Standard, Science Friday   When we think of fungi, we likely think of mushrooms. But mushrooms are only fruiting bodies, analogous to apples on a tree. Most fungi live out of sight, yet make up a massively diverse kingdom of organisms that supports and sustains nearly all living systems. Fungi provide a key to understanding the planet on which we live, and the ways we think, feel, and behave. In the first edition of this mind-bending book, Sheldrake introduced us to this mysterious but massively diverse kingdom of life. This exquisitely designed volume, abridged from the original, features more than one hundred full-color images that bring the spectacular variety, strangeness, and beauty of fungi to life as never before. Fungi throw our concepts of individuality and even intelligence into question. They are metabolic masters, earth makers, and key players in most of life’s processes. They can change our minds, heal our bodies, and even help us remediate environmental disaster. By examining fungi on their own terms, Sheldrake reveals how these extraordinary organisms—and our relationships with them—are changing our understanding of how life works.   Winner of the Wainwright Prize, the Royal Society Science Book Prize, and the Guild of Food Writers Award • Shortlisted for the British Book Award • Longlisted for the Rathbones Folio Prize</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Strange Bedfellows: Adventures in the Science, History, and Surprising Secrets of STDs by Ina Park</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393864</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393864">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393864</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Strange Bedfellows: Adventures in the Science, History, and Surprising Secrets of STDs
Author: Ina Park
Narrator: Ina Park
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 55 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
This program is read by the author. With curiosity and wit, Strange Bedfellows rips back the bedsheets to expose what really happens when STDs enter the sack. Sexually transmitted diseases have been hidden players in our lives for the whole of human history, with roles in everything from World War II to the growth of the Internet to The Bachelor. But despite their prominence, STDs have been shrouded in mystery and taboo for centuries, which begs the question: why do we know so little about them? Enter Ina Park, MD, who has been pushing boundaries to empower and inform others about sexual health for decades. With Strange Bedfellows, she ventures far beyond the bedroom to examine the hidden role and influence of these widely misunderstood infections and share their untold stories. Covering everything from AIDS to Zika, Park explores STDs on the cellular, individual, and population-level. She blends science and storytelling with historical tales, real life sexual escapades, and interviews with leading scientists—weaving in a healthy dose of hilarity along the way. The truth is, most of us are sexually active, yet we’re often unaware of the universe of microscopic bedfellows inside our pants. Park aims to change this by bringing knowledge to the masses in an accessible, no-nonsense, humorous way—helping listeners understand the broad impact STDs have on our lives, while at the same time erasing the unfair stigmas attached to them. A departure from the cone of awkward silence and shame that so often surrounds sexual health, Strange Bedfellows is the straight-shooting audiobook about the consequences of sex that all curious listeners have been looking for.     A Macmillan Audio production from Flatiron Books &amp;#039;Ina Park is a seasoned expert with a finely calibrated sense of the absurd. In other words, she is exactly who you want writing a book about STDs. The science is here, but so too are the stories and people behind it. Park has a mission—to break down the stigma and clear the way for open conversation and wider funding. She&amp;#039;s a hero and a hoot!&amp;#039;—Mary Roach, author of the New York Times bestsellers Bonk and Stiff “Strange Bedfellows—a book about how infections and viruses spread—is incredibly relevant to our time. But it is so much more than that: it’s about desire, it’s about history, it’s about humanity itself. Ina Park reveals the mystery and fascination inherent in STDs and, improbably, she does it while being laugh-out-loud funny.” — Peggy Orenstein, author of the New York Times Bestsellers Boys and Sex and Girls and Sex</description>
      <author>Ina Park</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Feb 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250759962.mp3" length="1393681" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393864</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250759962.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393864">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393864</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Strange Bedfellows: Adventures in the Science, History, and Surprising Secrets of STDs
Author: Ina Park
Narrator: Ina Park
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 55 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
This program is read by the author. With curiosity and wit, Strange Bedfellows rips back the bedsheets to expose what really happens when STDs enter the sack. Sexually transmitted diseases have been hidden players in our lives for the whole of human history, with roles in everything from World War II to the growth of the Internet to The Bachelor. But despite their prominence, STDs have been shrouded in mystery and taboo for centuries, which begs the question: why do we know so little about them? Enter Ina Park, MD, who has been pushing boundaries to empower and inform others about sexual health for decades. With Strange Bedfellows, she ventures far beyond the bedroom to examine the hidden role and influence of these widely misunderstood infections and share their untold stories. Covering everything from AIDS to Zika, Park explores STDs on the cellular, individual, and population-level. She blends science and storytelling with historical tales, real life sexual escapades, and interviews with leading scientists—weaving in a healthy dose of hilarity along the way. The truth is, most of us are sexually active, yet we’re often unaware of the universe of microscopic bedfellows inside our pants. Park aims to change this by bringing knowledge to the masses in an accessible, no-nonsense, humorous way—helping listeners understand the broad impact STDs have on our lives, while at the same time erasing the unfair stigmas attached to them. A departure from the cone of awkward silence and shame that so often surrounds sexual health, Strange Bedfellows is the straight-shooting audiobook about the consequences of sex that all curious listeners have been looking for.     A Macmillan Audio production from Flatiron Books &amp;#039;Ina Park is a seasoned expert with a finely calibrated sense of the absurd. In other words, she is exactly who you want writing a book about STDs. The science is here, but so too are the stories and people behind it. Park has a mission—to break down the stigma and clear the way for open conversation and wider funding. She&amp;#039;s a hero and a hoot!&amp;#039;—Mary Roach, author of the New York Times bestsellers Bonk and Stiff “Strange Bedfellows—a book about how infections and viruses spread—is incredibly relevant to our time. But it is so much more than that: it’s about desire, it’s about history, it’s about humanity itself. Ina Park reveals the mystery and fascination inherent in STDs and, improbably, she does it while being laugh-out-loud funny.” — Peggy Orenstein, author of the New York Times Bestsellers Boys and Sex and Girls and Sex</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393864">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393864</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Strange Bedfellows: Adventures in the Science, History, and Surprising Secrets of STDs
Author: Ina Park
Narrator: Ina Park
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 55 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
This program is read by the author. With curiosity and wit, Strange Bedfellows rips back the bedsheets to expose what really happens when STDs enter the sack. Sexually transmitted diseases have been hidden players in our lives for the whole of human history, with roles in everything from World War II to the growth of the Internet to The Bachelor. But despite their prominence, STDs have been shrouded in mystery and taboo for centuries, which begs the question: why do we know so little about them? Enter Ina Park, MD, who has been pushing boundaries to empower and inform others about sexual health for decades. With Strange Bedfellows, she ventures far beyond the bedroom to examine the hidden role and influence of these widely misunderstood infections and share their untold stories. Covering everything from AIDS to Zika, Park explores STDs on the cellular, individual, and population-level. She blends science and storytelling with historical tales, real life sexual escapades, and interviews with leading scientists—weaving in a healthy dose of hilarity along the way. The truth is, most of us are sexually active, yet we’re often unaware of the universe of microscopic bedfellows inside our pants. Park aims to change this by bringing knowledge to the masses in an accessible, no-nonsense, humorous way—helping listeners understand the broad impact STDs have on our lives, while at the same time erasing the unfair stigmas attached to them. A departure from the cone of awkward silence and shame that so often surrounds sexual health, Strange Bedfellows is the straight-shooting audiobook about the consequences of sex that all curious listeners have been looking for.     A Macmillan Audio production from Flatiron Books &amp;#039;Ina Park is a seasoned expert with a finely calibrated sense of the absurd. In other words, she is exactly who you want writing a book about STDs. The science is here, but so too are the stories and people behind it. Park has a mission—to break down the stigma and clear the way for open conversation and wider funding. She&amp;#039;s a hero and a hoot!&amp;#039;—Mary Roach, author of the New York Times bestsellers Bonk and Stiff “Strange Bedfellows—a book about how infections and viruses spread—is incredibly relevant to our time. But it is so much more than that: it’s about desire, it’s about history, it’s about humanity itself. Ina Park reveals the mystery and fascination inherent in STDs and, improbably, she does it while being laugh-out-loud funny.” — Peggy Orenstein, author of the New York Times Bestsellers Boys and Sex and Girls and Sex</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rethinking Consciousness: A Scientific Theory of Subjective Experience by Michael S. A. Graziano</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393333</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393333">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393333</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rethinking Consciousness: A Scientific Theory of Subjective Experience
Author: Michael S. A. Graziano
Narrator: David De Vries
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Focusing attention can help an animal find food or flee a predator. It also may have led to consciousness. Tracing evolution over millions of years, Michael S. A. Graziano uses examples from the natural world to show how neurons first allowed animals to develop simple forms of attention: taking in messages from the environment, prioritizing them, and responding as necessary. Then some animals evolved covert attention—a roving mental focus that can take in information apart from where the senses are pointed, like hearing sirens at a distance or recalling a memory. Graziano proposes that in order to monitor and control this specialized attention, the brain evolved a simplified model of it—a cartoonish self-description depicting an internal essence with a capacity for knowledge and experience. In other words, consciousness. In this eye-opening work, Graziano accessibly explores how this sense of an inner being led to empathy and formed us into social beings. The theory may point the way to engineers for building consciousness artificially. Graziano discusses what a future with artificial consciousness might be like, including both advantages and risks, and what AI might mean for our evolutionary future.</description>
      <author>Michael S. A. Graziano</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Sep 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684573868.mp3" length="8607110" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393333</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684573868.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393333">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393333</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rethinking Consciousness: A Scientific Theory of Subjective Experience
Author: Michael S. A. Graziano
Narrator: David De Vries
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Focusing attention can help an animal find food or flee a predator. It also may have led to consciousness. Tracing evolution over millions of years, Michael S. A. Graziano uses examples from the natural world to show how neurons first allowed animals to develop simple forms of attention: taking in messages from the environment, prioritizing them, and responding as necessary. Then some animals evolved covert attention—a roving mental focus that can take in information apart from where the senses are pointed, like hearing sirens at a distance or recalling a memory. Graziano proposes that in order to monitor and control this specialized attention, the brain evolved a simplified model of it—a cartoonish self-description depicting an internal essence with a capacity for knowledge and experience. In other words, consciousness. In this eye-opening work, Graziano accessibly explores how this sense of an inner being led to empathy and formed us into social beings. The theory may point the way to engineers for building consciousness artificially. Graziano discusses what a future with artificial consciousness might be like, including both advantages and risks, and what AI might mean for our evolutionary future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393333">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393333</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rethinking Consciousness: A Scientific Theory of Subjective Experience
Author: Michael S. A. Graziano
Narrator: David De Vries
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Focusing attention can help an animal find food or flee a predator. It also may have led to consciousness. Tracing evolution over millions of years, Michael S. A. Graziano uses examples from the natural world to show how neurons first allowed animals to develop simple forms of attention: taking in messages from the environment, prioritizing them, and responding as necessary. Then some animals evolved covert attention—a roving mental focus that can take in information apart from where the senses are pointed, like hearing sirens at a distance or recalling a memory. Graziano proposes that in order to monitor and control this specialized attention, the brain evolved a simplified model of it—a cartoonish self-description depicting an internal essence with a capacity for knowledge and experience. In other words, consciousness. In this eye-opening work, Graziano accessibly explores how this sense of an inner being led to empathy and formed us into social beings. The theory may point the way to engineers for building consciousness artificially. Graziano discusses what a future with artificial consciousness might be like, including both advantages and risks, and what AI might mean for our evolutionary future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A World Beyond Physics: The Emergence and Evolution of Life by Stuart A. Kauffman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393229</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393229">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393229</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A World Beyond Physics: The Emergence and Evolution of Life
Author: Stuart A. Kauffman
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 44 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Among the estimated one hundred billion solar systems in the known universe, evolving life is surely abundant. That evolution is a process of &amp;#039;becoming&amp;#039; in each case. Since Newton, we have turned to physics to assess reality. But physics alone cannot tell us where we came from, how we arrived, and why our world has evolved past the point of unicellular organisms to an extremely complex biosphere. Building on concepts from his work at the Santa Fe Institute, Kauffman focuses in particular on the idea of cells constructing themselves and introduces concepts such as &amp;#039;constraint closure.&amp;#039; Living systems are defined by the concept of &amp;#039;organization&amp;#039; which has not been focused on in enough in previous works. Cells are autopoetic systems that build themselves: they literally construct their own constraints on the release of energy into a few degrees of freedom that constitutes the very thermodynamic work by which they build their own self creating constraints. Living cells are &amp;#039;machines&amp;#039; that construct and assemble their own working parts. The emergence of such systems-the origin of life problem-was probably a spontaneous phase transition to self-reproduction in complex enough prebiotic systems. The resulting protocells were capable of Darwin&amp;#039;s heritable variation, hence open-ended evolution by natural selection.</description>
      <author>Stuart A. Kauffman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515947349.mp3" length="8942488" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393229</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515947349.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393229">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393229</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A World Beyond Physics: The Emergence and Evolution of Life
Author: Stuart A. Kauffman
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 44 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Among the estimated one hundred billion solar systems in the known universe, evolving life is surely abundant. That evolution is a process of &amp;#039;becoming&amp;#039; in each case. Since Newton, we have turned to physics to assess reality. But physics alone cannot tell us where we came from, how we arrived, and why our world has evolved past the point of unicellular organisms to an extremely complex biosphere. Building on concepts from his work at the Santa Fe Institute, Kauffman focuses in particular on the idea of cells constructing themselves and introduces concepts such as &amp;#039;constraint closure.&amp;#039; Living systems are defined by the concept of &amp;#039;organization&amp;#039; which has not been focused on in enough in previous works. Cells are autopoetic systems that build themselves: they literally construct their own constraints on the release of energy into a few degrees of freedom that constitutes the very thermodynamic work by which they build their own self creating constraints. Living cells are &amp;#039;machines&amp;#039; that construct and assemble their own working parts. The emergence of such systems-the origin of life problem-was probably a spontaneous phase transition to self-reproduction in complex enough prebiotic systems. The resulting protocells were capable of Darwin&amp;#039;s heritable variation, hence open-ended evolution by natural selection.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393229">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393229</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A World Beyond Physics: The Emergence and Evolution of Life
Author: Stuart A. Kauffman
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 44 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Among the estimated one hundred billion solar systems in the known universe, evolving life is surely abundant. That evolution is a process of &amp;#039;becoming&amp;#039; in each case. Since Newton, we have turned to physics to assess reality. But physics alone cannot tell us where we came from, how we arrived, and why our world has evolved past the point of unicellular organisms to an extremely complex biosphere. Building on concepts from his work at the Santa Fe Institute, Kauffman focuses in particular on the idea of cells constructing themselves and introduces concepts such as &amp;#039;constraint closure.&amp;#039; Living systems are defined by the concept of &amp;#039;organization&amp;#039; which has not been focused on in enough in previous works. Cells are autopoetic systems that build themselves: they literally construct their own constraints on the release of energy into a few degrees of freedom that constitutes the very thermodynamic work by which they build their own self creating constraints. Living cells are &amp;#039;machines&amp;#039; that construct and assemble their own working parts. The emergence of such systems-the origin of life problem-was probably a spontaneous phase transition to self-reproduction in complex enough prebiotic systems. The resulting protocells were capable of Darwin&amp;#039;s heritable variation, hence open-ended evolution by natural selection.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Microbiology for Dummies by Jennifer C. Stearns PhD, Michael G. Surette PhD, Julienne C. Kaiser PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392985</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392985">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392985</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Microbiology for Dummies
Author: Jennifer C. Stearns PhD, Michael G. Surette PhD, Julienne C. Kaiser PhD
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 11 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Microbiology is a fascinating field that explores life down to the tiniest level. Did you know that your body contains more bacteria cells than human cells? It&amp;#039;s true. Microbes are essential to our everyday lives, from the food we eat to the very internal systems that keep us alive. These microbes include bacteria, algae, fungi, viruses, and nematodes. Without microbes, life on Earth would not survive. It&amp;#039;s amazing to think that all life is so dependent on these microscopic creatures, but their impact on our future is even more astonishing. Microbes are the tools that allow us to engineer hardier crops, create better medicines, and fuel our technology in sustainable ways. Microbes may just help us save the world.   Microbiology For Dummies is your guide to understanding the fundamentals of this enormously-encompassing field. Whether your career plans include microbiology or another science or health specialty, you need to understand life at the cellular level before you can understand anything on the macro scale.      Microbes are literally the foundation of all life, and they are everywhere. Microbiology For Dummies will help you understand them, appreciate them, and use them.</description>
      <author>Jennifer C. Stearns PhD, Michael G. Surette PhD, Julienne C. Kaiser PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Aug 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515948865.mp3" length="8413567" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392985</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515948865.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392985">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392985</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Microbiology for Dummies
Author: Jennifer C. Stearns PhD, Michael G. Surette PhD, Julienne C. Kaiser PhD
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 11 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Microbiology is a fascinating field that explores life down to the tiniest level. Did you know that your body contains more bacteria cells than human cells? It&amp;#039;s true. Microbes are essential to our everyday lives, from the food we eat to the very internal systems that keep us alive. These microbes include bacteria, algae, fungi, viruses, and nematodes. Without microbes, life on Earth would not survive. It&amp;#039;s amazing to think that all life is so dependent on these microscopic creatures, but their impact on our future is even more astonishing. Microbes are the tools that allow us to engineer hardier crops, create better medicines, and fuel our technology in sustainable ways. Microbes may just help us save the world.   Microbiology For Dummies is your guide to understanding the fundamentals of this enormously-encompassing field. Whether your career plans include microbiology or another science or health specialty, you need to understand life at the cellular level before you can understand anything on the macro scale.      Microbes are literally the foundation of all life, and they are everywhere. Microbiology For Dummies will help you understand them, appreciate them, and use them.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392985">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392985</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Microbiology for Dummies
Author: Jennifer C. Stearns PhD, Michael G. Surette PhD, Julienne C. Kaiser PhD
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 11 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Microbiology is a fascinating field that explores life down to the tiniest level. Did you know that your body contains more bacteria cells than human cells? It&amp;#039;s true. Microbes are essential to our everyday lives, from the food we eat to the very internal systems that keep us alive. These microbes include bacteria, algae, fungi, viruses, and nematodes. Without microbes, life on Earth would not survive. It&amp;#039;s amazing to think that all life is so dependent on these microscopic creatures, but their impact on our future is even more astonishing. Microbes are the tools that allow us to engineer hardier crops, create better medicines, and fuel our technology in sustainable ways. Microbes may just help us save the world.   Microbiology For Dummies is your guide to understanding the fundamentals of this enormously-encompassing field. Whether your career plans include microbiology or another science or health specialty, you need to understand life at the cellular level before you can understand anything on the macro scale.      Microbes are literally the foundation of all life, and they are everywhere. Microbiology For Dummies will help you understand them, appreciate them, and use them.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Life on a Young Planet: The First Three Billion Years of Evolution on Earth by Andrew H. Knoll</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392863</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392863">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392863</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life on a Young Planet: The First Three Billion Years of Evolution on Earth
Author: Andrew H. Knoll
Narrator: Eric Jason Martin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Australopithecines, dinosaurs, trilobites—such fossils conjure up images of lost worlds filled with vanished organisms. But in the full history of life, ancient animals, even the trilobites, form only the half-billion-year tip of a nearly four-billion-year iceberg. Andrew Knoll explores the deep history of life from its origins on a young planet to the incredible Cambrian explosion, presenting a compelling new explanation for the emergence of biological novelty. The very latest discoveries in paleontology—many of them made by the author and his students—are integrated with emerging insights from molecular biology and earth system science to forge a broad understanding of how the biological diversity that surrounds us came to be. Moving from Siberia to Namibia to the Bahamas, Knoll shows how life and environment have evolved together through Earth&amp;#039;s history. Listeners go into the field to confront fossils, enter the lab to discern the inner workings of cells, and alight on Mars to ask how our terrestrial experience can guide exploration for life beyond our planet. Along the way, Knoll brings us up-to-date on some of science&amp;#039;s hottest questions, from the oldest fossils and claims of life beyond the Earth to the hypothesis of global glaciation and Knoll&amp;#039;s own unifying concept of &amp;#039;permissive ecology.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Andrew H. Knoll</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515946144.mp3" length="8502119" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392863</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515946144.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392863">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392863</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life on a Young Planet: The First Three Billion Years of Evolution on Earth
Author: Andrew H. Knoll
Narrator: Eric Jason Martin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Australopithecines, dinosaurs, trilobites—such fossils conjure up images of lost worlds filled with vanished organisms. But in the full history of life, ancient animals, even the trilobites, form only the half-billion-year tip of a nearly four-billion-year iceberg. Andrew Knoll explores the deep history of life from its origins on a young planet to the incredible Cambrian explosion, presenting a compelling new explanation for the emergence of biological novelty. The very latest discoveries in paleontology—many of them made by the author and his students—are integrated with emerging insights from molecular biology and earth system science to forge a broad understanding of how the biological diversity that surrounds us came to be. Moving from Siberia to Namibia to the Bahamas, Knoll shows how life and environment have evolved together through Earth&amp;#039;s history. Listeners go into the field to confront fossils, enter the lab to discern the inner workings of cells, and alight on Mars to ask how our terrestrial experience can guide exploration for life beyond our planet. Along the way, Knoll brings us up-to-date on some of science&amp;#039;s hottest questions, from the oldest fossils and claims of life beyond the Earth to the hypothesis of global glaciation and Knoll&amp;#039;s own unifying concept of &amp;#039;permissive ecology.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392863">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392863</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life on a Young Planet: The First Three Billion Years of Evolution on Earth
Author: Andrew H. Knoll
Narrator: Eric Jason Martin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Australopithecines, dinosaurs, trilobites—such fossils conjure up images of lost worlds filled with vanished organisms. But in the full history of life, ancient animals, even the trilobites, form only the half-billion-year tip of a nearly four-billion-year iceberg. Andrew Knoll explores the deep history of life from its origins on a young planet to the incredible Cambrian explosion, presenting a compelling new explanation for the emergence of biological novelty. The very latest discoveries in paleontology—many of them made by the author and his students—are integrated with emerging insights from molecular biology and earth system science to forge a broad understanding of how the biological diversity that surrounds us came to be. Moving from Siberia to Namibia to the Bahamas, Knoll shows how life and environment have evolved together through Earth&amp;#039;s history. Listeners go into the field to confront fossils, enter the lab to discern the inner workings of cells, and alight on Mars to ask how our terrestrial experience can guide exploration for life beyond our planet. Along the way, Knoll brings us up-to-date on some of science&amp;#039;s hottest questions, from the oldest fossils and claims of life beyond the Earth to the hypothesis of global glaciation and Knoll&amp;#039;s own unifying concept of &amp;#039;permissive ecology.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Darwin&amp;#039;s Black Box: The Biochemical Challenge to Evolution by Michael J. Behe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391914</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Darwin&amp;#039;s Black Box: The Biochemical Challenge to Evolution
Author: Michael J. Behe
Narrator: Marc William
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 6 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Naming Darwin&amp;#039;s Black Box to the National Review&amp;#039;s list of the 100 most important nonfiction works of the twentieth century, George Gilder wrote that it &amp;#039;overthrows Darwin at the end of the twentieth century in the same way that quantum theory overthrew Newton at the beginning.&amp;#039;   Discussing the book in the New Yorker in May 2005, H. Allen Orr said of Behe, &amp;#039;he is the most prominent of the small circle of scientists working on intelligent design, and his arguments are by far the best known.&amp;#039; From one end of the spectrum to the other, Darwin&amp;#039;s Black Box has established itself as the key text in the Intelligent Design movement—the one argument that must be addressed in order to determine whether Darwinian evolution is sufficient to explain life as we know it, or not. For this edition, Behe has written a major new Afterword tracing the state of the debate in the decade since it began. It is his first major new statement on the subject and will be welcomed by the thousands who wish to continue this intense debate.</description>
      <author>Michael J. Behe</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630153144.mp3" length="8479429" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391914</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630153144.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Darwin&amp;#039;s Black Box: The Biochemical Challenge to Evolution
Author: Michael J. Behe
Narrator: Marc William
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 6 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Naming Darwin&amp;#039;s Black Box to the National Review&amp;#039;s list of the 100 most important nonfiction works of the twentieth century, George Gilder wrote that it &amp;#039;overthrows Darwin at the end of the twentieth century in the same way that quantum theory overthrew Newton at the beginning.&amp;#039;   Discussing the book in the New Yorker in May 2005, H. Allen Orr said of Behe, &amp;#039;he is the most prominent of the small circle of scientists working on intelligent design, and his arguments are by far the best known.&amp;#039; From one end of the spectrum to the other, Darwin&amp;#039;s Black Box has established itself as the key text in the Intelligent Design movement—the one argument that must be addressed in order to determine whether Darwinian evolution is sufficient to explain life as we know it, or not. For this edition, Behe has written a major new Afterword tracing the state of the debate in the decade since it began. It is his first major new statement on the subject and will be welcomed by the thousands who wish to continue this intense debate.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Darwin&amp;#039;s Black Box: The Biochemical Challenge to Evolution
Author: Michael J. Behe
Narrator: Marc William
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 6 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Naming Darwin&amp;#039;s Black Box to the National Review&amp;#039;s list of the 100 most important nonfiction works of the twentieth century, George Gilder wrote that it &amp;#039;overthrows Darwin at the end of the twentieth century in the same way that quantum theory overthrew Newton at the beginning.&amp;#039;   Discussing the book in the New Yorker in May 2005, H. Allen Orr said of Behe, &amp;#039;he is the most prominent of the small circle of scientists working on intelligent design, and his arguments are by far the best known.&amp;#039; From one end of the spectrum to the other, Darwin&amp;#039;s Black Box has established itself as the key text in the Intelligent Design movement—the one argument that must be addressed in order to determine whether Darwinian evolution is sufficient to explain life as we know it, or not. For this edition, Behe has written a major new Afterword tracing the state of the debate in the decade since it began. It is his first major new statement on the subject and will be welcomed by the thousands who wish to continue this intense debate.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Biography of Resistance: The Epic Battle Between People and Pathogens by Muhammad H. Zaman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391750</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391750">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391750</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Biography of Resistance: The Epic Battle Between People and Pathogens
Author: Muhammad H. Zaman
Narrator: Kyle Tait
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Award-winning Boston University educator and researcher Muhammad H. Zaman provides a chilling look at the rise of antibiotic-resistant superbugs, explaining how we got here and what we must do to address this growing global health crisis. In September 2016, a woman in Nevada became the first known case in the U.S. of a person who died of an infection resistant to every antibiotic available. Her death is the worst nightmare of infectious disease doctors and public health professionals. While bacteria live within us and are essential for our health, some strains can kill us. As bacteria continue to mutate, becoming increasingly resistant to known antibiotics, we are likely to face a public health crisis of unimaginable proportions. “It will be like the great plague of the middle ages, the influenza pandemic of 1918, the AIDS crisis of the 1990s, and the Ebola epidemic of 2014 all combined into a single threat,” Muhammad H. Zaman warns. The Biography of Resistance is Zaman’s riveting and timely look at why and how microbes are becoming superbugs. It is a story of science and evolution that looks to history, culture, attitudes and our own individual choices and collective human behavior. Following the trail of resistant bacteria from previously uncontacted tribes in the Amazon to the isolated islands in the Arctic, from the urban slums of Karachi to the wilderness of the Australian outback, Zaman examines the myriad factors contributing to this unfolding health crisis—including war, greed, natural disasters, and germophobia—to the culprits driving it: pharmaceutical companies, farmers, industrialists, doctors, governments, and ordinary people, all whose choices are pushing us closer to catastrophe. Joining the ranks of acclaimed works like Microbe Hunters, The Emperor of All Maladies, and Spillover, A Biography of Resistance is a riveting and chilling tale from a natural storyteller on the front lines, and a clarion call to address the biggest public health threat of our time.</description>
      <author>Muhammad H. Zaman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062989727.mp3" length="1322144" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391750</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062989727.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391750">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391750</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Biography of Resistance: The Epic Battle Between People and Pathogens
Author: Muhammad H. Zaman
Narrator: Kyle Tait
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Award-winning Boston University educator and researcher Muhammad H. Zaman provides a chilling look at the rise of antibiotic-resistant superbugs, explaining how we got here and what we must do to address this growing global health crisis. In September 2016, a woman in Nevada became the first known case in the U.S. of a person who died of an infection resistant to every antibiotic available. Her death is the worst nightmare of infectious disease doctors and public health professionals. While bacteria live within us and are essential for our health, some strains can kill us. As bacteria continue to mutate, becoming increasingly resistant to known antibiotics, we are likely to face a public health crisis of unimaginable proportions. “It will be like the great plague of the middle ages, the influenza pandemic of 1918, the AIDS crisis of the 1990s, and the Ebola epidemic of 2014 all combined into a single threat,” Muhammad H. Zaman warns. The Biography of Resistance is Zaman’s riveting and timely look at why and how microbes are becoming superbugs. It is a story of science and evolution that looks to history, culture, attitudes and our own individual choices and collective human behavior. Following the trail of resistant bacteria from previously uncontacted tribes in the Amazon to the isolated islands in the Arctic, from the urban slums of Karachi to the wilderness of the Australian outback, Zaman examines the myriad factors contributing to this unfolding health crisis—including war, greed, natural disasters, and germophobia—to the culprits driving it: pharmaceutical companies, farmers, industrialists, doctors, governments, and ordinary people, all whose choices are pushing us closer to catastrophe. Joining the ranks of acclaimed works like Microbe Hunters, The Emperor of All Maladies, and Spillover, A Biography of Resistance is a riveting and chilling tale from a natural storyteller on the front lines, and a clarion call to address the biggest public health threat of our time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391750">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391750</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Biography of Resistance: The Epic Battle Between People and Pathogens
Author: Muhammad H. Zaman
Narrator: Kyle Tait
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Award-winning Boston University educator and researcher Muhammad H. Zaman provides a chilling look at the rise of antibiotic-resistant superbugs, explaining how we got here and what we must do to address this growing global health crisis. In September 2016, a woman in Nevada became the first known case in the U.S. of a person who died of an infection resistant to every antibiotic available. Her death is the worst nightmare of infectious disease doctors and public health professionals. While bacteria live within us and are essential for our health, some strains can kill us. As bacteria continue to mutate, becoming increasingly resistant to known antibiotics, we are likely to face a public health crisis of unimaginable proportions. “It will be like the great plague of the middle ages, the influenza pandemic of 1918, the AIDS crisis of the 1990s, and the Ebola epidemic of 2014 all combined into a single threat,” Muhammad H. Zaman warns. The Biography of Resistance is Zaman’s riveting and timely look at why and how microbes are becoming superbugs. It is a story of science and evolution that looks to history, culture, attitudes and our own individual choices and collective human behavior. Following the trail of resistant bacteria from previously uncontacted tribes in the Amazon to the isolated islands in the Arctic, from the urban slums of Karachi to the wilderness of the Australian outback, Zaman examines the myriad factors contributing to this unfolding health crisis—including war, greed, natural disasters, and germophobia—to the culprits driving it: pharmaceutical companies, farmers, industrialists, doctors, governments, and ordinary people, all whose choices are pushing us closer to catastrophe. Joining the ranks of acclaimed works like Microbe Hunters, The Emperor of All Maladies, and Spillover, A Biography of Resistance is a riveting and chilling tale from a natural storyteller on the front lines, and a clarion call to address the biggest public health threat of our time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>End Times: A Brief Guide to the End of the World by Bryan Walsh</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391405</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391405">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391405</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: End Times: A Brief Guide to the End of the World
Author: Bryan Walsh
Narrator: Bryan Walsh, Corey Carthew
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 31 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this history of extinction and existential risk, a Newsweek and Bloomberg popular science and investigative journalist examines our most dangerous mistakes -- and explores how we can protect and future-proof our civilization. End Times is a compelling work of skilled reportage that peels back the layers of complexity around the unthinkable -- and inevitable -- end of humankind. From asteroids and artificial intelligence to volcanic supereruption to nuclear war, veteran science reporter and TIME editor Bryan Walsh provides a stunning panoramic view of the most catastrophic threats to the human race. In End Times, Walsh examines threats that emerge from nature and those of our own making: asteroids, supervolcanoes, nuclear war, climate change, disease pandemics, biotechnology, artificial intelligence, and extraterrestrial intelligence. Walsh details the true probability of these world-ending catastrophes, the impact on our lives were they to happen, and the best strategies for saving ourselves, all pulled from his rigorous and deeply thoughtful reporting and research. Walsh goes into the room with the men and women whose job it is to imagine the unimaginable. He includes interviews with those on the front lines of prevention, actively working to head off existential threats in biotechnology labs and government hubs. Guided by Walsh&amp;#039;s evocative, page-turning prose, we follow scientific stars like the asteroid hunters at NASA and the disease detectives on the trail of the next killer virus. Walsh explores the danger of apocalypse in all forms. In the end, it will be the depth of our knowledge, the height of our imagination, and our sheer will to survive that will decide the future.</description>
      <author>Bryan Walsh</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549175893.mp3" length="857165" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391405</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549175893.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391405">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391405</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: End Times: A Brief Guide to the End of the World
Author: Bryan Walsh
Narrator: Bryan Walsh, Corey Carthew
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 31 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this history of extinction and existential risk, a Newsweek and Bloomberg popular science and investigative journalist examines our most dangerous mistakes -- and explores how we can protect and future-proof our civilization. End Times is a compelling work of skilled reportage that peels back the layers of complexity around the unthinkable -- and inevitable -- end of humankind. From asteroids and artificial intelligence to volcanic supereruption to nuclear war, veteran science reporter and TIME editor Bryan Walsh provides a stunning panoramic view of the most catastrophic threats to the human race. In End Times, Walsh examines threats that emerge from nature and those of our own making: asteroids, supervolcanoes, nuclear war, climate change, disease pandemics, biotechnology, artificial intelligence, and extraterrestrial intelligence. Walsh details the true probability of these world-ending catastrophes, the impact on our lives were they to happen, and the best strategies for saving ourselves, all pulled from his rigorous and deeply thoughtful reporting and research. Walsh goes into the room with the men and women whose job it is to imagine the unimaginable. He includes interviews with those on the front lines of prevention, actively working to head off existential threats in biotechnology labs and government hubs. Guided by Walsh&amp;#039;s evocative, page-turning prose, we follow scientific stars like the asteroid hunters at NASA and the disease detectives on the trail of the next killer virus. Walsh explores the danger of apocalypse in all forms. In the end, it will be the depth of our knowledge, the height of our imagination, and our sheer will to survive that will decide the future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391405">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391405</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: End Times: A Brief Guide to the End of the World
Author: Bryan Walsh
Narrator: Bryan Walsh, Corey Carthew
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 31 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this history of extinction and existential risk, a Newsweek and Bloomberg popular science and investigative journalist examines our most dangerous mistakes -- and explores how we can protect and future-proof our civilization. End Times is a compelling work of skilled reportage that peels back the layers of complexity around the unthinkable -- and inevitable -- end of humankind. From asteroids and artificial intelligence to volcanic supereruption to nuclear war, veteran science reporter and TIME editor Bryan Walsh provides a stunning panoramic view of the most catastrophic threats to the human race. In End Times, Walsh examines threats that emerge from nature and those of our own making: asteroids, supervolcanoes, nuclear war, climate change, disease pandemics, biotechnology, artificial intelligence, and extraterrestrial intelligence. Walsh details the true probability of these world-ending catastrophes, the impact on our lives were they to happen, and the best strategies for saving ourselves, all pulled from his rigorous and deeply thoughtful reporting and research. Walsh goes into the room with the men and women whose job it is to imagine the unimaginable. He includes interviews with those on the front lines of prevention, actively working to head off existential threats in biotechnology labs and government hubs. Guided by Walsh&amp;#039;s evocative, page-turning prose, we follow scientific stars like the asteroid hunters at NASA and the disease detectives on the trail of the next killer virus. Walsh explores the danger of apocalypse in all forms. In the end, it will be the depth of our knowledge, the height of our imagination, and our sheer will to survive that will decide the future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Secret Life of Plants: A Fascinating Account of the Physical, Emotional, and Spiritual Relations Between Plants and Man by Christopher Bird, Peter Tompkins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390245</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390245">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390245</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Secret Life of Plants: A Fascinating Account of the Physical, Emotional, and Spiritual Relations Between Plants and Man
Author: Christopher Bird, Peter Tompkins
Narrator: D. Michael Hope
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 29 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Once in a while you find a book that stuns you. Its scope leaves you breathless. This is such a book.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; — John White, San Francisco Chronicle Explore the inner world of plants and its fascinating relation to mankind, as uncovered by the latest discoveries of science. In this truly revolutionary and beloved work, drawn from remarkable research, Peter Tompkins and Christopher Bird cast light on the rich psychic universe of plants.  The Secret Life of Plants explores plants&amp;#039; response to human care and nurturing, their ability to communicate with man, plants&amp;#039; surprising reaction to music, their lie-detection abilities, their creative powers, and much more. Tompkins and Bird&amp;#039;s classic book affirms the depth of humanity&amp;#039;s relationship with nature and adds special urgency to the cause of protecting the environment that nourishes us.</description>
      <author>Christopher Bird, Peter Tompkins</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062980625.mp3" length="1374882" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390245</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062980625.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390245">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390245</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Secret Life of Plants: A Fascinating Account of the Physical, Emotional, and Spiritual Relations Between Plants and Man
Author: Christopher Bird, Peter Tompkins
Narrator: D. Michael Hope
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 29 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Once in a while you find a book that stuns you. Its scope leaves you breathless. This is such a book.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; — John White, San Francisco Chronicle Explore the inner world of plants and its fascinating relation to mankind, as uncovered by the latest discoveries of science. In this truly revolutionary and beloved work, drawn from remarkable research, Peter Tompkins and Christopher Bird cast light on the rich psychic universe of plants.  The Secret Life of Plants explores plants&amp;#039; response to human care and nurturing, their ability to communicate with man, plants&amp;#039; surprising reaction to music, their lie-detection abilities, their creative powers, and much more. Tompkins and Bird&amp;#039;s classic book affirms the depth of humanity&amp;#039;s relationship with nature and adds special urgency to the cause of protecting the environment that nourishes us.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390245">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390245</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Secret Life of Plants: A Fascinating Account of the Physical, Emotional, and Spiritual Relations Between Plants and Man
Author: Christopher Bird, Peter Tompkins
Narrator: D. Michael Hope
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 29 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Once in a while you find a book that stuns you. Its scope leaves you breathless. This is such a book.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; — John White, San Francisco Chronicle Explore the inner world of plants and its fascinating relation to mankind, as uncovered by the latest discoveries of science. In this truly revolutionary and beloved work, drawn from remarkable research, Peter Tompkins and Christopher Bird cast light on the rich psychic universe of plants.  The Secret Life of Plants explores plants&amp;#039; response to human care and nurturing, their ability to communicate with man, plants&amp;#039; surprising reaction to music, their lie-detection abilities, their creative powers, and much more. Tompkins and Bird&amp;#039;s classic book affirms the depth of humanity&amp;#039;s relationship with nature and adds special urgency to the cause of protecting the environment that nourishes us.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hidden Valley Road: Inside the Mind of an American Family by Robert Kolker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390185</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390185">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390185</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hidden Valley Road: Inside the Mind of an American Family
Author: Robert Kolker
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 8 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 206 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.57 of Total 44
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • OPRAH’S BOOK CLUB PICK • ONE OF GQ&amp;#039;s TOP 50 BOOKS OF LITERARY JOURNALISM IN THE 21st CENTURY • The heartrending story of a midcentury American family with twelve children, six of them diagnosed with schizophrenia, that became science&amp;#039;s great hope in the quest to understand the disease.    &amp;#039;Reads like a medical detective journey and sheds light on a topic so many of us face: mental illness.&amp;#039; —Oprah Winfrey Don and Mimi Galvin seemed to be living the American dream. After World War II, Don&amp;#039;s work with the Air Force brought them to Colorado, where their twelve children perfectly spanned the baby boom: the oldest born in 1945, the youngest in 1965. In those years, there was an established script for a family like the Galvins--aspiration, hard work, upward mobility, domestic harmony--and they worked hard to play their parts. But behind the scenes was a different story: psychological breakdown, sudden shocking violence, hidden abuse. By the mid-1970s, six of the ten Galvin boys, one after another, were diagnosed as schizophrenic. How could all this happen to one family? What took place inside the house on Hidden Valley Road was so extraordinary that the Galvins became one of the first families to be studied by the National Institute of Mental Health. Their story offers a shadow history of the science of schizophrenia, from the era of institutionalization, lobotomy, and the schizophrenogenic mother to the search for genetic markers for the disease, always amid profound disagreements about the nature of the illness itself. And unbeknownst to the Galvins, samples of their DNA informed decades of genetic research that continues today, offering paths to treatment, prediction, and even eradication of the disease for future generations. With clarity and compassion, bestselling and award-winning author Robert Kolker uncovers one family&amp;#039;s unforgettable legacy of suffering, love, and hope.</description>
      <author>Robert Kolker</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593208328.mp3" length="2614886" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390185</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593208328.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390185">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390185</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hidden Valley Road: Inside the Mind of an American Family
Author: Robert Kolker
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 8 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 206 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.57 of Total 44
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • OPRAH’S BOOK CLUB PICK • ONE OF GQ&amp;#039;s TOP 50 BOOKS OF LITERARY JOURNALISM IN THE 21st CENTURY • The heartrending story of a midcentury American family with twelve children, six of them diagnosed with schizophrenia, that became science&amp;#039;s great hope in the quest to understand the disease.    &amp;#039;Reads like a medical detective journey and sheds light on a topic so many of us face: mental illness.&amp;#039; —Oprah Winfrey Don and Mimi Galvin seemed to be living the American dream. After World War II, Don&amp;#039;s work with the Air Force brought them to Colorado, where their twelve children perfectly spanned the baby boom: the oldest born in 1945, the youngest in 1965. In those years, there was an established script for a family like the Galvins--aspiration, hard work, upward mobility, domestic harmony--and they worked hard to play their parts. But behind the scenes was a different story: psychological breakdown, sudden shocking violence, hidden abuse. By the mid-1970s, six of the ten Galvin boys, one after another, were diagnosed as schizophrenic. How could all this happen to one family? What took place inside the house on Hidden Valley Road was so extraordinary that the Galvins became one of the first families to be studied by the National Institute of Mental Health. Their story offers a shadow history of the science of schizophrenia, from the era of institutionalization, lobotomy, and the schizophrenogenic mother to the search for genetic markers for the disease, always amid profound disagreements about the nature of the illness itself. And unbeknownst to the Galvins, samples of their DNA informed decades of genetic research that continues today, offering paths to treatment, prediction, and even eradication of the disease for future generations. With clarity and compassion, bestselling and award-winning author Robert Kolker uncovers one family&amp;#039;s unforgettable legacy of suffering, love, and hope.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390185">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390185</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hidden Valley Road: Inside the Mind of an American Family
Author: Robert Kolker
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 8 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 206 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.57 of Total 44
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • OPRAH’S BOOK CLUB PICK • ONE OF GQ&amp;#039;s TOP 50 BOOKS OF LITERARY JOURNALISM IN THE 21st CENTURY • The heartrending story of a midcentury American family with twelve children, six of them diagnosed with schizophrenia, that became science&amp;#039;s great hope in the quest to understand the disease.    &amp;#039;Reads like a medical detective journey and sheds light on a topic so many of us face: mental illness.&amp;#039; —Oprah Winfrey Don and Mimi Galvin seemed to be living the American dream. After World War II, Don&amp;#039;s work with the Air Force brought them to Colorado, where their twelve children perfectly spanned the baby boom: the oldest born in 1945, the youngest in 1965. In those years, there was an established script for a family like the Galvins--aspiration, hard work, upward mobility, domestic harmony--and they worked hard to play their parts. But behind the scenes was a different story: psychological breakdown, sudden shocking violence, hidden abuse. By the mid-1970s, six of the ten Galvin boys, one after another, were diagnosed as schizophrenic. How could all this happen to one family? What took place inside the house on Hidden Valley Road was so extraordinary that the Galvins became one of the first families to be studied by the National Institute of Mental Health. Their story offers a shadow history of the science of schizophrenia, from the era of institutionalization, lobotomy, and the schizophrenogenic mother to the search for genetic markers for the disease, always amid profound disagreements about the nature of the illness itself. And unbeknownst to the Galvins, samples of their DNA informed decades of genetic research that continues today, offering paths to treatment, prediction, and even eradication of the disease for future generations. With clarity and compassion, bestselling and award-winning author Robert Kolker uncovers one family&amp;#039;s unforgettable legacy of suffering, love, and hope.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Vagina: A re-education by Lynn Enright</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390153</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390153">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390153</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vagina: A re-education
Author: Lynn Enright
Narrator: Lynn Enright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 36 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Part memoir, part practical guide to the vagina, this indispensable book sifts through myths and misinformation with the aim of empowering women with vital knowledge about their own bodies. From earliest childhood, girls are misled about their bodies, encouraged to describe their genitalia with cute names rather than anatomically correct terms. Girls grow up feeling ashamed about their periods, about the appearance of their vulvas, about their own desires. They grow up without a full and honest sex education, and this lack of knowledge has serious consequences: the number of women attending cervical screening appointments in the UK is at a 20-year low. Vagina provides girls and women with information they need about their own bodies. It confronts taboos such as abortion, miscarriage, infertility and masturbation. It tackles vital social issues like period poverty, female genital mutilation and the rights of transgender women. We need to talk about women&amp;#039;s sexual and reproductive health, about our experiences of sex and pregnancy and pain and pleasure. Vagina: A Re-Education will help us do just that. &amp;#039;Shocking, brilliant, important. A fine addition to the feminist canon&amp;#039;. - Emma Jane Unsworth &amp;#039;Absolutely incredible. It&amp;#039;s educational and informative while also managing to be a fierce rallying cry for women.&amp;#039; Louise O&amp;#039;Neill</description>
      <author>Lynn Enright</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jul 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781528881197.mp3" length="770746" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390153</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781528881197.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390153">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390153</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vagina: A re-education
Author: Lynn Enright
Narrator: Lynn Enright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 36 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Part memoir, part practical guide to the vagina, this indispensable book sifts through myths and misinformation with the aim of empowering women with vital knowledge about their own bodies. From earliest childhood, girls are misled about their bodies, encouraged to describe their genitalia with cute names rather than anatomically correct terms. Girls grow up feeling ashamed about their periods, about the appearance of their vulvas, about their own desires. They grow up without a full and honest sex education, and this lack of knowledge has serious consequences: the number of women attending cervical screening appointments in the UK is at a 20-year low. Vagina provides girls and women with information they need about their own bodies. It confronts taboos such as abortion, miscarriage, infertility and masturbation. It tackles vital social issues like period poverty, female genital mutilation and the rights of transgender women. We need to talk about women&amp;#039;s sexual and reproductive health, about our experiences of sex and pregnancy and pain and pleasure. Vagina: A Re-Education will help us do just that. &amp;#039;Shocking, brilliant, important. A fine addition to the feminist canon&amp;#039;. - Emma Jane Unsworth &amp;#039;Absolutely incredible. It&amp;#039;s educational and informative while also managing to be a fierce rallying cry for women.&amp;#039; Louise O&amp;#039;Neill</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390153">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390153</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vagina: A re-education
Author: Lynn Enright
Narrator: Lynn Enright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 36 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Part memoir, part practical guide to the vagina, this indispensable book sifts through myths and misinformation with the aim of empowering women with vital knowledge about their own bodies. From earliest childhood, girls are misled about their bodies, encouraged to describe their genitalia with cute names rather than anatomically correct terms. Girls grow up feeling ashamed about their periods, about the appearance of their vulvas, about their own desires. They grow up without a full and honest sex education, and this lack of knowledge has serious consequences: the number of women attending cervical screening appointments in the UK is at a 20-year low. Vagina provides girls and women with information they need about their own bodies. It confronts taboos such as abortion, miscarriage, infertility and masturbation. It tackles vital social issues like period poverty, female genital mutilation and the rights of transgender women. We need to talk about women&amp;#039;s sexual and reproductive health, about our experiences of sex and pregnancy and pain and pleasure. Vagina: A Re-Education will help us do just that. &amp;#039;Shocking, brilliant, important. A fine addition to the feminist canon&amp;#039;. - Emma Jane Unsworth &amp;#039;Absolutely incredible. It&amp;#039;s educational and informative while also managing to be a fierce rallying cry for women.&amp;#039; Louise O&amp;#039;Neill</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Shape of Things to Come: Exploring the Future of the Human Body by Druin Burch</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388902</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388902">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388902</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Shape of Things to Come: Exploring the Future of the Human Body
Author: Druin Burch
Narrator: Greg Wagland
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 6 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this humane and important exploration of modern medicine, Druin Burch examines the future of medicine, our changing physicalities and the implications of longer life. From birth to death and through the exploration of topics such as disease, sex, mind, eating and drinking, Burch tracks the future of medicine by looking at what is already possible today. Weaving in insights from literature, art and history, The Shape of Things to Come considers the cultural complexity surrounding medicine as well as its impact on the humanities. As a specialist in geriatric medicine Burch writes with a keen understanding of the medical profession. He outlines the areas of medicine which have seen the greatest improvements and optimistically offers insight into further advancements.</description>
      <author>Druin Burch</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jul 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781789549553.mp3" length="802752" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388902</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781789549553.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388902">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388902</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Shape of Things to Come: Exploring the Future of the Human Body
Author: Druin Burch
Narrator: Greg Wagland
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 6 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this humane and important exploration of modern medicine, Druin Burch examines the future of medicine, our changing physicalities and the implications of longer life. From birth to death and through the exploration of topics such as disease, sex, mind, eating and drinking, Burch tracks the future of medicine by looking at what is already possible today. Weaving in insights from literature, art and history, The Shape of Things to Come considers the cultural complexity surrounding medicine as well as its impact on the humanities. As a specialist in geriatric medicine Burch writes with a keen understanding of the medical profession. He outlines the areas of medicine which have seen the greatest improvements and optimistically offers insight into further advancements.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388902">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388902</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Shape of Things to Come: Exploring the Future of the Human Body
Author: Druin Burch
Narrator: Greg Wagland
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 6 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this humane and important exploration of modern medicine, Druin Burch examines the future of medicine, our changing physicalities and the implications of longer life. From birth to death and through the exploration of topics such as disease, sex, mind, eating and drinking, Burch tracks the future of medicine by looking at what is already possible today. Weaving in insights from literature, art and history, The Shape of Things to Come considers the cultural complexity surrounding medicine as well as its impact on the humanities. As a specialist in geriatric medicine Burch writes with a keen understanding of the medical profession. He outlines the areas of medicine which have seen the greatest improvements and optimistically offers insight into further advancements.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Everybody Wants to Go to Heaven But Nobody Wants to Die: Bioethics and the Transformation of Health Care in America by Jonathan D. Moreno, Amy Gutmann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387773</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387773">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387773</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Everybody Wants to Go to Heaven But Nobody Wants to Die: Bioethics and the Transformation of Health Care in America
Author: Jonathan D. Moreno, Amy Gutmann
Narrator: Andrea Gallo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 1 minute
Release date: August 27, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An incisive examination of bioethics and American healthcare, and their profound affects on American culture over the last sixty years, from two eminent scholars. An eye-opening look at the inevitable moral choices that come along with tremendous medical progress, Everybody Wants to Go to Heaven but Nobody Wants to Die is a primer for all Americans to talk more honestly about health care. Beginning in the 1950s when doctors still paid house calls but regularly withheld the truth from their patients, Amy Gutmann and Jonathan D. Moreno explore an unprecedented revolution in health care and explain the problem with America&amp;#039;s wanting everything that medical science has to offer without debating its merits and its limits. The result: Americans today pay far more for health care while having among the lowest life expectancies and highest infant mortality of any affluent nation. Gutmann and Moreno?&amp;#039;incisive, influential, and pragmatic thinkers&amp;#039; (Arthur Caplan)?demonstrate that the stakes have never been higher for prolonging and improving life. From health care reform and death-with-dignity to child vaccinations and gene editing, they explain how bioethics came to dominate the national spotlight, leading and responding to a revolution in doctor-patient relations, a burgeoning world of organ transplants, and new reproductive technologies that benefit millions but create a host of legal and ethical challenges. With striking examples, the authors show how breakthroughs in cancer research, infectious disease, and drug development provide Americans with exciting new alternatives, yet often painful choices. They address head-on the most fundamental challenges in American health care: Why do we pay so much for health care while still lacking universal coverage? How can medical studies adequately protect individuals who volunteer for them? What&amp;#039;s fair when it comes to allocating organs for transplants in truly life-and-death situations? A lucid and provocative blend of history and public policy, this urgent work exposes the American paradox of wanting to have it all without paying the price.</description>
      <author>Jonathan D. Moreno, Amy Gutmann</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781980038412.mp3" length="1333245" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387773</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781980038412.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387773">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387773</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Everybody Wants to Go to Heaven But Nobody Wants to Die: Bioethics and the Transformation of Health Care in America
Author: Jonathan D. Moreno, Amy Gutmann
Narrator: Andrea Gallo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 1 minute
Release date: August 27, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An incisive examination of bioethics and American healthcare, and their profound affects on American culture over the last sixty years, from two eminent scholars. An eye-opening look at the inevitable moral choices that come along with tremendous medical progress, Everybody Wants to Go to Heaven but Nobody Wants to Die is a primer for all Americans to talk more honestly about health care. Beginning in the 1950s when doctors still paid house calls but regularly withheld the truth from their patients, Amy Gutmann and Jonathan D. Moreno explore an unprecedented revolution in health care and explain the problem with America&amp;#039;s wanting everything that medical science has to offer without debating its merits and its limits. The result: Americans today pay far more for health care while having among the lowest life expectancies and highest infant mortality of any affluent nation. Gutmann and Moreno?&amp;#039;incisive, influential, and pragmatic thinkers&amp;#039; (Arthur Caplan)?demonstrate that the stakes have never been higher for prolonging and improving life. From health care reform and death-with-dignity to child vaccinations and gene editing, they explain how bioethics came to dominate the national spotlight, leading and responding to a revolution in doctor-patient relations, a burgeoning world of organ transplants, and new reproductive technologies that benefit millions but create a host of legal and ethical challenges. With striking examples, the authors show how breakthroughs in cancer research, infectious disease, and drug development provide Americans with exciting new alternatives, yet often painful choices. They address head-on the most fundamental challenges in American health care: Why do we pay so much for health care while still lacking universal coverage? How can medical studies adequately protect individuals who volunteer for them? What&amp;#039;s fair when it comes to allocating organs for transplants in truly life-and-death situations? A lucid and provocative blend of history and public policy, this urgent work exposes the American paradox of wanting to have it all without paying the price.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387773">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387773</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Everybody Wants to Go to Heaven But Nobody Wants to Die: Bioethics and the Transformation of Health Care in America
Author: Jonathan D. Moreno, Amy Gutmann
Narrator: Andrea Gallo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 1 minute
Release date: August 27, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An incisive examination of bioethics and American healthcare, and their profound affects on American culture over the last sixty years, from two eminent scholars. An eye-opening look at the inevitable moral choices that come along with tremendous medical progress, Everybody Wants to Go to Heaven but Nobody Wants to Die is a primer for all Americans to talk more honestly about health care. Beginning in the 1950s when doctors still paid house calls but regularly withheld the truth from their patients, Amy Gutmann and Jonathan D. Moreno explore an unprecedented revolution in health care and explain the problem with America&amp;#039;s wanting everything that medical science has to offer without debating its merits and its limits. The result: Americans today pay far more for health care while having among the lowest life expectancies and highest infant mortality of any affluent nation. Gutmann and Moreno?&amp;#039;incisive, influential, and pragmatic thinkers&amp;#039; (Arthur Caplan)?demonstrate that the stakes have never been higher for prolonging and improving life. From health care reform and death-with-dignity to child vaccinations and gene editing, they explain how bioethics came to dominate the national spotlight, leading and responding to a revolution in doctor-patient relations, a burgeoning world of organ transplants, and new reproductive technologies that benefit millions but create a host of legal and ethical challenges. With striking examples, the authors show how breakthroughs in cancer research, infectious disease, and drug development provide Americans with exciting new alternatives, yet often painful choices. They address head-on the most fundamental challenges in American health care: Why do we pay so much for health care while still lacking universal coverage? How can medical studies adequately protect individuals who volunteer for them? What&amp;#039;s fair when it comes to allocating organs for transplants in truly life-and-death situations? A lucid and provocative blend of history and public policy, this urgent work exposes the American paradox of wanting to have it all without paying the price.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Math of Life and Death by Kit Yates</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386442</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386442">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386442</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Math of Life and Death
Author: Kit Yates
Narrator: Kit Yates
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brilliant and entertaining mathematician Kit Yates illuminates seven mathematical concepts that shape our daily lives. From birthdays to birth rates to how we perceive the passing of time, mathematical patterns shape our lives. But for those of us who left math behind in high school, the numbers and figures we encounter as we go about our days can leave us scratching our heads, feeling as if we’re fumbling through a mathematical minefield. In this eye-opening and “welcome addition to the math-for-people-who-hate-math” (Kirkus Reviews), Kit Yates illuminates hidden principles that can help us understand and navigate the chaotic and often opaque surfaces of our world.   In The Math of Life and Death, Yates takes us on a “dizzying, dazzling” (Nature) tour of everyday situations and grand-scale applications of mathematical concepts, including exponential growth and decay, optimization, statistics and probability, and number systems. Along the way he reveals the mathematical undersides of controversies over DNA testing, Ponzi schemes, viral marketing, and historical events such as the Chernobyl disaster and the Amanda Knox trial. Readers will finish this book with an enlightened perspective on the news, the law, medicine, and history, and will be better equipped to make personal decisions and solve problems with math in mind, whether it’s choosing the shortest checkout line at the grocery store or halting the spread of a deadly disease.</description>
      <author>Kit Yates</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jan 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797102627.mp3" length="852506" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386442</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797102627.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386442">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386442</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Math of Life and Death
Author: Kit Yates
Narrator: Kit Yates
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brilliant and entertaining mathematician Kit Yates illuminates seven mathematical concepts that shape our daily lives. From birthdays to birth rates to how we perceive the passing of time, mathematical patterns shape our lives. But for those of us who left math behind in high school, the numbers and figures we encounter as we go about our days can leave us scratching our heads, feeling as if we’re fumbling through a mathematical minefield. In this eye-opening and “welcome addition to the math-for-people-who-hate-math” (Kirkus Reviews), Kit Yates illuminates hidden principles that can help us understand and navigate the chaotic and often opaque surfaces of our world.   In The Math of Life and Death, Yates takes us on a “dizzying, dazzling” (Nature) tour of everyday situations and grand-scale applications of mathematical concepts, including exponential growth and decay, optimization, statistics and probability, and number systems. Along the way he reveals the mathematical undersides of controversies over DNA testing, Ponzi schemes, viral marketing, and historical events such as the Chernobyl disaster and the Amanda Knox trial. Readers will finish this book with an enlightened perspective on the news, the law, medicine, and history, and will be better equipped to make personal decisions and solve problems with math in mind, whether it’s choosing the shortest checkout line at the grocery store or halting the spread of a deadly disease.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386442">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386442</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Math of Life and Death
Author: Kit Yates
Narrator: Kit Yates
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brilliant and entertaining mathematician Kit Yates illuminates seven mathematical concepts that shape our daily lives. From birthdays to birth rates to how we perceive the passing of time, mathematical patterns shape our lives. But for those of us who left math behind in high school, the numbers and figures we encounter as we go about our days can leave us scratching our heads, feeling as if we’re fumbling through a mathematical minefield. In this eye-opening and “welcome addition to the math-for-people-who-hate-math” (Kirkus Reviews), Kit Yates illuminates hidden principles that can help us understand and navigate the chaotic and often opaque surfaces of our world.   In The Math of Life and Death, Yates takes us on a “dizzying, dazzling” (Nature) tour of everyday situations and grand-scale applications of mathematical concepts, including exponential growth and decay, optimization, statistics and probability, and number systems. Along the way he reveals the mathematical undersides of controversies over DNA testing, Ponzi schemes, viral marketing, and historical events such as the Chernobyl disaster and the Amanda Knox trial. Readers will finish this book with an enlightened perspective on the news, the law, medicine, and history, and will be better equipped to make personal decisions and solve problems with math in mind, whether it’s choosing the shortest checkout line at the grocery store or halting the spread of a deadly disease.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Bilingual Brain: And What It Tells Us about the Science of Language by Albert Costa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385533</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385533">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385533</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Bilingual Brain: And What It Tells Us about the Science of Language
Author: Albert Costa
Narrator: Luis Soto
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. How do two languages co-exist in the same brain?  Why is it possible to forget a language?  What are the advantages and challenges of being bilingual? Over half of the world&amp;#039;s population is bilingual and yet this fascinating, complex ability is understood by few. In The Bilingual Brain, leading expert Albert Costa explores the science of language through a wide range of cutting-edge studies and examples from South Korea to Spain and Canada. Looking at the development of the brain from infancy to old age, Costa shows us the impact of bilingualism on everyday life: from a bilingual&amp;#039;s ability to multitask and make decisions to the way in which they interact with those around them.  An absorbing examination of an extraordinary skill, The Bilingual Brain leaves us all with a sense of wonder at how language works. © Albert Costa 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>Albert Costa</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jan 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241429792.mp3" length="1427393" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385533</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241429792.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385533">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385533</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Bilingual Brain: And What It Tells Us about the Science of Language
Author: Albert Costa
Narrator: Luis Soto
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. How do two languages co-exist in the same brain?  Why is it possible to forget a language?  What are the advantages and challenges of being bilingual? Over half of the world&amp;#039;s population is bilingual and yet this fascinating, complex ability is understood by few. In The Bilingual Brain, leading expert Albert Costa explores the science of language through a wide range of cutting-edge studies and examples from South Korea to Spain and Canada. Looking at the development of the brain from infancy to old age, Costa shows us the impact of bilingualism on everyday life: from a bilingual&amp;#039;s ability to multitask and make decisions to the way in which they interact with those around them.  An absorbing examination of an extraordinary skill, The Bilingual Brain leaves us all with a sense of wonder at how language works. © Albert Costa 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385533">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385533</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Bilingual Brain: And What It Tells Us about the Science of Language
Author: Albert Costa
Narrator: Luis Soto
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. How do two languages co-exist in the same brain?  Why is it possible to forget a language?  What are the advantages and challenges of being bilingual? Over half of the world&amp;#039;s population is bilingual and yet this fascinating, complex ability is understood by few. In The Bilingual Brain, leading expert Albert Costa explores the science of language through a wide range of cutting-edge studies and examples from South Korea to Spain and Canada. Looking at the development of the brain from infancy to old age, Costa shows us the impact of bilingualism on everyday life: from a bilingual&amp;#039;s ability to multitask and make decisions to the way in which they interact with those around them.  An absorbing examination of an extraordinary skill, The Bilingual Brain leaves us all with a sense of wonder at how language works. © Albert Costa 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Life Finds a Way: What Evolution Teaches Us About Creativity by Andreas Wagner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385196</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385196">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385196</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life Finds a Way: What Evolution Teaches Us About Creativity
Author: Andreas Wagner
Narrator: Alex Hyde-White
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 34 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
How the principles of biological innovation can help us overcome creative challenges in art, business, and science In Life Finds a Way, biologist Andreas Wagner reveals the deep symmetry between innovation in biological evolution and human cultural creativity. Rarely is either a linear climb to perfection--instead, &amp;#039;progress&amp;#039; is typically marked by a sequence of peaks, plateaus, and pitfalls. For instance, in Picasso&amp;#039;s forty-some iterations of Guernica, we see the same combination of small steps, incessant reshuffling, and large, almost reckless, leaps that characterize the way evolution transformed a dinosaur&amp;#039;s grasping claw into a condor&amp;#039;s soaring wing. By understanding these principles, we can also better realize our own creative potential to find new solutions to adversity. Ultimately, Life Finds a Way offers a new framework for the nature of creativity, enabling us to better adapt, grow, and change in art, business, or science--that is, in life.</description>
      <author>Andreas Wagner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jun 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549175985.mp3" length="873211" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385196</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549175985.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385196">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385196</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life Finds a Way: What Evolution Teaches Us About Creativity
Author: Andreas Wagner
Narrator: Alex Hyde-White
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 34 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
How the principles of biological innovation can help us overcome creative challenges in art, business, and science In Life Finds a Way, biologist Andreas Wagner reveals the deep symmetry between innovation in biological evolution and human cultural creativity. Rarely is either a linear climb to perfection--instead, &amp;#039;progress&amp;#039; is typically marked by a sequence of peaks, plateaus, and pitfalls. For instance, in Picasso&amp;#039;s forty-some iterations of Guernica, we see the same combination of small steps, incessant reshuffling, and large, almost reckless, leaps that characterize the way evolution transformed a dinosaur&amp;#039;s grasping claw into a condor&amp;#039;s soaring wing. By understanding these principles, we can also better realize our own creative potential to find new solutions to adversity. Ultimately, Life Finds a Way offers a new framework for the nature of creativity, enabling us to better adapt, grow, and change in art, business, or science--that is, in life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385196">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385196</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life Finds a Way: What Evolution Teaches Us About Creativity
Author: Andreas Wagner
Narrator: Alex Hyde-White
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 34 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
How the principles of biological innovation can help us overcome creative challenges in art, business, and science In Life Finds a Way, biologist Andreas Wagner reveals the deep symmetry between innovation in biological evolution and human cultural creativity. Rarely is either a linear climb to perfection--instead, &amp;#039;progress&amp;#039; is typically marked by a sequence of peaks, plateaus, and pitfalls. For instance, in Picasso&amp;#039;s forty-some iterations of Guernica, we see the same combination of small steps, incessant reshuffling, and large, almost reckless, leaps that characterize the way evolution transformed a dinosaur&amp;#039;s grasping claw into a condor&amp;#039;s soaring wing. By understanding these principles, we can also better realize our own creative potential to find new solutions to adversity. Ultimately, Life Finds a Way offers a new framework for the nature of creativity, enabling us to better adapt, grow, and change in art, business, or science--that is, in life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Above the Line: Living and Leading with Heart by Stephen Klemich, Mara Klemich</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384655</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384655">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384655</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Above the Line: Living and Leading with Heart
Author: Stephen Klemich, Mara Klemich
Narrator: David Linski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A leadership consultant and neuropsychologist identify the universal habits of the heart and mind—the keys to eliminating behavior patterns that hold us back, unlocking our true potential, and creating our best selves. Why is it so hard for leaders to coach employees who are struggling? Why do we repeat the mistakes and negative behaviors?  Common wisdom says you always have a choice in how you react or respond. But, as corporate consultant Stephen Klemich and clinical psychologist Mara Klemich contend, until you recognize why you make choices, and how the heart and the brain work together to shape your behavior, you can’t change long-ingrained ways and discover your best self. The Klemichs have developed a model, backed by extensive research and data and paired with character-led personal development, to help you answer the why and eliminate behavior that is &amp;#039;&amp;#039;below the line.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  In Above the Line, they argue that that the quality of your life flows from the attitudes of your heart. Wise, compassionate, and practical Above the Line explores the deep, fundamental drivers of human behavior that exist within your heart—the seat of your character. It reveals that all of these behaviors can be explained by four heart-based principles—humility, love, pride, and fear—which influence every facet of our life, for better or worse. We are all designed for greatness, but so often our best self is pitted against our worst. The pressures of life are pulling our character below the line while our authentic self is drawing us to live above the line. When you fully understand that these four principles are at the root of your behavior, you can begin the journey to become your best self and navigate life more effectively and successfully. Filled with proven strategies, Above the Line will create lasting behavior change and improve your life personally and professionally so you can make a positive impact on the world around you. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Stephen Klemich, Mara Klemich</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jan 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062985316.mp3" length="1369960" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384655</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062985316.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384655">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384655</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Above the Line: Living and Leading with Heart
Author: Stephen Klemich, Mara Klemich
Narrator: David Linski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A leadership consultant and neuropsychologist identify the universal habits of the heart and mind—the keys to eliminating behavior patterns that hold us back, unlocking our true potential, and creating our best selves. Why is it so hard for leaders to coach employees who are struggling? Why do we repeat the mistakes and negative behaviors?  Common wisdom says you always have a choice in how you react or respond. But, as corporate consultant Stephen Klemich and clinical psychologist Mara Klemich contend, until you recognize why you make choices, and how the heart and the brain work together to shape your behavior, you can’t change long-ingrained ways and discover your best self. The Klemichs have developed a model, backed by extensive research and data and paired with character-led personal development, to help you answer the why and eliminate behavior that is &amp;#039;&amp;#039;below the line.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  In Above the Line, they argue that that the quality of your life flows from the attitudes of your heart. Wise, compassionate, and practical Above the Line explores the deep, fundamental drivers of human behavior that exist within your heart—the seat of your character. It reveals that all of these behaviors can be explained by four heart-based principles—humility, love, pride, and fear—which influence every facet of our life, for better or worse. We are all designed for greatness, but so often our best self is pitted against our worst. The pressures of life are pulling our character below the line while our authentic self is drawing us to live above the line. When you fully understand that these four principles are at the root of your behavior, you can begin the journey to become your best self and navigate life more effectively and successfully. Filled with proven strategies, Above the Line will create lasting behavior change and improve your life personally and professionally so you can make a positive impact on the world around you. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384655">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384655</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Above the Line: Living and Leading with Heart
Author: Stephen Klemich, Mara Klemich
Narrator: David Linski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A leadership consultant and neuropsychologist identify the universal habits of the heart and mind—the keys to eliminating behavior patterns that hold us back, unlocking our true potential, and creating our best selves. Why is it so hard for leaders to coach employees who are struggling? Why do we repeat the mistakes and negative behaviors?  Common wisdom says you always have a choice in how you react or respond. But, as corporate consultant Stephen Klemich and clinical psychologist Mara Klemich contend, until you recognize why you make choices, and how the heart and the brain work together to shape your behavior, you can’t change long-ingrained ways and discover your best self. The Klemichs have developed a model, backed by extensive research and data and paired with character-led personal development, to help you answer the why and eliminate behavior that is &amp;#039;&amp;#039;below the line.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  In Above the Line, they argue that that the quality of your life flows from the attitudes of your heart. Wise, compassionate, and practical Above the Line explores the deep, fundamental drivers of human behavior that exist within your heart—the seat of your character. It reveals that all of these behaviors can be explained by four heart-based principles—humility, love, pride, and fear—which influence every facet of our life, for better or worse. We are all designed for greatness, but so often our best self is pitted against our worst. The pressures of life are pulling our character below the line while our authentic self is drawing us to live above the line. When you fully understand that these four principles are at the root of your behavior, you can begin the journey to become your best self and navigate life more effectively and successfully. Filled with proven strategies, Above the Line will create lasting behavior change and improve your life personally and professionally so you can make a positive impact on the world around you. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How We Learn: Why Brains Learn Better Than Any Machine . . . for Now by Stanislas Dehaene</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383875</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383875">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383875</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How We Learn: Why Brains Learn Better Than Any Machine . . . for Now
Author: Stanislas Dehaene
Narrator: Kaleo Griffith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 2 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“There are words that are so familiar they obscure rather than illuminate the thing they mean, and ‘learning’ is such a word. It seems so ordinary, everyone does it. Actually it’s more of a black box, which Dehaene cracks open to reveal the awesome secrets within.”--The New York Times Book Review An illuminating dive into the latest science on our brain&amp;#039;s remarkable learning abilities and the potential of the machines we program to imitate them The human brain is an extraordinary learning machine. Its ability to reprogram itself is unparalleled, and it remains the best source of inspiration for recent developments in artificial intelligence. But how do we learn? What innate biological foundations underlie our ability to acquire new information, and what principles modulate their efficiency? In How We Learn, Stanislas Dehaene finds the boundary of computer science, neurobiology, and cognitive psychology to explain how learning really works and how to make the best use of the brain’s learning algorithms in our schools and universities, as well as in everyday life and at any age.</description>
      <author>Stanislas Dehaene</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593165881.mp3" length="2696968" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383875</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593165881.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383875">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383875</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How We Learn: Why Brains Learn Better Than Any Machine . . . for Now
Author: Stanislas Dehaene
Narrator: Kaleo Griffith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 2 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“There are words that are so familiar they obscure rather than illuminate the thing they mean, and ‘learning’ is such a word. It seems so ordinary, everyone does it. Actually it’s more of a black box, which Dehaene cracks open to reveal the awesome secrets within.”--The New York Times Book Review An illuminating dive into the latest science on our brain&amp;#039;s remarkable learning abilities and the potential of the machines we program to imitate them The human brain is an extraordinary learning machine. Its ability to reprogram itself is unparalleled, and it remains the best source of inspiration for recent developments in artificial intelligence. But how do we learn? What innate biological foundations underlie our ability to acquire new information, and what principles modulate their efficiency? In How We Learn, Stanislas Dehaene finds the boundary of computer science, neurobiology, and cognitive psychology to explain how learning really works and how to make the best use of the brain’s learning algorithms in our schools and universities, as well as in everyday life and at any age.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383875">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383875</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How We Learn: Why Brains Learn Better Than Any Machine . . . for Now
Author: Stanislas Dehaene
Narrator: Kaleo Griffith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 2 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“There are words that are so familiar they obscure rather than illuminate the thing they mean, and ‘learning’ is such a word. It seems so ordinary, everyone does it. Actually it’s more of a black box, which Dehaene cracks open to reveal the awesome secrets within.”--The New York Times Book Review An illuminating dive into the latest science on our brain&amp;#039;s remarkable learning abilities and the potential of the machines we program to imitate them The human brain is an extraordinary learning machine. Its ability to reprogram itself is unparalleled, and it remains the best source of inspiration for recent developments in artificial intelligence. But how do we learn? What innate biological foundations underlie our ability to acquire new information, and what principles modulate their efficiency? In How We Learn, Stanislas Dehaene finds the boundary of computer science, neurobiology, and cognitive psychology to explain how learning really works and how to make the best use of the brain’s learning algorithms in our schools and universities, as well as in everyday life and at any age.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Remarkable Life of the Skin: An intimate journey across our surface by Monty Lyman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383634</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383634">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383634</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Remarkable Life of the Skin: An intimate journey across our surface
Author: Monty Lyman
Narrator: Matthew Spencer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 44 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Penguin presents the audio edition of The Remarkable Life of the Skin by Monty Lyman, read by Matthew Spencer. How does our diet affect our  skin? What makes the skin age? And why can’t we tickle ourselves? Perched on the exterior of our delicate and intricate bodies, the skin  is our largest and fastest-growing organ. We see it, touch it and live  in it every day. It&amp;#039;s a habitat  for a mesmerizingly complex world of  micro-organisms, its physical  functions are vital to our health and  indeed our survival, and it&amp;#039;s crucial to our sense of identity. Yet how  much do we really know about it?  Through the lenses of science, sociology and history, Dr Monty Lyman  leads us on a journey through the comedy, tragedy and exquisite humanity  of our most underrated and overlooked organ. By delving into something  that seems so familiar, he reveals how the skin is far stranger and much  more complex than you&amp;#039;ve ever imagined, making it impossible ever again  to take your skin for granted.</description>
      <author>Monty Lyman</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jul 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473575035.mp3" length="1419904" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383634</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473575035.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383634">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383634</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Remarkable Life of the Skin: An intimate journey across our surface
Author: Monty Lyman
Narrator: Matthew Spencer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 44 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Penguin presents the audio edition of The Remarkable Life of the Skin by Monty Lyman, read by Matthew Spencer. How does our diet affect our  skin? What makes the skin age? And why can’t we tickle ourselves? Perched on the exterior of our delicate and intricate bodies, the skin  is our largest and fastest-growing organ. We see it, touch it and live  in it every day. It&amp;#039;s a habitat  for a mesmerizingly complex world of  micro-organisms, its physical  functions are vital to our health and  indeed our survival, and it&amp;#039;s crucial to our sense of identity. Yet how  much do we really know about it?  Through the lenses of science, sociology and history, Dr Monty Lyman  leads us on a journey through the comedy, tragedy and exquisite humanity  of our most underrated and overlooked organ. By delving into something  that seems so familiar, he reveals how the skin is far stranger and much  more complex than you&amp;#039;ve ever imagined, making it impossible ever again  to take your skin for granted.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383634">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383634</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Remarkable Life of the Skin: An intimate journey across our surface
Author: Monty Lyman
Narrator: Matthew Spencer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 44 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Penguin presents the audio edition of The Remarkable Life of the Skin by Monty Lyman, read by Matthew Spencer. How does our diet affect our  skin? What makes the skin age? And why can’t we tickle ourselves? Perched on the exterior of our delicate and intricate bodies, the skin  is our largest and fastest-growing organ. We see it, touch it and live  in it every day. It&amp;#039;s a habitat  for a mesmerizingly complex world of  micro-organisms, its physical  functions are vital to our health and  indeed our survival, and it&amp;#039;s crucial to our sense of identity. Yet how  much do we really know about it?  Through the lenses of science, sociology and history, Dr Monty Lyman  leads us on a journey through the comedy, tragedy and exquisite humanity  of our most underrated and overlooked organ. By delving into something  that seems so familiar, he reveals how the skin is far stranger and much  more complex than you&amp;#039;ve ever imagined, making it impossible ever again  to take your skin for granted.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Artificial You: AI and the Future of Your Mind by Susan Schneider</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383620</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383620">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383620</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Artificial You: AI and the Future of Your Mind
Author: Susan Schneider
Narrator: Katherine Fenton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Entertaining and profound.&amp;#039;—Martin Rees, Astronomer Royal Hailed by the Washington Post as &amp;#039;a sure-footed and witty guide to slippery ethical terrain.&amp;#039; This audiobook narrated by Katherine Fenton take you on a philosophical exploration of AI and the future of the mind Humans may not be Earth&amp;#039;s most intelligent beings for much longer: the world champions of chess, Go, and Jeopardy! are now all AIs. Given the rapid pace of progress in AI, many predict that it could advance to human-level intelligence within the next several decades. From there, it could quickly outpace human intelligence. What do these developments mean for the future of the mind? In Artificial You, Susan Schneider says that it is inevitable that AI will take intelligence in new directions, but urges that it is up to us to carve out a sensible path forward. As AI technology turns inward, reshaping the brain, as well as outward, potentially creating machine minds, it is crucial to beware. Homo sapiens, as mind designers, will be playing with &amp;#039;tools&amp;#039; they do not understand how to use: the self, the mind, and consciousness. Schneider argues that an insufficient grasp of the nature of these entities could undermine the use of AI and brain enhancement technology, bringing about the demise or suffering of conscious beings. To flourish, we must grasp the philosophical issues lying beneath the algorithms. At the heart of her exploration is a sober-minded discussion of what AI can truly achieve: Can robots really be conscious? Can we merge with AI, as tech leaders like Elon Musk and Ray Kurzweil suggest? Is the mind just a program? Examining these thorny issues, Schneider proposes ways we can test for machine consciousness, questions whether consciousness is an unavoidable byproduct of sophisticated intelligence, and considers the overall dangers of creating machine minds.</description>
      <author>Susan Schneider</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780691199092.mp3" length="1306544" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383620</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780691199092.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383620">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383620</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Artificial You: AI and the Future of Your Mind
Author: Susan Schneider
Narrator: Katherine Fenton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Entertaining and profound.&amp;#039;—Martin Rees, Astronomer Royal Hailed by the Washington Post as &amp;#039;a sure-footed and witty guide to slippery ethical terrain.&amp;#039; This audiobook narrated by Katherine Fenton take you on a philosophical exploration of AI and the future of the mind Humans may not be Earth&amp;#039;s most intelligent beings for much longer: the world champions of chess, Go, and Jeopardy! are now all AIs. Given the rapid pace of progress in AI, many predict that it could advance to human-level intelligence within the next several decades. From there, it could quickly outpace human intelligence. What do these developments mean for the future of the mind? In Artificial You, Susan Schneider says that it is inevitable that AI will take intelligence in new directions, but urges that it is up to us to carve out a sensible path forward. As AI technology turns inward, reshaping the brain, as well as outward, potentially creating machine minds, it is crucial to beware. Homo sapiens, as mind designers, will be playing with &amp;#039;tools&amp;#039; they do not understand how to use: the self, the mind, and consciousness. Schneider argues that an insufficient grasp of the nature of these entities could undermine the use of AI and brain enhancement technology, bringing about the demise or suffering of conscious beings. To flourish, we must grasp the philosophical issues lying beneath the algorithms. At the heart of her exploration is a sober-minded discussion of what AI can truly achieve: Can robots really be conscious? Can we merge with AI, as tech leaders like Elon Musk and Ray Kurzweil suggest? Is the mind just a program? Examining these thorny issues, Schneider proposes ways we can test for machine consciousness, questions whether consciousness is an unavoidable byproduct of sophisticated intelligence, and considers the overall dangers of creating machine minds.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383620">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383620</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Artificial You: AI and the Future of Your Mind
Author: Susan Schneider
Narrator: Katherine Fenton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Entertaining and profound.&amp;#039;—Martin Rees, Astronomer Royal Hailed by the Washington Post as &amp;#039;a sure-footed and witty guide to slippery ethical terrain.&amp;#039; This audiobook narrated by Katherine Fenton take you on a philosophical exploration of AI and the future of the mind Humans may not be Earth&amp;#039;s most intelligent beings for much longer: the world champions of chess, Go, and Jeopardy! are now all AIs. Given the rapid pace of progress in AI, many predict that it could advance to human-level intelligence within the next several decades. From there, it could quickly outpace human intelligence. What do these developments mean for the future of the mind? In Artificial You, Susan Schneider says that it is inevitable that AI will take intelligence in new directions, but urges that it is up to us to carve out a sensible path forward. As AI technology turns inward, reshaping the brain, as well as outward, potentially creating machine minds, it is crucial to beware. Homo sapiens, as mind designers, will be playing with &amp;#039;tools&amp;#039; they do not understand how to use: the self, the mind, and consciousness. Schneider argues that an insufficient grasp of the nature of these entities could undermine the use of AI and brain enhancement technology, bringing about the demise or suffering of conscious beings. To flourish, we must grasp the philosophical issues lying beneath the algorithms. At the heart of her exploration is a sober-minded discussion of what AI can truly achieve: Can robots really be conscious? Can we merge with AI, as tech leaders like Elon Musk and Ray Kurzweil suggest? Is the mind just a program? Examining these thorny issues, Schneider proposes ways we can test for machine consciousness, questions whether consciousness is an unavoidable byproduct of sophisticated intelligence, and considers the overall dangers of creating machine minds.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>On the Origin of Species: Penguin Classics by Charles Darwin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383607</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383607">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383607</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Origin of Species: Penguin Classics
Author: Charles Darwin
Narrator: Ben Arogundade
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 12 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  This Penguin Classic is performed by accomplished voice actor Ben Arogundade who is known for his voice work in Doctor Who and Horizons. This definitive recording includes an Introduction by William Bynum and the cover design is by Damien Hirst. The Origin of Species is one of the most important and influential books of its time and remains one of the most significant contributions to philosophical and scientific thought. The theories Darwin sets out here had an immediate and profound impact on the literature and philosophical thought of his contemporaries, and continue to provoke thought and debate today. Written for the general public of the 1850&amp;#039;s, The Origin of Species laid out an evolutionary view of the world which challenged contemporary beliefs about divine providence and the fixity of species. He also set forth the results of his pioneering work on the interdependence of species: the ecology of animals and plants.</description>
      <author>Charles Darwin</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Sep 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241425527.mp3" length="1199045" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383607</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241425527.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>19:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383607">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383607</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Origin of Species: Penguin Classics
Author: Charles Darwin
Narrator: Ben Arogundade
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 12 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  This Penguin Classic is performed by accomplished voice actor Ben Arogundade who is known for his voice work in Doctor Who and Horizons. This definitive recording includes an Introduction by William Bynum and the cover design is by Damien Hirst. The Origin of Species is one of the most important and influential books of its time and remains one of the most significant contributions to philosophical and scientific thought. The theories Darwin sets out here had an immediate and profound impact on the literature and philosophical thought of his contemporaries, and continue to provoke thought and debate today. Written for the general public of the 1850&amp;#039;s, The Origin of Species laid out an evolutionary view of the world which challenged contemporary beliefs about divine providence and the fixity of species. He also set forth the results of his pioneering work on the interdependence of species: the ecology of animals and plants.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383607">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383607</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Origin of Species: Penguin Classics
Author: Charles Darwin
Narrator: Ben Arogundade
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 12 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  This Penguin Classic is performed by accomplished voice actor Ben Arogundade who is known for his voice work in Doctor Who and Horizons. This definitive recording includes an Introduction by William Bynum and the cover design is by Damien Hirst. The Origin of Species is one of the most important and influential books of its time and remains one of the most significant contributions to philosophical and scientific thought. The theories Darwin sets out here had an immediate and profound impact on the literature and philosophical thought of his contemporaries, and continue to provoke thought and debate today. Written for the general public of the 1850&amp;#039;s, The Origin of Species laid out an evolutionary view of the world which challenged contemporary beliefs about divine providence and the fixity of species. He also set forth the results of his pioneering work on the interdependence of species: the ecology of animals and plants.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Some Assembly Required: Decoding Four Billion Years of Life, from Ancient Fossils to DNA by Neil Shubin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383471</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383471">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383471</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Some Assembly Required: Decoding Four Billion Years of Life, from Ancient Fossils to DNA
Author: Neil Shubin
Narrator: Marc Cashman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 29 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An exciting and accessible new view of the evolution of human and animal life on Earth. From the author of national bestseller, Your Inner Fish, this extraordinary journey of discovery spans centuries, as explorers and scientists seek to understand the origins of life&amp;#039;s immense diversity.   “Fossils, DNA, scientists with a penchant for suits of armor—what’s not to love?”—BBC Wildlife Magazine Over billions of years, ancient fish evolved to walk on land, reptiles transformed into birds that fly, and apelike primates evolved into humans that walk on two legs, talk, and write. For more than a century, paleontologists have traveled the globe to find fossils that show how such changes have happened.  We have now arrived at a remarkable moment—prehistoric fossils coupled with new DNA technology have given us the tools to answer some of the basic questions of our existence: How do big changes in evolution happen? Is our presence on Earth the product of mere chance? This new science reveals a multibillion-year evolutionary history filled with twists and turns, trial and error, accident and invention.  In Some Assembly Required, Neil Shubin takes readers on a journey of discovery spanning centuries, as explorers and scientists seek to understand the origins of life&amp;#039;s immense diversity.</description>
      <author>Neil Shubin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780735285248.mp3" length="2426499" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383471</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780735285248.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383471">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383471</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Some Assembly Required: Decoding Four Billion Years of Life, from Ancient Fossils to DNA
Author: Neil Shubin
Narrator: Marc Cashman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 29 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An exciting and accessible new view of the evolution of human and animal life on Earth. From the author of national bestseller, Your Inner Fish, this extraordinary journey of discovery spans centuries, as explorers and scientists seek to understand the origins of life&amp;#039;s immense diversity.   “Fossils, DNA, scientists with a penchant for suits of armor—what’s not to love?”—BBC Wildlife Magazine Over billions of years, ancient fish evolved to walk on land, reptiles transformed into birds that fly, and apelike primates evolved into humans that walk on two legs, talk, and write. For more than a century, paleontologists have traveled the globe to find fossils that show how such changes have happened.  We have now arrived at a remarkable moment—prehistoric fossils coupled with new DNA technology have given us the tools to answer some of the basic questions of our existence: How do big changes in evolution happen? Is our presence on Earth the product of mere chance? This new science reveals a multibillion-year evolutionary history filled with twists and turns, trial and error, accident and invention.  In Some Assembly Required, Neil Shubin takes readers on a journey of discovery spanning centuries, as explorers and scientists seek to understand the origins of life&amp;#039;s immense diversity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383471">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383471</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Some Assembly Required: Decoding Four Billion Years of Life, from Ancient Fossils to DNA
Author: Neil Shubin
Narrator: Marc Cashman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 29 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An exciting and accessible new view of the evolution of human and animal life on Earth. From the author of national bestseller, Your Inner Fish, this extraordinary journey of discovery spans centuries, as explorers and scientists seek to understand the origins of life&amp;#039;s immense diversity.   “Fossils, DNA, scientists with a penchant for suits of armor—what’s not to love?”—BBC Wildlife Magazine Over billions of years, ancient fish evolved to walk on land, reptiles transformed into birds that fly, and apelike primates evolved into humans that walk on two legs, talk, and write. For more than a century, paleontologists have traveled the globe to find fossils that show how such changes have happened.  We have now arrived at a remarkable moment—prehistoric fossils coupled with new DNA technology have given us the tools to answer some of the basic questions of our existence: How do big changes in evolution happen? Is our presence on Earth the product of mere chance? This new science reveals a multibillion-year evolutionary history filled with twists and turns, trial and error, accident and invention.  In Some Assembly Required, Neil Shubin takes readers on a journey of discovery spanning centuries, as explorers and scientists seek to understand the origins of life&amp;#039;s immense diversity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Power of Human: How Our Shared Humanity Can Help Us Create a Better World by Adam Waytz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383302</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383302">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383302</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Human: How Our Shared Humanity Can Help Us Create a Better World
Author: Adam Waytz
Narrator: Tim Fannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An urgent yet hopeful analysis of the surge in dehumanization, and how we can reverse it. The unprecedented access to other humans that technology provides has ironically freed us from engaging with them. Thanks to social media, we can know a campaigning politician&amp;#039;s platform; an avid traveler&amp;#039;s restaurant recommendations; and the daily emotional fluctuations of our friends without ever even picking up the phone. According to social psychologist Adam Waytz, our increasingly human-free lives come with a serious cost that we&amp;#039;ve already begun to pay: the loss of our humanity. Humans have superpowers. More than any other psychological stimulus, our presence can make experiences feel significant, inspire moral behavior, and encourage action. Recent studies suggest that we even have power over mortality?the survival rate of individuals with stronger social relationships has been found to be twice as high as those with weak relationships. The Power of Human shows us how to rehumanize and harness these unique abilities to improve our lives, beginning with our jobs. The remedy for the dehumanized worker is twofold. Employers, Waytz argues, must instill humanity into work by capitalizing on distinctly human skills, especially sociability and variability. Meanwhile, workers need to put to rest the idea that you are what you do and instead detach their personal identities from their occupations. Waytz offers a similarly science-based method to counter the rising threat that technology poses to our humanity, outlining how we can design human-machine partnerships that optimize the strengths of both parties. Finally, he reveals how, by humanizing intimacy and conflict in unexpected ways, we can strengthen relationships with both our friends and enemies. Essential reading for individuals and institutions alike, The Power of Humanexplains how we can solve one of our time&amp;#039;s biggest problems by better utilizing the influence we have on one another.</description>
      <author>Adam Waytz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781980029991.mp3" length="1433066" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383302</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781980029991.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383302">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383302</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Human: How Our Shared Humanity Can Help Us Create a Better World
Author: Adam Waytz
Narrator: Tim Fannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An urgent yet hopeful analysis of the surge in dehumanization, and how we can reverse it. The unprecedented access to other humans that technology provides has ironically freed us from engaging with them. Thanks to social media, we can know a campaigning politician&amp;#039;s platform; an avid traveler&amp;#039;s restaurant recommendations; and the daily emotional fluctuations of our friends without ever even picking up the phone. According to social psychologist Adam Waytz, our increasingly human-free lives come with a serious cost that we&amp;#039;ve already begun to pay: the loss of our humanity. Humans have superpowers. More than any other psychological stimulus, our presence can make experiences feel significant, inspire moral behavior, and encourage action. Recent studies suggest that we even have power over mortality?the survival rate of individuals with stronger social relationships has been found to be twice as high as those with weak relationships. The Power of Human shows us how to rehumanize and harness these unique abilities to improve our lives, beginning with our jobs. The remedy for the dehumanized worker is twofold. Employers, Waytz argues, must instill humanity into work by capitalizing on distinctly human skills, especially sociability and variability. Meanwhile, workers need to put to rest the idea that you are what you do and instead detach their personal identities from their occupations. Waytz offers a similarly science-based method to counter the rising threat that technology poses to our humanity, outlining how we can design human-machine partnerships that optimize the strengths of both parties. Finally, he reveals how, by humanizing intimacy and conflict in unexpected ways, we can strengthen relationships with both our friends and enemies. Essential reading for individuals and institutions alike, The Power of Humanexplains how we can solve one of our time&amp;#039;s biggest problems by better utilizing the influence we have on one another.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383302">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383302</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Human: How Our Shared Humanity Can Help Us Create a Better World
Author: Adam Waytz
Narrator: Tim Fannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An urgent yet hopeful analysis of the surge in dehumanization, and how we can reverse it. The unprecedented access to other humans that technology provides has ironically freed us from engaging with them. Thanks to social media, we can know a campaigning politician&amp;#039;s platform; an avid traveler&amp;#039;s restaurant recommendations; and the daily emotional fluctuations of our friends without ever even picking up the phone. According to social psychologist Adam Waytz, our increasingly human-free lives come with a serious cost that we&amp;#039;ve already begun to pay: the loss of our humanity. Humans have superpowers. More than any other psychological stimulus, our presence can make experiences feel significant, inspire moral behavior, and encourage action. Recent studies suggest that we even have power over mortality?the survival rate of individuals with stronger social relationships has been found to be twice as high as those with weak relationships. The Power of Human shows us how to rehumanize and harness these unique abilities to improve our lives, beginning with our jobs. The remedy for the dehumanized worker is twofold. Employers, Waytz argues, must instill humanity into work by capitalizing on distinctly human skills, especially sociability and variability. Meanwhile, workers need to put to rest the idea that you are what you do and instead detach their personal identities from their occupations. Waytz offers a similarly science-based method to counter the rising threat that technology poses to our humanity, outlining how we can design human-machine partnerships that optimize the strengths of both parties. Finally, he reveals how, by humanizing intimacy and conflict in unexpected ways, we can strengthen relationships with both our friends and enemies. Essential reading for individuals and institutions alike, The Power of Humanexplains how we can solve one of our time&amp;#039;s biggest problems by better utilizing the influence we have on one another.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Good Enough by Daniel S. Milo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382971</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382971">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382971</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Good Enough
Author: Daniel S. Milo
Narrator: Qarie Marshall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Why is the genome of a salamander forty times larger than that of a human? Why does the avocado tree produce a million flowers and only a hundred fruits? Why, in short, is there so much waste in nature? In this lively and wide-ranging meditation on the curious accidents and unexpected detours on the path of life, Daniel Milo argues that we ask these questions because we’ve embraced a faulty conception of how evolution?and human society?really works. Good Enough offers a vigorous critique of the quasi-monopoly that Darwin’s concept of natural selection has on our idea of the natural world. Darwinism excels in accounting for the evolution of traits, but it does not explain their excess in size and number. Many traits far exceed the optimal configuration to do the job, and yet the maintenance of this extra baggage does not prevent species from thriving for millions of years. Philosopher Daniel Milo aims to give the messy side of nature its due?to stand up for the wasteful and inefficient organisms that nevertheless survive and multiply. But he does not stop at the border between evolutionary theory and its social consequences. He argues provocatively that the theory of evolution through natural selection has acquired the trappings of an ethical system. Optimization, competitiveness, and innovation have become the watchwords of Western societies, yet their role in human lives?as in the rest of nature?is dangerously overrated. Imperfection is not just good enough: it may at times be essential to survival.</description>
      <author>Daniel S. Milo</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666592528.mp3" length="815007" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382971</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666592528.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382971">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382971</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Good Enough
Author: Daniel S. Milo
Narrator: Qarie Marshall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Why is the genome of a salamander forty times larger than that of a human? Why does the avocado tree produce a million flowers and only a hundred fruits? Why, in short, is there so much waste in nature? In this lively and wide-ranging meditation on the curious accidents and unexpected detours on the path of life, Daniel Milo argues that we ask these questions because we’ve embraced a faulty conception of how evolution?and human society?really works. Good Enough offers a vigorous critique of the quasi-monopoly that Darwin’s concept of natural selection has on our idea of the natural world. Darwinism excels in accounting for the evolution of traits, but it does not explain their excess in size and number. Many traits far exceed the optimal configuration to do the job, and yet the maintenance of this extra baggage does not prevent species from thriving for millions of years. Philosopher Daniel Milo aims to give the messy side of nature its due?to stand up for the wasteful and inefficient organisms that nevertheless survive and multiply. But he does not stop at the border between evolutionary theory and its social consequences. He argues provocatively that the theory of evolution through natural selection has acquired the trappings of an ethical system. Optimization, competitiveness, and innovation have become the watchwords of Western societies, yet their role in human lives?as in the rest of nature?is dangerously overrated. Imperfection is not just good enough: it may at times be essential to survival.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382971">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382971</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Good Enough
Author: Daniel S. Milo
Narrator: Qarie Marshall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Why is the genome of a salamander forty times larger than that of a human? Why does the avocado tree produce a million flowers and only a hundred fruits? Why, in short, is there so much waste in nature? In this lively and wide-ranging meditation on the curious accidents and unexpected detours on the path of life, Daniel Milo argues that we ask these questions because we’ve embraced a faulty conception of how evolution?and human society?really works. Good Enough offers a vigorous critique of the quasi-monopoly that Darwin’s concept of natural selection has on our idea of the natural world. Darwinism excels in accounting for the evolution of traits, but it does not explain their excess in size and number. Many traits far exceed the optimal configuration to do the job, and yet the maintenance of this extra baggage does not prevent species from thriving for millions of years. Philosopher Daniel Milo aims to give the messy side of nature its due?to stand up for the wasteful and inefficient organisms that nevertheless survive and multiply. But he does not stop at the border between evolutionary theory and its social consequences. He argues provocatively that the theory of evolution through natural selection has acquired the trappings of an ethical system. Optimization, competitiveness, and innovation have become the watchwords of Western societies, yet their role in human lives?as in the rest of nature?is dangerously overrated. Imperfection is not just good enough: it may at times be essential to survival.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Successful Aging: A Neuroscientist Explores the Power and Potential of Our Lives by Daniel J. Levitin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382914</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Successful Aging: A Neuroscientist Explores the Power and Potential of Our Lives
Author: Daniel J. Levitin
Narrator: Daniel J. Levitin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 39 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
INSTANT TOP 10 BESTSELLER • New York Times • USA Today • Washington Post • LA Times “Debunks the idea that aging inevitably brings infirmity and unhappiness and instead offers a trove of practical, evidence-based guidance for living longer and better.”—Daniel H. Pink, author of When and Drive  SUCCESSFUL AGING delivers powerful insights:   • Debunking the myth that memory always declines with age   • Confirming that &amp;#039;health span&amp;#039;—not &amp;#039;life span&amp;#039;—is what matters   • Proving that sixty-plus years is a unique and newly recognized developmental stage   • Recommending that people look forward to joy, as reminiscing doesn&amp;#039;t promote health  Levitin looks at the science behind what we all can learn from those who age joyously, as well as how to adapt our culture to take full advantage of older people&amp;#039;s wisdom and experience. Throughout his exploration of what aging really means, using research from developmental neuroscience and the psychology of individual differences, Levitin reveals resilience strategies and practical, cognitive enhancing tricks everyone should do as they age.   Successful Aging inspires a powerful new approach to how readers think about our final decades, and it will revolutionize the way we plan for old age as individuals, family members, and citizens within a society where the average life expectancy continues to rise.</description>
      <author>Daniel J. Levitin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jan 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781984832313.mp3" length="2571226" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382914</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781984832313.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>18:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Successful Aging: A Neuroscientist Explores the Power and Potential of Our Lives
Author: Daniel J. Levitin
Narrator: Daniel J. Levitin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 39 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
INSTANT TOP 10 BESTSELLER • New York Times • USA Today • Washington Post • LA Times “Debunks the idea that aging inevitably brings infirmity and unhappiness and instead offers a trove of practical, evidence-based guidance for living longer and better.”—Daniel H. Pink, author of When and Drive  SUCCESSFUL AGING delivers powerful insights:   • Debunking the myth that memory always declines with age   • Confirming that &amp;#039;health span&amp;#039;—not &amp;#039;life span&amp;#039;—is what matters   • Proving that sixty-plus years is a unique and newly recognized developmental stage   • Recommending that people look forward to joy, as reminiscing doesn&amp;#039;t promote health  Levitin looks at the science behind what we all can learn from those who age joyously, as well as how to adapt our culture to take full advantage of older people&amp;#039;s wisdom and experience. Throughout his exploration of what aging really means, using research from developmental neuroscience and the psychology of individual differences, Levitin reveals resilience strategies and practical, cognitive enhancing tricks everyone should do as they age.   Successful Aging inspires a powerful new approach to how readers think about our final decades, and it will revolutionize the way we plan for old age as individuals, family members, and citizens within a society where the average life expectancy continues to rise.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Successful Aging: A Neuroscientist Explores the Power and Potential of Our Lives
Author: Daniel J. Levitin
Narrator: Daniel J. Levitin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 39 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
INSTANT TOP 10 BESTSELLER • New York Times • USA Today • Washington Post • LA Times “Debunks the idea that aging inevitably brings infirmity and unhappiness and instead offers a trove of practical, evidence-based guidance for living longer and better.”—Daniel H. Pink, author of When and Drive  SUCCESSFUL AGING delivers powerful insights:   • Debunking the myth that memory always declines with age   • Confirming that &amp;#039;health span&amp;#039;—not &amp;#039;life span&amp;#039;—is what matters   • Proving that sixty-plus years is a unique and newly recognized developmental stage   • Recommending that people look forward to joy, as reminiscing doesn&amp;#039;t promote health  Levitin looks at the science behind what we all can learn from those who age joyously, as well as how to adapt our culture to take full advantage of older people&amp;#039;s wisdom and experience. Throughout his exploration of what aging really means, using research from developmental neuroscience and the psychology of individual differences, Levitin reveals resilience strategies and practical, cognitive enhancing tricks everyone should do as they age.   Successful Aging inspires a powerful new approach to how readers think about our final decades, and it will revolutionize the way we plan for old age as individuals, family members, and citizens within a society where the average life expectancy continues to rise.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In Praise of Walking: The new science of how we walk and why it’s good for us by Shane O&amp;#039;mara</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382198</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382198">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382198</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In Praise of Walking: The new science of how we walk and why it’s good for us
Author: Shane O&amp;#039;mara
Narrator: Laurence Dobiesz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 6 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Walking upright on two feet is a uniquely human skill. It defines us as a species. It enabled us to walk out of Africa and to spread as far as Alaska and Australia. It freed our hands and freed our minds. We put one foot in front of the other without thinking – yet how many of us know how we do that, or appreciate the advantages it gives us? In this hymn to walking, neuroscientist Shane O’Mara invites us to marvel at the benefits it confers on our bodies and minds. In Praise of Walking celebrates this miraculous ability. Incredibly, it is a skill that has its evolutionary origins millions of years ago, under the sea. And the latest research is only now revealing how the brain and nervous system performs the mechanical magic of balancing, navigating a crowded city, or running our inner GPS system.  Walking is good for our muscles and posture; it helps to protect and repair organs, and can slow or turn back the ageing of our brains. With our minds in motion we think more creatively, our mood improves and stress levels fall. Walking together to achieve a shared purpose is also a social glue that has contributed to our survival as a species. As our lives become increasingly sedentary, we risk all this. We must start walking again, whether it’s up a mountain, down to the park, or simply to school and work. We, and our societies, will be better for it.</description>
      <author>Shane O&amp;#039;mara</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Aug 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473574335.mp3" length="1479015" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382198</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473574335.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382198">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382198</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In Praise of Walking: The new science of how we walk and why it’s good for us
Author: Shane O&amp;#039;mara
Narrator: Laurence Dobiesz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 6 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Walking upright on two feet is a uniquely human skill. It defines us as a species. It enabled us to walk out of Africa and to spread as far as Alaska and Australia. It freed our hands and freed our minds. We put one foot in front of the other without thinking – yet how many of us know how we do that, or appreciate the advantages it gives us? In this hymn to walking, neuroscientist Shane O’Mara invites us to marvel at the benefits it confers on our bodies and minds. In Praise of Walking celebrates this miraculous ability. Incredibly, it is a skill that has its evolutionary origins millions of years ago, under the sea. And the latest research is only now revealing how the brain and nervous system performs the mechanical magic of balancing, navigating a crowded city, or running our inner GPS system.  Walking is good for our muscles and posture; it helps to protect and repair organs, and can slow or turn back the ageing of our brains. With our minds in motion we think more creatively, our mood improves and stress levels fall. Walking together to achieve a shared purpose is also a social glue that has contributed to our survival as a species. As our lives become increasingly sedentary, we risk all this. We must start walking again, whether it’s up a mountain, down to the park, or simply to school and work. We, and our societies, will be better for it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382198">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382198</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In Praise of Walking: The new science of how we walk and why it’s good for us
Author: Shane O&amp;#039;mara
Narrator: Laurence Dobiesz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 6 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Walking upright on two feet is a uniquely human skill. It defines us as a species. It enabled us to walk out of Africa and to spread as far as Alaska and Australia. It freed our hands and freed our minds. We put one foot in front of the other without thinking – yet how many of us know how we do that, or appreciate the advantages it gives us? In this hymn to walking, neuroscientist Shane O’Mara invites us to marvel at the benefits it confers on our bodies and minds. In Praise of Walking celebrates this miraculous ability. Incredibly, it is a skill that has its evolutionary origins millions of years ago, under the sea. And the latest research is only now revealing how the brain and nervous system performs the mechanical magic of balancing, navigating a crowded city, or running our inner GPS system.  Walking is good for our muscles and posture; it helps to protect and repair organs, and can slow or turn back the ageing of our brains. With our minds in motion we think more creatively, our mood improves and stress levels fall. Walking together to achieve a shared purpose is also a social glue that has contributed to our survival as a species. As our lives become increasingly sedentary, we risk all this. We must start walking again, whether it’s up a mountain, down to the park, or simply to school and work. We, and our societies, will be better for it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Italian] - Creazione Ed Evoluzione by Guido Pagliarino</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381925</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381925">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381925</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - Creazione Ed Evoluzione
Author: Guido Pagliarino
Narrator: Patrizia Barrera
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 18 minutes
Release date: May  3, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Saggio che tratta temi temi legati all&amp;#039;evoluzionismo, relativamente al quale prosperano pregiudizi e imprecisioni come, ad esempio, l&amp;#039;idea che i termini &amp;quot;evoluzionismo&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;darwinismo&amp;quot; siano sinonimi. Le teorie evoluzioniste sono in realtà molteplici. L&amp;#039;autore considera nell&amp;#039;opera tanto le argomentazioni dell&amp;#039;evoluzionismo quanto quelle del creazionismo il quale, al di fuori di certi circoli fondamentalisti, non consistono in riferimenti biblici ma chiamano in gioco considerazioni razionali.Saggio che tratta temi temi legati all&amp;#039;evoluzionismo, relativamente al quale prosperano pregiudizi e imprecisioni come, ad esempio, l&amp;#039;idea che i termini &amp;quot;evoluzionismo&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;darwinismo&amp;quot; siano sinonimi. Le teorie evoluzioniste sono in realtà molteplici. Nel saggio l&amp;#039;autore parla, fra l&amp;#039;altro, del significato del termine caso, fa presente che a base della ricerca scientifica c&amp;#039;è sempre una posizione filosofica e a volte anche teologica o, addirittura, visceralmente ideologica. Considera le argomentazioni del creazionismo che, al di fuori di certi circoli fondamentalisti, non consistono in richiami biblici, ma chiamano in gioco considerazioni razionali. Tornando all&amp;#039;evoluzionismo, parla della teoria degli equilibri punteggiati, combattuta, sembrerebbe, dai creazionisti e vista con simpatia da evoluzionisti credenti e no... PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</description>
      <author>Guido Pagliarino</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 May 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788893984331.mp3" length="1321633" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381925</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788893984331.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381925">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381925</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - Creazione Ed Evoluzione
Author: Guido Pagliarino
Narrator: Patrizia Barrera
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 18 minutes
Release date: May  3, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Saggio che tratta temi temi legati all&amp;#039;evoluzionismo, relativamente al quale prosperano pregiudizi e imprecisioni come, ad esempio, l&amp;#039;idea che i termini &amp;quot;evoluzionismo&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;darwinismo&amp;quot; siano sinonimi. Le teorie evoluzioniste sono in realtà molteplici. L&amp;#039;autore considera nell&amp;#039;opera tanto le argomentazioni dell&amp;#039;evoluzionismo quanto quelle del creazionismo il quale, al di fuori di certi circoli fondamentalisti, non consistono in riferimenti biblici ma chiamano in gioco considerazioni razionali.Saggio che tratta temi temi legati all&amp;#039;evoluzionismo, relativamente al quale prosperano pregiudizi e imprecisioni come, ad esempio, l&amp;#039;idea che i termini &amp;quot;evoluzionismo&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;darwinismo&amp;quot; siano sinonimi. Le teorie evoluzioniste sono in realtà molteplici. Nel saggio l&amp;#039;autore parla, fra l&amp;#039;altro, del significato del termine caso, fa presente che a base della ricerca scientifica c&amp;#039;è sempre una posizione filosofica e a volte anche teologica o, addirittura, visceralmente ideologica. Considera le argomentazioni del creazionismo che, al di fuori di certi circoli fondamentalisti, non consistono in richiami biblici, ma chiamano in gioco considerazioni razionali. Tornando all&amp;#039;evoluzionismo, parla della teoria degli equilibri punteggiati, combattuta, sembrerebbe, dai creazionisti e vista con simpatia da evoluzionisti credenti e no... PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381925">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381925</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - Creazione Ed Evoluzione
Author: Guido Pagliarino
Narrator: Patrizia Barrera
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 18 minutes
Release date: May  3, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Saggio che tratta temi temi legati all&amp;#039;evoluzionismo, relativamente al quale prosperano pregiudizi e imprecisioni come, ad esempio, l&amp;#039;idea che i termini &amp;quot;evoluzionismo&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;darwinismo&amp;quot; siano sinonimi. Le teorie evoluzioniste sono in realtà molteplici. L&amp;#039;autore considera nell&amp;#039;opera tanto le argomentazioni dell&amp;#039;evoluzionismo quanto quelle del creazionismo il quale, al di fuori di certi circoli fondamentalisti, non consistono in riferimenti biblici ma chiamano in gioco considerazioni razionali.Saggio che tratta temi temi legati all&amp;#039;evoluzionismo, relativamente al quale prosperano pregiudizi e imprecisioni come, ad esempio, l&amp;#039;idea che i termini &amp;quot;evoluzionismo&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;darwinismo&amp;quot; siano sinonimi. Le teorie evoluzioniste sono in realtà molteplici. Nel saggio l&amp;#039;autore parla, fra l&amp;#039;altro, del significato del termine caso, fa presente che a base della ricerca scientifica c&amp;#039;è sempre una posizione filosofica e a volte anche teologica o, addirittura, visceralmente ideologica. Considera le argomentazioni del creazionismo che, al di fuori di certi circoli fondamentalisti, non consistono in richiami biblici, ma chiamano in gioco considerazioni razionali. Tornando all&amp;#039;evoluzionismo, parla della teoria degli equilibri punteggiati, combattuta, sembrerebbe, dai creazionisti e vista con simpatia da evoluzionisti credenti e no... PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Angel and the Assassin: The Tiny Brain Cell That Changed the Course of Medicine by Donna Jackson Nakazawa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381179</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381179">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381179</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Angel and the Assassin: The Tiny Brain Cell That Changed the Course of Medicine
Author: Donna Jackson Nakazawa
Narrator: Melinda Wade
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A thrilling story of scientific detective work and medical potential that illuminates the newly understood role of microglia—an elusive type of brain cell that is vitally relevant to our everyday lives.   “The rarest of books: a combination of page-turning discovery and remarkably readable science journalism.”—Mark Hyman, MD, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Food: What the Heck Should I Eat?  NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY WIRED Until recently, microglia were thought to be helpful but rather boring: housekeeper cells in the brain. But a recent groundbreaking discovery has revealed that they connect our physical and mental health in surprising ways. When triggered—and anything that stirs up the immune system in the body can activate microglia, including chronic stressors, trauma, and viral infections—they can contribute to memory problems, anxiety, depression, and Alzheimer’s. Under the right circumstances, however, microglia can be coaxed back into being angelic healers, able to make brain repairs in ways that help alleviate symptoms and hold the promise to one day prevent disease. With the compassion born of her own experience, award-winning journalist Donna Jackson Nakazawa illuminates this newly understood science, following practitioners and patients on the front lines of treatments that help to “reboot” microglia. In at least one case, she witnesses a stunning recovery—and in others, significant relief from pressing symptoms, offering new hope to the tens of millions who suffer from mental, cognitive, and physical health issues. Hailed as a “riveting,” “stunning,” and “visionary,” The Angel and the Assassin offers us a radically reconceived picture of human health and promises to change everything we thought we knew about how to heal ourselves.</description>
      <author>Donna Jackson Nakazawa</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593148235.mp3" length="2755671" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381179</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593148235.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381179">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381179</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Angel and the Assassin: The Tiny Brain Cell That Changed the Course of Medicine
Author: Donna Jackson Nakazawa
Narrator: Melinda Wade
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A thrilling story of scientific detective work and medical potential that illuminates the newly understood role of microglia—an elusive type of brain cell that is vitally relevant to our everyday lives.   “The rarest of books: a combination of page-turning discovery and remarkably readable science journalism.”—Mark Hyman, MD, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Food: What the Heck Should I Eat?  NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY WIRED Until recently, microglia were thought to be helpful but rather boring: housekeeper cells in the brain. But a recent groundbreaking discovery has revealed that they connect our physical and mental health in surprising ways. When triggered—and anything that stirs up the immune system in the body can activate microglia, including chronic stressors, trauma, and viral infections—they can contribute to memory problems, anxiety, depression, and Alzheimer’s. Under the right circumstances, however, microglia can be coaxed back into being angelic healers, able to make brain repairs in ways that help alleviate symptoms and hold the promise to one day prevent disease. With the compassion born of her own experience, award-winning journalist Donna Jackson Nakazawa illuminates this newly understood science, following practitioners and patients on the front lines of treatments that help to “reboot” microglia. In at least one case, she witnesses a stunning recovery—and in others, significant relief from pressing symptoms, offering new hope to the tens of millions who suffer from mental, cognitive, and physical health issues. Hailed as a “riveting,” “stunning,” and “visionary,” The Angel and the Assassin offers us a radically reconceived picture of human health and promises to change everything we thought we knew about how to heal ourselves.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381179">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381179</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Angel and the Assassin: The Tiny Brain Cell That Changed the Course of Medicine
Author: Donna Jackson Nakazawa
Narrator: Melinda Wade
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A thrilling story of scientific detective work and medical potential that illuminates the newly understood role of microglia—an elusive type of brain cell that is vitally relevant to our everyday lives.   “The rarest of books: a combination of page-turning discovery and remarkably readable science journalism.”—Mark Hyman, MD, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Food: What the Heck Should I Eat?  NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY WIRED Until recently, microglia were thought to be helpful but rather boring: housekeeper cells in the brain. But a recent groundbreaking discovery has revealed that they connect our physical and mental health in surprising ways. When triggered—and anything that stirs up the immune system in the body can activate microglia, including chronic stressors, trauma, and viral infections—they can contribute to memory problems, anxiety, depression, and Alzheimer’s. Under the right circumstances, however, microglia can be coaxed back into being angelic healers, able to make brain repairs in ways that help alleviate symptoms and hold the promise to one day prevent disease. With the compassion born of her own experience, award-winning journalist Donna Jackson Nakazawa illuminates this newly understood science, following practitioners and patients on the front lines of treatments that help to “reboot” microglia. In at least one case, she witnesses a stunning recovery—and in others, significant relief from pressing symptoms, offering new hope to the tens of millions who suffer from mental, cognitive, and physical health issues. Hailed as a “riveting,” “stunning,” and “visionary,” The Angel and the Assassin offers us a radically reconceived picture of human health and promises to change everything we thought we knew about how to heal ourselves.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Origins: How Earth&amp;#039;s History Shaped Human History by Lewis Dartnell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380945</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380945">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380945</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Origins: How Earth&amp;#039;s History Shaped Human History
Author: Lewis Dartnell
Narrator: John Sackville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 10 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A New York Times-bestselling author explains how the physical world shaped the history of our species When we talk about human history, we often focus on great leaders, population forces, and decisive wars. But how has the earth itself determined our destiny? Our planet wobbles, driving changes in climate that forced the transition from nomadism to farming. Mountainous terrain led to the development of democracy in Greece. Atmospheric circulation patterns later on shaped the progression of global exploration, colonization, and trade. Even today, voting behavior in the south-east United States ultimately follows the underlying pattern of 75 million-year-old sediments from an ancient sea. Everywhere is the deep imprint of the planetary on the human.  From the cultivation of the first crops to the founding of modern states, Origins reveals the breathtaking impact of the earth beneath our feet on the shape of our human civilizations.</description>
      <author>Lewis Dartnell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549149405.mp3" length="876555" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380945</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549149405.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380945">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380945</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Origins: How Earth&amp;#039;s History Shaped Human History
Author: Lewis Dartnell
Narrator: John Sackville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 10 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A New York Times-bestselling author explains how the physical world shaped the history of our species When we talk about human history, we often focus on great leaders, population forces, and decisive wars. But how has the earth itself determined our destiny? Our planet wobbles, driving changes in climate that forced the transition from nomadism to farming. Mountainous terrain led to the development of democracy in Greece. Atmospheric circulation patterns later on shaped the progression of global exploration, colonization, and trade. Even today, voting behavior in the south-east United States ultimately follows the underlying pattern of 75 million-year-old sediments from an ancient sea. Everywhere is the deep imprint of the planetary on the human.  From the cultivation of the first crops to the founding of modern states, Origins reveals the breathtaking impact of the earth beneath our feet on the shape of our human civilizations.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380945">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380945</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Origins: How Earth&amp;#039;s History Shaped Human History
Author: Lewis Dartnell
Narrator: John Sackville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 10 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A New York Times-bestselling author explains how the physical world shaped the history of our species When we talk about human history, we often focus on great leaders, population forces, and decisive wars. But how has the earth itself determined our destiny? Our planet wobbles, driving changes in climate that forced the transition from nomadism to farming. Mountainous terrain led to the development of democracy in Greece. Atmospheric circulation patterns later on shaped the progression of global exploration, colonization, and trade. Even today, voting behavior in the south-east United States ultimately follows the underlying pattern of 75 million-year-old sediments from an ancient sea. Everywhere is the deep imprint of the planetary on the human.  From the cultivation of the first crops to the founding of modern states, Origins reveals the breathtaking impact of the earth beneath our feet on the shape of our human civilizations.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Death Becomes Life by Joshua Mezrich</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380654</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380654">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380654</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How Death Becomes Life
Author: Joshua Mezrich
Narrator: Josh Bloomberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 3 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A beautifully written and compelling memoir of a largely unexplored area of medicine: transplant surgery. Leading transplant surgeon Dr Joshua Mezrich creates life from loss, moving organs from one body to another. In this intimate, profoundly moving work, he examines more than one hundred years of remarkable medical breakthroughs, connecting this fascinating history with the stories of his own patients. Gripping and evocative, How Death Becomes Life takes us inside the operating room and presents the stark dilemmas that transplant surgeons must face daily: How much risk should a healthy person be allowed to take to save someone she loves? Should a patient suffering from alcoholism receive a healthy liver? The human story behind the most exceptional medicine of our time, Mezrich&amp;#039;s riveting book is a poignant reminder that a life lost can also offer the hope of a new beginning.</description>
      <author>Joshua Mezrich</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 May 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781528871969.mp3" length="858112" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380654</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781528871969.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380654">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380654</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How Death Becomes Life
Author: Joshua Mezrich
Narrator: Josh Bloomberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 3 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A beautifully written and compelling memoir of a largely unexplored area of medicine: transplant surgery. Leading transplant surgeon Dr Joshua Mezrich creates life from loss, moving organs from one body to another. In this intimate, profoundly moving work, he examines more than one hundred years of remarkable medical breakthroughs, connecting this fascinating history with the stories of his own patients. Gripping and evocative, How Death Becomes Life takes us inside the operating room and presents the stark dilemmas that transplant surgeons must face daily: How much risk should a healthy person be allowed to take to save someone she loves? Should a patient suffering from alcoholism receive a healthy liver? The human story behind the most exceptional medicine of our time, Mezrich&amp;#039;s riveting book is a poignant reminder that a life lost can also offer the hope of a new beginning.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380654">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380654</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How Death Becomes Life
Author: Joshua Mezrich
Narrator: Josh Bloomberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 3 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A beautifully written and compelling memoir of a largely unexplored area of medicine: transplant surgery. Leading transplant surgeon Dr Joshua Mezrich creates life from loss, moving organs from one body to another. In this intimate, profoundly moving work, he examines more than one hundred years of remarkable medical breakthroughs, connecting this fascinating history with the stories of his own patients. Gripping and evocative, How Death Becomes Life takes us inside the operating room and presents the stark dilemmas that transplant surgeons must face daily: How much risk should a healthy person be allowed to take to save someone she loves? Should a patient suffering from alcoholism receive a healthy liver? The human story behind the most exceptional medicine of our time, Mezrich&amp;#039;s riveting book is a poignant reminder that a life lost can also offer the hope of a new beginning.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Overcoming Dyslexia: Second Edition, Completely Revised and Updated by Jonathan Shaywitz, Sally Shaywitz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380283</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380283">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380283</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Overcoming Dyslexia: Second Edition, Completely Revised and Updated
Author: Jonathan Shaywitz, Sally Shaywitz
Narrator: Sally Shaywitz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 25 hours 55 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of the world&amp;#039;s preeminent experts on reading and dyslexia, the most comprehensive, up-to-date, and practical book available on identifying, understanding, and overcoming reading problems--now revised to reflect the latest research and evidence-based approaches.  Dyslexia is the most common learning disorder on the planet, affecting about one in five individuals, regardless of age or gender. Now a world-renowned expert gives us a substantially updated and augmented edition of her classic work:  drawing on an additional fifteen years of cutting-edge research, offering new information on all aspects of dyslexia and reading problems, and providing the tools that parents, teachers, and all dyslexic individuals need. This new edition also offers:    • New material on the challenges faced by dyslexic individuals across all ages     • Rich information on ongoing advances in digital technology that have dramatically increased dyslexics&amp;#039; ability to help themselves     • New chapters on diagnosing dyslexia, choosing schools and colleges for dyslexic students, the co-implications of anxiety, ADHD, and dyslexia, and dyslexia in post-menopausal women     • Extensively updated information on helping both dyslexic children and adults become better readers, with a detailed home program to enhance reading     • Evidence-based universal screening for dyslexia as early as kindergarten and first grade – why and how     • New information on how to identify dyslexia in  all age ranges     • Exercises to help children strengthen the brain areas that control reading     • Ways to raise a child&amp;#039;s self-esteem and reveal her strengths     • Stories of successful men, women, and young adults who are dyslexic</description>
      <author>Jonathan Shaywitz, Sally Shaywitz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593149232.mp3" length="2775307" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380283</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593149232.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>25:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380283">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380283</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Overcoming Dyslexia: Second Edition, Completely Revised and Updated
Author: Jonathan Shaywitz, Sally Shaywitz
Narrator: Sally Shaywitz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 25 hours 55 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of the world&amp;#039;s preeminent experts on reading and dyslexia, the most comprehensive, up-to-date, and practical book available on identifying, understanding, and overcoming reading problems--now revised to reflect the latest research and evidence-based approaches.  Dyslexia is the most common learning disorder on the planet, affecting about one in five individuals, regardless of age or gender. Now a world-renowned expert gives us a substantially updated and augmented edition of her classic work:  drawing on an additional fifteen years of cutting-edge research, offering new information on all aspects of dyslexia and reading problems, and providing the tools that parents, teachers, and all dyslexic individuals need. This new edition also offers:    • New material on the challenges faced by dyslexic individuals across all ages     • Rich information on ongoing advances in digital technology that have dramatically increased dyslexics&amp;#039; ability to help themselves     • New chapters on diagnosing dyslexia, choosing schools and colleges for dyslexic students, the co-implications of anxiety, ADHD, and dyslexia, and dyslexia in post-menopausal women     • Extensively updated information on helping both dyslexic children and adults become better readers, with a detailed home program to enhance reading     • Evidence-based universal screening for dyslexia as early as kindergarten and first grade – why and how     • New information on how to identify dyslexia in  all age ranges     • Exercises to help children strengthen the brain areas that control reading     • Ways to raise a child&amp;#039;s self-esteem and reveal her strengths     • Stories of successful men, women, and young adults who are dyslexic</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380283">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380283</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Overcoming Dyslexia: Second Edition, Completely Revised and Updated
Author: Jonathan Shaywitz, Sally Shaywitz
Narrator: Sally Shaywitz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 25 hours 55 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of the world&amp;#039;s preeminent experts on reading and dyslexia, the most comprehensive, up-to-date, and practical book available on identifying, understanding, and overcoming reading problems--now revised to reflect the latest research and evidence-based approaches.  Dyslexia is the most common learning disorder on the planet, affecting about one in five individuals, regardless of age or gender. Now a world-renowned expert gives us a substantially updated and augmented edition of her classic work:  drawing on an additional fifteen years of cutting-edge research, offering new information on all aspects of dyslexia and reading problems, and providing the tools that parents, teachers, and all dyslexic individuals need. This new edition also offers:    • New material on the challenges faced by dyslexic individuals across all ages     • Rich information on ongoing advances in digital technology that have dramatically increased dyslexics&amp;#039; ability to help themselves     • New chapters on diagnosing dyslexia, choosing schools and colleges for dyslexic students, the co-implications of anxiety, ADHD, and dyslexia, and dyslexia in post-menopausal women     • Extensively updated information on helping both dyslexic children and adults become better readers, with a detailed home program to enhance reading     • Evidence-based universal screening for dyslexia as early as kindergarten and first grade – why and how     • New information on how to identify dyslexia in  all age ranges     • Exercises to help children strengthen the brain areas that control reading     • Ways to raise a child&amp;#039;s self-esteem and reveal her strengths     • Stories of successful men, women, and young adults who are dyslexic</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Human Swarm: How Our Societies Arise, Thrive, and Fall by Mark W. Moffett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380219</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380219">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380219</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Human Swarm: How Our Societies Arise, Thrive, and Fall
Author: Mark W. Moffett
Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 28 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The epic story and ultimate big history of how human society evolved from intimate chimp communities into the sprawling civilizations of a world-dominating species If a chimpanzee ventures into the territory of a different group, it will almost certainly be killed. But a New Yorker can fly to Los Angeles--or Borneo--with very little fear. Psychologists have done little to explain this: for years, they have held that our biology puts a hard upper limit--about 150 people--on the size of our social groups. But human societies are in fact vastly larger. How do we manage--by and large--to get along with each other?  In this paradigm-shattering book, biologist Mark W. Moffett draws on findings in psychology, sociology and anthropology to explain the social adaptations that bind societies. He explores how the tension between identity and anonymity defines how societies develop, function, and fail. Surpassing Guns, Germs, and Steel and Sapiens, The Human Swarm reveals how mankind created sprawling civilizations of unrivaled complexity--and what it will take to sustain them.</description>
      <author>Mark W. Moffett</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Apr 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549195082.mp3" length="915106" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380219</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549195082.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380219">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380219</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Human Swarm: How Our Societies Arise, Thrive, and Fall
Author: Mark W. Moffett
Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 28 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The epic story and ultimate big history of how human society evolved from intimate chimp communities into the sprawling civilizations of a world-dominating species If a chimpanzee ventures into the territory of a different group, it will almost certainly be killed. But a New Yorker can fly to Los Angeles--or Borneo--with very little fear. Psychologists have done little to explain this: for years, they have held that our biology puts a hard upper limit--about 150 people--on the size of our social groups. But human societies are in fact vastly larger. How do we manage--by and large--to get along with each other?  In this paradigm-shattering book, biologist Mark W. Moffett draws on findings in psychology, sociology and anthropology to explain the social adaptations that bind societies. He explores how the tension between identity and anonymity defines how societies develop, function, and fail. Surpassing Guns, Germs, and Steel and Sapiens, The Human Swarm reveals how mankind created sprawling civilizations of unrivaled complexity--and what it will take to sustain them.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380219">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380219</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Human Swarm: How Our Societies Arise, Thrive, and Fall
Author: Mark W. Moffett
Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 28 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The epic story and ultimate big history of how human society evolved from intimate chimp communities into the sprawling civilizations of a world-dominating species If a chimpanzee ventures into the territory of a different group, it will almost certainly be killed. But a New Yorker can fly to Los Angeles--or Borneo--with very little fear. Psychologists have done little to explain this: for years, they have held that our biology puts a hard upper limit--about 150 people--on the size of our social groups. But human societies are in fact vastly larger. How do we manage--by and large--to get along with each other?  In this paradigm-shattering book, biologist Mark W. Moffett draws on findings in psychology, sociology and anthropology to explain the social adaptations that bind societies. He explores how the tension between identity and anonymity defines how societies develop, function, and fail. Surpassing Guns, Germs, and Steel and Sapiens, The Human Swarm reveals how mankind created sprawling civilizations of unrivaled complexity--and what it will take to sustain them.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Singularity Is Near: When Humans Transcend Biology by Ray Kurzweil</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376644</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376644">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376644</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Singularity Is Near: When Humans Transcend Biology
Author: Ray Kurzweil
Narrator: George Wilson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 24 hours 38 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Celebrated futurist Ray Kurzweil, hailed by Bill Gates as “the best person I know at predicting the future of artificial intelligence,” presents an “elaborate, smart, and persuasive” (The Boston Globe) view of the future course of human development.   “Artfully envisions a breathtakingly better world.”—Los Angeles Times “Startling in scope and bravado.”—Janet Maslin, The New York Times “An important book.”—The Philadelphia Inquirer   At the onset of the twenty-first century, humanity stands on the verge of the most transforming and thrilling period in its history. It will be an era in which the very nature of what it means to be human will be both enriched and challenged as our species breaks the shackles of its genetic legacy and achieves inconceivable heights of intelligence, material progress, and longevity.   While the social and philosophical ramifications of these changes will be profound, and the threats they pose considerable, The Singularity Is Near presents a radical and optimistic view of the coming age that is both a dramatic culmination of centuries of technological ingenuity and a genuinely inspiring vision of our ultimate destiny.</description>
      <author>Ray Kurzweil</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Dec 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593163269.mp3" length="2746924" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376644</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593163269.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>24:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376644">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376644</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Singularity Is Near: When Humans Transcend Biology
Author: Ray Kurzweil
Narrator: George Wilson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 24 hours 38 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Celebrated futurist Ray Kurzweil, hailed by Bill Gates as “the best person I know at predicting the future of artificial intelligence,” presents an “elaborate, smart, and persuasive” (The Boston Globe) view of the future course of human development.   “Artfully envisions a breathtakingly better world.”—Los Angeles Times “Startling in scope and bravado.”—Janet Maslin, The New York Times “An important book.”—The Philadelphia Inquirer   At the onset of the twenty-first century, humanity stands on the verge of the most transforming and thrilling period in its history. It will be an era in which the very nature of what it means to be human will be both enriched and challenged as our species breaks the shackles of its genetic legacy and achieves inconceivable heights of intelligence, material progress, and longevity.   While the social and philosophical ramifications of these changes will be profound, and the threats they pose considerable, The Singularity Is Near presents a radical and optimistic view of the coming age that is both a dramatic culmination of centuries of technological ingenuity and a genuinely inspiring vision of our ultimate destiny.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376644">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376644</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Singularity Is Near: When Humans Transcend Biology
Author: Ray Kurzweil
Narrator: George Wilson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 24 hours 38 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Celebrated futurist Ray Kurzweil, hailed by Bill Gates as “the best person I know at predicting the future of artificial intelligence,” presents an “elaborate, smart, and persuasive” (The Boston Globe) view of the future course of human development.   “Artfully envisions a breathtakingly better world.”—Los Angeles Times “Startling in scope and bravado.”—Janet Maslin, The New York Times “An important book.”—The Philadelphia Inquirer   At the onset of the twenty-first century, humanity stands on the verge of the most transforming and thrilling period in its history. It will be an era in which the very nature of what it means to be human will be both enriched and challenged as our species breaks the shackles of its genetic legacy and achieves inconceivable heights of intelligence, material progress, and longevity.   While the social and philosophical ramifications of these changes will be profound, and the threats they pose considerable, The Singularity Is Near presents a radical and optimistic view of the coming age that is both a dramatic culmination of centuries of technological ingenuity and a genuinely inspiring vision of our ultimate destiny.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mutants: On Genetic Variety and the Human Body by Armand Marie Leroi</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375529</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375529">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375529</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mutants: On Genetic Variety and the Human Body
Author: Armand Marie Leroi
Narrator: Nigel Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Stepping effortlessly from myth to cutting-edge science, Mutants gives a brilliant narrative account of our genetic code and the captivating people whose bodies have revealed it—a French convent girl who found herself changing sex at puberty; children who, echoing Homer&amp;#039;s Cyclops, are born with a single eye in the middle of their foreheads; a village of long-lived Croatian dwarves; one family, whose bodies were entirely covered with hair, was kept at the Burmese royal court for four generations and gave Darwin one of his keenest insights into heredity. This elegant, humane, and engaging book &amp;#039;captures what we know of the development of what makes us human&amp;#039; (Nature).</description>
      <author>Armand Marie Leroi</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977339584.mp3" length="803284" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375529</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977339584.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375529">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375529</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mutants: On Genetic Variety and the Human Body
Author: Armand Marie Leroi
Narrator: Nigel Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Stepping effortlessly from myth to cutting-edge science, Mutants gives a brilliant narrative account of our genetic code and the captivating people whose bodies have revealed it—a French convent girl who found herself changing sex at puberty; children who, echoing Homer&amp;#039;s Cyclops, are born with a single eye in the middle of their foreheads; a village of long-lived Croatian dwarves; one family, whose bodies were entirely covered with hair, was kept at the Burmese royal court for four generations and gave Darwin one of his keenest insights into heredity. This elegant, humane, and engaging book &amp;#039;captures what we know of the development of what makes us human&amp;#039; (Nature).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375529">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375529</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mutants: On Genetic Variety and the Human Body
Author: Armand Marie Leroi
Narrator: Nigel Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Stepping effortlessly from myth to cutting-edge science, Mutants gives a brilliant narrative account of our genetic code and the captivating people whose bodies have revealed it—a French convent girl who found herself changing sex at puberty; children who, echoing Homer&amp;#039;s Cyclops, are born with a single eye in the middle of their foreheads; a village of long-lived Croatian dwarves; one family, whose bodies were entirely covered with hair, was kept at the Burmese royal court for four generations and gave Darwin one of his keenest insights into heredity. This elegant, humane, and engaging book &amp;#039;captures what we know of the development of what makes us human&amp;#039; (Nature).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Evolution: Still a Theory in Crisis by Michael Denton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374813</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374813">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374813</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Evolution: Still a Theory in Crisis
Author: Michael Denton
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
More than thirty years after his landmark book Evolution: A Theory in Crisis (1985), biologist Michael Denton revisits his earlier thesis about the inability of Darwinian evolution to explain the history of life. He argues that there remains “an irresistible consilience of evidence for rejecting Darwinian cumulative selection as the major driving force of evolution.” From the origin of life to the origin of human language, the great divisions in the natural order are still as profound as ever, and they are still unsupported by the series of adaptive transitional forms predicted by Darwin. In addition, Denton makes a provocative new argument about the pervasiveness of nonadaptive order throughout biology, order that cannot be explained by the Darwinian mechanism.</description>
      <author>Michael Denton</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982694555.mp3" length="853220" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374813</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982694555.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374813">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374813</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Evolution: Still a Theory in Crisis
Author: Michael Denton
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
More than thirty years after his landmark book Evolution: A Theory in Crisis (1985), biologist Michael Denton revisits his earlier thesis about the inability of Darwinian evolution to explain the history of life. He argues that there remains “an irresistible consilience of evidence for rejecting Darwinian cumulative selection as the major driving force of evolution.” From the origin of life to the origin of human language, the great divisions in the natural order are still as profound as ever, and they are still unsupported by the series of adaptive transitional forms predicted by Darwin. In addition, Denton makes a provocative new argument about the pervasiveness of nonadaptive order throughout biology, order that cannot be explained by the Darwinian mechanism.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374813">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374813</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Evolution: Still a Theory in Crisis
Author: Michael Denton
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
More than thirty years after his landmark book Evolution: A Theory in Crisis (1985), biologist Michael Denton revisits his earlier thesis about the inability of Darwinian evolution to explain the history of life. He argues that there remains “an irresistible consilience of evidence for rejecting Darwinian cumulative selection as the major driving force of evolution.” From the origin of life to the origin of human language, the great divisions in the natural order are still as profound as ever, and they are still unsupported by the series of adaptive transitional forms predicted by Darwin. In addition, Denton makes a provocative new argument about the pervasiveness of nonadaptive order throughout biology, order that cannot be explained by the Darwinian mechanism.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Second Brain: A Groundbreaking New Understanding of Nervous Disorders of the Stomach and Intestine by Michael Gershon</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374776</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374776">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374776</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Second Brain: A Groundbreaking New Understanding of Nervous Disorders of the Stomach and Intestine
Author: Michael Gershon
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 48 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“Persuasive, impassioned... hopeful news [for those] suffering from functional bowel disease.”  — New York Times Book Review Dr. Gershon’s groundbreaking book fills the gap between what you need to know—and what your doctor has time to tell you. Dr. Michael Gershon has devoted his career to understanding the human bowel (the stomach, esophagus, small intestine, and colon). His thirty years of research have led to an extraordinary rediscovery: nerve cells in the gut that act as a brain. This &amp;#039;&amp;#039;second brain&amp;#039;&amp;#039; can control our gut all by itself. Our two brains—the one in our head and the one in our bowel—must cooperate. If they do not, then there is chaos in the gut and misery in the head—everything from &amp;#039;&amp;#039;butterflies&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to cramps, from diarrhea to constipation. Dr. Gershon&amp;#039;s work has led to radical new understandings about a wide range of gastrointestinal problems including gastroenteritis, nervous stomach, and irritable bowel syndrome.  The Second Brain represents a quantum leap in medical knowledge and is already benefiting patients whose symptoms were previously dismissed as neurotic or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;it&amp;#039;s all in your head.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Michael Gershon</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jul 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062954275.mp3" length="1359804" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374776</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062954275.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374776">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374776</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Second Brain: A Groundbreaking New Understanding of Nervous Disorders of the Stomach and Intestine
Author: Michael Gershon
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 48 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“Persuasive, impassioned... hopeful news [for those] suffering from functional bowel disease.”  — New York Times Book Review Dr. Gershon’s groundbreaking book fills the gap between what you need to know—and what your doctor has time to tell you. Dr. Michael Gershon has devoted his career to understanding the human bowel (the stomach, esophagus, small intestine, and colon). His thirty years of research have led to an extraordinary rediscovery: nerve cells in the gut that act as a brain. This &amp;#039;&amp;#039;second brain&amp;#039;&amp;#039; can control our gut all by itself. Our two brains—the one in our head and the one in our bowel—must cooperate. If they do not, then there is chaos in the gut and misery in the head—everything from &amp;#039;&amp;#039;butterflies&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to cramps, from diarrhea to constipation. Dr. Gershon&amp;#039;s work has led to radical new understandings about a wide range of gastrointestinal problems including gastroenteritis, nervous stomach, and irritable bowel syndrome.  The Second Brain represents a quantum leap in medical knowledge and is already benefiting patients whose symptoms were previously dismissed as neurotic or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;it&amp;#039;s all in your head.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374776">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374776</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Second Brain: A Groundbreaking New Understanding of Nervous Disorders of the Stomach and Intestine
Author: Michael Gershon
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 48 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“Persuasive, impassioned... hopeful news [for those] suffering from functional bowel disease.”  — New York Times Book Review Dr. Gershon’s groundbreaking book fills the gap between what you need to know—and what your doctor has time to tell you. Dr. Michael Gershon has devoted his career to understanding the human bowel (the stomach, esophagus, small intestine, and colon). His thirty years of research have led to an extraordinary rediscovery: nerve cells in the gut that act as a brain. This &amp;#039;&amp;#039;second brain&amp;#039;&amp;#039; can control our gut all by itself. Our two brains—the one in our head and the one in our bowel—must cooperate. If they do not, then there is chaos in the gut and misery in the head—everything from &amp;#039;&amp;#039;butterflies&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to cramps, from diarrhea to constipation. Dr. Gershon&amp;#039;s work has led to radical new understandings about a wide range of gastrointestinal problems including gastroenteritis, nervous stomach, and irritable bowel syndrome.  The Second Brain represents a quantum leap in medical knowledge and is already benefiting patients whose symptoms were previously dismissed as neurotic or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;it&amp;#039;s all in your head.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Nature of Life and Death: Every Body Leaves a Trace by Patricia Wiltshire</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374710</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374710">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374710</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nature of Life and Death: Every Body Leaves a Trace
Author: Patricia Wiltshire
Narrator: Patricia Wiltshire
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting blend of science writing and true-crime narrative that explores the valuable but often shocking interface between crime and nature--and the secrets each can reveal about the other--from a pioneer in forensic ecology and a trailblazing female scientist. From mud tracks on a quiet country road to dirt specks on the soles of walking boots, forensic ecologist Patricia Wiltshire uses her decades of scientific expertise to find often-overlooked clues left behind by criminal activity. She detects evidence and eliminates hypotheses armed with little more than a microscope, eventually developing a compelling thesis of the who, what, how, and when of a crime. Wiltshire&amp;#039;s remarkable accuracy has made her one of the most in-demand police consultants in the world, and her curiosity, humility, and passion for the truth have guided her every step of the way. A riveting blend of science writing and true-crime narrative, The Nature of Life and Death details Wiltshire&amp;#039;s unique journey from college professor to crime fighter: solving murders, locating corpses, and exonerating the falsely accused. Along the way, she introduces us to the unseen world all around us and underneath our feet: plants, animals, pollen, spores, fungi, and microbes that we move through every day. Her story is a testament to the power of persistence and reveals how our relationship with the vast natural world reaches far deeper than we might think.</description>
      <author>Patricia Wiltshire</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593107201.mp3" length="2673924" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374710</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593107201.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374710">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374710</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nature of Life and Death: Every Body Leaves a Trace
Author: Patricia Wiltshire
Narrator: Patricia Wiltshire
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting blend of science writing and true-crime narrative that explores the valuable but often shocking interface between crime and nature--and the secrets each can reveal about the other--from a pioneer in forensic ecology and a trailblazing female scientist. From mud tracks on a quiet country road to dirt specks on the soles of walking boots, forensic ecologist Patricia Wiltshire uses her decades of scientific expertise to find often-overlooked clues left behind by criminal activity. She detects evidence and eliminates hypotheses armed with little more than a microscope, eventually developing a compelling thesis of the who, what, how, and when of a crime. Wiltshire&amp;#039;s remarkable accuracy has made her one of the most in-demand police consultants in the world, and her curiosity, humility, and passion for the truth have guided her every step of the way. A riveting blend of science writing and true-crime narrative, The Nature of Life and Death details Wiltshire&amp;#039;s unique journey from college professor to crime fighter: solving murders, locating corpses, and exonerating the falsely accused. Along the way, she introduces us to the unseen world all around us and underneath our feet: plants, animals, pollen, spores, fungi, and microbes that we move through every day. Her story is a testament to the power of persistence and reveals how our relationship with the vast natural world reaches far deeper than we might think.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374710">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374710</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nature of Life and Death: Every Body Leaves a Trace
Author: Patricia Wiltshire
Narrator: Patricia Wiltshire
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting blend of science writing and true-crime narrative that explores the valuable but often shocking interface between crime and nature--and the secrets each can reveal about the other--from a pioneer in forensic ecology and a trailblazing female scientist. From mud tracks on a quiet country road to dirt specks on the soles of walking boots, forensic ecologist Patricia Wiltshire uses her decades of scientific expertise to find often-overlooked clues left behind by criminal activity. She detects evidence and eliminates hypotheses armed with little more than a microscope, eventually developing a compelling thesis of the who, what, how, and when of a crime. Wiltshire&amp;#039;s remarkable accuracy has made her one of the most in-demand police consultants in the world, and her curiosity, humility, and passion for the truth have guided her every step of the way. A riveting blend of science writing and true-crime narrative, The Nature of Life and Death details Wiltshire&amp;#039;s unique journey from college professor to crime fighter: solving murders, locating corpses, and exonerating the falsely accused. Along the way, she introduces us to the unseen world all around us and underneath our feet: plants, animals, pollen, spores, fungi, and microbes that we move through every day. Her story is a testament to the power of persistence and reveals how our relationship with the vast natural world reaches far deeper than we might think.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Darwin’s House of Cards: A Journalist’s Odyssey Through the Darwin Debates by Tom Bethell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374649</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374649">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374649</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Darwin’s House of Cards: A Journalist’s Odyssey Through the Darwin Debates
Author: Tom Bethell
Narrator: Matthew Mcauliffe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 59 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this provocative history of contemporary debates over evolution, veteran journalist Tom Bethell depicts Darwin’s theory as a nineteenth-century idea past its prime, propped up by logical fallacies, bogus claims, and empirical evidence that is all but disintegrating under an onslaught of new scientific discoveries. Bethell presents a concise yet wide-ranging tour of the flash points of modern evolutionary theory, investigating controversies over common descent, natural selection, the fossil record, biogeography, information theory, evolutionary psychology, artificial intelligence, and the growing intelligent design movement.  Bethell’s account is enriched by his own personal encounters with some of our era’s leading scientists and thinkers, including Harvard biologists Stephen Jay Gould and Richard Lewontin; British paleontologist Colin Patterson; and renowned philosopher of science Karl Popper.</description>
      <author>Tom Bethell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982694630.mp3" length="877999" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374649</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982694630.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374649">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374649</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Darwin’s House of Cards: A Journalist’s Odyssey Through the Darwin Debates
Author: Tom Bethell
Narrator: Matthew Mcauliffe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 59 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this provocative history of contemporary debates over evolution, veteran journalist Tom Bethell depicts Darwin’s theory as a nineteenth-century idea past its prime, propped up by logical fallacies, bogus claims, and empirical evidence that is all but disintegrating under an onslaught of new scientific discoveries. Bethell presents a concise yet wide-ranging tour of the flash points of modern evolutionary theory, investigating controversies over common descent, natural selection, the fossil record, biogeography, information theory, evolutionary psychology, artificial intelligence, and the growing intelligent design movement.  Bethell’s account is enriched by his own personal encounters with some of our era’s leading scientists and thinkers, including Harvard biologists Stephen Jay Gould and Richard Lewontin; British paleontologist Colin Patterson; and renowned philosopher of science Karl Popper.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374649">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374649</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Darwin’s House of Cards: A Journalist’s Odyssey Through the Darwin Debates
Author: Tom Bethell
Narrator: Matthew Mcauliffe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 59 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In this provocative history of contemporary debates over evolution, veteran journalist Tom Bethell depicts Darwin’s theory as a nineteenth-century idea past its prime, propped up by logical fallacies, bogus claims, and empirical evidence that is all but disintegrating under an onslaught of new scientific discoveries. Bethell presents a concise yet wide-ranging tour of the flash points of modern evolutionary theory, investigating controversies over common descent, natural selection, the fossil record, biogeography, information theory, evolutionary psychology, artificial intelligence, and the growing intelligent design movement.  Bethell’s account is enriched by his own personal encounters with some of our era’s leading scientists and thinkers, including Harvard biologists Stephen Jay Gould and Richard Lewontin; British paleontologist Colin Patterson; and renowned philosopher of science Karl Popper.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Crisis in the Red Zone: The Story of the Deadliest Ebola Outbreak in History, and of the Outbreaks to Come by Richard Preston</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374388</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374388">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374388</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Crisis in the Red Zone: The Story of the Deadliest Ebola Outbreak in History, and of the Outbreaks to Come
Author: Richard Preston
Narrator: Ray Porter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 4 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • An urgent wake-up call about the future of emerging viruses and a gripping account of the doctors and scientists fighting to protect us, told through the story of the deadly 2013–2014 Ebola epidemic   “Crisis in the Red Zone reads like a thriller. That the story it tells is all true makes it all more terrifying.”—Elizabeth Kolbert, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Sixth Extinction   From the #1 bestselling author of The Hot Zone, now a National Geographic original miniseries . . . This time, Ebola started with a two-year-old child who likely had contact with a wild creature and whose entire family quickly fell ill and died. The ensuing global drama activated health professionals in North America, Europe, and Africa in a desperate race against time to contain the viral wildfire. By the end—as the virus mutated into its deadliest form, and spread farther and faster than ever before—30,000 people would be infected, and the dead would be spread across eight countries on three continents. In this taut and suspenseful medical drama, Richard Preston deeply chronicles the pandemic, in which we saw for the first time the specter of Ebola jumping continents, crossing the Atlantic, and infecting people in America. Rich in characters and conflict—physical, emotional, and ethical—Crisis in the Red Zone is an immersion in one of the great public health calamities of our time. Preston writes of doctors and nurses in the field putting their own lives on the line, of government bureaucrats and NGO administrators moving, often fitfully, to try to contain the outbreak, and of pharmaceutical companies racing to develop drugs to combat the virus. He also explores the charged ethical dilemma over who should and did receive the rare doses of an experimental treatment when they became available at the peak of the disaster. Crisis in the Red Zone makes clear that the outbreak of 2013–2014 is a harbinger of further, more severe outbreaks, and of emerging viruses heretofore unimagined—in any country, on any continent. In our ever more interconnected world, with roads and towns cut deep into the jungles of equatorial Africa, viruses both familiar and undiscovered are being unleashed into more densely populated areas than ever before.   The more we discover about the virosphere, the more we realize its deadly potential. Crisis in the Red Zone is an exquisitely timely book, a stark warning of viral outbreaks to come.</description>
      <author>Richard Preston</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jul 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593152829.mp3" length="2489534" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374388</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593152829.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374388">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374388</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Crisis in the Red Zone: The Story of the Deadliest Ebola Outbreak in History, and of the Outbreaks to Come
Author: Richard Preston
Narrator: Ray Porter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 4 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • An urgent wake-up call about the future of emerging viruses and a gripping account of the doctors and scientists fighting to protect us, told through the story of the deadly 2013–2014 Ebola epidemic   “Crisis in the Red Zone reads like a thriller. That the story it tells is all true makes it all more terrifying.”—Elizabeth Kolbert, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Sixth Extinction   From the #1 bestselling author of The Hot Zone, now a National Geographic original miniseries . . . This time, Ebola started with a two-year-old child who likely had contact with a wild creature and whose entire family quickly fell ill and died. The ensuing global drama activated health professionals in North America, Europe, and Africa in a desperate race against time to contain the viral wildfire. By the end—as the virus mutated into its deadliest form, and spread farther and faster than ever before—30,000 people would be infected, and the dead would be spread across eight countries on three continents. In this taut and suspenseful medical drama, Richard Preston deeply chronicles the pandemic, in which we saw for the first time the specter of Ebola jumping continents, crossing the Atlantic, and infecting people in America. Rich in characters and conflict—physical, emotional, and ethical—Crisis in the Red Zone is an immersion in one of the great public health calamities of our time. Preston writes of doctors and nurses in the field putting their own lives on the line, of government bureaucrats and NGO administrators moving, often fitfully, to try to contain the outbreak, and of pharmaceutical companies racing to develop drugs to combat the virus. He also explores the charged ethical dilemma over who should and did receive the rare doses of an experimental treatment when they became available at the peak of the disaster. Crisis in the Red Zone makes clear that the outbreak of 2013–2014 is a harbinger of further, more severe outbreaks, and of emerging viruses heretofore unimagined—in any country, on any continent. In our ever more interconnected world, with roads and towns cut deep into the jungles of equatorial Africa, viruses both familiar and undiscovered are being unleashed into more densely populated areas than ever before.   The more we discover about the virosphere, the more we realize its deadly potential. Crisis in the Red Zone is an exquisitely timely book, a stark warning of viral outbreaks to come.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374388">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374388</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Crisis in the Red Zone: The Story of the Deadliest Ebola Outbreak in History, and of the Outbreaks to Come
Author: Richard Preston
Narrator: Ray Porter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 4 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • An urgent wake-up call about the future of emerging viruses and a gripping account of the doctors and scientists fighting to protect us, told through the story of the deadly 2013–2014 Ebola epidemic   “Crisis in the Red Zone reads like a thriller. That the story it tells is all true makes it all more terrifying.”—Elizabeth Kolbert, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Sixth Extinction   From the #1 bestselling author of The Hot Zone, now a National Geographic original miniseries . . . This time, Ebola started with a two-year-old child who likely had contact with a wild creature and whose entire family quickly fell ill and died. The ensuing global drama activated health professionals in North America, Europe, and Africa in a desperate race against time to contain the viral wildfire. By the end—as the virus mutated into its deadliest form, and spread farther and faster than ever before—30,000 people would be infected, and the dead would be spread across eight countries on three continents. In this taut and suspenseful medical drama, Richard Preston deeply chronicles the pandemic, in which we saw for the first time the specter of Ebola jumping continents, crossing the Atlantic, and infecting people in America. Rich in characters and conflict—physical, emotional, and ethical—Crisis in the Red Zone is an immersion in one of the great public health calamities of our time. Preston writes of doctors and nurses in the field putting their own lives on the line, of government bureaucrats and NGO administrators moving, often fitfully, to try to contain the outbreak, and of pharmaceutical companies racing to develop drugs to combat the virus. He also explores the charged ethical dilemma over who should and did receive the rare doses of an experimental treatment when they became available at the peak of the disaster. Crisis in the Red Zone makes clear that the outbreak of 2013–2014 is a harbinger of further, more severe outbreaks, and of emerging viruses heretofore unimagined—in any country, on any continent. In our ever more interconnected world, with roads and towns cut deep into the jungles of equatorial Africa, viruses both familiar and undiscovered are being unleashed into more densely populated areas than ever before.   The more we discover about the virosphere, the more we realize its deadly potential. Crisis in the Red Zone is an exquisitely timely book, a stark warning of viral outbreaks to come.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Assembling Life: How Can Life Begin on Earth and Other Habitable Planets? by David Deamer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374278</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374278">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374278</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Assembling Life: How Can Life Begin on Earth and Other Habitable Planets?
Author: David Deamer
Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 41 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In Assembling Life, David Deamer addresses questions that are the cutting edge of research on the origin of life. For instance, how did non-living organic compounds assemble into the first forms of primitive cellular life? What was the source of those compounds and the energy that produced the first nucleic acids? Did life begin in the ocean or in fresh water on terrestrial land masses? Could life have begun on Mars?   The book provides an overview of conditions on the early Earth four billion years ago and explains why fresh water hot springs are a plausible alternative to salty seawater as a site where life can begin. Deamer describes his studies of organic compounds that were likely to be available in the prebiotic environment and the volcanic conditions that can drive chemical evolution toward the origin of life. The book is not exclusively Earth-centric, but instead considers whether life could begin elsewhere in our solar system. Deamer does not propose how life did begin, because we can never know that with certainty. Instead, his goal is to understand how life can begin on any habitable planet, with Earth so far being the only known example.</description>
      <author>David Deamer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684570379.mp3" length="8562232" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374278</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684570379.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374278">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374278</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Assembling Life: How Can Life Begin on Earth and Other Habitable Planets?
Author: David Deamer
Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 41 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In Assembling Life, David Deamer addresses questions that are the cutting edge of research on the origin of life. For instance, how did non-living organic compounds assemble into the first forms of primitive cellular life? What was the source of those compounds and the energy that produced the first nucleic acids? Did life begin in the ocean or in fresh water on terrestrial land masses? Could life have begun on Mars?   The book provides an overview of conditions on the early Earth four billion years ago and explains why fresh water hot springs are a plausible alternative to salty seawater as a site where life can begin. Deamer describes his studies of organic compounds that were likely to be available in the prebiotic environment and the volcanic conditions that can drive chemical evolution toward the origin of life. The book is not exclusively Earth-centric, but instead considers whether life could begin elsewhere in our solar system. Deamer does not propose how life did begin, because we can never know that with certainty. Instead, his goal is to understand how life can begin on any habitable planet, with Earth so far being the only known example.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374278">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374278</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Assembling Life: How Can Life Begin on Earth and Other Habitable Planets?
Author: David Deamer
Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 41 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In Assembling Life, David Deamer addresses questions that are the cutting edge of research on the origin of life. For instance, how did non-living organic compounds assemble into the first forms of primitive cellular life? What was the source of those compounds and the energy that produced the first nucleic acids? Did life begin in the ocean or in fresh water on terrestrial land masses? Could life have begun on Mars?   The book provides an overview of conditions on the early Earth four billion years ago and explains why fresh water hot springs are a plausible alternative to salty seawater as a site where life can begin. Deamer describes his studies of organic compounds that were likely to be available in the prebiotic environment and the volcanic conditions that can drive chemical evolution toward the origin of life. The book is not exclusively Earth-centric, but instead considers whether life could begin elsewhere in our solar system. Deamer does not propose how life did begin, because we can never know that with certainty. Instead, his goal is to understand how life can begin on any habitable planet, with Earth so far being the only known example.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Power, Sex, Suicide: Mitochondria and the Meaning of Life by Nick Lane</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374211</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Power, Sex, Suicide: Mitochondria and the Meaning of Life
Author: Nick Lane
Narrator: Nigel Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 56 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Mitochondria are tiny structures located inside our cells that carry out the essential task of producing energy for the cell. They are found in all complex living things, and in that sense, they are fundamental for driving complex life on the planet. But there is much more to them than that. Mitochondria have their own DNA, with their own small collection of genes, separate from those in the cell nucleus. It is thought that they were once bacteria living independent lives. Their enslavement within the larger cell was a turning point in the evolution of life, enabling the development of complex organisms and, closely related, the origin of two sexes. Unlike the DNA in the nucleus, mitochondrial DNA is passed down exclusively (or almost exclusively) via the female line. That&amp;#039;s why it has been used by some researchers to trace human ancestry daughter-to-mother, to &amp;#039;Mitochondrial Eve&amp;#039;. Mitochondria give us important information about our evolutionary history. And that&amp;#039;s not all. Mitochondrial genes mutate much faster than those in the nucleus because of the free radicals produced in their energy-generating role. This high mutation rate lies behind our ageing and certain congenital diseases. The latest research suggests that mitochondria play a key role in degenerative diseases such as cancer, through their involvement in precipitating cell suicide. Mitochondria, then, are pivotal in power, sex, and suicide. In this fascinating and thought-provoking book, Nick Lane brings together the latest research findings in this exciting field to show how our growing understanding of mitochondria is shedding light on how complex life evolved, why sex arose (why don&amp;#039;t we just bud?), and why we age and die. This understanding is of fundamental importance, both in understanding how we and all other complex life came to be, but also in order to be able to control our own illnesses, and delay our degeneration and death.</description>
      <author>Nick Lane</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977335876.mp3" length="8224075" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374211</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977335876.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Power, Sex, Suicide: Mitochondria and the Meaning of Life
Author: Nick Lane
Narrator: Nigel Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 56 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Mitochondria are tiny structures located inside our cells that carry out the essential task of producing energy for the cell. They are found in all complex living things, and in that sense, they are fundamental for driving complex life on the planet. But there is much more to them than that. Mitochondria have their own DNA, with their own small collection of genes, separate from those in the cell nucleus. It is thought that they were once bacteria living independent lives. Their enslavement within the larger cell was a turning point in the evolution of life, enabling the development of complex organisms and, closely related, the origin of two sexes. Unlike the DNA in the nucleus, mitochondrial DNA is passed down exclusively (or almost exclusively) via the female line. That&amp;#039;s why it has been used by some researchers to trace human ancestry daughter-to-mother, to &amp;#039;Mitochondrial Eve&amp;#039;. Mitochondria give us important information about our evolutionary history. And that&amp;#039;s not all. Mitochondrial genes mutate much faster than those in the nucleus because of the free radicals produced in their energy-generating role. This high mutation rate lies behind our ageing and certain congenital diseases. The latest research suggests that mitochondria play a key role in degenerative diseases such as cancer, through their involvement in precipitating cell suicide. Mitochondria, then, are pivotal in power, sex, and suicide. In this fascinating and thought-provoking book, Nick Lane brings together the latest research findings in this exciting field to show how our growing understanding of mitochondria is shedding light on how complex life evolved, why sex arose (why don&amp;#039;t we just bud?), and why we age and die. This understanding is of fundamental importance, both in understanding how we and all other complex life came to be, but also in order to be able to control our own illnesses, and delay our degeneration and death.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Power, Sex, Suicide: Mitochondria and the Meaning of Life
Author: Nick Lane
Narrator: Nigel Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 56 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Mitochondria are tiny structures located inside our cells that carry out the essential task of producing energy for the cell. They are found in all complex living things, and in that sense, they are fundamental for driving complex life on the planet. But there is much more to them than that. Mitochondria have their own DNA, with their own small collection of genes, separate from those in the cell nucleus. It is thought that they were once bacteria living independent lives. Their enslavement within the larger cell was a turning point in the evolution of life, enabling the development of complex organisms and, closely related, the origin of two sexes. Unlike the DNA in the nucleus, mitochondrial DNA is passed down exclusively (or almost exclusively) via the female line. That&amp;#039;s why it has been used by some researchers to trace human ancestry daughter-to-mother, to &amp;#039;Mitochondrial Eve&amp;#039;. Mitochondria give us important information about our evolutionary history. And that&amp;#039;s not all. Mitochondrial genes mutate much faster than those in the nucleus because of the free radicals produced in their energy-generating role. This high mutation rate lies behind our ageing and certain congenital diseases. The latest research suggests that mitochondria play a key role in degenerative diseases such as cancer, through their involvement in precipitating cell suicide. Mitochondria, then, are pivotal in power, sex, and suicide. In this fascinating and thought-provoking book, Nick Lane brings together the latest research findings in this exciting field to show how our growing understanding of mitochondria is shedding light on how complex life evolved, why sex arose (why don&amp;#039;t we just bud?), and why we age and die. This understanding is of fundamental importance, both in understanding how we and all other complex life came to be, but also in order to be able to control our own illnesses, and delay our degeneration and death.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sexual Selection: A Very Short Introduction by Leigh W. Simmons, Marlene Zuk</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374201</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374201">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374201</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sexual Selection: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Leigh W. Simmons, Marlene Zuk
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 15 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
What is responsible for the differences between the sexes in so many animals, from the brilliant plumage of birds-of-paradise to the antlers on deer? Why are the traits that distinguish the sexes sometimes detrimental to survival? And why do males and females sometimes behave differently?   Questions like these have intrigued scientists and the public alike for many years. New discoveries are showing us both how wildly variable the natural world is, and how some basic principles can help explain much of that variation. Like natural selection, sexual selection is a process that results from differential representation of genes in successive generations. Under sexual selection, however, the crucial characteristics that determine whether an individual reproduces depend on sexual competition rather than survival ability.   This Very Short Introduction uncovers the history of our understanding of sexual selection, from Darwin&amp;#039;s key insights to the modern day. Considering the investment animals place on reproduction, variation in mating systems, sexual conflict, and the origin of sexual dimorphism, Marlene Zuk and Leigh Simmons discuss questions such as whether females can really choose between males on aesthetic grounds, and how sexual conflict is resolved in different species.</description>
      <author>Leigh W. Simmons, Marlene Zuk</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977330390.mp3" length="8543053" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374201</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977330390.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374201">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374201</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sexual Selection: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Leigh W. Simmons, Marlene Zuk
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 15 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
What is responsible for the differences between the sexes in so many animals, from the brilliant plumage of birds-of-paradise to the antlers on deer? Why are the traits that distinguish the sexes sometimes detrimental to survival? And why do males and females sometimes behave differently?   Questions like these have intrigued scientists and the public alike for many years. New discoveries are showing us both how wildly variable the natural world is, and how some basic principles can help explain much of that variation. Like natural selection, sexual selection is a process that results from differential representation of genes in successive generations. Under sexual selection, however, the crucial characteristics that determine whether an individual reproduces depend on sexual competition rather than survival ability.   This Very Short Introduction uncovers the history of our understanding of sexual selection, from Darwin&amp;#039;s key insights to the modern day. Considering the investment animals place on reproduction, variation in mating systems, sexual conflict, and the origin of sexual dimorphism, Marlene Zuk and Leigh Simmons discuss questions such as whether females can really choose between males on aesthetic grounds, and how sexual conflict is resolved in different species.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374201">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374201</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sexual Selection: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Leigh W. Simmons, Marlene Zuk
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 15 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
What is responsible for the differences between the sexes in so many animals, from the brilliant plumage of birds-of-paradise to the antlers on deer? Why are the traits that distinguish the sexes sometimes detrimental to survival? And why do males and females sometimes behave differently?   Questions like these have intrigued scientists and the public alike for many years. New discoveries are showing us both how wildly variable the natural world is, and how some basic principles can help explain much of that variation. Like natural selection, sexual selection is a process that results from differential representation of genes in successive generations. Under sexual selection, however, the crucial characteristics that determine whether an individual reproduces depend on sexual competition rather than survival ability.   This Very Short Introduction uncovers the history of our understanding of sexual selection, from Darwin&amp;#039;s key insights to the modern day. Considering the investment animals place on reproduction, variation in mating systems, sexual conflict, and the origin of sexual dimorphism, Marlene Zuk and Leigh Simmons discuss questions such as whether females can really choose between males on aesthetic grounds, and how sexual conflict is resolved in different species.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Civilized To Death: The Price of Progress by Christopher Ryan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373891</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373891">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373891</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Civilized To Death: The Price of Progress
Author: Christopher Ryan
Narrator: Christopher Ryan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 21 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 50 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 12
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times bestselling coauthor of Sex at Dawn explores the ways in which “progress” has perverted the way we live—how we eat, learn, feel, mate, parent, communicate, work, and die—in this “engaging, extensively documented, well-organized, and thought-provoking” (Booklist) book. Most of us have instinctive evidence the world is ending—balmy December days, face-to-face conversation replaced with heads-to-screens zomboidism, a world at constant war, a political system in disarray. We hear some myths and lies so frequently that they feel like truths: Civilization is humankind’s greatest accomplishment. Progress is undeniable. Count your blessings. You’re lucky to be alive here and now. Well, maybe we are and maybe we aren’t. Civilized to Death counters the idea that progress is inherently good, arguing that the “progress” defining our age is analogous to an advancing disease.   Prehistoric life, of course, was not without serious dangers and disadvantages. Many babies died in infancy. A broken bone, infected wound, snakebite, or difficult pregnancy could be life-threatening. But ultimately, Christopher Ryan questions, were these pre-civilized dangers more murderous than modern scourges, such as car accidents, cancers, cardiovascular disease, and a technologically prolonged dying process? Civilized to Death “will make you see our so-called progress in a whole new light” (Book Riot) and adds to the timely conversation that “the way we have been living is no longer sustainable, at least as long as we want to the earth to outlive us” (Psychology Today). Ryan makes the claim that we should start looking backwards to find our way into a better future.</description>
      <author>Christopher Ryan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508297659.mp3" length="873606" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373891</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508297659.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373891">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373891</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Civilized To Death: The Price of Progress
Author: Christopher Ryan
Narrator: Christopher Ryan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 21 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 50 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 12
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times bestselling coauthor of Sex at Dawn explores the ways in which “progress” has perverted the way we live—how we eat, learn, feel, mate, parent, communicate, work, and die—in this “engaging, extensively documented, well-organized, and thought-provoking” (Booklist) book. Most of us have instinctive evidence the world is ending—balmy December days, face-to-face conversation replaced with heads-to-screens zomboidism, a world at constant war, a political system in disarray. We hear some myths and lies so frequently that they feel like truths: Civilization is humankind’s greatest accomplishment. Progress is undeniable. Count your blessings. You’re lucky to be alive here and now. Well, maybe we are and maybe we aren’t. Civilized to Death counters the idea that progress is inherently good, arguing that the “progress” defining our age is analogous to an advancing disease.   Prehistoric life, of course, was not without serious dangers and disadvantages. Many babies died in infancy. A broken bone, infected wound, snakebite, or difficult pregnancy could be life-threatening. But ultimately, Christopher Ryan questions, were these pre-civilized dangers more murderous than modern scourges, such as car accidents, cancers, cardiovascular disease, and a technologically prolonged dying process? Civilized to Death “will make you see our so-called progress in a whole new light” (Book Riot) and adds to the timely conversation that “the way we have been living is no longer sustainable, at least as long as we want to the earth to outlive us” (Psychology Today). Ryan makes the claim that we should start looking backwards to find our way into a better future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373891">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373891</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Civilized To Death: The Price of Progress
Author: Christopher Ryan
Narrator: Christopher Ryan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 21 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 50 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 12
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times bestselling coauthor of Sex at Dawn explores the ways in which “progress” has perverted the way we live—how we eat, learn, feel, mate, parent, communicate, work, and die—in this “engaging, extensively documented, well-organized, and thought-provoking” (Booklist) book. Most of us have instinctive evidence the world is ending—balmy December days, face-to-face conversation replaced with heads-to-screens zomboidism, a world at constant war, a political system in disarray. We hear some myths and lies so frequently that they feel like truths: Civilization is humankind’s greatest accomplishment. Progress is undeniable. Count your blessings. You’re lucky to be alive here and now. Well, maybe we are and maybe we aren’t. Civilized to Death counters the idea that progress is inherently good, arguing that the “progress” defining our age is analogous to an advancing disease.   Prehistoric life, of course, was not without serious dangers and disadvantages. Many babies died in infancy. A broken bone, infected wound, snakebite, or difficult pregnancy could be life-threatening. But ultimately, Christopher Ryan questions, were these pre-civilized dangers more murderous than modern scourges, such as car accidents, cancers, cardiovascular disease, and a technologically prolonged dying process? Civilized to Death “will make you see our so-called progress in a whole new light” (Book Riot) and adds to the timely conversation that “the way we have been living is no longer sustainable, at least as long as we want to the earth to outlive us” (Psychology Today). Ryan makes the claim that we should start looking backwards to find our way into a better future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Life as We Made It: How 50,000 Years of Human Innovation Refined - And Redefined - Nature by Beth Shapiro</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370258</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370258">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370258</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life as We Made It: How 50,000 Years of Human Innovation Refined - And Redefined - Nature
Author: Beth Shapiro
Narrator: Beth Shapiro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 40 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2020, the inventors of CRISPR, the revolutionary gene-editing tool, won the Nobel Prize for medicine. It seemed like the capstone of an astounding fifty-year run: we have turned bacteria into factories for insulin, used viruses to insert genes for pesticide resistance into plants, and now learned to rewrite our own DNA. Once, we humans could only observe evolution. Suddenly, we had conquered it.And yet, in Life as We Made It, evolutionary biologist Beth Shapiro argues that—despite how amazing our new technologies are—our ability to alter the course of evolution isn’t new. Humans have been reshaping the world around us for ages, from the first dogs to genetically modified Enviropigs. Indeed, she argues, resetting the course of evolution is what our species does, by domesticating, as with dogs and wheat; by hunting, as with wolves and mammoths; and by protecting, as with bison and mountain lions.What is new is that where once we shaped evolution through brute force, we can now do it as artisans. That power comes not a moment too soon. If we are going to survive in the next few centuries, we must revise the book of life. Instead of rehashing arguments about genetic engineering, let’s embrace the fact that we can shape evolution to create a world in which we want to live. The question isn’t should we meddle, but how? Life as We Made It is an essential book for charting a better course into a risky future.</description>
      <author>Beth Shapiro</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Oct 2021 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781501989674.mp3" length="1426724" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370258</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781501989674.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370258">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370258</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life as We Made It: How 50,000 Years of Human Innovation Refined - And Redefined - Nature
Author: Beth Shapiro
Narrator: Beth Shapiro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 40 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2020, the inventors of CRISPR, the revolutionary gene-editing tool, won the Nobel Prize for medicine. It seemed like the capstone of an astounding fifty-year run: we have turned bacteria into factories for insulin, used viruses to insert genes for pesticide resistance into plants, and now learned to rewrite our own DNA. Once, we humans could only observe evolution. Suddenly, we had conquered it.And yet, in Life as We Made It, evolutionary biologist Beth Shapiro argues that—despite how amazing our new technologies are—our ability to alter the course of evolution isn’t new. Humans have been reshaping the world around us for ages, from the first dogs to genetically modified Enviropigs. Indeed, she argues, resetting the course of evolution is what our species does, by domesticating, as with dogs and wheat; by hunting, as with wolves and mammoths; and by protecting, as with bison and mountain lions.What is new is that where once we shaped evolution through brute force, we can now do it as artisans. That power comes not a moment too soon. If we are going to survive in the next few centuries, we must revise the book of life. Instead of rehashing arguments about genetic engineering, let’s embrace the fact that we can shape evolution to create a world in which we want to live. The question isn’t should we meddle, but how? Life as We Made It is an essential book for charting a better course into a risky future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370258">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370258</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life as We Made It: How 50,000 Years of Human Innovation Refined - And Redefined - Nature
Author: Beth Shapiro
Narrator: Beth Shapiro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 40 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2020, the inventors of CRISPR, the revolutionary gene-editing tool, won the Nobel Prize for medicine. It seemed like the capstone of an astounding fifty-year run: we have turned bacteria into factories for insulin, used viruses to insert genes for pesticide resistance into plants, and now learned to rewrite our own DNA. Once, we humans could only observe evolution. Suddenly, we had conquered it.And yet, in Life as We Made It, evolutionary biologist Beth Shapiro argues that—despite how amazing our new technologies are—our ability to alter the course of evolution isn’t new. Humans have been reshaping the world around us for ages, from the first dogs to genetically modified Enviropigs. Indeed, she argues, resetting the course of evolution is what our species does, by domesticating, as with dogs and wheat; by hunting, as with wolves and mammoths; and by protecting, as with bison and mountain lions.What is new is that where once we shaped evolution through brute force, we can now do it as artisans. That power comes not a moment too soon. If we are going to survive in the next few centuries, we must revise the book of life. Instead of rehashing arguments about genetic engineering, let’s embrace the fact that we can shape evolution to create a world in which we want to live. The question isn’t should we meddle, but how? Life as We Made It is an essential book for charting a better course into a risky future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Age of Living Machines: How the Convergence of Biology and Engineering Will Build the Next Technology Revolution by Susan Hockfield</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370195</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370195">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370195</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Age of Living Machines: How the Convergence of Biology and Engineering Will Build the Next Technology Revolution
Author: Susan Hockfield
Narrator: Andrea Gallo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 36 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the former president of MIT, the story of the next technology revolution, and how it will change our lives. A century ago, discoveries in physics came together with engineering to produce an array of astonishing new technologies: radios, telephones, televisions, aircraft, radar, nuclear power, computers, the Internet, and a host of still-evolving digital tools. These technologies so radically reshaped our world that we can no longer conceive of life without them. Today, the world&amp;#039;s population is projected to rise to well over 9.5 billion by 2050, and we are currently faced with the consequences of producing the energy that fuels, heats, and cools us. With temperatures and sea levels rising, and large portions of the globe plagued with drought, famine, and drug-resistant diseases, we need new technologies to tackle these problems. But we are on the cusp of a new convergence, argues world-renowned neuroscientist Susan Hockfield, with discoveries in biology coming together with engineering to produce another array of almost inconceivable technologies?next-generation products that have the potential to be every bit as paradigm shifting as the twentieth century&amp;#039;s digital wonders. The Age of Living Machines describes some of the most exciting new developments and the scientists and engineers who helped create them. Virus-built batteries. Protein-based water filters. Cancer-detecting nanoparticles. Mind-reading bionic limbs. Computer-engineered crops. Together they highlight the promise of the technology revolution of the twenty-first century to overcome some of the greatest humanitarian, medical, and environmental challenges of our time.</description>
      <author>Susan Hockfield</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781980036555.mp3" length="1312939" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370195</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781980036555.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370195">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370195</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Age of Living Machines: How the Convergence of Biology and Engineering Will Build the Next Technology Revolution
Author: Susan Hockfield
Narrator: Andrea Gallo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 36 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the former president of MIT, the story of the next technology revolution, and how it will change our lives. A century ago, discoveries in physics came together with engineering to produce an array of astonishing new technologies: radios, telephones, televisions, aircraft, radar, nuclear power, computers, the Internet, and a host of still-evolving digital tools. These technologies so radically reshaped our world that we can no longer conceive of life without them. Today, the world&amp;#039;s population is projected to rise to well over 9.5 billion by 2050, and we are currently faced with the consequences of producing the energy that fuels, heats, and cools us. With temperatures and sea levels rising, and large portions of the globe plagued with drought, famine, and drug-resistant diseases, we need new technologies to tackle these problems. But we are on the cusp of a new convergence, argues world-renowned neuroscientist Susan Hockfield, with discoveries in biology coming together with engineering to produce another array of almost inconceivable technologies?next-generation products that have the potential to be every bit as paradigm shifting as the twentieth century&amp;#039;s digital wonders. The Age of Living Machines describes some of the most exciting new developments and the scientists and engineers who helped create them. Virus-built batteries. Protein-based water filters. Cancer-detecting nanoparticles. Mind-reading bionic limbs. Computer-engineered crops. Together they highlight the promise of the technology revolution of the twenty-first century to overcome some of the greatest humanitarian, medical, and environmental challenges of our time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370195">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370195</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Age of Living Machines: How the Convergence of Biology and Engineering Will Build the Next Technology Revolution
Author: Susan Hockfield
Narrator: Andrea Gallo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 36 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
From the former president of MIT, the story of the next technology revolution, and how it will change our lives. A century ago, discoveries in physics came together with engineering to produce an array of astonishing new technologies: radios, telephones, televisions, aircraft, radar, nuclear power, computers, the Internet, and a host of still-evolving digital tools. These technologies so radically reshaped our world that we can no longer conceive of life without them. Today, the world&amp;#039;s population is projected to rise to well over 9.5 billion by 2050, and we are currently faced with the consequences of producing the energy that fuels, heats, and cools us. With temperatures and sea levels rising, and large portions of the globe plagued with drought, famine, and drug-resistant diseases, we need new technologies to tackle these problems. But we are on the cusp of a new convergence, argues world-renowned neuroscientist Susan Hockfield, with discoveries in biology coming together with engineering to produce another array of almost inconceivable technologies?next-generation products that have the potential to be every bit as paradigm shifting as the twentieth century&amp;#039;s digital wonders. The Age of Living Machines describes some of the most exciting new developments and the scientists and engineers who helped create them. Virus-built batteries. Protein-based water filters. Cancer-detecting nanoparticles. Mind-reading bionic limbs. Computer-engineered crops. Together they highlight the promise of the technology revolution of the twenty-first century to overcome some of the greatest humanitarian, medical, and environmental challenges of our time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Evolution Is by Ernst Mayr</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369953</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369953">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369953</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Evolution Is
Series: Part of Science Masters
Author: Ernst Mayr
Narrator: Henry Strozier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 41 minutes
Release date: February  8, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
At once a spirited defense of Darwinian explanations of biology and an elegantprimer on evolution for the general reader, What Evolution Is poses the questions atthe heart of evolutionary theory and considers how our improved understanding ofevolution has affected the viewpoints and values of modern man</description>
      <author>Ernst Mayr</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Feb 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781501996146.mp3" length="1373097" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369953</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781501996146.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369953">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369953</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Evolution Is
Series: Part of Science Masters
Author: Ernst Mayr
Narrator: Henry Strozier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 41 minutes
Release date: February  8, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
At once a spirited defense of Darwinian explanations of biology and an elegantprimer on evolution for the general reader, What Evolution Is poses the questions atthe heart of evolutionary theory and considers how our improved understanding ofevolution has affected the viewpoints and values of modern man</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369953">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369953</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Evolution Is
Series: Part of Science Masters
Author: Ernst Mayr
Narrator: Henry Strozier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 41 minutes
Release date: February  8, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
At once a spirited defense of Darwinian explanations of biology and an elegantprimer on evolution for the general reader, What Evolution Is poses the questions atthe heart of evolutionary theory and considers how our improved understanding ofevolution has affected the viewpoints and values of modern man</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Human Compatible: Artificial Intelligence and the Problem of Control by Stuart Russell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369298</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369298">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369298</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Human Compatible: Artificial Intelligence and the Problem of Control
Author: Stuart Russell
Narrator: Raphael Corkhill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 39 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The most important book on AI this year.&amp;#039; --The Guardian &amp;#039;Mr. Russell&amp;#039;s exciting book goes deep, while sparkling with dry witticisms.&amp;#039; --The Wall Street Journal &amp;#039;The most important book I have read in quite some time&amp;#039; (Daniel Kahneman); &amp;#039;A must-read&amp;#039; (Max Tegmark); &amp;#039;The book we&amp;#039;ve all been waiting for&amp;#039; (Sam Harris) A leading artificial intelligence researcher lays out a new approach to AI that will enable us to coexist successfully with increasingly intelligent machines In the popular imagination, superhuman artificial intelligence is an approaching tidal wave that threatens not just jobs and human relationships, but civilization itself. Conflict between humans and machines is seen as inevitable and its outcome all too predictable. In this groundbreaking book, distinguished AI researcher Stuart Russell argues that this scenario can be avoided, but only if we rethink AI from the ground up. Russell begins by exploring the idea of intelligence in humans and in machines. He describes the near-term benefits we can expect, from intelligent personal assistants to vastly accelerated scientific research, and outlines the AI breakthroughs that still have to happen before we reach superhuman AI. He also spells out the ways humans are already finding to misuse AI, from lethal autonomous weapons to viral sabotage. If the predicted breakthroughs occur and superhuman AI emerges, we will have created entities far more powerful than ourselves. How can we ensure they never, ever, have power over us?  Russell suggests that we can rebuild AI on a new foundation, according to which machines are designed to be inherently uncertain about the human preferences they are required to satisfy. Such machines would be humble, altruistic, and committed to pursue our objectives, not theirs. This new foundation would allow us to create machines that are provably deferential and provably beneficial.</description>
      <author>Stuart Russell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593148631.mp3" length="2817008" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369298</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593148631.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369298">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369298</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Human Compatible: Artificial Intelligence and the Problem of Control
Author: Stuart Russell
Narrator: Raphael Corkhill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 39 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The most important book on AI this year.&amp;#039; --The Guardian &amp;#039;Mr. Russell&amp;#039;s exciting book goes deep, while sparkling with dry witticisms.&amp;#039; --The Wall Street Journal &amp;#039;The most important book I have read in quite some time&amp;#039; (Daniel Kahneman); &amp;#039;A must-read&amp;#039; (Max Tegmark); &amp;#039;The book we&amp;#039;ve all been waiting for&amp;#039; (Sam Harris) A leading artificial intelligence researcher lays out a new approach to AI that will enable us to coexist successfully with increasingly intelligent machines In the popular imagination, superhuman artificial intelligence is an approaching tidal wave that threatens not just jobs and human relationships, but civilization itself. Conflict between humans and machines is seen as inevitable and its outcome all too predictable. In this groundbreaking book, distinguished AI researcher Stuart Russell argues that this scenario can be avoided, but only if we rethink AI from the ground up. Russell begins by exploring the idea of intelligence in humans and in machines. He describes the near-term benefits we can expect, from intelligent personal assistants to vastly accelerated scientific research, and outlines the AI breakthroughs that still have to happen before we reach superhuman AI. He also spells out the ways humans are already finding to misuse AI, from lethal autonomous weapons to viral sabotage. If the predicted breakthroughs occur and superhuman AI emerges, we will have created entities far more powerful than ourselves. How can we ensure they never, ever, have power over us?  Russell suggests that we can rebuild AI on a new foundation, according to which machines are designed to be inherently uncertain about the human preferences they are required to satisfy. Such machines would be humble, altruistic, and committed to pursue our objectives, not theirs. This new foundation would allow us to create machines that are provably deferential and provably beneficial.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369298">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369298</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Human Compatible: Artificial Intelligence and the Problem of Control
Author: Stuart Russell
Narrator: Raphael Corkhill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 39 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The most important book on AI this year.&amp;#039; --The Guardian &amp;#039;Mr. Russell&amp;#039;s exciting book goes deep, while sparkling with dry witticisms.&amp;#039; --The Wall Street Journal &amp;#039;The most important book I have read in quite some time&amp;#039; (Daniel Kahneman); &amp;#039;A must-read&amp;#039; (Max Tegmark); &amp;#039;The book we&amp;#039;ve all been waiting for&amp;#039; (Sam Harris) A leading artificial intelligence researcher lays out a new approach to AI that will enable us to coexist successfully with increasingly intelligent machines In the popular imagination, superhuman artificial intelligence is an approaching tidal wave that threatens not just jobs and human relationships, but civilization itself. Conflict between humans and machines is seen as inevitable and its outcome all too predictable. In this groundbreaking book, distinguished AI researcher Stuart Russell argues that this scenario can be avoided, but only if we rethink AI from the ground up. Russell begins by exploring the idea of intelligence in humans and in machines. He describes the near-term benefits we can expect, from intelligent personal assistants to vastly accelerated scientific research, and outlines the AI breakthroughs that still have to happen before we reach superhuman AI. He also spells out the ways humans are already finding to misuse AI, from lethal autonomous weapons to viral sabotage. If the predicted breakthroughs occur and superhuman AI emerges, we will have created entities far more powerful than ourselves. How can we ensure they never, ever, have power over us?  Russell suggests that we can rebuild AI on a new foundation, according to which machines are designed to be inherently uncertain about the human preferences they are required to satisfy. Such machines would be humble, altruistic, and committed to pursue our objectives, not theirs. This new foundation would allow us to create machines that are provably deferential and provably beneficial.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Masters of the Planet: The Search for Our Human Origins by Ian Tattersall</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369047</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369047">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369047</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Masters of the Planet: The Search for Our Human Origins
Author: Ian Tattersall
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 44 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Fifty thousand years ago—merely a blip in evolutionary time—our Homo sapiens ancestors were competing for existence with several other human species, just as their precursors had done for millions of years. Yet something about our species distinguished it from the pack, and ultimately led to its survival while the rest became extinct. Just what was it that allowed Homo sapiens to become masters of the planet? Ian Tattersall, curator emeritus at the American Museum of Natural History, takes us deep into the fossil record to uncover what made humans so special. Surveying a vast field from initial bipedality to language and intelligence, Tattersall argues that Homo sapiens acquired a winning combination of traits that was not the result of long–term evolutionary refinement. Instead, the final result emerged quickly, shocking our world and changing it forever.</description>
      <author>Ian Tattersall</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Feb 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977342614.mp3" length="9356964" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369047</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977342614.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369047">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369047</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Masters of the Planet: The Search for Our Human Origins
Author: Ian Tattersall
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 44 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Fifty thousand years ago—merely a blip in evolutionary time—our Homo sapiens ancestors were competing for existence with several other human species, just as their precursors had done for millions of years. Yet something about our species distinguished it from the pack, and ultimately led to its survival while the rest became extinct. Just what was it that allowed Homo sapiens to become masters of the planet? Ian Tattersall, curator emeritus at the American Museum of Natural History, takes us deep into the fossil record to uncover what made humans so special. Surveying a vast field from initial bipedality to language and intelligence, Tattersall argues that Homo sapiens acquired a winning combination of traits that was not the result of long–term evolutionary refinement. Instead, the final result emerged quickly, shocking our world and changing it forever.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369047">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369047</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Masters of the Planet: The Search for Our Human Origins
Author: Ian Tattersall
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 44 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Fifty thousand years ago—merely a blip in evolutionary time—our Homo sapiens ancestors were competing for existence with several other human species, just as their precursors had done for millions of years. Yet something about our species distinguished it from the pack, and ultimately led to its survival while the rest became extinct. Just what was it that allowed Homo sapiens to become masters of the planet? Ian Tattersall, curator emeritus at the American Museum of Natural History, takes us deep into the fossil record to uncover what made humans so special. Surveying a vast field from initial bipedality to language and intelligence, Tattersall argues that Homo sapiens acquired a winning combination of traits that was not the result of long–term evolutionary refinement. Instead, the final result emerged quickly, shocking our world and changing it forever.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Freud: Inventor of the Modern Mind by Peter D. Kramer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368635</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368635">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368635</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Freud: Inventor of the Modern Mind
Author: Peter D. Kramer
Narrator: William Dufris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 2 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2012
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Sigmund Freud’s life bridged the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, and his reputation and influence have endured, even intensified, in the twenty-first. Often referred to as “the father of psychoanalysis,” Freud did, in fact, conceive of many of its defining characteristics: he was the original advocate of the “talking cure,” and discovered--or, some argue, invented--the human unconscious.  Kramer’s take on Freud is at once critical and sympathetic: he recognizes what is archaic in Freud’s work and also what endures, interpreting him as not only a pioneer, but a writer whose work will survive among the classics of our literature.</description>
      <author>Peter D. Kramer</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Jun 2012 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062131515.mp3" length="1371969" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368635</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062131515.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368635">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368635</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Freud: Inventor of the Modern Mind
Author: Peter D. Kramer
Narrator: William Dufris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 2 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2012
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Sigmund Freud’s life bridged the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, and his reputation and influence have endured, even intensified, in the twenty-first. Often referred to as “the father of psychoanalysis,” Freud did, in fact, conceive of many of its defining characteristics: he was the original advocate of the “talking cure,” and discovered--or, some argue, invented--the human unconscious.  Kramer’s take on Freud is at once critical and sympathetic: he recognizes what is archaic in Freud’s work and also what endures, interpreting him as not only a pioneer, but a writer whose work will survive among the classics of our literature.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368635">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368635</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Freud: Inventor of the Modern Mind
Author: Peter D. Kramer
Narrator: William Dufris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 2 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2012
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Sigmund Freud’s life bridged the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, and his reputation and influence have endured, even intensified, in the twenty-first. Often referred to as “the father of psychoanalysis,” Freud did, in fact, conceive of many of its defining characteristics: he was the original advocate of the “talking cure,” and discovered--or, some argue, invented--the human unconscious.  Kramer’s take on Freud is at once critical and sympathetic: he recognizes what is archaic in Freud’s work and also what endures, interpreting him as not only a pioneer, but a writer whose work will survive among the classics of our literature.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Eight Master Lessons of Nature: What Nature Teaches Us About Living Well in the World by Gary Ferguson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368484</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368484">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368484</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Eight Master Lessons of Nature: What Nature Teaches Us About Living Well in the World
Author: Gary Ferguson
Narrator: Gary Ferguson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 56 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting manifesto for the millions of people who long to forge a more vital, meaningful connection to the natural world to live a better, more fulfilling life     Looking around at the world today—a world of skyscrapers, super highways, melting ice caps, and rampant deforestation—it is easy to feel that humanity has actively severed its ties with nature. It’s no wonder that we are starving to rediscover a connection with the natural world.   With new insights into the inner workings of nature&amp;#039;s wonders, Gary Ferguson presents a fascinating exploration into how many of the most remarkable aspects of nature are hardwired into our very DNA. What emerges is a dazzling web of connections that holds powerful clues about how to better navigate our daily lives.   Through cutting-edge data and research, drawing on science, psychology, history, and philosophy, The Eight Master Lessons of Nature will leave readers with a feeling of hope, excitement, and joy. It is a dazzling statement about the powers of physical, mental, and spiritual wellness that come from reclaiming our relationship with Mother Nature. Lessons about mystery, loss, the fine art of rising again, how animals make us smarter, and how the planet’s elders make us better at life are unforgettable and transformative.</description>
      <author>Gary Ferguson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593146583.mp3" length="2741369" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368484</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593146583.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368484">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368484</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Eight Master Lessons of Nature: What Nature Teaches Us About Living Well in the World
Author: Gary Ferguson
Narrator: Gary Ferguson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 56 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting manifesto for the millions of people who long to forge a more vital, meaningful connection to the natural world to live a better, more fulfilling life     Looking around at the world today—a world of skyscrapers, super highways, melting ice caps, and rampant deforestation—it is easy to feel that humanity has actively severed its ties with nature. It’s no wonder that we are starving to rediscover a connection with the natural world.   With new insights into the inner workings of nature&amp;#039;s wonders, Gary Ferguson presents a fascinating exploration into how many of the most remarkable aspects of nature are hardwired into our very DNA. What emerges is a dazzling web of connections that holds powerful clues about how to better navigate our daily lives.   Through cutting-edge data and research, drawing on science, psychology, history, and philosophy, The Eight Master Lessons of Nature will leave readers with a feeling of hope, excitement, and joy. It is a dazzling statement about the powers of physical, mental, and spiritual wellness that come from reclaiming our relationship with Mother Nature. Lessons about mystery, loss, the fine art of rising again, how animals make us smarter, and how the planet’s elders make us better at life are unforgettable and transformative.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368484">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368484</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Eight Master Lessons of Nature: What Nature Teaches Us About Living Well in the World
Author: Gary Ferguson
Narrator: Gary Ferguson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 56 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting manifesto for the millions of people who long to forge a more vital, meaningful connection to the natural world to live a better, more fulfilling life     Looking around at the world today—a world of skyscrapers, super highways, melting ice caps, and rampant deforestation—it is easy to feel that humanity has actively severed its ties with nature. It’s no wonder that we are starving to rediscover a connection with the natural world.   With new insights into the inner workings of nature&amp;#039;s wonders, Gary Ferguson presents a fascinating exploration into how many of the most remarkable aspects of nature are hardwired into our very DNA. What emerges is a dazzling web of connections that holds powerful clues about how to better navigate our daily lives.   Through cutting-edge data and research, drawing on science, psychology, history, and philosophy, The Eight Master Lessons of Nature will leave readers with a feeling of hope, excitement, and joy. It is a dazzling statement about the powers of physical, mental, and spiritual wellness that come from reclaiming our relationship with Mother Nature. Lessons about mystery, loss, the fine art of rising again, how animals make us smarter, and how the planet’s elders make us better at life are unforgettable and transformative.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lifespan: Why We Age—and Why We Don&amp;#039;t Have To by Matthew D. Laplante, David A. Sinclair</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368421</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368421">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368421</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lifespan: Why We Age—and Why We Don&amp;#039;t Have To
Author: Matthew D. Laplante, David A. Sinclair
Narrator: David A. Sinclair
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 168 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.81 of Total 21
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Audio Bonus! Includes exclusive conversations with the authors! A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER   “Brilliant and enthralling.”​ —The Wall Street Journal   A paradigm-shifting book from an acclaimed Harvard Medical School scientist and one of Time’s most influential people. It’s a seemingly undeniable truth that aging is inevitable. But what if everything we’ve been taught to believe about aging is wrong? What if we could choose our lifespan?   In this groundbreaking book, Dr. David Sinclair, leading world authority on genetics and longevity, reveals a bold new theory for why we age. As he writes: “Aging is a disease, and that disease is treatable.”   This eye-opening and provocative work takes us to the frontlines of research that is pushing the boundaries on our perceived scientific limitations, revealing incredible breakthroughs—many from Dr. David Sinclair’s own lab at Harvard—that demonstrate how we can slow down, or even reverse, aging. The key is activating newly discovered vitality genes, the descendants of an ancient genetic survival circuit that is both the cause of aging and the key to reversing it. Recent experiments in genetic reprogramming suggest that in the near future we may not just be able to feel younger, but actually become younger.   Through a page-turning narrative, Dr. Sinclair invites you into the process of scientific discovery and reveals the emerging technologies and simple lifestyle changes—such as intermittent fasting, cold exposure, exercising with the right intensity, and eating less meat—that have been shown to help us live younger and healthier for longer. At once a roadmap for taking charge of our own health destiny and a bold new vision for the future of humankind, Lifespan will forever change the way we think about why we age and what we can do about it.</description>
      <author>Matthew D. Laplante, David A. Sinclair</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508296058.mp3" length="829302" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368421</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508296058.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368421">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368421</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lifespan: Why We Age—and Why We Don&amp;#039;t Have To
Author: Matthew D. Laplante, David A. Sinclair
Narrator: David A. Sinclair
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 168 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.81 of Total 21
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Audio Bonus! Includes exclusive conversations with the authors! A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER   “Brilliant and enthralling.”​ —The Wall Street Journal   A paradigm-shifting book from an acclaimed Harvard Medical School scientist and one of Time’s most influential people. It’s a seemingly undeniable truth that aging is inevitable. But what if everything we’ve been taught to believe about aging is wrong? What if we could choose our lifespan?   In this groundbreaking book, Dr. David Sinclair, leading world authority on genetics and longevity, reveals a bold new theory for why we age. As he writes: “Aging is a disease, and that disease is treatable.”   This eye-opening and provocative work takes us to the frontlines of research that is pushing the boundaries on our perceived scientific limitations, revealing incredible breakthroughs—many from Dr. David Sinclair’s own lab at Harvard—that demonstrate how we can slow down, or even reverse, aging. The key is activating newly discovered vitality genes, the descendants of an ancient genetic survival circuit that is both the cause of aging and the key to reversing it. Recent experiments in genetic reprogramming suggest that in the near future we may not just be able to feel younger, but actually become younger.   Through a page-turning narrative, Dr. Sinclair invites you into the process of scientific discovery and reveals the emerging technologies and simple lifestyle changes—such as intermittent fasting, cold exposure, exercising with the right intensity, and eating less meat—that have been shown to help us live younger and healthier for longer. At once a roadmap for taking charge of our own health destiny and a bold new vision for the future of humankind, Lifespan will forever change the way we think about why we age and what we can do about it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368421">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368421</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lifespan: Why We Age—and Why We Don&amp;#039;t Have To
Author: Matthew D. Laplante, David A. Sinclair
Narrator: David A. Sinclair
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 168 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.81 of Total 21
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Audio Bonus! Includes exclusive conversations with the authors! A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER   “Brilliant and enthralling.”​ —The Wall Street Journal   A paradigm-shifting book from an acclaimed Harvard Medical School scientist and one of Time’s most influential people. It’s a seemingly undeniable truth that aging is inevitable. But what if everything we’ve been taught to believe about aging is wrong? What if we could choose our lifespan?   In this groundbreaking book, Dr. David Sinclair, leading world authority on genetics and longevity, reveals a bold new theory for why we age. As he writes: “Aging is a disease, and that disease is treatable.”   This eye-opening and provocative work takes us to the frontlines of research that is pushing the boundaries on our perceived scientific limitations, revealing incredible breakthroughs—many from Dr. David Sinclair’s own lab at Harvard—that demonstrate how we can slow down, or even reverse, aging. The key is activating newly discovered vitality genes, the descendants of an ancient genetic survival circuit that is both the cause of aging and the key to reversing it. Recent experiments in genetic reprogramming suggest that in the near future we may not just be able to feel younger, but actually become younger.   Through a page-turning narrative, Dr. Sinclair invites you into the process of scientific discovery and reveals the emerging technologies and simple lifestyle changes—such as intermittent fasting, cold exposure, exercising with the right intensity, and eating less meat—that have been shown to help us live younger and healthier for longer. At once a roadmap for taking charge of our own health destiny and a bold new vision for the future of humankind, Lifespan will forever change the way we think about why we age and what we can do about it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Perfect Predator: A Scientist&amp;#039;s Race to Save Her Husband from a Deadly Superbug: A Memoir by Steffanie Strathdee, Thomas Patterson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368404</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368404">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368404</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Perfect Predator: A Scientist&amp;#039;s Race to Save Her Husband from a Deadly Superbug: A Memoir
Author: Steffanie Strathdee, Thomas Patterson
Narrator: Christine Lakin, Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 32 minutes
Release date: February 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An electrifying memoir of one woman&amp;#039;s extraordinary effort to save her husband&amp;#039;s life-and the discovery of a forgotten cure that has the potential to save millions more. &amp;#039;A memoir that reads like a thriller.&amp;#039; -New York Times Book Review&amp;#039;A fascinating and terrifying peek into the devastating outcomes of antibiotic misuse-and what happens when standard health care falls short.&amp;#039; -Scientific AmericanEpidemiologist Steffanie Strathdee and her husband, psychologist Tom Patterson, were vacationing in Egypt when Tom came down with a stomach bug. What at first seemed like a case of food poisoning quickly turned critical, and by the time Tom had been transferred via emergency medevac to the world-class medical center at UC San Diego, where both he and Steffanie worked, blood work revealed why modern medicine was failing: Tom was fighting one of the most dangerous, antibiotic-resistant bacteria in the world.Frantic, Steffanie combed through research old and new and came across phage therapy: the idea that the right virus, aka &amp;#039;the perfect predator,&amp;#039; can kill even the most lethal bacteria. Phage treatment had fallen out of favor almost 100 years ago, after antibiotic use went mainstream. Now, with time running out, Steffanie appealed to phage researchers all over the world for help. She found allies at the FDA, researchers from Texas A&amp;amp;M, and a clandestine Navy biomedical center -- and together they resurrected a forgotten cure.A nail-biting medical mystery, The Perfect Predator is a story of love and survival against all odds, and the (re)discovery of a powerful new weapon in the global superbug crisis.</description>
      <author>Steffanie Strathdee, Thomas Patterson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Feb 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549114489.mp3" length="875825" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368404</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549114489.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368404">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368404</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Perfect Predator: A Scientist&amp;#039;s Race to Save Her Husband from a Deadly Superbug: A Memoir
Author: Steffanie Strathdee, Thomas Patterson
Narrator: Christine Lakin, Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 32 minutes
Release date: February 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An electrifying memoir of one woman&amp;#039;s extraordinary effort to save her husband&amp;#039;s life-and the discovery of a forgotten cure that has the potential to save millions more. &amp;#039;A memoir that reads like a thriller.&amp;#039; -New York Times Book Review&amp;#039;A fascinating and terrifying peek into the devastating outcomes of antibiotic misuse-and what happens when standard health care falls short.&amp;#039; -Scientific AmericanEpidemiologist Steffanie Strathdee and her husband, psychologist Tom Patterson, were vacationing in Egypt when Tom came down with a stomach bug. What at first seemed like a case of food poisoning quickly turned critical, and by the time Tom had been transferred via emergency medevac to the world-class medical center at UC San Diego, where both he and Steffanie worked, blood work revealed why modern medicine was failing: Tom was fighting one of the most dangerous, antibiotic-resistant bacteria in the world.Frantic, Steffanie combed through research old and new and came across phage therapy: the idea that the right virus, aka &amp;#039;the perfect predator,&amp;#039; can kill even the most lethal bacteria. Phage treatment had fallen out of favor almost 100 years ago, after antibiotic use went mainstream. Now, with time running out, Steffanie appealed to phage researchers all over the world for help. She found allies at the FDA, researchers from Texas A&amp;amp;M, and a clandestine Navy biomedical center -- and together they resurrected a forgotten cure.A nail-biting medical mystery, The Perfect Predator is a story of love and survival against all odds, and the (re)discovery of a powerful new weapon in the global superbug crisis.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368404">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368404</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Perfect Predator: A Scientist&amp;#039;s Race to Save Her Husband from a Deadly Superbug: A Memoir
Author: Steffanie Strathdee, Thomas Patterson
Narrator: Christine Lakin, Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 32 minutes
Release date: February 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
An electrifying memoir of one woman&amp;#039;s extraordinary effort to save her husband&amp;#039;s life-and the discovery of a forgotten cure that has the potential to save millions more. &amp;#039;A memoir that reads like a thriller.&amp;#039; -New York Times Book Review&amp;#039;A fascinating and terrifying peek into the devastating outcomes of antibiotic misuse-and what happens when standard health care falls short.&amp;#039; -Scientific AmericanEpidemiologist Steffanie Strathdee and her husband, psychologist Tom Patterson, were vacationing in Egypt when Tom came down with a stomach bug. What at first seemed like a case of food poisoning quickly turned critical, and by the time Tom had been transferred via emergency medevac to the world-class medical center at UC San Diego, where both he and Steffanie worked, blood work revealed why modern medicine was failing: Tom was fighting one of the most dangerous, antibiotic-resistant bacteria in the world.Frantic, Steffanie combed through research old and new and came across phage therapy: the idea that the right virus, aka &amp;#039;the perfect predator,&amp;#039; can kill even the most lethal bacteria. Phage treatment had fallen out of favor almost 100 years ago, after antibiotic use went mainstream. Now, with time running out, Steffanie appealed to phage researchers all over the world for help. She found allies at the FDA, researchers from Texas A&amp;amp;M, and a clandestine Navy biomedical center -- and together they resurrected a forgotten cure.A nail-biting medical mystery, The Perfect Predator is a story of love and survival against all odds, and the (re)discovery of a powerful new weapon in the global superbug crisis.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hacking the Code of Life: How gene editing will rewrite our futures by Nessa Carey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368163</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368163">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368163</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hacking the Code of Life: How gene editing will rewrite our futures
Author: Nessa Carey
Narrator: Karen Cass
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 41 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Just 45 years ago, the age of gene modification was born. Researchers could create glow-in-the-dark mice, farmyard animals producing drugs in their milk, and vitamin-enhanced rice that could prevent half a million people going blind every year. But now GM is rapidly being supplanted by a new system called CRISPR or ‘gene editing’. Using this approach, scientists can manipulate the genes of almost any organism with a degree of precision, ease and speed that we could only dream of ten years ago. But is it ethical to change the genetic material of organisms in a way that might be passed on to future generations? If a person is suffering from a lethal genetic disease, is it even more unethical to deny them this option? Who controls the application of this technology, when it makes ‘biohacking’—perhaps of one’s own genome—a real possibility? Nessa Carey’s book is a thrilling and timely snapshot of a technology that will radically alter our futures.</description>
      <author>Nessa Carey</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jun 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781721386666.mp3" length="1339337" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368163</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781721386666.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368163">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368163</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hacking the Code of Life: How gene editing will rewrite our futures
Author: Nessa Carey
Narrator: Karen Cass
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 41 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Just 45 years ago, the age of gene modification was born. Researchers could create glow-in-the-dark mice, farmyard animals producing drugs in their milk, and vitamin-enhanced rice that could prevent half a million people going blind every year. But now GM is rapidly being supplanted by a new system called CRISPR or ‘gene editing’. Using this approach, scientists can manipulate the genes of almost any organism with a degree of precision, ease and speed that we could only dream of ten years ago. But is it ethical to change the genetic material of organisms in a way that might be passed on to future generations? If a person is suffering from a lethal genetic disease, is it even more unethical to deny them this option? Who controls the application of this technology, when it makes ‘biohacking’—perhaps of one’s own genome—a real possibility? Nessa Carey’s book is a thrilling and timely snapshot of a technology that will radically alter our futures.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368163">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368163</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hacking the Code of Life: How gene editing will rewrite our futures
Author: Nessa Carey
Narrator: Karen Cass
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 41 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Just 45 years ago, the age of gene modification was born. Researchers could create glow-in-the-dark mice, farmyard animals producing drugs in their milk, and vitamin-enhanced rice that could prevent half a million people going blind every year. But now GM is rapidly being supplanted by a new system called CRISPR or ‘gene editing’. Using this approach, scientists can manipulate the genes of almost any organism with a degree of precision, ease and speed that we could only dream of ten years ago. But is it ethical to change the genetic material of organisms in a way that might be passed on to future generations? If a person is suffering from a lethal genetic disease, is it even more unethical to deny them this option? Who controls the application of this technology, when it makes ‘biohacking’—perhaps of one’s own genome—a real possibility? Nessa Carey’s book is a thrilling and timely snapshot of a technology that will radically alter our futures.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Superlative: The Biology of Extremes by Matthew D. Laplante</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367731</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367731">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367731</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Superlative: The Biology of Extremes
Author: Matthew D. Laplante
Narrator: George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 28 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Welcome to the biggest, fastest, deadliest science book you&amp;#039;ll ever read. The world&amp;#039;s largest land mammal could help us end cancer. The fastest bird is showing us how to solve a century-old engineering mystery. The oldest tree is giving us insights into climate change. The loudest whale is offering clues about the impact of solar storms. For a long time, scientists ignored superlative life forms as outliers. Increasingly, though, researchers are coming to see great value in studying plants and animals that exist on the outermost edges of the bell curve. As it turns out, there’s a lot of value in paying close attention to the “oddballs” nature has to offer. Go for a swim with a ghost shark, the slowest-evolving creature known to humankind, which is teaching us new ways to think about immunity. Get to know the axolotl, which has the longest-known genome and may hold the secret to cellular regeneration. Learn about Monorhaphis chuni, the oldest discovered animal, which is providing insights into the connection between our terrestrial and aquatic worlds. Superlative is the story of extreme evolution, and what we can learn from it about ourselves, our planet, and the cosmos. It&amp;#039;s a tale of crazy-fast cheetahs and super-strong beetles, of microbacteria and enormous plants, of whip-smart dolphins and killer snakes. This book will inspire you to change the way you think about the world and your relationship to everything in it.</description>
      <author>Matthew D. Laplante</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781721366330.mp3" length="1309604" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367731</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781721366330.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367731">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367731</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Superlative: The Biology of Extremes
Author: Matthew D. Laplante
Narrator: George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 28 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Welcome to the biggest, fastest, deadliest science book you&amp;#039;ll ever read. The world&amp;#039;s largest land mammal could help us end cancer. The fastest bird is showing us how to solve a century-old engineering mystery. The oldest tree is giving us insights into climate change. The loudest whale is offering clues about the impact of solar storms. For a long time, scientists ignored superlative life forms as outliers. Increasingly, though, researchers are coming to see great value in studying plants and animals that exist on the outermost edges of the bell curve. As it turns out, there’s a lot of value in paying close attention to the “oddballs” nature has to offer. Go for a swim with a ghost shark, the slowest-evolving creature known to humankind, which is teaching us new ways to think about immunity. Get to know the axolotl, which has the longest-known genome and may hold the secret to cellular regeneration. Learn about Monorhaphis chuni, the oldest discovered animal, which is providing insights into the connection between our terrestrial and aquatic worlds. Superlative is the story of extreme evolution, and what we can learn from it about ourselves, our planet, and the cosmos. It&amp;#039;s a tale of crazy-fast cheetahs and super-strong beetles, of microbacteria and enormous plants, of whip-smart dolphins and killer snakes. This book will inspire you to change the way you think about the world and your relationship to everything in it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367731">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367731</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Superlative: The Biology of Extremes
Author: Matthew D. Laplante
Narrator: George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 28 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Welcome to the biggest, fastest, deadliest science book you&amp;#039;ll ever read. The world&amp;#039;s largest land mammal could help us end cancer. The fastest bird is showing us how to solve a century-old engineering mystery. The oldest tree is giving us insights into climate change. The loudest whale is offering clues about the impact of solar storms. For a long time, scientists ignored superlative life forms as outliers. Increasingly, though, researchers are coming to see great value in studying plants and animals that exist on the outermost edges of the bell curve. As it turns out, there’s a lot of value in paying close attention to the “oddballs” nature has to offer. Go for a swim with a ghost shark, the slowest-evolving creature known to humankind, which is teaching us new ways to think about immunity. Get to know the axolotl, which has the longest-known genome and may hold the secret to cellular regeneration. Learn about Monorhaphis chuni, the oldest discovered animal, which is providing insights into the connection between our terrestrial and aquatic worlds. Superlative is the story of extreme evolution, and what we can learn from it about ourselves, our planet, and the cosmos. It&amp;#039;s a tale of crazy-fast cheetahs and super-strong beetles, of microbacteria and enormous plants, of whip-smart dolphins and killer snakes. This book will inspire you to change the way you think about the world and your relationship to everything in it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How History Gets Things Wrong: The Neuroscience of Our Addiction to Stories by Alex Rosenberg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367727</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367727">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367727</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How History Gets Things Wrong: The Neuroscience of Our Addiction to Stories
Author: Alex Rosenberg
Narrator: Mikael Naramore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 43 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Why we learn the wrong things from narrative history, and how our love for stories is hard-wired. To understand something, you need to know its history. Right? Wrong, says Alex Rosenberg in How History Gets Things Wrong. Feeling especially well-informed after reading a book of popular history on the best-seller list? Don&amp;#039;t. Narrative history is always, always wrong. It&amp;#039;s not just incomplete or inaccurate but deeply wrong, as wrong as Ptolemaic astronomy. We no longer believe that the earth is the center of the universe. Why do we still believe in historical narrative? Our attachment to history as a vehicle for understanding has a long Darwinian pedigree and a genetic basis. Our love of stories is hard-wired. Neuroscience reveals that human evolution shaped a tool useful for survival into a defective theory of human nature.  Stories historians tell, Rosenberg continues, are not only wrong but harmful. Israel and Palestine, for example, have dueling narratives of dispossession that prevent one side from compromising with the other. Henry Kissinger applied lessons drawn from the Congress of Vienna to American foreign policy with disastrous results. Human evolution improved primate mind reading―the ability to anticipate the behavior of others, whether predators, prey, or cooperators―to get us to the top of the African food chain. Now, however, this hard-wired capacity makes us think we can understand history―what the Kaiser was thinking in 1914, why Hitler declared war on the United States―by uncovering the narratives of what happened and why. In fact, Rosenberg argues, we will only understand history if we don&amp;#039;t make it into a story.</description>
      <author>Alex Rosenberg</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Apr 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781721356287.mp3" length="1400887" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367727</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781721356287.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367727">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367727</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How History Gets Things Wrong: The Neuroscience of Our Addiction to Stories
Author: Alex Rosenberg
Narrator: Mikael Naramore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 43 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Why we learn the wrong things from narrative history, and how our love for stories is hard-wired. To understand something, you need to know its history. Right? Wrong, says Alex Rosenberg in How History Gets Things Wrong. Feeling especially well-informed after reading a book of popular history on the best-seller list? Don&amp;#039;t. Narrative history is always, always wrong. It&amp;#039;s not just incomplete or inaccurate but deeply wrong, as wrong as Ptolemaic astronomy. We no longer believe that the earth is the center of the universe. Why do we still believe in historical narrative? Our attachment to history as a vehicle for understanding has a long Darwinian pedigree and a genetic basis. Our love of stories is hard-wired. Neuroscience reveals that human evolution shaped a tool useful for survival into a defective theory of human nature.  Stories historians tell, Rosenberg continues, are not only wrong but harmful. Israel and Palestine, for example, have dueling narratives of dispossession that prevent one side from compromising with the other. Henry Kissinger applied lessons drawn from the Congress of Vienna to American foreign policy with disastrous results. Human evolution improved primate mind reading―the ability to anticipate the behavior of others, whether predators, prey, or cooperators―to get us to the top of the African food chain. Now, however, this hard-wired capacity makes us think we can understand history―what the Kaiser was thinking in 1914, why Hitler declared war on the United States―by uncovering the narratives of what happened and why. In fact, Rosenberg argues, we will only understand history if we don&amp;#039;t make it into a story.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367727">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367727</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How History Gets Things Wrong: The Neuroscience of Our Addiction to Stories
Author: Alex Rosenberg
Narrator: Mikael Naramore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 43 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Why we learn the wrong things from narrative history, and how our love for stories is hard-wired. To understand something, you need to know its history. Right? Wrong, says Alex Rosenberg in How History Gets Things Wrong. Feeling especially well-informed after reading a book of popular history on the best-seller list? Don&amp;#039;t. Narrative history is always, always wrong. It&amp;#039;s not just incomplete or inaccurate but deeply wrong, as wrong as Ptolemaic astronomy. We no longer believe that the earth is the center of the universe. Why do we still believe in historical narrative? Our attachment to history as a vehicle for understanding has a long Darwinian pedigree and a genetic basis. Our love of stories is hard-wired. Neuroscience reveals that human evolution shaped a tool useful for survival into a defective theory of human nature.  Stories historians tell, Rosenberg continues, are not only wrong but harmful. Israel and Palestine, for example, have dueling narratives of dispossession that prevent one side from compromising with the other. Henry Kissinger applied lessons drawn from the Congress of Vienna to American foreign policy with disastrous results. Human evolution improved primate mind reading―the ability to anticipate the behavior of others, whether predators, prey, or cooperators―to get us to the top of the African food chain. Now, however, this hard-wired capacity makes us think we can understand history―what the Kaiser was thinking in 1914, why Hitler declared war on the United States―by uncovering the narratives of what happened and why. In fact, Rosenberg argues, we will only understand history if we don&amp;#039;t make it into a story.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Body: A Guide for Occupants by Bill Bryson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367419</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367419">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367419</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Body: A Guide for Occupants
Author: Bill Bryson
Narrator: Bill Bryson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 4 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 230 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.68 of Total 37
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR BY THE WASHINGTON POST • LONGLISTED FOR THE PEN E.O. WILSON LITERARY SCIENCE WRITING AWARD &amp;#039;Glorious. . .You will marvel at the brilliance and vast weirdness of your design.&amp;#039; —The Washington Post  Bill Bryson, bestselling author of A Short History of Nearly Everything, takes us on a head-to-toe tour of the marvel that is the human body. As addictive as it is comprehensive, this is Bryson at his very best, a must-read owner&amp;#039;s manual for everybody. Bill Bryson once again proves himself to be an incomparable companion as he guides us through the human body--how it functions, its remarkable ability to heal itself, and (unfortunately) the ways it can fail. Full of extraordinary facts (your body made a million red blood cells since you started reading this) and irresistible Bryson-esque anecdotes, The Body will lead you to a deeper understanding of the miracle that is life in general and you in particular. As Bill Bryson writes, &amp;#039;We pass our existence within this wobble of flesh and yet take it almost entirely for granted.&amp;#039; The Body will cure that indifference with generous doses of wondrous, compulsively readable facts and information.</description>
      <author>Bill Bryson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780147526922.mp3" length="2738962" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367419</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780147526922.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367419">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367419</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Body: A Guide for Occupants
Author: Bill Bryson
Narrator: Bill Bryson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 4 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 230 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.68 of Total 37
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR BY THE WASHINGTON POST • LONGLISTED FOR THE PEN E.O. WILSON LITERARY SCIENCE WRITING AWARD &amp;#039;Glorious. . .You will marvel at the brilliance and vast weirdness of your design.&amp;#039; —The Washington Post  Bill Bryson, bestselling author of A Short History of Nearly Everything, takes us on a head-to-toe tour of the marvel that is the human body. As addictive as it is comprehensive, this is Bryson at his very best, a must-read owner&amp;#039;s manual for everybody. Bill Bryson once again proves himself to be an incomparable companion as he guides us through the human body--how it functions, its remarkable ability to heal itself, and (unfortunately) the ways it can fail. Full of extraordinary facts (your body made a million red blood cells since you started reading this) and irresistible Bryson-esque anecdotes, The Body will lead you to a deeper understanding of the miracle that is life in general and you in particular. As Bill Bryson writes, &amp;#039;We pass our existence within this wobble of flesh and yet take it almost entirely for granted.&amp;#039; The Body will cure that indifference with generous doses of wondrous, compulsively readable facts and information.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367419">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367419</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Body: A Guide for Occupants
Author: Bill Bryson
Narrator: Bill Bryson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 4 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 230 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.68 of Total 37
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR BY THE WASHINGTON POST • LONGLISTED FOR THE PEN E.O. WILSON LITERARY SCIENCE WRITING AWARD &amp;#039;Glorious. . .You will marvel at the brilliance and vast weirdness of your design.&amp;#039; —The Washington Post  Bill Bryson, bestselling author of A Short History of Nearly Everything, takes us on a head-to-toe tour of the marvel that is the human body. As addictive as it is comprehensive, this is Bryson at his very best, a must-read owner&amp;#039;s manual for everybody. Bill Bryson once again proves himself to be an incomparable companion as he guides us through the human body--how it functions, its remarkable ability to heal itself, and (unfortunately) the ways it can fail. Full of extraordinary facts (your body made a million red blood cells since you started reading this) and irresistible Bryson-esque anecdotes, The Body will lead you to a deeper understanding of the miracle that is life in general and you in particular. As Bill Bryson writes, &amp;#039;We pass our existence within this wobble of flesh and yet take it almost entirely for granted.&amp;#039; The Body will cure that indifference with generous doses of wondrous, compulsively readable facts and information.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What is Life?: With Mind and Matter and Autobiographical Sketches by Erwin Schrödinger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367277</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367277">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367277</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What is Life?: With Mind and Matter and Autobiographical Sketches
Author: Erwin Schrödinger
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Nobel laureate Erwin Schrödinger&amp;#039;s What is Life? is one of the great science classics of the twentieth century. A distinguished physicist&amp;#039;s exploration of the question which lies at the heart of biology, it was written for the layman, but proved one of the spurs to the birth of molecular biology and the subsequent discovery of the structure of DNA. The philosopher Karl Popper hailed it as a &amp;#039;beautiful and important book&amp;#039; by &amp;#039;a great man to whom I owe a personal debt for many exciting discussions.&amp;#039; It appears here together with &amp;#039;Mind and Matter,&amp;#039; his essay investigating a relationship which has eluded and puzzled philosophers since the earliest times. Schrödinger asks what place consciousness occupies in the evolution of life, and what part the state of development of the human mind plays in moral questions. Brought together with these two classics are Schrödinger&amp;#039;s autobiographical sketches. They offer a fascinating fragmentary account of his life as a background to his scientific writings, making this volume a valuable addition to the shelves of scientist and layman alike.</description>
      <author>Erwin Schrödinger</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Jan 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541446410.mp3" length="3096578" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367277</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541446410.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367277">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367277</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What is Life?: With Mind and Matter and Autobiographical Sketches
Author: Erwin Schrödinger
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Nobel laureate Erwin Schrödinger&amp;#039;s What is Life? is one of the great science classics of the twentieth century. A distinguished physicist&amp;#039;s exploration of the question which lies at the heart of biology, it was written for the layman, but proved one of the spurs to the birth of molecular biology and the subsequent discovery of the structure of DNA. The philosopher Karl Popper hailed it as a &amp;#039;beautiful and important book&amp;#039; by &amp;#039;a great man to whom I owe a personal debt for many exciting discussions.&amp;#039; It appears here together with &amp;#039;Mind and Matter,&amp;#039; his essay investigating a relationship which has eluded and puzzled philosophers since the earliest times. Schrödinger asks what place consciousness occupies in the evolution of life, and what part the state of development of the human mind plays in moral questions. Brought together with these two classics are Schrödinger&amp;#039;s autobiographical sketches. They offer a fascinating fragmentary account of his life as a background to his scientific writings, making this volume a valuable addition to the shelves of scientist and layman alike.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367277">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367277</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What is Life?: With Mind and Matter and Autobiographical Sketches
Author: Erwin Schrödinger
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Nobel laureate Erwin Schrödinger&amp;#039;s What is Life? is one of the great science classics of the twentieth century. A distinguished physicist&amp;#039;s exploration of the question which lies at the heart of biology, it was written for the layman, but proved one of the spurs to the birth of molecular biology and the subsequent discovery of the structure of DNA. The philosopher Karl Popper hailed it as a &amp;#039;beautiful and important book&amp;#039; by &amp;#039;a great man to whom I owe a personal debt for many exciting discussions.&amp;#039; It appears here together with &amp;#039;Mind and Matter,&amp;#039; his essay investigating a relationship which has eluded and puzzled philosophers since the earliest times. Schrödinger asks what place consciousness occupies in the evolution of life, and what part the state of development of the human mind plays in moral questions. Brought together with these two classics are Schrödinger&amp;#039;s autobiographical sketches. They offer a fascinating fragmentary account of his life as a background to his scientific writings, making this volume a valuable addition to the shelves of scientist and layman alike.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Physical Intelligence: The Science of How the Body and the Mind Guide Each Other Through Life by Scott Grafton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367200</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367200">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367200</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Physical Intelligence: The Science of How the Body and the Mind Guide Each Other Through Life
Author: Scott Grafton
Narrator: Jack Armstrong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 12 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Elegantly written and deeply grounded in personal experience—works by Oliver Sacks come to mind—Physical Intelligence gives us a clear, illuminating examination of the intricate, mutually responsive relationship between the mind and the body as they engage (or don’t engage) in all manner of physical action. Ever wonder why you don’t walk into walls or off cliffs? How you decide if you can drive through a snowstorm? How high you are willing to climb up a ladder to change a lightbulb? Through the prisms of behavioral neurology and cognitive neuroscience, Scott Grafton brilliantly accounts for the design and workings of the action-oriented brain in synchronicity with the body in the natural world, and he shows how physical intelligence is inherent in all of us—and always in problem-solving mode. Drawing on insights gleaned from discoveries by engineers who have learned to emulate the sophisticated solutions Mother Nature has created for managing complex behavior, Grafton also demonstrates the relevance of physical intelligence with examples that each of us might face—whether the situation is mundane, exceptional, extreme, or compromised.</description>
      <author>Scott Grafton</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jan 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593148556.mp3" length="2501546" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367200</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593148556.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367200">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367200</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Physical Intelligence: The Science of How the Body and the Mind Guide Each Other Through Life
Author: Scott Grafton
Narrator: Jack Armstrong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 12 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Elegantly written and deeply grounded in personal experience—works by Oliver Sacks come to mind—Physical Intelligence gives us a clear, illuminating examination of the intricate, mutually responsive relationship between the mind and the body as they engage (or don’t engage) in all manner of physical action. Ever wonder why you don’t walk into walls or off cliffs? How you decide if you can drive through a snowstorm? How high you are willing to climb up a ladder to change a lightbulb? Through the prisms of behavioral neurology and cognitive neuroscience, Scott Grafton brilliantly accounts for the design and workings of the action-oriented brain in synchronicity with the body in the natural world, and he shows how physical intelligence is inherent in all of us—and always in problem-solving mode. Drawing on insights gleaned from discoveries by engineers who have learned to emulate the sophisticated solutions Mother Nature has created for managing complex behavior, Grafton also demonstrates the relevance of physical intelligence with examples that each of us might face—whether the situation is mundane, exceptional, extreme, or compromised.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367200">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367200</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Physical Intelligence: The Science of How the Body and the Mind Guide Each Other Through Life
Author: Scott Grafton
Narrator: Jack Armstrong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 12 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Elegantly written and deeply grounded in personal experience—works by Oliver Sacks come to mind—Physical Intelligence gives us a clear, illuminating examination of the intricate, mutually responsive relationship between the mind and the body as they engage (or don’t engage) in all manner of physical action. Ever wonder why you don’t walk into walls or off cliffs? How you decide if you can drive through a snowstorm? How high you are willing to climb up a ladder to change a lightbulb? Through the prisms of behavioral neurology and cognitive neuroscience, Scott Grafton brilliantly accounts for the design and workings of the action-oriented brain in synchronicity with the body in the natural world, and he shows how physical intelligence is inherent in all of us—and always in problem-solving mode. Drawing on insights gleaned from discoveries by engineers who have learned to emulate the sophisticated solutions Mother Nature has created for managing complex behavior, Grafton also demonstrates the relevance of physical intelligence with examples that each of us might face—whether the situation is mundane, exceptional, extreme, or compromised.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>You&amp;#039;re a Miracle (and a Pain in the Ass): Embracing the Emotions, Habits, and Mystery That Make You You by Mike McHargue</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367195</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367195">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367195</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You&amp;#039;re a Miracle (and a Pain in the Ass): Embracing the Emotions, Habits, and Mystery That Make You You
Author: Mike McHargue
Narrator: Mike McHargue
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 53 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“Holding brain science in one hand and rich emotional presence in the other, this book feels timely and necessary.”—Shauna Niequist, New York Times bestselling author of Present Over Perfect Why is there such a gap between what you want to do and what you actually do? The host of Ask Science Mike explains why our desires and our real lives are so wildly different—and what you can do to close the gap.  For thousands of years, scientists, philosophers, and self-help gurus have wrestled with one of the basic conundrums of human life: Why do we do the things we do? Or, rather, why do we so often not do the things we want to do? As a podcast host whose voice goes out to millions each month, Mike McHargue gets countless emails from people seeking to understand their own misbehavior—why we binge on Netflix when we know taking a walk outside would be better for us, or why we argue politics on Facebook when our real friends live just down the street. Everyone wants to be a good person, but few of us, twenty years into the new millennium, have any idea how to do that.  In You’re a Miracle (and a Pain in the Ass), McHargue addresses these issues. We like to think we’re in control of our thoughts and decisions, he writes, but science has shown that a host of competing impulses, emotions, and environmental factors are at play in every action we undertake. Touching on his podcast listeners’ most pressing questions, from relationships and ethics to stress and mental health, and sharing some of the biggest triumphs and hardships from his own life, McHargue shows us how some of our qualities that seem most frustrating—including “negative” emotions like sadness, anger, and anxiety—are actually key to helping humans survive and thrive. In doing so, he invites us on a path of self-understanding and, ultimately, self-acceptance.   You’re a Miracle (and a Pain in the Ass) is a guided tour through the mystery of human consciousness, showing listeners how to live more at peace with themselves in a complex world. *Includes a PDF of images from the book.</description>
      <author>Mike McHargue</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2020 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593149928.mp3" length="2782056" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367195</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593149928.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367195">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367195</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You&amp;#039;re a Miracle (and a Pain in the Ass): Embracing the Emotions, Habits, and Mystery That Make You You
Author: Mike McHargue
Narrator: Mike McHargue
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 53 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“Holding brain science in one hand and rich emotional presence in the other, this book feels timely and necessary.”—Shauna Niequist, New York Times bestselling author of Present Over Perfect Why is there such a gap between what you want to do and what you actually do? The host of Ask Science Mike explains why our desires and our real lives are so wildly different—and what you can do to close the gap.  For thousands of years, scientists, philosophers, and self-help gurus have wrestled with one of the basic conundrums of human life: Why do we do the things we do? Or, rather, why do we so often not do the things we want to do? As a podcast host whose voice goes out to millions each month, Mike McHargue gets countless emails from people seeking to understand their own misbehavior—why we binge on Netflix when we know taking a walk outside would be better for us, or why we argue politics on Facebook when our real friends live just down the street. Everyone wants to be a good person, but few of us, twenty years into the new millennium, have any idea how to do that.  In You’re a Miracle (and a Pain in the Ass), McHargue addresses these issues. We like to think we’re in control of our thoughts and decisions, he writes, but science has shown that a host of competing impulses, emotions, and environmental factors are at play in every action we undertake. Touching on his podcast listeners’ most pressing questions, from relationships and ethics to stress and mental health, and sharing some of the biggest triumphs and hardships from his own life, McHargue shows us how some of our qualities that seem most frustrating—including “negative” emotions like sadness, anger, and anxiety—are actually key to helping humans survive and thrive. In doing so, he invites us on a path of self-understanding and, ultimately, self-acceptance.   You’re a Miracle (and a Pain in the Ass) is a guided tour through the mystery of human consciousness, showing listeners how to live more at peace with themselves in a complex world. *Includes a PDF of images from the book.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367195">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367195</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You&amp;#039;re a Miracle (and a Pain in the Ass): Embracing the Emotions, Habits, and Mystery That Make You You
Author: Mike McHargue
Narrator: Mike McHargue
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 53 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
“Holding brain science in one hand and rich emotional presence in the other, this book feels timely and necessary.”—Shauna Niequist, New York Times bestselling author of Present Over Perfect Why is there such a gap between what you want to do and what you actually do? The host of Ask Science Mike explains why our desires and our real lives are so wildly different—and what you can do to close the gap.  For thousands of years, scientists, philosophers, and self-help gurus have wrestled with one of the basic conundrums of human life: Why do we do the things we do? Or, rather, why do we so often not do the things we want to do? As a podcast host whose voice goes out to millions each month, Mike McHargue gets countless emails from people seeking to understand their own misbehavior—why we binge on Netflix when we know taking a walk outside would be better for us, or why we argue politics on Facebook when our real friends live just down the street. Everyone wants to be a good person, but few of us, twenty years into the new millennium, have any idea how to do that.  In You’re a Miracle (and a Pain in the Ass), McHargue addresses these issues. We like to think we’re in control of our thoughts and decisions, he writes, but science has shown that a host of competing impulses, emotions, and environmental factors are at play in every action we undertake. Touching on his podcast listeners’ most pressing questions, from relationships and ethics to stress and mental health, and sharing some of the biggest triumphs and hardships from his own life, McHargue shows us how some of our qualities that seem most frustrating—including “negative” emotions like sadness, anger, and anxiety—are actually key to helping humans survive and thrive. In doing so, he invites us on a path of self-understanding and, ultimately, self-acceptance.   You’re a Miracle (and a Pain in the Ass) is a guided tour through the mystery of human consciousness, showing listeners how to live more at peace with themselves in a complex world. *Includes a PDF of images from the book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Synthetic Age: Outdesigning Evolution, Resurrecting Species, and Reengineering Our World by Christopher J. Preston</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366291</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366291">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366291</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Synthetic Age: Outdesigning Evolution, Resurrecting Species, and Reengineering Our World
Author: Christopher J. Preston
Narrator: Scott Merriman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagining a future in which humans fundamentally reshape the natural world using nanotechnology, synthetic biology, de-extinction, and climate engineering. We have all heard that there are no longer any places left on Earth untouched by humans. The significance of this goes beyond statistics documenting melting glaciers and shrinking species counts. It signals a new geological epoch. In The Synthetic Age, Christopher Preston argues that what is most startling about this coming epoch is not only how much impact humans have had but, more important, how much deliberate shaping they will start to do. Emerging technologies promise to give us the power to take over some of Nature&amp;#039;s most basic operations. It is not just that we are exiting the Holocene and entering the Anthropocene; it is that we are leaving behind the time in which planetary change is just the unintended consequence of unbridled industrialism. A world designed by engineers and technicians means the birth of the planet&amp;#039;s first Synthetic Age. Preston describes a range of technologies that will reconfigure Earth&amp;#039;s very metabolism: nanotechnologies that can restructure natural forms of matter; “molecular manufacturing” that offers unlimited repurposing; synthetic biology&amp;#039;s potential to build, not just read, a genome; “biological mini-machines” that can outdesign evolution; the relocation and resurrection of species; and climate engineering attempts to manage solar radiation by synthesizing a volcanic haze, cool surface temperatures by increasing the brightness of clouds, and remove carbon from the atmosphere with artificial trees that capture carbon from the breeze.  What does it mean when humans shift from being caretakers of the Earth to being shapers of it? And in whom should we trust to decide the contours of our synthetic future? These questions are too important to be left to the engineers.</description>
      <author>Christopher J. Preston</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781721356256.mp3" length="1351285" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366291</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781721356256.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366291">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366291</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Synthetic Age: Outdesigning Evolution, Resurrecting Species, and Reengineering Our World
Author: Christopher J. Preston
Narrator: Scott Merriman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagining a future in which humans fundamentally reshape the natural world using nanotechnology, synthetic biology, de-extinction, and climate engineering. We have all heard that there are no longer any places left on Earth untouched by humans. The significance of this goes beyond statistics documenting melting glaciers and shrinking species counts. It signals a new geological epoch. In The Synthetic Age, Christopher Preston argues that what is most startling about this coming epoch is not only how much impact humans have had but, more important, how much deliberate shaping they will start to do. Emerging technologies promise to give us the power to take over some of Nature&amp;#039;s most basic operations. It is not just that we are exiting the Holocene and entering the Anthropocene; it is that we are leaving behind the time in which planetary change is just the unintended consequence of unbridled industrialism. A world designed by engineers and technicians means the birth of the planet&amp;#039;s first Synthetic Age. Preston describes a range of technologies that will reconfigure Earth&amp;#039;s very metabolism: nanotechnologies that can restructure natural forms of matter; “molecular manufacturing” that offers unlimited repurposing; synthetic biology&amp;#039;s potential to build, not just read, a genome; “biological mini-machines” that can outdesign evolution; the relocation and resurrection of species; and climate engineering attempts to manage solar radiation by synthesizing a volcanic haze, cool surface temperatures by increasing the brightness of clouds, and remove carbon from the atmosphere with artificial trees that capture carbon from the breeze.  What does it mean when humans shift from being caretakers of the Earth to being shapers of it? And in whom should we trust to decide the contours of our synthetic future? These questions are too important to be left to the engineers.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366291">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366291</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Synthetic Age: Outdesigning Evolution, Resurrecting Species, and Reengineering Our World
Author: Christopher J. Preston
Narrator: Scott Merriman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagining a future in which humans fundamentally reshape the natural world using nanotechnology, synthetic biology, de-extinction, and climate engineering. We have all heard that there are no longer any places left on Earth untouched by humans. The significance of this goes beyond statistics documenting melting glaciers and shrinking species counts. It signals a new geological epoch. In The Synthetic Age, Christopher Preston argues that what is most startling about this coming epoch is not only how much impact humans have had but, more important, how much deliberate shaping they will start to do. Emerging technologies promise to give us the power to take over some of Nature&amp;#039;s most basic operations. It is not just that we are exiting the Holocene and entering the Anthropocene; it is that we are leaving behind the time in which planetary change is just the unintended consequence of unbridled industrialism. A world designed by engineers and technicians means the birth of the planet&amp;#039;s first Synthetic Age. Preston describes a range of technologies that will reconfigure Earth&amp;#039;s very metabolism: nanotechnologies that can restructure natural forms of matter; “molecular manufacturing” that offers unlimited repurposing; synthetic biology&amp;#039;s potential to build, not just read, a genome; “biological mini-machines” that can outdesign evolution; the relocation and resurrection of species; and climate engineering attempts to manage solar radiation by synthesizing a volcanic haze, cool surface temperatures by increasing the brightness of clouds, and remove carbon from the atmosphere with artificial trees that capture carbon from the breeze.  What does it mean when humans shift from being caretakers of the Earth to being shapers of it? And in whom should we trust to decide the contours of our synthetic future? These questions are too important to be left to the engineers.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rewired: An Unlikely Doctor, a Brave Amputee, and the Medical Miracle That Made History by Dr. Ajay K. Seth</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365604</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365604">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365604</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rewired: An Unlikely Doctor, a Brave Amputee, and the Medical Miracle That Made History
Author: Dr. Ajay K. Seth
Narrator: Tim Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A raccoon bite on the arm doesn’t seem that serious, but it soon becomes a life-or-death medical crisis for Melissa Loomis. After days of treatment for recurring infection, it becomes obvious that her arm must be amputated. Dr. Ajay Seth, the son of immigrant parents from India and a local orthopaedic surgeon in private practice, performs his first-ever amputation procedure. In the months that follow, divine intervention, combined with Melissa’s determination and Dr. Seth’s disciplined commitment and dedication to his patients, brings about the opportunity for a medical breakthrough that will potentially transform the lives of amputees around the world. Rewired is the inspirational, miraculous story of Dr. Seth’s revolutionary surgery that allows Melissa to not just move a prosthetic arm simply by thinking, but to actually feel with the prosthetic hand, just as she would with her natural arm. This resulted in what others have recognized as the world’s most advanced amputee, all done from Dr. Seth’s private practice in a community hospital, using a local staff, and with no special training or extensive research funding.</description>
      <author>Dr. Ajay K. Seth</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jan 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780785221258.mp3" length="1222845" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365604</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780785221258.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365604">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365604</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rewired: An Unlikely Doctor, a Brave Amputee, and the Medical Miracle That Made History
Author: Dr. Ajay K. Seth
Narrator: Tim Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A raccoon bite on the arm doesn’t seem that serious, but it soon becomes a life-or-death medical crisis for Melissa Loomis. After days of treatment for recurring infection, it becomes obvious that her arm must be amputated. Dr. Ajay Seth, the son of immigrant parents from India and a local orthopaedic surgeon in private practice, performs his first-ever amputation procedure. In the months that follow, divine intervention, combined with Melissa’s determination and Dr. Seth’s disciplined commitment and dedication to his patients, brings about the opportunity for a medical breakthrough that will potentially transform the lives of amputees around the world. Rewired is the inspirational, miraculous story of Dr. Seth’s revolutionary surgery that allows Melissa to not just move a prosthetic arm simply by thinking, but to actually feel with the prosthetic hand, just as she would with her natural arm. This resulted in what others have recognized as the world’s most advanced amputee, all done from Dr. Seth’s private practice in a community hospital, using a local staff, and with no special training or extensive research funding.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365604">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365604</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rewired: An Unlikely Doctor, a Brave Amputee, and the Medical Miracle That Made History
Author: Dr. Ajay K. Seth
Narrator: Tim Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2019
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
A raccoon bite on the arm doesn’t seem that serious, but it soon becomes a life-or-death medical crisis for Melissa Loomis. After days of treatment for recurring infection, it becomes obvious that her arm must be amputated. Dr. Ajay Seth, the son of immigrant parents from India and a local orthopaedic surgeon in private practice, performs his first-ever amputation procedure. In the months that follow, divine intervention, combined with Melissa’s determination and Dr. Seth’s disciplined commitment and dedication to his patients, brings about the opportunity for a medical breakthrough that will potentially transform the lives of amputees around the world. Rewired is the inspirational, miraculous story of Dr. Seth’s revolutionary surgery that allows Melissa to not just move a prosthetic arm simply by thinking, but to actually feel with the prosthetic hand, just as she would with her natural arm. This resulted in what others have recognized as the world’s most advanced amputee, all done from Dr. Seth’s private practice in a community hospital, using a local staff, and with no special training or extensive research funding.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Buzz, Sting, Bite: Why We Need Insects by Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365416</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365416">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365416</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Buzz, Sting, Bite: Why We Need Insects
Author: Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson
Narrator: Kristin Milward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 16 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
This enthusiastic, witty, and informative introduction to the world of insects and why we could not survive without them is “a joy” (The Times, London) and “charming...Highlighting them in all their buzzing, stinging, biting glory” (The New York Times Book Review).  Insects comprise roughly half of the animal kingdom. They live everywhere—deep inside caves, 18,000 feet high in the Himalayas, inside computers, in Yellowstone’s hot springs, and in the ears and nostrils of much larger creatures. There are insects that have ears on their knees, eyes on their penises, and tongues under their feet. Most of us think life would be better without bugs. In fact, life would be impossible without them.   Most of us know that we would not have honey without honeybees, but without the pinhead-sized chocolate midge, cocoa flowers would not pollinate. No cocoa, no chocolate. The ink that was used to write the Declaration of Independence was derived from galls on oak trees, which are induced by a small wasp. The fruit fly was essential to medical and biological research experiments that resulted in six Nobel prizes. Blowfly larva can clean difficult wounds; flour beetle larva can digest plastic; several species of insects have been essential to the development of antibiotics. Insects turn dead plants and animals into soil. They pollinate flowers, including crops that we depend on. They provide food for other animals, such as birds and bats. They control organisms that are harmful to humans. Life as we know it depends on these small creatures.   “Delivering a hail of facts with brio and precision” (Nature) Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson shows us that there is more variety among insects than we thought possible and the more you learn about insects, the more fascinating they become. Buzz, Sting, Bite is “a very enthusiastic look at the flying, crawling, stinging bug universe world, and why we should cherish it” (The Philadelphia Inquirer).</description>
      <author>Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jul 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508294306.mp3" length="870205" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365416</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508294306.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365416">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365416</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Buzz, Sting, Bite: Why We Need Insects
Author: Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson
Narrator: Kristin Milward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 16 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
This enthusiastic, witty, and informative introduction to the world of insects and why we could not survive without them is “a joy” (The Times, London) and “charming...Highlighting them in all their buzzing, stinging, biting glory” (The New York Times Book Review).  Insects comprise roughly half of the animal kingdom. They live everywhere—deep inside caves, 18,000 feet high in the Himalayas, inside computers, in Yellowstone’s hot springs, and in the ears and nostrils of much larger creatures. There are insects that have ears on their knees, eyes on their penises, and tongues under their feet. Most of us think life would be better without bugs. In fact, life would be impossible without them.   Most of us know that we would not have honey without honeybees, but without the pinhead-sized chocolate midge, cocoa flowers would not pollinate. No cocoa, no chocolate. The ink that was used to write the Declaration of Independence was derived from galls on oak trees, which are induced by a small wasp. The fruit fly was essential to medical and biological research experiments that resulted in six Nobel prizes. Blowfly larva can clean difficult wounds; flour beetle larva can digest plastic; several species of insects have been essential to the development of antibiotics. Insects turn dead plants and animals into soil. They pollinate flowers, including crops that we depend on. They provide food for other animals, such as birds and bats. They control organisms that are harmful to humans. Life as we know it depends on these small creatures.   “Delivering a hail of facts with brio and precision” (Nature) Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson shows us that there is more variety among insects than we thought possible and the more you learn about insects, the more fascinating they become. Buzz, Sting, Bite is “a very enthusiastic look at the flying, crawling, stinging bug universe world, and why we should cherish it” (The Philadelphia Inquirer).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365416">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365416</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Buzz, Sting, Bite: Why We Need Insects
Author: Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson
Narrator: Kristin Milward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 16 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
This enthusiastic, witty, and informative introduction to the world of insects and why we could not survive without them is “a joy” (The Times, London) and “charming...Highlighting them in all their buzzing, stinging, biting glory” (The New York Times Book Review).  Insects comprise roughly half of the animal kingdom. They live everywhere—deep inside caves, 18,000 feet high in the Himalayas, inside computers, in Yellowstone’s hot springs, and in the ears and nostrils of much larger creatures. There are insects that have ears on their knees, eyes on their penises, and tongues under their feet. Most of us think life would be better without bugs. In fact, life would be impossible without them.   Most of us know that we would not have honey without honeybees, but without the pinhead-sized chocolate midge, cocoa flowers would not pollinate. No cocoa, no chocolate. The ink that was used to write the Declaration of Independence was derived from galls on oak trees, which are induced by a small wasp. The fruit fly was essential to medical and biological research experiments that resulted in six Nobel prizes. Blowfly larva can clean difficult wounds; flour beetle larva can digest plastic; several species of insects have been essential to the development of antibiotics. Insects turn dead plants and animals into soil. They pollinate flowers, including crops that we depend on. They provide food for other animals, such as birds and bats. They control organisms that are harmful to humans. Life as we know it depends on these small creatures.   “Delivering a hail of facts with brio and precision” (Nature) Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson shows us that there is more variety among insects than we thought possible and the more you learn about insects, the more fascinating they become. Buzz, Sting, Bite is “a very enthusiastic look at the flying, crawling, stinging bug universe world, and why we should cherish it” (The Philadelphia Inquirer).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>On the Future: Prospects for Humanity by Martin Rees</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364853</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364853">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364853</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Future: Prospects for Humanity
Author: Martin Rees
Narrator: Martin Rees, Samuel West
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 23, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Martin Rees and Samuel West offers a provocative and inspiring look at the future of humanity and science Humanity has reached a critical moment. Our world is unsettled and rapidly changing, and we face existential risks over the next century. Various outcomes—good and bad—are possible. Yet our approach to the future is characterized by short-term thinking, polarizing debates, alarmist rhetoric, and pessimism. In this short, exhilarating book, renowned scientist and bestselling author Martin Rees argues that humanity&amp;#039;s prospects depend on our taking a very different approach to planning for tomorrow. The future of humanity is bound to the future of science and hinges on how successfully we harness technological advances to address our challenges. If we are to use science to solve our problems while avoiding its dystopian risks, we must think rationally, globally, collectively, and optimistically about the long term. Advances in biotechnology, cybertechnology, robotics, and artificial intelligence—if pursued and applied wisely—could empower us to boost the developing and developed world and overcome the threats humanity faces on Earth, from climate change to nuclear war. At the same time, further advances in space science will allow humans to explore the solar system and beyond with robots and AI. But there is no &amp;#039;Plan B&amp;#039; for Earth—no viable alternative within reach if we do not care for our home planet. Rich with fascinating insights into cutting-edge science and technology, this accessible book will captivate anyone who wants to understand the critical issues that will define the future of humanity on Earth and beyond.</description>
      <author>Martin Rees</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Oct 2018 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780691192994.mp3" length="1339957" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364853</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780691192994.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364853">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364853</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Future: Prospects for Humanity
Author: Martin Rees
Narrator: Martin Rees, Samuel West
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 23, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Martin Rees and Samuel West offers a provocative and inspiring look at the future of humanity and science Humanity has reached a critical moment. Our world is unsettled and rapidly changing, and we face existential risks over the next century. Various outcomes—good and bad—are possible. Yet our approach to the future is characterized by short-term thinking, polarizing debates, alarmist rhetoric, and pessimism. In this short, exhilarating book, renowned scientist and bestselling author Martin Rees argues that humanity&amp;#039;s prospects depend on our taking a very different approach to planning for tomorrow. The future of humanity is bound to the future of science and hinges on how successfully we harness technological advances to address our challenges. If we are to use science to solve our problems while avoiding its dystopian risks, we must think rationally, globally, collectively, and optimistically about the long term. Advances in biotechnology, cybertechnology, robotics, and artificial intelligence—if pursued and applied wisely—could empower us to boost the developing and developed world and overcome the threats humanity faces on Earth, from climate change to nuclear war. At the same time, further advances in space science will allow humans to explore the solar system and beyond with robots and AI. But there is no &amp;#039;Plan B&amp;#039; for Earth—no viable alternative within reach if we do not care for our home planet. Rich with fascinating insights into cutting-edge science and technology, this accessible book will captivate anyone who wants to understand the critical issues that will define the future of humanity on Earth and beyond.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364853">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364853</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Future: Prospects for Humanity
Author: Martin Rees
Narrator: Martin Rees, Samuel West
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 23, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Martin Rees and Samuel West offers a provocative and inspiring look at the future of humanity and science Humanity has reached a critical moment. Our world is unsettled and rapidly changing, and we face existential risks over the next century. Various outcomes—good and bad—are possible. Yet our approach to the future is characterized by short-term thinking, polarizing debates, alarmist rhetoric, and pessimism. In this short, exhilarating book, renowned scientist and bestselling author Martin Rees argues that humanity&amp;#039;s prospects depend on our taking a very different approach to planning for tomorrow. The future of humanity is bound to the future of science and hinges on how successfully we harness technological advances to address our challenges. If we are to use science to solve our problems while avoiding its dystopian risks, we must think rationally, globally, collectively, and optimistically about the long term. Advances in biotechnology, cybertechnology, robotics, and artificial intelligence—if pursued and applied wisely—could empower us to boost the developing and developed world and overcome the threats humanity faces on Earth, from climate change to nuclear war. At the same time, further advances in space science will allow humans to explore the solar system and beyond with robots and AI. But there is no &amp;#039;Plan B&amp;#039; for Earth—no viable alternative within reach if we do not care for our home planet. Rich with fascinating insights into cutting-edge science and technology, this accessible book will captivate anyone who wants to understand the critical issues that will define the future of humanity on Earth and beyond.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Four Horsemen: The Discussion that Sparked an Atheist Revolution  Foreword by Stephen Fry by Daniel C. Dennett, Sam Harris, Richard Dawkins, Christopher Hitchens</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363244</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363244">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363244</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Four Horsemen: The Discussion that Sparked an Atheist Revolution  Foreword by Stephen Fry
Author: Daniel C. Dennett, Sam Harris, Richard Dawkins, Christopher Hitchens
Narrator: Daniel C. Dennett, Sam Harris, Richard Dawkins, Christopher Hitchens, Stephen Fry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 5 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Known as the ‘four horsemen’ of New Atheism, these four big thinkers of the twenty-first century met only once. Their electrifying examination of ideas on this remarkable occasion was intense and wide-ranging. Everything that was said as they agreed and disagreed with one another, interrogated ideas and exchanged insights  – about religion and atheism, science and sense – speaks with urgency to our present age.  Questions they asked of each other included: ‘Is it ever possible to win a war of ideas? Is spirituality the preserve of the religious? Are there any truths you would rather not know? Would you want to see the end of faith?’              The dialogue was recorded, and is now transcribed and presented here with new introductions from the surviving three horsemen.  With a sparkling introduction from Stephen Fry, it makes essential reading for all their admirers and for anyone interested in exploring the tensions between faith and reason. (c) 2019, Richard Dawkins (P) 2019 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Daniel C. Dennett, Sam Harris, Richard Dawkins, Christopher Hitchens</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Feb 2019 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473570351.mp3" length="1333794" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363244</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473570351.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363244">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363244</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Four Horsemen: The Discussion that Sparked an Atheist Revolution  Foreword by Stephen Fry
Author: Daniel C. Dennett, Sam Harris, Richard Dawkins, Christopher Hitchens
Narrator: Daniel C. Dennett, Sam Harris, Richard Dawkins, Christopher Hitchens, Stephen Fry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 5 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Known as the ‘four horsemen’ of New Atheism, these four big thinkers of the twenty-first century met only once. Their electrifying examination of ideas on this remarkable occasion was intense and wide-ranging. Everything that was said as they agreed and disagreed with one another, interrogated ideas and exchanged insights  – about religion and atheism, science and sense – speaks with urgency to our present age.  Questions they asked of each other included: ‘Is it ever possible to win a war of ideas? Is spirituality the preserve of the religious? Are there any truths you would rather not know? Would you want to see the end of faith?’              The dialogue was recorded, and is now transcribed and presented here with new introductions from the surviving three horsemen.  With a sparkling introduction from Stephen Fry, it makes essential reading for all their admirers and for anyone interested in exploring the tensions between faith and reason. (c) 2019, Richard Dawkins (P) 2019 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363244">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363244</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Four Horsemen: The Discussion that Sparked an Atheist Revolution  Foreword by Stephen Fry
Author: Daniel C. Dennett, Sam Harris, Richard Dawkins, Christopher Hitchens
Narrator: Daniel C. Dennett, Sam Harris, Richard Dawkins, Christopher Hitchens, Stephen Fry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 5 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Known as the ‘four horsemen’ of New Atheism, these four big thinkers of the twenty-first century met only once. Their electrifying examination of ideas on this remarkable occasion was intense and wide-ranging. Everything that was said as they agreed and disagreed with one another, interrogated ideas and exchanged insights  – about religion and atheism, science and sense – speaks with urgency to our present age.  Questions they asked of each other included: ‘Is it ever possible to win a war of ideas? Is spirituality the preserve of the religious? Are there any truths you would rather not know? Would you want to see the end of faith?’              The dialogue was recorded, and is now transcribed and presented here with new introductions from the surviving three horsemen.  With a sparkling introduction from Stephen Fry, it makes essential reading for all their admirers and for anyone interested in exploring the tensions between faith and reason. (c) 2019, Richard Dawkins (P) 2019 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - EnCambio: Aprendé a modificar tu cerebro para cambiar tu vida y sentirte mejor by Estanislao Bachrach</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361654</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361654">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361654</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - EnCambio: Aprendé a modificar tu cerebro para cambiar tu vida y sentirte mejor
Author: Estanislao Bachrach
Narrator: Pedro Ruiz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Del autor de ÁgilMente    EnCambio te va a permitir alumbrar los procesos por los cuales  te comportas de determinada manera con el fin de dejar atrás aquellos  hábitos y conductas que ya no te sirven. El objetivo es que aprendas del  potencial que tiene tu cerebro para cambiar y la capacidad que tienes tú para modificarlo.     Este año cambio de trabajo, empiezo el gimnasio, bajo esos kilitos de más, aprendo un idioma nuevo...    Cambiar. Esa es la cuestión. A veces te da tanto miedo no lograrlo que  ni siquiera lo intentás. Vivís en piloto automático, reaccionando a las  diversas situaciones del día a día casi sin pensar. Algunos de estos  comportamientos te hacen eficiente, pero otros son detractores de eso que querés hoy para vos.    EnCambio te va a permitir alumbrar los procesos por los  cuales pensás, sentís y te comportás de determinada manera, y así dejar  atrás aquellos hábitos y conductas que ya no te sirven. El objetivo es  que aprendas el potencial que tiene tu cerebro para cambiar y la capacidad que tenés vos para modificarlo.    Con ÁgilMente, Estanislao Bachrach llevó el conocimiento  científico del cerebro a la vida cotidiana de miles de lectores. EnCambio lo instala definitivamente como el gran divulgador de la biología de nuestro órgano más complejo y preciado.</description>
      <author>Estanislao Bachrach</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Nov 2018 08:01:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789500761512.mp3" length="1357211" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361654</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789500761512.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361654">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361654</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - EnCambio: Aprendé a modificar tu cerebro para cambiar tu vida y sentirte mejor
Author: Estanislao Bachrach
Narrator: Pedro Ruiz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Del autor de ÁgilMente    EnCambio te va a permitir alumbrar los procesos por los cuales  te comportas de determinada manera con el fin de dejar atrás aquellos  hábitos y conductas que ya no te sirven. El objetivo es que aprendas del  potencial que tiene tu cerebro para cambiar y la capacidad que tienes tú para modificarlo.     Este año cambio de trabajo, empiezo el gimnasio, bajo esos kilitos de más, aprendo un idioma nuevo...    Cambiar. Esa es la cuestión. A veces te da tanto miedo no lograrlo que  ni siquiera lo intentás. Vivís en piloto automático, reaccionando a las  diversas situaciones del día a día casi sin pensar. Algunos de estos  comportamientos te hacen eficiente, pero otros son detractores de eso que querés hoy para vos.    EnCambio te va a permitir alumbrar los procesos por los  cuales pensás, sentís y te comportás de determinada manera, y así dejar  atrás aquellos hábitos y conductas que ya no te sirven. El objetivo es  que aprendas el potencial que tiene tu cerebro para cambiar y la capacidad que tenés vos para modificarlo.    Con ÁgilMente, Estanislao Bachrach llevó el conocimiento  científico del cerebro a la vida cotidiana de miles de lectores. EnCambio lo instala definitivamente como el gran divulgador de la biología de nuestro órgano más complejo y preciado.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361654">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361654</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - EnCambio: Aprendé a modificar tu cerebro para cambiar tu vida y sentirte mejor
Author: Estanislao Bachrach
Narrator: Pedro Ruiz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Biology &amp; Chemistry
Publisher's Summary: 
Del autor de ÁgilMente    EnCambio te va a permitir alumbrar los procesos por los cuales  te comportas de determinada manera con el fin de dejar atrás aquellos  hábitos y conductas que ya no te sirven. El objetivo es que aprendas del  potencial que tiene tu cerebro para cambiar y la capacidad que tienes tú para modificarlo.     Este año cambio de trabajo, empiezo el gimnasio, bajo esos kilitos de más, aprendo un idioma nuevo...    Cambiar. Esa es la cuestión. A veces te da tanto miedo no lograrlo que  ni siquiera lo intentás. Vivís en piloto automático, reaccionando a las  diversas situaciones del día a día casi sin pensar. Algunos de estos  comportamientos te hacen eficiente, pero otros son detractores de eso que querés hoy para vos.    EnCambio te va a permitir alumbrar los procesos por los  cuales pensás, sentís y te comportás de determinada manera, y así dejar  atrás aquellos hábitos y conductas que ya no te sirven. El objetivo es  que aprendas el potencial que tiene tu cerebro para cambiar y la capacidad que tenés vos para modificarlo.    Con ÁgilMente, Estanislao Bachrach llevó el conocimiento  científico del cerebro a la vida cotidiana de miles de lectores. EnCambio lo instala definitivamente como el gran divulgador de la biología de nuestro órgano más complejo y preciado.</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
